Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2012

Registration Number 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Isle of Man   7822   Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

550 County Avenue

Secaucus, New Jersey 07094

(201) 558-9021

(Address, including zip code and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Ken Naz

550 County Avenue

Secaucus, New Jersey 07094

(201) 558-9021

(Name, address and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Ruth E. Fisher

Peter Wardle

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP

2020 Century Park East Suite 4000

Los Angeles, CA 90067

(310) 552-8500

 

Steven L. Grossman

David J. Johnson, Jr.

O’Melveny & Myers LLP

1999 Avenue of the Stars, 7 th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90067

(310) 553-6700

 

 

As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

(Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public)

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price (1)
(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

A Ordinary Shares, GBP 0.10 par value

  $250,000,000.00   $28,650

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee, in accordance with Rule 457(o) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933.
(2) Includes offering price of additional A ordinary shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase. See “Underwriting.”

 

 

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion

Preliminary Prospectus dated                            

P R O S P E C T U S

             Shares

LOGO

Eros International Plc

A Ordinary Shares

 

 

This is Eros International Plc’s initial public offering in the United States. We are selling              A             ordinary shares and the selling shareholder is selling            A ordinary shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of A ordinary shares to be offered by the selling shareholder.

We expect the public offering price to be between $        and $        per share. Currently, no public market in the United States exists for the A ordinary shares. After pricing of the offering, we expect that the A ordinary shares will trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “EROS.” Prior to this offering our shares have traded, and immediately subsequent to this offering will continue to trade, on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange under the symbol “EROS.” We intend to cancel admission of our ordinary shares to the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange as soon as practicable following our listing on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

 

Investing in our A ordinary shares involves risks that are described in “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling shareholder

   $         $     

The underwriters may also exercise their option to purchase up to an additional              A ordinary shares from us, and up to an additional              A ordinary shares from the selling shareholder, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus to cover overallotments, if any.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The A ordinary shares will be ready for delivery on or about                     , 2012.

 

 

 

Deutsche Bank Securities   BofA Merrill Lynch
Citigroup   UBS Investment Bank

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2012.


Table of Contents

LOGO

EROS INTERNATIONAL

A Leading Global

Company in Indian

Film Entertainment

Extensive Indian Film

Content Library

Worldwide Multi-

Channel Distribution

Platform


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

   

Page

EXCHANGE RATES

  ii

INDUSTRY DATA

  ii

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  iii

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

  1

RISK FACTORS

  12

USE OF PROCEEDS

  33

DIVIDEND POLICY

  34

CAPITALIZATION

  35

DILUTION

  36

EXCHANGE RATES

  37

MARKET INFORMATION

  39

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

  40

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

  41

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  44

INDUSTRY

  65

BUSINESS

  73

REGULATION

  94

MANAGEMENT

  99

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

  105

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

  109

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

  112

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

  115

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

129

MATERIAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

  130

UNDERWRITING

  136

LEGAL MATTERS

  142

EXPERTS

  142

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

  142

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

  142

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  F-1

 

 

We have not authorized anyone, including the selling shareholder, to provide you with any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. The information in this prospectus is only accurate as of the date of the prospectus.

Until                     , 2012, all dealers that buy, sell or trade in our A ordinary shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

i


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATES

This prospectus contains translations of certain Indian Rupee, or INR, and British pound sterling, or GBP, amounts into U.S. dollars, or $, at specified rates solely for your convenience. A significant portion of our revenues are denominated in Indian Rupees and certain contracts are or may be denominated in foreign currencies, including the British pound sterling. We report our financial results in U.S. dollars. Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates at the applicable balance sheet date. For the purposes of consolidation, all income and expenses are translated at the average rate of exchange during the period covered by the applicable statement of income and assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rate ruling on the balance sheet date.

Except for figures presented in or based on the audited and unaudited financial statements contained in this prospectus or as otherwise stated in this prospectus, all translations from Indian Rupees or British pounds sterling to U.S. dollars are based on the noon buying rates of INR 53.01 per $1.00 and GBP 0.64 per $1.00 in the City of New York for cable transfers of Indian Rupees and British pounds sterling, respectively, based on the rates certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on December 30, 2011. No representation is made that the Indian Rupee or British pound sterling amounts represent U.S. dollar amounts or have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at such rates, any other rates or at all.

INDUSTRY DATA

We derive certain industry data set forth in this prospectus from third party sources, including IHS Screen Digest, or ScreenDigest, Business Monitor International, or BMI, the McKinsey Global Institute, Pricewaterhousecoopers, or PWC, Edelweiss, Nielsen EDI and other publicly available information. References to BoxOfficeIndia.com refer to a third party website that reports box office receipts for Hindi films using various sources and contacts, other than producers or distributors, who do not generally publicly report such data in India. References to the FICCI Report 2012 refer to the Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry (FICCI)-KPMG Indian Media and Entertainment Report 2012 (reporting through calendar year 2011), references to the FICCI Report 2011 refer to the Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry (FICCI)-KPMG Indian Media and Entertainment Industry Report 2011 (reporting through calendar year 2010) and references to the FICCI Report 2009 refer to the Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry (FICCI)-KPMG Indian Media and Entertainment Industry Report 2009 (reporting through calendar year 2008). Information in this prospectus contains independent market research carried out by Euromonitor International Limited, or Euromonitor International, but should not be relied upon in making, or refraining from making any investment decision. The data may have been re-classified by us for the purpose of presentation. Neither we nor any other person connected with the offering has verified the third party information provided in this prospectus. Although we cannot guarantee the accuracy, completeness, reliability or underlying assumptions of the information contained in industry sources and publications and have not undertaken any independent verification of such sources and publications, the information contained therein is consistent with our understanding of the Indian media and entertainment industry, and we believe, and this prospectus assumes, that the information contained therein is reliable and accurate.

 

ii


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are identified by terms and phrases such as “aim,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “feel,” “contemplate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “expect,” “continue,” “should,” “could,” “may,” “plan,” “project,” “predict,” “will,” “future,” “goal,” “objective” and similar expressions and include references to assumptions and relate to our future prospects, developments and business strategies. Similarly, statements that describe our strategies, objectives, plans or goals are also forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by the relevant statement. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

   

our dependence on our relationships with theater operators and other industry participants to exploit our film content;

 

   

our ability to successfully and cost-effectively source film content;

 

   

delays, cost overruns, cancellation or abandonment of the completion or release of our films;

 

   

our ability to predict the popularity of our films, or changing consumer tastes;

 

   

our ability to maintain existing rights, and to acquire new rights, to film content;

 

   

our dependence on the Indian box office success of our Hindi films;

 

   

our ability to recoup the full amount of box office revenues to which we are entitled due to underreporting of box office receipts by theater operators;

 

   

our ability to compete in the Indian film industry;

 

   

our ability to protect our intellectual property;

 

   

our ability to successfully respond to technological changes;

 

   

contingent liabilities that may materialize, including our exposure to liabilities on account of unfavorable judgments/decisions in relation to legal proceedings involving us or our subsidiaries and certain of our directors and officers;

 

   

general economic and political conditions in India and globally;

 

   

the monetary and fiscal policies of India and globally, inflation, deflation, unanticipated turbulence in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices or other rates or prices; and

 

   

regulatory changes in the Indian film industry and our ability to respond to them.

We undertake no obligation to revise the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus to reflect any future events or circumstances, except as required by law. Our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from the results expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences are discussed in this prospectus under the caption “Risk Factors” as well as elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

iii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary should be read together with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the more detailed information and financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our A ordinary shares. For a more complete understanding of this offering, we encourage you to read this entire prospectus, including the “Risk Factors” section, before investing in our A ordinary shares.

Unless otherwise indicated or required by the context, as used in this prospectus, the terms “Eros,” “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” refer to Eros International Plc and all its subsidiaries that are consolidated under International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Our fiscal year ends on March 31 of each year. When we refer to a fiscal year, such as fiscal 2010, we are referring to the fiscal year ended on March 31 of that year. The “Founders Group” refers to Beech Investments Limited, Arjan Lulla, Kishore Lulla, Vijay Ahuja and Sunil Lulla. References to “ordinary shares” refer to our outstanding ordinary shares, par value GBP 0.10, issued prior to this offering. Upon the closing of this offering, our ordinary shares held by the Founders Group and their affiliates will be converted into “B ordinary shares,” par value GBP 0.10, which will be entitled to ten votes each on all matters upon which the ordinary shares are entitled to vote. B ordinary shares will convert automatically, on a one-for-one basis, if such shares are transferred to a person other than a permitted holder as set forth in our articles of association, into “A ordinary shares,” par value GBP 0.10, which are the shares offered in this offering and are entitled to one vote each on all such matters. All other rights of the A and B ordinary shares will be the same. Unless otherwise indicated or required by the context, as used in this prospectus, all references to our articles of association refer to the articles of association that will become effective upon the closing of this offering.

“High budget” films refer to films with direct production costs in excess of $8.5 million, in each case translated at the historical average exchange rate for the applicable fiscal year. “Low budget” films refer to films with less than $1.0 million in direct production costs, in each case translated at the historical average exchange rate for the applicable fiscal year. “Medium budget” films refer to films within the remaining range of direct production costs.

Overview

We are a leading global company in the Indian film entertainment industry, and we co-produce, acquire and distribute Indian language films in multiple formats worldwide. Our success is built on the relationships we have cultivated over the past 30 years with leading talent, production companies, exhibitors and other key participants in our industry. Leveraging these relationships, we have aggregated rights to over 1,900 films in our library, plus approximately 700 additional films for which we hold digital rights only, including recent and classic titles that span different genres, budgets and languages, and we have distributed a portfolio of over 270 new films over the last three completed fiscal years and more than 55 in the nine months ended December 31, 2011. New film distribution across theatrical, television and digital channels along with library monetization provide us with diversified revenue streams.

Our goal is to co-produce, acquire and distribute Indian films that have a wide audience appeal. We have released internationally or globally Hindi language films which were among the top grossing films in India in 2011, 2010 and 2009. In the past three years, we released annually approximately 15 Hindi language films globally. These Hindi films form the core of our annual film slate and constitute a significant portion of our revenues and associated content costs. The balance of our typical annual slate for these years of over 60 other films was comprised of Tamil and other regional language films.

Our distribution capabilities enable us to target a majority of the 1.2 billion people in India, our primary market for Hindi language films, where, according to BoxOfficeIndia.com, we released three of the top ten grossing Hindi language films in India in 2010 and 2009.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Our distribution capabilities further enable us to target consumers in over 50 countries internationally, including markets with large South Asian populations, such as the Middle East, and the United States and the United Kingdom, where according to Nielsen EDI we had a market share of 45% of all theatrically released Indian language films in 2011 based on gross collections in each of these two markets. Other international markets that exhibit significant demand for subtitled or dubbed Indian-themed entertainment include Europe and Southeast Asia. Depending on the film, the distribution rights we acquire may be global, international or India only. Recently, as demand for regional film and other media has increased in India, our brand recognition in Hindi films has helped us to grow our non-Hindi film business by targeting regional audiences in India and beyond. With our distribution network and Tamil film distribution capabilities through our majority owned subsidiary, Ayngaran International Limited, or Ayngaran, we believe we are well positioned to expand our offering of non-Hindi content.

We distribute our film content globally across the following distribution channels: theatrical , which includes multiplex chains and stand-alone theaters; television syndication , which includes satellite television broadcasting, cable television and terrestrial television; and digital , which includes primarily internet protocol television, or IPTV, video on demand, or VOD, and internet channels. Eros Now, our on-demand entertainment portal accessible via internet-enabled devices, was recently launched with a limited number of movies and music videos. We expect that Eros Now eventually will include our full film library. We develop what we believe to be cost-effective integrated marketing campaigns that we tailor to each movie and market, utilizing strategies such as pre-releasing music prior to the theatrical release date of the related film, and promoting product tie-ins that feature film characters and themes. Our average marketing and distribution spend on print and advertising for our high budget films is typically around 10-15% of production costs. Additionally, we use a pre-sale strategy to offset production costs and mitigate individual film risk by entering into contractual arrangements prior to a high budget film’s release to recover a substantial portion of our capitalized film costs through the licensing of television, music and other distribution rights.

Our total revenues for fiscal 2011 increased to $164.6 million from $149.7 million for fiscal 2010 and to $166.3 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2011 from $124.3 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2010, EBITDA increased to $58.6 million for fiscal 2011 from $53.2 million for fiscal 2010 and to $59.6 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2011 from $45.4 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2010 and our net income increased to $47.6 million for fiscal 2011 from $42.4 million for fiscal 2010 and to $45.5 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2011 from $37.4 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2010.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths position us as a leading global company in the Indian film entertainment industry.

Leading co-producer and acquiror of new Indian film content, with an extensive film library.

As one of the leading participants in the Indian film entertainment industry, we believe our size, scale and leading market position will continue contributing to our growth in India and internationally, and will position us to capitalize on the Indian media and entertainment industry, which has grown in recent years and we believe will continue to grow. We have established our size and scale by aggregating a film library of over 1,900 films, plus approximately 700 additional films for which we hold digital rights only, and releasing over 270 new films over the last three fiscal years. We have demonstrated our leading market position by releasing, internationally or globally, Hindi language films which were among the top grossing films in India in 2011, 2010 and 2009 and we are building what we believe is a strong film slate for fiscal 2013 with some of the leading actors and production houses with whom we have previously delivered our biggest hits.

Established, worldwide, multi-channel distribution network.

We distribute our films to the Indian population in India, the South Asian diaspora worldwide and to non-Indian consumers who view Indian films that are subtitled or dubbed in local languages. Internationally, our distribution network extends to over 50 countries, such as the United States, the United Kingdom and throughout the Middle East, where we distribute films to Indian expatriate populations, and to Germany, Poland, Russia, Indonesia, Malaysia, Taiwan, Japan, South Korea, China and Arabic speaking countries, where we release Indian films that are subtitled or dubbed in local languages. Through this global distribution network, we distribute Indian entertainment content over the following primary distribution channels – theatrical, television syndication and digital platforms.

Diversified revenue streams and pre-sale strategies mitigate risk and promote cash flow generation.

Our business is driven by three major revenue streams:

 

   

theatrical distribution;

 

   

television syndication; and

 

   

digital distribution and ancillary products and services.

Each of these contributed almost equally to our total revenues in fiscal 2011. In the nine months ended December 31, 2011, theatrical distribution accounted for nearly 50% of revenues, and television syndication and digital distribution and ancillary products and services accounted for 30% and 20%, respectively, reflecting our diversified revenue base that reduces our dependence on any single distribution channel. We bundle library titles with new releases to maximize cash flows and we also utilize a pre-sale strategy to mitigate new production project risks by obtaining contractual commitments to recover a portion of our capitalized film costs through the licensing of television, music and other distribution rights prior to a film’s completion. For example, for high budget films that we released in fiscal 2012, we had contractual revenue commitments in place prior to their release that allowed us to recoup between 35% and 67% of our direct production costs for those films.

Strong and experienced management team.

Our management team has substantial industry knowledge and expertise, with a majority of our executive officers and executive directors having been involved in the film, media and entertainment industries for more than 20 years. Their understanding of the Indian film business, including talent relationships and deal structuring, has served as a key driver of our strength in content sourcing. In particular, several members of our management team have established personal relationships with leading talent, production companies, exhibitors and other key participants in the Indian film industry, which have been critical to our success.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

Our strategy is driven by the scale and variety of our content and the global exploitation of that content through diversified channels. Specifically, we intend to pursue the following strategies:

Co-produce, acquire and distribute high quality content to augment our library.

We will continue to leverage the longstanding relationships with creative talent, production houses and other key industry participants that we have built since our founding to source a wide variety of content. Our focus will be on investing in future slates comprised of a diverse portfolio mix ranging from high budget global theatrical releases to lower budget movies with targeted audiences, with an increased focus on higher budget films, which to-date have made up a smaller percentage of our library. We also plan to augment our library of over 1,900 films, plus approximately 700 additional films for which we hold digital rights only, with quality content for exploitation through our distribution channels and explore new bundling strategies to monetize existing content.

Capitalize on positive industry trends in the Indian market.

Propelled by the economic expansion within India and the corresponding increase in consumer discretionary spending, the FICCI Report 2012 projects that the dynamic Indian media and entertainment industry will grow at a 14.9% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, from $13.7 billion in 2011 to $27.5 billion by 2016, and that the Indian film industry will grow from $1.8 billion in 2011 to $2.8 billion in 2016. India is one of the largest film markets in the world. According to ScreenDigest, the number of multiplex screens in India is projected to increase from approximately 1,300 in 2011 to approximately 1,800 screens in 2015. In light of the fact that multiplex theaters generally sell tickets at higher prices than single screen theaters, it is expected that average ticket prices will increase.

The Indian television market is the third largest in the world, reaching 146 million television, or TV, households in 2011, of which over 74 million were cable households and around 37 million were direct to home, or DTH, households, which receive programming wirelessly via digital satellite. FICCI Report 2012 projects that the Indian television industry will grow from $6.2 billion in 2011 to $13.9 billion in 2016. The growing size of the TV industry has led television satellite networks to provide an increasing number of channels, resulting in competition for quality feature films for home viewing in order to attract increased advertising and subscription revenues.

Broadband and mobile platforms present growing digital avenues to exploit content. According to FICCI Report 2012, the number of internet users reached 132 million in 2011 and is projected to reach 546 million by 2016. Smartphone usage is projected to rapidly increase from 10 million active internet enabled smart phones in 2011 to 264 million in 2016. The $170 million Indian music industry, of which 70% came from film music in 2010, is projected to grow to $291 million by 2015. Although all of these projections generally align with management’s expectations for industry growth, there is no guarantee that such future growth will occur.

We will take advantage of the opportunities presented by these trends within India to monetize our library and distribute new films through existing and emerging platforms, including by exploring new content options for expanding our digital strategy such as filming exclusive short form content for consumption through emerging channels such as mobile and internet streaming devices.

Further extend the distribution of our content outside of India to new audiences.

We currently distribute our content to consumers in more than 50 countries, including markets where there is significant demand for subtitled or dubbed Indian-themed entertainment, such as Europe and Southeast Asia, as well as to markets where there is a significant concentration of South Asian expatriates, such as the Middle

 

 

4


Table of Contents

East, the United States and the United Kingdom. We intend to promote and distribute our films in additional countries, and further expand in countries where we already distribute, when we believe that demand for Indian filmed entertainment exists or the potential for such demand exists. For example, we have recently entered into arrangements with local distributors in Taiwan, Japan, South Korea and China to distribute dubbed or subtitled Eros films through theatrical release, television broadcast or DVD release.

Increase our distribution of content through digital platforms globally.

We intend to continue to distribute our content on existing and emerging digital platforms. We also have an ad-supported YouTube portal site on Google that hosts an extensive collection of clips of our content and has generated over one billion aggregate views. In North America, we have an agreement with International Networks, a subsidiary of Comcast, to provide a subscription video on demand, or SVOD, service called “Bollywood Hits On Demand” that is currently carried on Comcast, Cox Communications, Rogers Communication, Cablevision and Time Warner Cable. We have recently expanded our digital presence with the launch of our on-demand entertainment portal Eros Now, which will leverage our film and music libraries by providing ad-supported and subscription-based streaming of film and music content via internet-enabled devices. We intend to pursue similar models utilizing our extensive film library to gain access to similar partners throughout the world. We believe new offerings and emerging distribution channels such as DTH satellite, VOD, mobile and internet streaming services will also provide us with significant growth opportunities.

Expand our regional Indian content offerings.

According to the FICCI Report 2012, regional media production in India is expected to be a growth driver in the Indian film entertainment industry for several years into the future. We will utilize our resources, international reputation and distribution network to continue expanding our non-Hindi content offerings to reach the substantial Indian population whose main language is not Hindi. While Hindi films retain a broad appeal across India, the diversity of languages within India allows us to treat regional language markets as distinct markets where particular regional language films have a strong following. In addition to Tamil, we plan to expand our content for selected regional languages such as Marathi, Telugu and Punjabi.

Capitalize on our competitive advantage.

We intend to build on our leadership position within the Indian film entertainment industry to further expand our scale and strengthen our market position. One area we plan to focus on is expanding the opportunities for exploiting our content. We will leverage our extensive library, distribution network, talent relationships and strong balance sheet, which we believe give us a competitive advantage to expand within the broader Indian media and entertainment industry.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Summary Risk Factors

An investment in our A ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks summarized below, the risks described under “Risk Factors” and the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to purchase any of our A ordinary shares:

 

   

any disputes or failure to enter into agreements with multiplex or theater operators could have a material adverse effect on our ability or willingness to release our films as scheduled;

 

   

any failure to source film content will have a material and adverse impact on our business;

 

   

delays, cost overruns, cancellation or abandonment of the completion or release of films may have an adverse effect on our business;

 

   

the popularity and commercial success of our films are subject to numerous factors beyond our control;

 

   

the success of our business depends on our ability to consistently create and distribute filmed entertainment that meets the changing preferences of the broad consumer market both within India and internationally;

 

   

our ability to exploit our content is limited to the rights that we own or are able to continue to license from third parties or own;

 

   

we depend on the Indian box office success of our Hindi films for a significant portion of our revenues;

 

   

we may not be paid the full amount of box office revenues to which we are entitled as a result of underreporting of box office receipts by theater operators;

 

   

piracy of our content, including digital and internet piracy, may adversely impact our revenues and business;

 

   

our Indian subsidiary is publicly listed and we may lose our ability to control its activities; and

 

   

the Founders Group, including our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Kishore Lulla, will continue to hold a substantial interest after the offering and through our dual class ordinary share structure will continue to have the ability to exercise a controlling influence over our business, which will limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

Company Information

Eros International Plc is a company limited by shares incorporated in the Isle of Man. We maintain our registered office at Fort Anne, Douglas, Isle of Man IM15PD, and our principal executive office in the U.S. is at 550 County Avenue, Secaucus, New Jersey 07094, and our telephone number is +1(201) 558-9021. We maintain a website at www.erosplc.com . Information contained in our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated by reference into, this prospectus. You should only rely on the information contained in this prospectus when making a decision as to whether or not to invest in our A ordinary shares.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Our Corporate Structure

We are a company which was incorporated in the Isle of Man in 2006 and currently our shares are admitted for trading on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange, or AIM. We intend to cancel admission of our ordinary shares to AIM following completion of this offering. We conduct our global operations through our Indian and international subsidiaries, including our majority-owned subsidiary Eros International Media Limited, or Eros India, a public company incorporated in India and listed on the BSE Limited and National Stock Exchange of India Limited, or the Indian Stock Exchanges. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Ken Naz, located at 550 County Avenue, Secaucus, New Jersey.

Beech Investments Limited, or Beech Investments, Arjan Lulla, Kishore Lulla, Vijay Ahuja and Sunil Lulla are referred to herein as the “Founders Group.” Beech Investments and related parties hold approximately 70% of our issued share capital, which, upon the closing of this offering, will comprise all of our B ordinary shares. Beech Investments, a company incorporated in the Isle of Man, is owned by discretionary trusts that include Eros founder Arjan Lulla and Eros directors Kishore Lulla, Vijay Ahuja and Sunil Lulla as beneficiaries. Beech Investments is also referred to herein as the selling shareholder.

The following diagram summarizes the corporate structure of our consolidated group of companies as of March 15, 2012:

LOGO

 

(a) Eros India holds at least 99% of each of its Indian subsidiaries.
(b) Eros Digital Private Limited (India) holds the remaining 0.35% of Eros India’s Indian subsidiary Eros International Films Private Limited.
(c) Ayngaran International Limited (Isle of Man) holds 51% of Ayngaran Anak Media Private Limited and 100% of each of its other subsidiaries.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Issuer

Eros International Plc, incorporated in the Isle of Man.

 

A ordinary shares offered by us

                 shares.

 

A ordinary shares offered by the selling shareholder

                 shares.

 

Overallotment option

We and the selling shareholder have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to additional A ordinary shares from us and up to an additional                A ordinary shares from the selling shareholder at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any overallotments.

 

A ordinary shares in issue after this offering

                 shares (or                  shares if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full).

 

B ordinary shares in issue after this offering

                 shares.

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund new co-productions and acquisitions, including catalog content, to grow our digital and other distribution channels and for general corporate purposes. We intend to use any net proceeds we receive from any shares sold by us, if any, pursuant to the underwriters’ overallotment option for general corporate purposes. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholder. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Dividend policy

We have not declared any dividend since our incorporation in 2006, and all profits have been retained and utilized to grow our business. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our A ordinary shares.

 

Proposed NYSE symbol

EROS

Unless otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option; and

 

   

a public offering price of $     per share of our A ordinary shares, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data

The following table sets forth our summary historical consolidated financial data for the periods and at the dates indicated. The summary historical consolidated financial data for the three years ended March 31, 2011 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical consolidated financial data for the nine months ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited financial data on the same basis as the audited financial statements and in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards for Interim Financial Reporting. We have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our interim results for the nine months ended December 31, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected for the full year.

You should read the summary historical consolidated financial data presented below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus as well as “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     Nine months ended
December 31,
    Year ended March 31,  
     2011     2010     2011     2010     2009  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

INCOME STATEMENT DATA

          

Revenue

   $ 166,282      $ 124,272      $ 164,613      $ 149,729      $ 156,697   

Cost of sales

     (84,023     (66,138     (88,017     (81,710     (85,190
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     82,259        58,134        76,596        68,019        71,507   

Administrative costs

     (23,632     (13,426     (19,225     (16,157     (20,501
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     58,627        44,708        57,371        51,862        51,006   

Net finance costs and impairments

     (1,279     (800     (1,584     (2,315     (2,608
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before tax

     57,348        43,908        55,787        49,547        48,398   

Income tax expense

     (11,844     (6,483     (8,237     (7,152     (7,571
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 45,504      $ 37,425      $ 47,550      $ 42,395      $ 40,827   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share

          

Basic

   $ 0.35      $ 0.30      $ 0.39      $ 0.37      $ 0.35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.35      $ 0.30      $ 0.38      $ 0.36      $ 0.35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

          

Basic

     116,449        116,134        116,134        115,834        115,234   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     116,636        116,321        116,321        116,021        116,072   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER DATA

          

EBITDA(1)

   $ 59,558      $ 45,389      $ 58,574      $ 53,194      $ 51,153   

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

   $ 64,821      $ 46,166      $ 59,501      $ 53,509      $ 53,630   

 

 

9


Table of Contents
     Nine months ended
December 31,
     Year ended March 31,  
     2011      2010      2011      2010      2009  

High budget film releases

     5         3         3         3         2   

Medium budget film releases

     3         6         7         13         13   

Low budget film releases

     50         51         62         98         72   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total new film releases

     58         60         72         114         87   

 

     As of December 31, 2011  
     Actual      Pro Forma As
Adjusted(2)
 
       
     (in thousands)  

BALANCE SHEET DATA

  

Intangible assets – content

   $ 478,935       $ 478,935   

Cash and cash equivalents

     120,032      

Trade and other receivables

     74,871         79,597   

Total assets

     735,251      

Trade and other payables

     34,540         34,540   

Total borrowings

     228,059         228,059   

Total liabilities

     294,039         293,232   

Total equity

     441,212      

 

(1) We use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental financial measure. EBITDA is defined by us as net income before interest expense, income tax expense and depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of capitalized film content and debt issuance costs). Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted for impairments of available-for-sale financial assets and share based payments. EBITDA, as used and defined by us, may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures employed by other companies and is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income, net income, cash flows from operating investing and financing activities, or other income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide no information regarding a company’s capital structure, borrowings, interest costs, capital expenditures and working capital movement or tax position. However, our management team believes that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful to an investor in evaluating our results of operations because these measures:

 

   

are widely used by investors to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items excluded from the calculation of such term, which can vary substantially from company to company depending upon accounting methods and book value of assets, capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired, among other factors;

 

   

help investors to evaluate and compare the results of our operations from period to period by removing the effect of our capital structure from our operating structure; and

 

   

are used by our management team for various other purposes in presentations to our Board of Directors as a basis for strategic planning and forecasting.

There are significant limitations to using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of performance, including the inability to analyze the effect of certain recurring and non-recurring items that materially affect our net income or loss, the lack of comparability of results of operations of different companies and the different methods of calculating EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA reported by different companies.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the reconciliation of our net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

 

     Nine months ended
December 31,
     Year ended March 31,  
     2011      2010      2011      2010      2009  
     (in thousands)  

Net income

   $ 45,504       $ 37,425       $ 47,550       $ 42,395       $ 40,827   

Income tax expense

     11,844         6,483         8,237         7,152         7,571   

Net finance costs

     1,279         800         1,584         2,309         1,261   

Depreciation

     898         593         928         1,030         1,196   

Amortization

     33         88         275         308         298   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 59,558       $ 45,389       $ 58,574       $ 53,194       $ 51,153   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impairment of available-for-sale financial assets

     —           —           —           6         1,347   

Share based payments (a)

     5,263         777         927         309         1,130   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 64,821       $ 46,166       $ 59,501       $ 53,509       $ 53,630   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a) Consists of compensation costs recognized with respect to all outstanding plans and all other equity settled instruments.
(2) The pro forma as adjusted column gives effect to (i) the conversion of all of our outstanding ordinary shares into            A ordinary shares and            B ordinary shares immediately prior to the closing of this offering and (ii) the sale by us of            A ordinary shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our A ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and all of the other information in this prospectus before deciding to purchase our A ordinary shares. Our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks. The trading price of our A ordinary shares could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. It is not possible for us to assess the impact of all factors on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations, or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement.

Risks Related to Our Business

We depend on our relationships with theater operators and other industry participants to exploit our film content. Any disputes with multiplex operators in India could have a material adverse effect on our ability or willingness to release our films as scheduled.

We generate revenues from the exploitation of Indian film content in various distribution channels through agreements with commercial theater operators, in particular multiplex operators, and with retailers, television operators, telecommunications companies and others. Our failure to maintain these relationships, or to establish and capitalize on new relationships, could harm our business or prevent our business from growing, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We have had disputes with multiplex operators in India that required us to delay our film releases and disrupted our marketing schedule for future films. These disputes were subsequently settled pursuant to settlement agreements that expired in June 2011. We now enter into agreements on a film-by-film and exhibitor-by-exhibitor basis instead of entering into long-term agreements. To date, our film-by-film agreements have been on commercial terms that are no less favorable than the terms of the prior settlement agreements; however, we cannot guarantee such terms can always be obtained. Accordingly, without a long-term commitment from multiplex operators, we may be at risk of losing a substantial portion of our revenues derived from our theatrical business. We may also have similar future disruptions in our relationship with multiplex operators, the operators of single-screen theaters or other industry participants, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Further, the theater industry in India is rapidly growing and evolving and we cannot assure you that we will be able to establish relationships with new commercial theater operators.

We may fail to source adequate film content on favorable terms or at all through acquisitions or co-productions, which could have a material and adverse impact on our business.

We generate revenues by exploiting Indian film content that we primarily co-produce or acquire from third parties, and then distribute through various channels. Our ability to successfully enter into co-productions and to acquire content depends on our ability to maintain existing relationships, and form new ones, with talent and other industry participants. The pool of quality talent in India is limited and as a result, there is significant competition to secure the services of certain actors, directors, composers and producers, among others. Competition can increase the cost of such talent, and hence the cost of film content. These costs may continue to increase, making it more difficult for us to access content cost-effectively and reducing our ability to sustain our margins and maximize revenues from distribution and exploitation. Further, we may be unable to successfully maintain our long-standing relationships with certain industry participants and continue to have access to content and/or creative talent and may be unable to establish similar relationships with new leading creative talent. If any such relationship is adversely affected, or we are unable to form new relationships or our access to quality Indian film content otherwise deteriorates, or if any party fails to perform under its agreements or arrangements with us, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely effected.

 

12


Table of Contents

Delays, cost overruns, cancellation or abandonment of the completion or release of films may have an adverse effect on our business.

There are substantial financial risks relating to film production, completion and release. Actual film costs may exceed their budgets and factors such as labor disputes, unavailability of a star performer, equipment shortages, disputes with production teams or adverse weather conditions may cause cost overruns and delay or hamper film completion. When a film we have contracted to acquire from a third party experiences delays or fails to be completed, we may not recover advance monies paid for the proposed acquisition. When we enter into co-productions, we are typically responsible for paying all production costs in accordance with an agreed upon budget and while we typically cap budgets in our contracts with our co-producer, given the importance of ongoing relationships in our industry, longer-term commercial considerations may in certain circumstances override strict contractual rights and we may feel obliged to fund cost over-runs where there is no contractual obligation requiring us to do so. To date, we have completed only one sole production, and this is not our preferred choice for sourcing content. Production delays, failure to complete projects or cost overruns could result in us not recovering our costs and could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

The popularity and commercial success of our films are subject to numerous factors, over which we may have limited or no control.

The popularity and commercial success of our films depends on many factors including, but not limited to, the key talent involved, the timing of release, the promotion and marketing of the film, the quality and acceptance of other competing programs released into the marketplace at or near the same time, the availability of alternative forms of entertainment, general economic conditions, the genre and specific subject matter of the film, its critical acclaim and the breadth, timing and format of its initial release. We cannot predict the impact of such factors on any film, and many are factors that are beyond our control. As a result of these factors and many others, our films may not be as successful as we anticipate, and as a result, our results of operations may suffer.

The success of our business depends on our ability to consistently create and distribute filmed entertainment that meets the changing preferences of the broad consumer market both within India and internationally.

Changing consumer tastes affect our ability to predict which films will be popular with audiences in India and internationally. As we invest in a portfolio of films across a wide variety of genres, stars and directors, it is highly likely that at least some of the films in which we invest will not appeal to Indian or international audiences. Further, where we sell rights prior to release of a film, any failure to accurately predict the likely commercial success of a film may cause us to underestimate the value of such rights. If we are unable to co-produce and acquire rights to films that appeal to Indian and international film audiences or to accurately judge audience acceptance of our film content, the costs of such films could exceed revenues generated and anticipated profits may not be realized. Our failure to realize anticipated profits could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to exploit our content is limited to the rights that we acquire from third parties or otherwise own.

We have acquired over 90% of our film content through contracts with third parties, which are primarily fixed-term contracts that may be subject to expiration or early termination. Upon expiration or termination of these arrangements, content may be unavailable to us on acceptable terms or at all, including with respect to technical matters such as encryption, territorial limitation and copy protection. In addition, if any of our competitors offer better terms, we will be required to spend more money or grant better terms, or both, to acquire or extend the rights we previously held. If we are unable to renew the rights to our film catalog on commercially favorable terms and to continue exploiting the existing films in our library or other content, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Based on our agreements in effect as of December 31, 2011, if we do not otherwise extend or renew our existing rights, we

 

13


Table of Contents

anticipate the rights we currently license in Hindi and regional languages, excluding our Kannada digital rights catalog, will expire as summarized in the table below.

 

Term Expiration Dates

   Hindi Film Rights     Regional Film  Rights (1 )  
     (approximate percentage of films whose
licensed rights expire in the period indicated)
 

Prior to January 1, 2016

     40.8     3.4

2016-2020

     29.0     4.0

2021-2025

     11.7     1.6

2026-2030

     2.7     0.6

2031-2045

     0.9     1.6

Perpetual ( 2 )

     14.9     88.8

 

(1) Excludes the Kannada digital rights catalog.
(2) Subject to limitations imposed by Indian copyright law, which restricts the term to 60 years from the beginning of the calendar year following the year in which the film is published.

In addition, we typically only own certain rights for the exploitation of content, which limits our ability to exploit content in certain media formats. In particular, we do not own the audio music rights to the majority of the films in our library and to certain new releases. See “Business—Slate Profile – Our Film Library” for detail regarding our rights. To the extent we do not own the music or other media rights in respect of a particular film, we may only exploit content through those channels to which we do own rights, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to generate revenue from a film and recover our costs from acquiring or producing content.

We depend on the Indian box office success of our Hindi films from which we derive a significant portion of our revenues.

In India, a relatively high percentage of a film’s overall revenues are derived from theater box office sales and, in particular, from such sales in the first week of a film’s release. Indian domestic box office receipts are also an indicator of a film’s expected success in other Indian and international distribution channels. As such, poor box office receipts in India for our films, even for those films for which we obtain only international distribution rights, could have a significant adverse impact on our results of operations in both the year of release of the relevant films and in the future for revenues expected to be earned through other distribution channels. In particular, we depend on the Indian box office success of our Hindi films.

We may not be paid the full amount of box office revenues to which we are entitled.

We derive revenues from theatrical exhibition of our films by collecting a specified percentage of box office receipts from multiplex and single screen theater operators. The Indian film industry continues to lack full exhibitor transparency. There is limited independent monitoring of such data in India or the Middle East, unlike the monitoring services provided by Rentrak in the United Kingdom and the United States. We therefore rely on theater operators and our sub-distributors to report relevant information to us in an accurate and timely manner. While some multiplex and single-screen operators have moved to a digital distribution model that provides greater clarity on the number of screenings given to our films, other multiplex operators and single-screen operators retain the traditional print model. We expect that our films will continue to be exhibited primarily on screens that either do not have computerized tracking systems for box office receipts or screening information, or in relation to which we do not have access to audit compliance data. Because we do not have a reliable system to determine if our box office receipts are underreported, box office receipts and sub-distribution revenues may be inadvertently or purposefully misreported or delayed, which could prevent us from being compensated appropriately for exhibition of our films. If we are not properly compensated, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted.

 

14


Table of Contents

We face increasing competition with other films for movie screens, and our inability to obtain sufficient distribution of our films could have a material adverse effect on our business.

A substantial majority of the theater screens in India are typically committed at any one time to a limited number of films, and we compete directly against other producers and distributors of Indian films in each of our distribution channels. If the number of films released in the market as a whole increases it could create excess supply in the market, in particular at peak theater release times such as school and national holidays and during festivals, which would make it more difficult for our films to succeed. Where we are unable to ensure a wide release for our films, or where we are unable to provide theater operators with sufficient prints of our films to allow them to maximize screenings in the first week of a film’s release, it may have an adverse impact on our revenues. Further, failure to release during peak periods, or the inability to book sufficient screens, could cause us to miss potentially higher gross box-office receipts and/or affect subsequent revenue streams, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We face increasing competition from other forms of entertainment, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We also compete with all other sources of entertainment and information delivery, including television, the internet and sporting events such as the Indian Premier League, for cricket. Technological advancements such as VOD, mobile and internet streaming and downloading have increased the number of entertainment and information delivery choices available to consumers and have intensified the challenges posed by audience fragmentation. The increasing number of choices available to audiences could negatively impact consumer demand for our films, and there can be no assurance that occupancy rates at theaters or demand for our other distribution channels will not fall.

Competition within the Indian film industry is growing rapidly, and certain of our competitors are larger, have greater financial resources and are more diversified.

The Indian film industry’s rapid growth is changing the competitive landscape, increasing competition for content, talent and release dates. Growth in the Indian film industry has attracted new Indian and foreign industry participants and competitors, including standalone operators, such as Reliance Entertainment, as well as others aligned with internationally diversified film companies, such as Sony Pictures, Viacom Inc., The Walt Disney Company and Warner Bros., many of which are substantially larger and have greater financial resources, including competitors that own their own theaters and/or television networks. These larger competitors may have the ability to spend additional funds on production of new films, which may require us to increase our production budgets in order to compete effectively. In addition, these competitors may use their financial resources to gain increased access to movie screens and enter into exclusive content arrangements with key talent in the Indian film industry. Unlike some of these major competitors that are part of larger diversified corporate groups, we derive substantially all of our revenue from our film entertainment business. If our films fail to perform to our expectations we are likely to face a greater adverse impact than would a more diversified competitor. In addition, other larger entertainment distribution companies may have larger budgets to exploit growing technological trends. If we are unable to compete with these companies effectively, our business prospects, results of operations and financial condition could suffer.

Piracy of our content, including digital and internet piracy, may adversely impact our revenues and business.

Our business depends in part on the adequacy, enforceability and maintenance of intellectual property rights in the entertainment products and services we create. Motion picture piracy is extensive in many parts of the world and is made easier by technological advances and the conversion of motion pictures into digital formats. This trend facilitates the creation, transmission and sharing of high quality unauthorized copies of motion pictures in theatrical release on DVDs, CDs and Blu-ray discs, from pay-per-view through set top boxes and other devices and through unlicensed broadcasts on free television and the internet. Although DVD and CD sales

 

15


Table of Contents

represent a relatively small portion of our revenues, the proliferation of unauthorized copies of these products results in lost revenue and significantly reduced pricing power, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. In particular, unauthorized copying and piracy are prevalent in countries outside of the United States, Canada and Western Europe, including India, whose legal systems may make it difficult for us to enforce our intellectual property rights and in which consumer awareness of the individual and industry consequences of piracy is lower. Existing copyright and trademark laws in India afford only limited practical protection and the lack of internet-specific legislation relating to trademark and copyright protection creates a further challenge for us to protect our content delivered through such media. According to FICCI Report 2009, it is estimated that the Indian film industry loses as much as $377.3 million annually due to piracy. Additionally, we may seek to implement elaborate and costly security and anti-piracy measures, which could result in significant expenses and revenue losses. Even the highest levels of security and anti-piracy measures may fail to prevent piracy.

We may be unable to adequately protect or continue to use our intellectual property. Failure to protect such intellectual property may negatively impact our business.

We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, service marks and similar intellectual property rights to protect our name and branded products. The success of our business, in part, depends on our continued ability to use this intellectual property in order to increase awareness of the Eros name. We attempt to protect these intellectual property rights through available copyright and trademark laws. Despite these precautions, existing copyright and trademark laws afford only limited practical protection in certain countries, and the actions taken by us may be inadequate to prevent imitation by others of the Eros name and other Eros intellectual property. In addition, if the applicable laws in these countries are drafted or interpreted in ways that limit the extent or duration of our rights, or if existing laws are changed, our ability to generate revenue from our intellectual property may decrease, or the cost of obtaining and maintaining rights may increase. Further, many existing laws governing property ownership, copyright and other intellectual property issues were adopted before the advent of the internet and do not address the unique issues associated with the internet, personal entertainment devices and related technologies, and new interpretations of these laws in response to emerging digital platforms may increase our digital distribution costs, require us to change business practices relating to digital distribution or otherwise harm our business. We also distribute our branded products in some countries in which there is no copyright or trademark protection. As a result, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy and distribute our branded products or certain portions or applications of our branded products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition. If we fail to register the appropriate copyrights, trademarks or our other efforts to protect relevant intellectual property prove to be inadequate, the value of the Eros name could be harmed, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We may be unable to continue to use the domain names that we use in our business, or prevent third parties from acquiring and using domain names that infringe on, are similar to or otherwise decrease the value of our brand or our trademarks or service marks.

We have registered several domain names for websites that we use in our business, such as erosplc.com and erosentertainment.com , and although our Indian subsidiaries currently own over 50 registered trademarks, we have not obtained a registered trademark for any of our domain names. If we lose the ability to use a domain name, whether due to trademark claims, failure to renew the applicable registration or any other cause, we may be forced to market our products under a new domain name, which could cause us to lose users of our websites, or to incur significant expense in order to purchase rights to such a domain name. In addition, our competitors and others could attempt to capitalize on our brand recognition by using domain names similar to ours. Domain names similar to ours have been registered in the United States, India and elsewhere. We may be unable to prevent third parties from acquiring and using domain names that infringe on, are similar to or otherwise decrease the value of our brand, trademarks or service marks. Protecting and enforcing our rights in our domain names may require litigation, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention.

 

16


Table of Contents

Litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. Regardless of the validity or the success of the assertion of any claims, we could incur significant costs and diversion of resources in enforcing our intellectual property rights or in defending against such claims, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Our services and products could infringe upon the intellectual property rights of third parties.

Other parties, including our competitors, may hold or obtain patents, trademarks, copyright protection or other proprietary rights with respect to their previously developed films, characters, stories, themes and concepts or other entertainment, technology and software or other intellectual property of which we are unaware. In addition, the creative talent that we hire or use in our productions may not own all or any of the intellectual property that they represent they do, which may instead be held by third parties. Consequently, the film content that we produce and distribute or the software and technology we use may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, and we frequently have infringement claims asserted against us. Any claims or litigation, justified or not, could be time-consuming and costly, harm our reputation, require us to enter into royalty or licensing arrangements that may not be available on acceptable terms or at all or require us to undertake creative changes to our film content or source alternative content, software or technology. Where it is not possible to do so, claims may prevent us from producing and/or distributing certain film content and/or using certain technology or software in our operations. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to remain competitive may be adversely affected by rapid technological changes and by an inability to access such technology.

The Indian film entertainment industry continues to undergo significant technological developments, including the ongoing transition from film to digital media. We may be unsuccessful in adopting new digital distribution methods or may lose market share to our competitors if the methods that we adopt are not as technologically sound, user-friendly, widely accessible or appealing to consumers as those adopted by our competitors. For example, our recently launched on-demand entertainment portal accessible via internet-enabled devices, Eros Now, may not be well-received by consumers. Further, advances in technologies or alternative methods of product delivery or storage, or changes in consumer behavior driven by these or other technologies, could have a negative effect on our home entertainment market in India. If we fail to successfully exploit digital and other emerging technologies, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

The visual effects and animation industry is highly competitive, and if EyeQube is unable to compete successfully, we may experience an adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

In 2007 we formed EyeQube, a visual special effects, or VFX, studio headquartered in Mumbai. The VFX industry is an intensely competitive sector of the Indian film entertainment industry. Multiple entities, including visual special effects companies, digital content production companies and animation studios, often bid to provide VFX services for the same feature film or cross platform advertising projects, which can be run on a variety of systems, and certain of these entities have greater resources than we do. In addition, large major motion picture studios have developed or acquired the capability to provide such services in house. Continuing technological advances may also significantly reduce barriers to entry and decrease production time for VFX services, providing an opportunity for new competitors and having a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We also rely on third party licenses for the software tools and techniques developed in the industry for the creation of cutting edge visual effects. These licenses may be unavailable or, if available and obtained, may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Furthermore, our competitors may develop, license or acquire software and other technology that is superior to ours, which could enable our competitors to

 

17


Table of Contents

produce films of a higher quality than ours, or at a lower cost. In order to remain competitive we could be required to incur the cost of upgrading our technology, and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, because EyeQube provides us with a competitive advantage with producers looking to partner with a company with VFX capabilities, if EyeQube is unable to compete successfully against current or future competitors in the visual effects or animation industry, we may be unsuccessful in attracting co-producers. Further, if EyeQube is unable to provide competitive VFX services for our co-productions, we may be forced to obtain VFX services from third parties in order to remain competitive with other producers and distributors.

The music industry is highly competitive and many of our competitors in the music industry focus more exclusively on music distribution and have greater resources than we have.

The music industry, including the market for music licensing and related services in the film and broadcast industry, is intensely competitive. Many companies focus exclusively on music distribution and have greater resources and a larger depth and breadth of catalog, distribution capabilities and current repertoire than we do. We expect competition to persist and to intensify as the markets for Indian music continue to develop and as additional competitors enter the Indian music industry. To remain competitive, we may be forced to reduce our prices and increase costs.

In addition, our agreements with EMI Publishing Ltd., or EMI, pursuant to which EMI acts as our sub-publisher outside of South Asia and we represent EMI’s catalog as sub-publisher of its catalog within India, expire over the next three years. If we are unsuccessful in securing renewals of these agreements, our music publishing revenues could be adversely affected. Further, in November 2011, EMI’s shareholder announced an agreement to sell EMI to a consortium including one of our publishing competitors in the Indian market, and if the transaction receives the requisite regulatory approvals, this may impact the renewal of our EMI sub-publishing agreements within India.

Our business and activities are regulated by the Competition Act.

The Competition Act of India, 2002, as amended, or the Competition Act, seeks to prevent practices that could have an appreciable adverse effect on competition in the relevant market in India. Under the Competition Act, any arrangement, understanding or action between enterprises, whether formal or informal, which causes or is likely to cause an appreciable adverse effect on competition is void and will be subject to substantial penalties. Any agreement that directly or indirectly determines purchase or sale prices, limits or controls production, or creates market sharing by way of geographical area or number of customers in the market is presumed to have an appreciable adverse effect on competition. Provisions relating to the regulation of certain acquisitions, mergers or amalgamations which have or are likely to have an appreciable adverse effect on competition and regulations issued by the Competition Commission of India with respect to notification requirements for such combinations were effective June 1, 2011.

The effect of the new regulations under the Competition Act on the business environment in India is unclear. If we or any member of our group, including Eros India, are further affected, directly or indirectly, by the application or interpretation of any provision of the Competition Act, or any enforcement proceedings initiated by, or claims made to the Competition Commission of India or any other similar authority, our business, results of operations and reputation may be materially and adversely affected. For a discussion of Competition Commission actions, see “Business—Litigation.”

 

18


Table of Contents

Our financial condition and results of operations fluctuate from period to period due to film release schedules and other factors and may not be indicative of results for future periods.

Our financial condition and results of operations for any period fluctuate due to film release schedules in that period, none of which we can predict with reasonable certainty. Theater attendance in India has traditionally been highest during school holidays, national holidays and during festivals, and we typically aim to release big-budget films at these times. This timing of releases also takes account of competitor film releases, Indian Premier League cricket matches and the timing dictated by the film production process. As a result, our quarterly results can vary from one year to the next, and the results of one quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for the next or any future quarter. Additionally, the distribution window for the theatrical release of films, and the window between the theatrical release and distribution in other channels, have each been compressing in recent years and may continue to change. Further shortening of these periods could adversely impact our revenues if consumers opt to view a film on one distribution platform over another, resulting in the cannibalizing of revenues across distribution platforms. Additionally, because our revenue and operating results are seasonal in nature due to the impact of the timing of new releases, our revenue and operating results may fluctuate from period to period, and which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our accounting practices and management judgments may accentuate fluctuations in our annual and quarterly operating results and may not be comparable to other film entertainment companies.

For first release film content, we use a stepped method of amortization and a first twelve months amortization rate based on management’s judgment taking into account historic and expected performance, writing off a significant portion of the capitalized cost for such films in the first 12 months of their initial commercial exploitation, and then the balance over the lesser of the term of the rights held by us and nine years. Similar management judgment taking into account historic and expected performance is used to apply a stepped method of amortization on a quarterly basis within the first 12 months, writing off a significant portion of the capitalized cost in the quarter of theatrical release and the subsequent quarter. In fiscal 2009 and prior fiscal years, the balance of capitalized film content costs were amortized over a maximum of four years rather than nine. In the case of film content that we acquire after its initial exploitation, commonly referred to as catalog, amortization is spread evenly over the lesser of ten years after our acquisition or our license period. At least annually, we review film and content rights for indications of impairment in accordance with IAS 36: Impairment of Assets.

Management applies this method by using its judgment to write down the capitalized cost of film content during its first 12 months of commercial exploitation and in line with the expected revenues arising from film content over its estimated useful life.

Our revenue is subject to significant variation based on the timing of certain licenses and contracts we enter into that may account for a large portion of our revenue in the period in which it is completed, which could adversely affect our operating results.

From time to time, we license film content rights to a group of films pursuant to a single license that constitutes a large portion of our revenue for the fiscal year in which the revenue from the license is recognized. For example, in 2011, we licensed a large portion of our television syndication rights to Dhrishti Creations Pvt. Limited, or Dhrishti, which sale accounted for 23.0% of our revenue for fiscal 2011. In the nine months ended December 31, 2011 and fiscal years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, however, we did not depend on any single customer for more than 10% of our revenue. The timing and size of similar licenses subjects our revenue to uncertainties and variability from period to period, which could adversely affect our operating results. We expect that we will continue to enter into licenses with customers that may represent a significant concentration of our revenues for the applicable period and we cannot guarantee that these revenues will recur.

 

19


Table of Contents

We have entered into certain related party transactions and may continue to rely on our founders for certain key development and support activities.

We have entered, and may continue to enter, into transactions with related parties. We also rely on the Founders Group, which consists of Beech Investments, Arjan Lulla, Kishore Lulla, Vijay Ahuja and Sunil Lulla and associates and enterprises controlled by certain of our directors and key management personnel for certain key development and support activities. While we believe that the Founders Group’s interests are aligned with our own, such transactions may not have been entered into on an arm’s-length basis, and we may have achieved more favorable terms had such transactions been entered into with unrelated parties. If future transactions with related parties are not entered into on an arm’s-length basis, our business may be materially harmed. Further, because certain members of the Founders Group are controlling shareholders of or have significant influence on both us and our related parties, conflicts of interest may arise in relation to dealings between us and our related parties and may not be resolved in our favor. For further information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

We may encounter operational and other problems relating to the operations of our subsidiaries, including as a result of restrictions in our current shareholder agreements.

We operate several of our businesses through subsidiaries. Our financial condition and results of operations significantly depend on the performance of our subsidiaries and the income we receive from them. Our business may be adversely affected if our ability to exercise effective control over our non-wholly owned subsidiaries is diminished in any way. Although we control these subsidiaries through direct or indirect ownership of a majority equity interest or the ability to appoint the majority of the directors on the boards of such companies, unanimous board approval is required for major decisions relating to certain of these subsidiaries. To the extent there are disagreements between us and our various minority shareholders regarding the business and operations of our non-wholly owned subsidiaries, we may be unable to resolve them in a manner that will be satisfactory to us. Our minority shareholders may:

 

   

be unable or unwilling to fulfill their obligations, whether of a financial nature or otherwise;

 

   

have economic or business interests or goals that are inconsistent with ours;

 

   

take actions contrary to our instructions, policies or objectives;

 

   

take actions that are not acceptable to regulatory authorities;

 

   

have financial difficulties; or

 

   

have disputes with us.

Any of these actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, we have entered into shareholder agreements with the minority shareholders of two of our non-wholly-owned subsidiaries, Big Screen Entertainment and Ayngaran, and may enter into similar agreements. These agreements contain various restrictions on our rights in relation to these entities, including restrictions in relation to the transfer of shares, rights of first refusal, put options, reserved board matters and non-solicitation of employees by us. We may also face operational limitations due to restrictive covenants in such shareholders agreements. In addition, under the terms of our shareholder agreement in relation to Big Screen Entertainment, disputes between partners are required to be submitted to arbitration in Mumbai, India. These restrictions in our current shareholder agreements, and any restrictions of a similar or more onerous nature in any new or amended agreements into which we may enter, may limit our control of the relevant subsidiary or our ability to achieve our business objectives, as well as limiting our ability to realize value from our equity interests, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Some of the parties to the shareholder agreements are companies that have duties to their own shareholders, and the interests of these shareholders with respect to the operation of Big Screen Entertainment and Ayngaran

 

20


Table of Contents

may not be aligned with the interests of Eros shareholders. As a result, although we own a majority of the ownership interest in each of Big Screen Entertainment and Ayngaran, taking actions that require approval of the minority shareholders (or their representative directors), such as entering into related party transactions, selling material assets and entering into material contracts, may be more difficult to accomplish.

We depend on the services of senior management.

We have, over time, built a strong team of experienced professionals on whom we depend to oversee the operations and growth of our businesses. We believe that our success substantially depends on the experience and expertise of, and the longstanding relationships with key talent and other industry participants built by, our senior management. Any loss of our senior management, such as the departure of our former Chief Executive Officer in 2010, any conflict of interest that may arise for such management or the inability to recruit further senior managers could impede our growth by impairing our day-to-day operations and hindering development of our business and our ability to develop, maintain and expand relationships, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Since late 2011, we have experienced additions to our senior management team, and our success depends in part on our ability to successfully integrate these new employees into our organization. In the past year, we hired Ricky Ghai as Chief Executive Officer of Eros Digital and Sean Hanafin as Chief Corporate & Strategy Officer, and appointed two new directors, one effective upon consummation of this offering, and we anticipate hiring additional senior management in connection with the expansion of our digital business. While some of our senior management have entered into employment agreements that contain non-competition and non-solicitation provisions, these agreements may not be enforceable in the Isle of Man, India or the United Kingdom, whose laws govern these agreements or where our members of senior management reside. Even if enforceable, these non-competition and non-solicitation provisions are for limited time periods.

Some viewers or civil society organizations may find our film content objectionable.

Some viewers or civil society organizations in India or other countries may object to film content produced or distributed by us based on religious, political, ideological or any other positions held by such viewers. This applies in particular, to content that is graphic in nature, including violent or romantic scenes and films that are politically oriented or targeted at a segment of the film audience. Viewers or civil society organizations, including interest groups, political parties, religious or other organizations may assert legal claims, seek to ban the exhibition of our films, protest against us or our films or object in a variety of other ways. Any of the foregoing could harm our reputation and could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. The film content that we produce and distribute could result in claims being asserted, prosecuted or threatened against us based on a variety of grounds, including defamation, offending religious sentiments, invasion of privacy, negligence, obscenity or facilitating illegal activities, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.

Our films are required to be certified in India by the Central Board of Film Certification.

Pursuant to the Indian Cinematograph Act, 1952, or the Cinematograph Act, films must be certified for adult viewing or general viewing in India by the Central Board of Film Certification, or CBFC, which looks at factors such as the interest of sovereignty, integrity and security of the relevant country, friendly relations with foreign states, public order and morality. There may be similar requirements in the United Kingdom, Canada and Australia, among other jurisdictions. We may be unable to obtain the desired certification for each of our films and we may have to modify the title, content, characters, storylines, themes or concepts of a given film in order to obtain any certification or a desired certification for broadcast release that will facilitate distribution and exploitation of the film. Any modification or receipt of an undesirable certification could reduce the appeal of any affected film to our target audience and reduce our revenues from that film, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

21


Table of Contents

Litigation and negative claims about us or the Indian film entertainment industry generally could have a material adverse impact on our reputation, our relationship with distributors and co-producers and our business operations.

We and certain of our directors and officers are subject to various legal proceedings in India. In addition, there have been certain public allegations made against the Indian film entertainment industry generally, as well as against certain of the entities and individuals currently active in the industry about purported links to organized crime and other negative associations. As our success in the Indian film industry partially depends on our ability to maintain our brand image and corporate reputation, in particular in relation to our dealings with creative talent, co-producers, distributors and exhibitors, any such proceedings or allegations, public or private, whether or not routine or justified, could tarnish our reputation and cause creative talent, co-producers, distributors and exhibitors not to work with us. In addition, the nature of our business and our reliance on intellectual property and other proprietary rights subjects us to the risk of significant litigation. Litigation, or even the threat of litigation, can be expensive, lengthy and disruptive to normal business operations, and the results of litigation are inherently uncertain and may result in adverse rulings or decisions. We may enter into settlements or be subject to judgments that may, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.

A downturn in the Indian and international economies or instability in financial markets, including increased Indian price inflation, could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Global economic conditions may negatively impact consumer spending. Prolonged negative trends in the global or local economies can adversely affect consumer spending and demand for our films and may shift consumer demand away from the entertainment we offer. Any decline in attendance at theaters will reduce the revenues we generate from this channel, from which a significant proportion of our revenues are derived. If the general economic downturn continues to affect the countries in which we distribute our films, in particular in India, discretionary consumer spending may be adversely affected, which would have an adverse impact on demand for our theater, television and digital distribution channels. Further, a sustained decline in economic conditions could result in closure or downsizing by, or otherwise adversely impact, industry participants on whom we rely for content sourcing and distribution. Any decline in demand for our content could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. In addition global financial turmoil has negatively affected the Indian financial markets. Continued financial disruptions may limit our ability to obtain financing for our films. For example, any adverse revisions to India’s credit ratings for domestic and international debt by domestic or international rating agencies may adversely impact our ability to raise additional financing and the interest rates and other commercial terms at which such additional financing is available. Any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. India has recently experienced fluctuating wholesale price inflation compared to historical levels. An increase in inflation in India could cause a rise in the price of wages, particularly for Indian film talent, or any other expenses that we incur. If this trend continues, we may be unable to accurately estimate or control our costs of production. Because it is unlikely we would be able to pass all of our increased costs on to our customers, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Fluctuation in the value of the Indian Rupee against foreign currencies could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and ability to service our debt.

While a significant portion of our revenues are denominated in Indian Rupees, certain contracts for our film content are or may be denominated in foreign currencies. Additionally, we report our financial results in U.S. dollars and most of our debt is denominated in U.S. dollars. Any fluctuation in the value of the Indian Rupee against these currencies, or any other currency, such as the approximately 18.0% drop in value in the average value of the Indian Rupee as compared to the U.S. dollar over the last six months of 2011, will affect the Indian Rupee value of our revenues in cases of revenues that are received in foreign currencies, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations and thus affect the market price of our ordinary shares in the U.S.

 

22


Table of Contents

Further, a majority of our debt is denominated in U.S. dollars, and we may not generate sufficient revenue in U.S. dollars to service all of our U.S. dollar-denominated debt. Consequently, we may be required to use revenues generated in Indian Rupees to service our U.S. dollar-denominated debt. Any devaluation or depreciation in the value of the Indian Rupee, compared to the U.S. dollar, could adversely affect our ability to service our debt. See “Exchange Rates” for historical exchange rates between Indian Rupees and U.S. dollars.

Although we have not historically done so, we may, from time to time, seek to reduce the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on our operating results by purchasing derivative instruments such as foreign exchange forward contracts to cover our intercompany indebtedness or outstanding receivables. However, we may not be able to purchase contracts to insulate ourselves adequately from foreign currency exchange risks. In addition, any such contracts may not perform effectively as a hedging mechanism. See “Exchange Rates” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”

Our performance in India is linked to the stability of its policies, including taxation policy, and the political situation.

The role of Indian central and state governments in the Indian economy has been and remains significant. Since 1991, India’s government has pursued policies of economic liberalization, including significantly relaxing restrictions on the private sector. The rate of economic liberalization could change, and specific laws and policies affecting companies in the media and entertainment sector, foreign investment, currency exchange rates and other matters affecting investment in our securities could change as well. A significant change in India’s economic liberalization and deregulation policies could disrupt business and economic conditions in India and thereby affect our business.

Taxes generally are levied on a state-by-state basis for the Indian film industry. Recently, there has been interest in rationalizing the industry’s taxes by instituting a uniform set of entertainment taxes administered by the Indian government. Such changes may increase our tax rate, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, in certain states, theater multiplexes have enjoyed entertainment tax benefits that may be disrupted or discontinued if India moves to a uniform entertainment tax system. This could slow the construction of new multiplexes which is projected to be a key driving force for the growth of the Indian film industry according to the FICCI Report 2012. Separately, there are certain deductions available to film producers for expenditures on production of feature films released during a given year. These tax benefits may be discontinued and impact current and deferred tax liabilities. In addition, the government of India has issued and may continue to issue tariff orders setting ceiling prices for distribution of content on cable television service charges in India. Such tariff orders could place pricing pressures on cable television service providers and broadcasters, which may, among other things, restrict the ability and willingness of cable television broadcasters in India to pay for content acquisition, including for our films. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Natural disasters, epidemics, terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war could adversely affect the financial markets, result in a loss of business confidence and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Numerous countries, including India, have recently experienced community disturbances, strikes, terrorist attacks, riots, epidemics and natural disasters. These acts and occurrences may result in a loss of business confidence and could cause a temporary suspension of our operations if, for example, local authorities closed theaters and could have an adverse effect on the financial markets and economies of India and other countries. Such closures have previously and could in the future impact our ability to exhibit our films and have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, travel restrictions as a result of such events may interrupt our marketing and distribution efforts and have an adverse impact on our ability to operate effectively.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our insurance coverage may be inadequate to satisfy future claims against us.

While we believe that we have adequately insured our operations and property in a way that we believe is customary in the Indian film entertainment industry and in amounts that we believe to be commercially appropriate, we may become subject to liabilities against which we are not adequately insured or against which we cannot be insured, including losses suffered that are not easily quantifiable and cause severe damage to our reputation. Film bonding, which is a customary practice for U.S. film companies, is rarely used in India. Even if a claim is made under an existing insurance policy, due to exclusions and limitations on coverage, we may not be able to successfully assert our claim for any liability or loss under such insurance policy.

In addition, in the future, we may not be able to maintain insurance of the types or in the amounts that we deem necessary or adequate or at premiums that we consider appropriate. The occurrence of an event for which we are not adequately or sufficiently insured, the successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, the successful assertion of claims against our co-producers, or changes in our insurance policies could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Our Indian subsidiary, Eros India, from which we derive a substantial portion of our revenues, is publicly listed and we may lose our ability to control its activities.

Our Indian subsidiary, Eros India, from which we derive a substantial portion of our revenues, is publicly listed on the Indian stock exchanges. As such, under Indian law, minority stockholders have certain rights and protections against oppression and mismanagement. Further, we own approximately 77.8% of this entity, and will be required by Indian law to reduce our ownership interest to 75.0% by June 2013. Over time, we may lose control over its activities and, consequently, lose our ability to consolidate its revenues.

Dividend distributions by our subsidiaries are subject to certain limitations under local laws, including Indian and Dubai law.

As a holding company, we rely on funds from our subsidiaries to satisfy our obligations. Dividend payments by our subsidiaries, including Eros India and Eros Worldwide FZ-LLC, or Eros Worldwide, are subject to certain limitations under local laws. For example, under Indian law, dividends other than in cash are not permitted and cash dividends are only permitted to be paid out of distributable profits. Dubai law imposes similar limitations on dividend payments. An Indian company paying dividends is also liable to pay dividend distribution tax at an effective rate 16.6%, including cess (additional Indian education tax) and surcharges.

The Relationship Agreement with our subsidiaries may not reflect market standard terms that would have resulted from arm’s length negotiations among unaffiliated third parties and may include terms that may not be obtained from future negotiations with unaffiliated third parties.

The 2009 Relationship Agreement among Eros India, Eros Worldwide and us, or the Relationship Agreement, exclusively assigns to Eros Worldwide certain intellectual property rights and all distribution rights for Indian films (other than Tamil films) held by Eros India or any of its subsidiaries other than the Ayngaran Group, or the Eros India Group, in all territories other than India, Nepal and Bhutan, the rights for which are retained by Eros India and its subsidiaries. In return, Eros Worldwide provides a lump sum minimum guarantee fee for each assigned film to the Eros India Group plus certain additional contingent amounts. The Relationship Agreement may not reflect terms that would have resulted from arm’s-length negotiations among unaffiliated third parties, and our future operating results may be negatively affected if we do not receive terms as favorable in future negotiations with unaffiliated third parties. Further, as we do not own 100% of Eros India, we may lose control over its activities and, consequently, our ability to ensure its continued performance under the Relationship Agreement.

 

24


Table of Contents

Although our tax and transfer pricing methodology are audited annually by our Indian auditors as part of our statutory audits, the transfer pricing arrangements in the Relationship Agreement are not binding on the applicable taxing authorities, and may be subject to scrutiny by such taxing authorities. Accordingly, there may be material and adverse tax consequences if the applicable taxing authorities challenge these arrangements, and they may adjust our income and expenses for tax purposes for both present and prior tax years, and assess interest on the adjusted but unpaid taxes.

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our operations, including our ability to perform our obligations, fund working capital and pay dividends.

As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $228.6 million of borrowings outstanding and the ability to borrow an additional $16.2 million under our existing debt instruments. We may also be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness.

Our indebtedness could have important consequences to you, including the following:

 

   

we could have difficulty satisfying our debt obligations, and if we fail to comply with these requirements, an event of default could result;

 

   

we may be required to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to required payments on indebtedness, thereby reducing the cash flow available to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate activities or to pay dividends;

 

   

covenants relating to our indebtedness may restrict our ability to make distributions to our shareholders;

 

   

covenants relating to our indebtedness may limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate activities, which may limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

   

lenders are able to require repayment of certain loans to Eros India, Eros Films and Eros International Limited prior to their maturity;

 

   

we may be more vulnerable to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

   

we may be placed at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors with less debt; and

 

   

we may have difficulty repaying or refinancing our obligations under our senior credit facilities on their respective maturity dates

If any of these consequences occur, our financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends could be adversely affected. This, in turn, could negatively affect the market price of our ordinary shares, and we may need to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to raise additional capital. We cannot assure you that any refinancing would be possible, that any assets could be sold, or, if sold, of the timing of the sales and the amount of proceeds that may be realized from those sales, or that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all.

We face risks relating to the international distribution of our films and related products.

We derived approximately 34.2% of our fiscal 2011 net revenues, and 33.3% of our revenues for the nine months ended December 31, 2011, from the exploitation of our films in territories outside of India. Accordingly, our business is subject to risks inherent in international trade, many of which are beyond our control. These risks include:

 

   

fluctuating foreign exchange rates;

 

   

laws and policies affecting trade, investment and taxes, including laws and policies relating to the repatriation of funds and withholding taxes and changes in these laws;

 

   

differing cultural tastes and attitudes, including varied censorship laws;

 

25


Table of Contents
   

differing degrees of protection for intellectual property;

 

   

financial instability and increased market concentration of buyers in other markets;

 

   

the increased difficulty of collecting trade receivables across multiple jurisdictions;

 

   

the instability of other economies and governments; and

 

   

war and acts of terrorism.

Events or developments related to these and other risks associated with international trade could adversely affect our revenues from non-Indian sources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We may pursue acquisition opportunities, which could subject us to considerable business and financial risk.

We evaluate potential acquisitions of complementary businesses on an ongoing basis and may from time to time pursue acquisition opportunities. We may not be successful in identifying acquisition opportunities, assessing the value, strengths and weaknesses of these opportunities or consummating acquisitions on acceptable terms. Future acquisitions may result in near term dilution to earnings, including potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities or issuances of debt. Acquisitions may expose us to particular business and financial risks that include, but are not limited to:

 

   

diverting of financial and management resources from existing operations;

 

   

incurring indebtedness and assuming additional liabilities, known and unknown, including liabilities relating to the use of intellectual property we acquire;

 

   

incurring significant additional capital expenditures, transaction and operating expenses and non-recurring acquisition-related charges;

 

   

experiencing an adverse impact on our earnings from the amortization or impairment of acquired goodwill and other intangible assets;

 

   

failing to successfully integrate the operations and personnel of the acquired businesses;

 

   

entering new markets or marketing new products with which we are not entirely familiar; and

 

   

failing to retain key personnel of, vendors to and clients of the acquired businesses.

If we are unable to address the risks associated with acquisitions, or if we encounter expenses, difficulties, complications or delays frequently encountered in connection with the integration of acquired entities and the expansion of operations, we may fail to achieve acquisition synergies and may be required to focus resources on integration of operations rather than on our primary business activities. In addition, future acquisitions could result in potentially dilutive issuances of our A ordinary shares, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or amortization expenses, or write-offs of goodwill, any of which could harm our financial condition.

Risks Related to our A Ordinary Shares and this Offering

There has been no prior public market in the United States for our A ordinary shares, and an active, liquid and orderly trading market for our A ordinary shares may not develop or be maintained in the United States, which could limit your ability to sell shares of our A ordinary shares.

There has been no public market in the United States for our A ordinary shares prior to this offering. Although we have applied to list our A ordinary shares on the NYSE, an active U.S. public market for our shares may not develop or be sustained after this offering. If an active market does not develop, you may experience difficulty selling the A ordinary shares that you purchase in this offering. The initial public offering price for our A ordinary shares will be determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price at which our A ordinary shares will trade after this offering. In particular, you may be unable to resell your A ordinary shares at or above the initial public offering price.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our A ordinary share price may be highly volatile after the offering and, as a result, you could lose a significant portion or all of your investment or we could become subject to securities class action litigation.

Since 2006, our ordinary shares have been admitted on AIM. The trading price of our ordinary shares on AIM has been highly volatile. For example, the highest price that our ordinary shares traded in the period beginning April 1, 2008 and ending March 26, 2012 was $6.56 and the lowest price was $0.75. After the consummation of this offering, the admission of our ordinary shares to AIM will be cancelled. The market price of the A ordinary shares on the NYSE may fluctuate after listing as a result of several factors, including the following:

 

   

variations in our quarterly operating results;

 

   

volatility in our industry, the industries of our customers and the global securities markets;

 

   

risks relating to our business and industry, including those discussed above;

 

   

strategic actions by us or our competitors;

 

   

adverse judgments or settlements obligating us to pay damages;

 

   

actual or expected changes in our growth rates or our competitors’ growth rates;

 

   

investor perception of us, the industry in which we operate, the investment opportunity associated with the A ordinary shares and our future performance;

 

   

adverse media reports about us or our directors and officers;

 

   

addition or departure of our executive officers;

 

   

changes in financial estimates or publication of research reports by analysts regarding our A ordinary shares, other comparable companies or our industry generally;

 

   

trading volume of our A ordinary shares;

 

   

sales of our ordinary shares by us or our shareholders;

 

   

domestic and international economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance; or

 

   

the release or expiration of lock-up or other transfer restrictions on our outstanding A ordinary shares.

Furthermore, the stock markets recently have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions or interest rate changes may cause the market price of ordinary shares to decline. If the market price of our A ordinary shares after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment.

In addition, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may become the target of this type of litigation. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

As a new investor, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price of our A ordinary shares is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our A ordinary shares immediately after this offering. Therefore, if you purchase our A ordinary shares in this offering, you will incur an immediate dilution of $             in net tangible book value per ordinary share from the price you paid, based on a public offering price of $             per share of our A ordinary shares. The exercise of outstanding stock options will result in further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”

 

27


Table of Contents

Additional equity issuances will dilute your holdings, and sales by the Founders Group could adversely affect the market price of our A ordinary shares.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have an issued share capital of              ordinary shares, including              A ordinary shares. All A ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or additional registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. All remaining B ordinary shares outstanding after this offering and certain A ordinary shares will be available for sale upon the expiration of certain lock-up arrangements entered into between us, the underwriters and other shareholders as further described under “Underwriting” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” In addition, A ordinary shares that certain option holders will receive when they exercise their share options will not be available for sale until the expiration of any relevant lock-up periods, subject to volume and other restrictions that may be applicable under Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. Sales of a large number of our A ordinary shares by the Founders Group could adversely affect the market price of our A ordinary shares. Similarly, the perception that any such primary or secondary sale may occur could adversely affect the market price of our A ordinary shares. Any future issuance of our A ordinary shares by us may dilute your shareholdings as well as the holdings of our existing shareholders, causing the market price of our A ordinary shares to decline. In addition, any perception by potential investors that such issuances or sales might occur could also affect the trading price of our A ordinary shares.

The Founders Group, which includes our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Kishore Lulla, will continue to hold a substantial interest after the offering and through the voting rights afforded to our B ordinary shares and held by the Founders Group, will continue to have the ability to exercise a controlling influence over our business, which will limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

After our offering, our B ordinary shares will have ten votes per share and our A ordinary shares, which are the ordinary shares we are selling in this offering, will have one vote per share. We anticipate that the Founders Group will collectively own approximately     % of our issued share capital in the form of              A ordinary shares, representing approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares, and     % of our B ordinary shares, representing approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their overallotment option to purchase additional A ordinary shares. Due to the disparate voting powers attached to our two classes of ordinary shares, the Founders Group will continue to have significant influence over management and affairs and over all matters requiring shareholder approval, including our management and policies and the election of our directors and senior management, the approval of lending and investment policies, revenue budgets, capital expenditure, dividend policy, significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets and strategic acquisitions, for the foreseeable future. In addition, because of this dual class structure, the Founders Group will continue to be able to control all matters submitted to our shareholders for approval even if they come to own less than     % of the outstanding ordinary shares, although all B ordinary shares held by the Founders Group will automatically convert into A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis at such time that the B ordinary shares in issue constitutes less than 10% of the aggregate number of A ordinary shares and B ordinary shares in issue.

This concentrated control could delay, defer or prevent a change in control of our company, impede a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving our company, or discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer, initiating a potential merger or takeover or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company even though other holders of A ordinary shares may view a change in control as beneficial. Many of our directors and senior management also serve as directors of, or are employed by, our affiliated companies, and we cannot guarantee that any conflicts of interest will be resolved in our favor. As a result of these factors, members of the Founders Group may influence our material policies in a manner that could conflict with the interests of the Company’s shareholders. As a result, the market price of our A ordinary shares could be adversely affected.

 

28


Table of Contents

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a U.S. public company.

As a U.S. public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur previously. We will incur costs associated with our U.S. public company reporting requirements. We also anticipate that we will incur costs associated with recently adopted corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act as well as new rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and the NYSE. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We also expect these new rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our Board of Directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these new rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

As a foreign private issuer, we are subject to different U.S. securities laws and NYSE governance standards than domestic U.S. issuers. This may afford less protection to holders of our A ordinary shares, and you may not receive corporate and company information and disclosure that you are accustomed to receiving or in a manner in which you are accustomed to receiving it.

As a foreign private issuer, the rules governing the information that we disclose differ from those governing U.S. corporations pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Although we intend to report quarterly financial results and report certain material events, we are not required to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or provide current reports on Form 8-K disclosing significant events within four days of their occurrence and our quarterly or current reports may contain less information than required under U.S. filings. In addition, we are exempt from the Section 14 proxy rules, and proxy statements that we distribute will not be subject to review by the SEC. Our exemption from Section 16 rules regarding sales of ordinary shares by insiders means that you will have less data in this regard than shareholders of U.S. companies that are subject to the Securities Exchange Act. As a result, you may not have all the data that you are accustomed to having when making investment decisions. For example, our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder with respect to their purchases and sales of our A ordinary shares. The periodic disclosure required of foreign private issuers is more limited than that required of domestic U.S. issuers and there may therefore be less publicly available information about us than is regularly published by or about U.S. public companies. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

As a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from complying with certain corporate governance requirements of the NYSE applicable to a U.S. issuer, including the requirement that a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors. Although upon our listing on the NYSE we will be in compliance with the current NYSE corporate governance requirements imposed on U.S. issuers, including with respect to the composition of our board, our charter does not require that we meet these requirements. As the corporate governance standards applicable to us are different than those applicable to domestic U.S. issuers, you may not have the same protections afforded under U.S. law and the NYSE rules as shareholders of companies that do not have such exemptions. It is also possible that the significant ownership interest of the Founders Group could adversely affect investor perception of our corporate governance.

 

29


Table of Contents

We are an Isle of Man company and, because judicial precedent regarding the rights of shareholders is more limited under Isle of Man law than under U.S. law, you may have less protection of your shareholder rights than you would under U.S. law.

Our constitution is set out in our articles of association, and we are subject to the Isle of Man Companies Act 2006, as amended, or the 2006 Act, and Isle of Man common law. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Isle of Man law are to an extent governed by the common law of the Isle of Man. The common law of the Isle of Man is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Isle of Man as well as from English common law, which has persuasive, but not binding, authority on a court in the Isle of Man. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Isle of Man law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Isle of Man has a less developed body of securities laws than the United States. In addition, some U.S. states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law than the Isle of Man. Furthermore, shareholders of Isle of Man companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States. As a result, shareholders may have more difficulties in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as shareholders of a U.S. company.

Judgments obtained against us by our shareholders may not be enforceable.

We are an Isle of Man company and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. A substantial part of our current operations are conducted in India. In addition, substantially all of our directors and executive officers are nationals and residents of countries other than the United States and we believe that a substantial portion of the assets of these persons may be located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for you to effect service of process within the United States upon these persons. It may also be difficult for you to enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors. Moreover, there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Isle of Man or India would recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts against us or such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether such Isle of Man or Indian courts would be competent to hear original actions brought in the Isle of Man or in India against us or such persons predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state. See “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities.”

We have not determined a specific use for a portion of our net proceeds from this offering, and we may use these proceeds in ways with which you may not agree.

We have not determined a specific use for a portion of our net proceeds of this offering and intend to use them for general corporate purposes. Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of these proceeds received by us. You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. You must rely on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not improve our profitability or increase the market price of our A ordinary shares. The net proceeds from this offering may also be placed in investments that do not produce income or lose value.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable or inaccurate research about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our ordinary shares will depend, in part, on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We may be unable to sustain coverage by well-regarded securities and industry analysts. If either none or only a limited number of securities or industry analysts maintain coverage of our company, or if these securities or industry analysts are not widely respected within the general investment community, the trading price for our ordinary shares would be negatively impacted. In the event we

 

30


Table of Contents

obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our ordinary shares or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our ordinary shares could decrease, which might cause our share price and trading volume to decline.

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our ordinary shares. Our ability to pay dividends in the future will depend upon satisfaction of the 2006 Act solvency test, future earnings, financial condition, cash flows, working capital requirements and capital expenditures.

We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay dividends on our ordinary shares. The amount of our future dividend payments, if any, will depend upon our satisfaction of the solvency test contained in the 2006 Act, our future earnings, financial condition, cash flows, working capital requirements and capital expenditures. The 2006 Act provides that a company satisfies the solvency test if it is able to pay its debts as they become due in the normal course of the company’s business and where the value of the company’s assets exceeds the value of its liabilities. There can be no assurance that we will be able to pay dividends. Additionally, we may be restricted by the terms of any future debt financing in relation to the payment of dividends.

We may be classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, under United States tax law, which could result in adverse United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.

Based upon the past and projected composition of our income and valuation of our assets, we do not believe we will be a PFIC for our taxable year ending December 31, 2012 and we do not expect to become one in the future, although there can be no assurance in this regard. The determination of whether or not we are a PFIC for any taxable year is made on an annual basis and will depend on the composition of our income and assets from time to time. Specifically, we will be classified as a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes if either:

 

   

75% or more of our gross income in a taxable year is passive income, or

 

   

50% or more of the average quarterly value of our gross assets in a taxable year is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income.

The calculation of the value of our assets will be based, in part, on the then market value of our A ordinary shares, which is subject to change. We cannot assure you that we were not a PFIC for fiscal 2011 or that we will not be a PFIC for this or any future taxable year. Moreover, the determination of our PFIC status is based on an annual determination that cannot be made until the close of a taxable year and involves extensive factual investigation. This investigation includes ascertaining the fair market value of all of our assets on a quarterly basis and the character of each item of income we earn, which cannot be completed until the close of a taxable year, and therefore, our U.S. counsel expresses no opinion with respect to our PFIC status. If we were to be or become classified as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder (as defined in “Material Tax Considerations—Summary of Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations”) may be subject to burdensome reporting requirements and may incur significantly increased United States income tax on gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of the shares and on the receipt of distributions on the shares to the extent such gain or distribution is treated as an “excess distribution” under the United States federal income tax rules. Further, if we were a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder held our shares, we would continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which such U.S. Holder held our shares. Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult its tax advisors concerning the United States federal income tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of shares if we are or become classified as a PFIC. See “Material Tax Considerations—Summary of Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—Passive Foreign Investment Company” for a more detailed description of the PFIC rules.

 

31


Table of Contents

Upon the completion of this offering, our A ordinary shares will for a time be listed on two separate stock markets and investors seeking to take advantage of price differences between such markets may create unexpected volatility in our share price; in addition, investors may not be able to easily move ordinary shares for trading between such markets.

Our ordinary shares are currently admitted to AIM and will now be additionally listed and traded on the NYSE. However, we anticipate our shareholders will approve a resolution authorizing us to cancel the admission of our ordinary shares from AIM as soon as practicable following the listing of our A ordinary shares on the NYSE. While our shares are traded on both markets, price levels for our ordinary shares could fluctuate significantly on either market, independent of our share price on the other market. Investors could seek to sell or buy our shares to take advantage of any price differences between the two markets through a practice referred to as arbitrage. Any arbitrage activity could create unexpected volatility in both our share prices on either exchange, and the shares available for trading on either exchange. In addition, holders of shares in either jurisdiction will not be immediately able to transfer such shares for trading on the other market without effecting necessary procedures with our transfer agent. This could result in time delays and additional cost for our shareholders.

 

32


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $             million, after deducting underwriter discounts and estimated expenses. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our ordinary shares by the selling shareholder in this offering. We currently intend to use approximately $             million of the net proceeds from this offering to fund new co-productions and acquisitions of Hindi and regional film catalog content and film-related content, approximately $            million to grow our digital distribution channel, $             million to maintain and further strengthen our other distribution channels and $             million for other general corporate purposes. These amounts are estimates only and are subject to change as we currently do not have firm agreements for using the net proceeds.

 

33


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have not declared any dividend since our incorporation in 2006, and all profits have been retained and utilized to grow our business. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future.

In the event we pay dividends in the future, however, our paying agent in the United States will be Computershare Investor Services.

The amount of our future dividend payments, if any, will depend upon our satisfaction of the solvency test contained in the 2006 Act, our future earnings, financial condition, cash flows, working capital requirements and capital expenditures. The 2006 Act provides that a company satisfies the solvency test if it is able to pay its debts as they become due in the normal course of the company’s business and where the value of the company’s assets exceeds the value of its liabilities. There can be no assurance that we will be able to pay dividends. Additionally, we may be restricted by the terms of any future debt financing in relation to the payment of dividends.

Under our articles of association, all dividends and interest are paid to shareholders whose names are on the register on the date on which such dividend is declared, the date on which such interest is payable or on such other date as we or our Board of Directors may determine. There are currently no additional procedures required for shareholders not resident in the Isle of Man to claim dividends.

 

34


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2011. Our capitalization is presented:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

as adjusted to reflect the following:

 

   

the conversion of all of our ordinary shares into                  A ordinary shares and                  B ordinary shares immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

the receipt of net proceeds from the sale of                A ordinary shares by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and

 

   

the conversion of                B ordinary shares into                A ordinary shares upon sale by the selling shareholder in this offering.

You should read this table along with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Actual      As Adjusted  
     (in thousands, except share data)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 120,032       $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Indebtedness:

     

Secured revolving credit facilities

   $ 40,390       $ 40,390   

Secured asset and term loans

     9,786         9,786   

Overdrafts

     4,920         4,920   

Commercial paper

     25,443         25,443   

Revolving facilities

     145,000         145,000   

Other

     3,060         3,060   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total indebtedness

     228,599         228,599   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ordinary shares, at par value of GBP 0.10 per share, authorized share capital of 200,000,000 ordinary shares, issued share capital of 118,316,874 ordinary shares, actual; no authorized or issued share capital, as adjusted

     21,687      

A ordinary shares, at par value of GBP 0.10 per share, no authorized or issued share capital, actual; 168,349,343 authorized and            issued, as adjusted

     —        

B ordinary shares, par value of GBP 0.10 per share, no authorized or issued share capital, actual; 81,650,657 authorized and 81,650,657 issued, as adjusted

     —        

Total shareholders’ equity

     441,212      
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 669,810       $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

35


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you purchase our A ordinary shares, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution. Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of our A ordinary shares to be sold in this offering will exceed the net tangible book value per share of our A ordinary shares after the offering and reclassification. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities, divided by the number of our A and B ordinary shares in issue on a pro forma basis to give effect to the offering, as of that date. The adjusted net tangible book value per share presented below is equal to the amount of our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities, divided by the number of our A and B ordinary shares in issue on a pro forma basis to give effect to the offering and reclassification as of             . After giving effect to the foregoing and our sale of              A ordinary shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of              would have been             , or $             per ordinary share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $             per share to the existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $             per share to new investors.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis :

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

   $                

Net tangible book value per A ordinary share at

   $     

Net tangible book value per B ordinary share at

   $     

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

   $     
  

 

 

 

Adjusted net tangible book value per A ordinary share

   $     

Adjusted net tangible book value per B ordinary share

   $     
  

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

   $     
  

 

 

 

Our as adjusted net tangible book value after the consummation of this offering, and the dilution to new investors in this offering, will change from the amounts shown above if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per A ordinary share would increase or decrease our adjusted net tangible book value by $ million, the net tangible book value per A ordinary share after the consummation of this offering by $            , the net tangible book value per B ordinary share after the consummation of this offering by $ and the dilution per A ordinary share to new investors by $            , assuming the number of A ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, any increase or decrease in the number of A ordinary shares that we (but not the selling shareholder) sell in this offering will increase or decrease our net proceeds by such increase or decrease, as applicable, multiplied by the offering price per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. Any exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option, whether in full or part will impact our adjusted net tangible book value and corresponding dilution per share to new investors similarly.

The following table summarizes, on the same as adjusted basis as of            , the total number of A ordinary shares purchased from us or from the selling shareholder, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by the existing shareholders and by new investors purchasing A ordinary shares in this offering:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration        
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent     Average Price
Per Share
 

Existing Shareholders

                       $                                     $                

New Investors

             $     
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        100   $           100   $     
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

36


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATES

Our functional and reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates at the applicable balance sheet date. For the purposes of consolidation, all income and expenses are translated at the average rate of exchange during the period covered by the applicable statement of income and assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rate ruling on the balance sheet date.

Solely for your convenience, this prospectus contains translations of certain Indian Rupee and British Pound Sterling amounts into U.S. dollars at specified rates. Except as otherwise stated in this prospectus, all translations from Indian Rupees or British pounds sterling to U.S. dollars are based on the noon buying rates of INR 53.01 per $1.00 and GBP 0.64 per $1.00 in the City of New York for cable transfers of Indian Rupees and British pounds sterling, respectively, based on the rates certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on December 30, 2011. No representation is made that the Indian Rupee or British pound sterling amounts represent U.S. dollar amounts or have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at such rates, any other rates or at all. See “Risk Factors—A downturn in the Indian and international economies or instability in financial markets, including increased Indian price inflation, could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.” Any discrepancies in any table between totals and sums of the amounts listed are due to rounding.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information concerning the exchange rates between Indian Rupees and U.S. dollars based on the noon buying rate in the City of New York for cable transfers of Indian Rupees as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. These rates are provided solely for your convenience and are not necessarily the exchange rates that were used in this prospectus or will be used in the preparation of periodic reports or any other information to be provided to you.

 

Fiscal year ended    Period End      Average(1)      High      Low  

March 31:

           

2007

     INR 43.10         INR 45.06         INR 46.83         INR 42.78   

2008

     40.02         40.00         43.05         38.48   

2009

     50.87         46.32         51.96         39.73   

2010

     44.95         47.18         50.48         44.94   

2011

     44.54         45.46         47.49         43.90   

2012 (through March 23, 2012)

     51.18         48.04         53.71         44.00   

Month:

           

May 2011

     45.04         44.90         45.33         44.27   

June 2011

     44.59         44.81         45.00         44.59   

July 2011

     44.20         44.40         44.62         44.03   

August 2011

     45.79         45.31         46.15         44.06   

September 2011

     49.05         47.69         49.47         45.66   

October 2011

     48.67         49.20         49.86         48.63   

November 2011

     52.12         50.68         52.48         48.94   

December 2011

     53.01         52.38         53.71         50.50   

January 2012

     49.54         51.00         53.11         49.39   

February 2012

     48.99         49.18         49.48         48.65   

March 2012 (through March 23, 2012)

     51.18         50.18         51.28         49.14   

 

(1) Represents the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the period for all fiscal years presented and the average of the noon buying rate for all days during the period for all months presented.

 

37


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information concerning the exchange rates between British pounds sterling and U.S. dollars based on the noon buying rate in the City of New York for cable transfers of British pounds sterling as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. These rates are provided solely for your convenience and are not necessarily the exchange rates that were used in this prospectus or will be used in the preparation of periodic reports or any other information to be provided to you.

 

     Period End      Average(1)      High      Low  

Fiscal Year:

           

2007

     GBP 0.5080         GBP 0.5241         GBP 0.5751         GBP 0.5039   

2008

     0.5037         0.4968         0.5153         0.4738   

2009

     0.6993         0.5980         0.7322         0.4991   

2010

     0.6585         0.6261         0.6943         0.5890   

2011

     0.6231         0.6428         0.6511         0.6102   

2012 (through March 23, 2012)

     0.6304         0.6237         0.6536         0.5991   

Month:

           

May 2011

     0.6083         0.6123         0.6210         0.5992   

June 2011

     0.6224         0.6166         0.6261         0.6081   

July 2011

     0.6077         0.6190         0.6277         0.6077   

August 2011

     0.6147         0.6114         0.6185         0.6027   

September 2011

     0.6400         0.6342         0.6511         0.6177   

October 2011

     0.6195         0.6342         0.6494         0.6195   

November 2011

     0.6367         0.6327         0.6465         0.6220   

December 2011

     0.6436         0.6416         0.6499         0.6370   

January 2012

     0.6348         0.6442         0.6536         0.6348   

February 2012

     0.6269         0.6328         0.6379         0.6269   

March 2012 (through March 23, 2012)

     0.6304         0.6333         0.6404         0.6268   

 

(1) Represents the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the period for all fiscal years presented and the average of the noon buying rate for all days during the period for all months presented.

 

38


Table of Contents

MARKET INFORMATION

Our ordinary shares are currently admitted to AIM. We intend to cancel the admission of our shares from AIM following the consummation of this offering.

As of March 23, 2012, our issued share capital was 118,316,874 ordinary shares.

Historical Market Prices

The following represents historic trading on AIM, as published by Bloomberg, and reflects a translation from British pound sterling to U.S. dollars based on the prevailing exchange rate between the British pound sterling and the U.S. dollar at the time of the applicable trade:

 

Period    High      Low      Average
Daily
Trading
Volume
 
     (in dollars)      (shares)  

Month Ended:

        

March 31, 2012 (through March 23)

     3.63         3.40         438,136   

February 29, 2012

     3.70         3.56         200,101   

January 31, 2012

     3.61         3.44         171,621   

December 31, 2011

     3.98         3.52         119,980   

November 30, 2011

     4.37         3.65         296,642   

October 31, 2011

     4.18         3.18         404,087   

September 30, 2011

     3.44         3.23         111,171   

August 31, 2011

     3.68         3.23         144,326   

July 31, 2011

     3.81         3.40         324,256   

June 30, 2011

     3.72         3.20         113,809   

May 31, 2011

     3.94         3.66         207,082   

Fiscal Quarter Ended:

        

March 31, 2012 (through March 23)

     3.70         3.40         261,544   

December 31, 2011

     4.37         3.18         276,374   

September 30, 2011

     3.81         3.23         191,235   

June 30, 2011

     3.98         3.20         132,073   

March 31, 2011

     4.20         3.50         190,579   

December 31, 2010

     4.10         3.45         108,777   

September 30, 2010

     4.45         2.69         143,849   

June 30, 2010

     3.20         2.50         151,459   

March 31, 2010

     2.90         2.37         130,046   

December 31, 2009

     3.23         2.08         236,361   

September 30, 2009

     3.50         2.02         202,058   

June 30, 2009

     2.31         1.05         283,509   

Fiscal Year Ended (1) :

        

March 31, 2012 (through March 23)

     4.37         3.18         215,560   

March 31, 2011

     4.45         2.50         148,448   

March 31, 2010

     3.50         1.05         212,442   

March 31, 2009

     6.56         0.75         212,237   

March 31, 2008

     11.20         5.86         178,806   

March 31, 2007

     7.84         3.24         144,467   

 

(1) Eros was admitted to AIM in July 2006.

 

39


Table of Contents

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are a limited company incorporated under the laws of the Isle of Man. The majority of our assets are located outside of the United States. Currently, none of the members of our board of directors is a citizen or resident of the United States, and upon listing of our A ordinary shares on the NYSE, only one member of our board of directors will be a citizen or resident of the United States.

Certain of our subsidiaries, including Eros India, are incorporated under the laws of India or other foreign jurisdictions. The majority of the directors and executive officers of such subsidiaries are not residents of the United States, and we believe that substantially all of the assets of such subsidiaries and their officers and directors may be located outside the United States.

As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or such persons or to enforce outside the United States judgments obtained against us or such persons in the United States, except, with respect to us, by effecting service on our agent in the United States, including, without limitation, judgments based upon the civil liability provisions of the United States federal securities laws or the laws of any state or territory of the United States. In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable outside the United States. Investors may also have difficulties enforcing, in original actions brought in courts in jurisdictions outside the United States, liabilities under U.S. securities laws.

We have been advised by Cains Advocates Limited, our Isle of Man counsel, that there is no statutory procedure in the Isle of Man for the recognition or enforcement of judgments of the U.S. courts. However, under Isle of Man common law, a judgment in personam given by a U.S. court may be recognized and enforced by an action for the amount due under it provided that the judgment: (i) is for a debt or definite sum of money (not being a sum payable in respect of taxes or other changes of a like nature or in respect of a fine or other penalty); (ii) is final and conclusive; (iii) was not obtained by fraud; (iv) is not one whose enforcement would be contrary to public policy in the Isle of Man; and (v) was not obtained in proceedings which were opposed to natural justice in the Isle of Man.

A judgment or decree of a court in the United States may be enforced in India only by filing a fresh suit on the basis of the judgment or decree and not by proceedings in execution. Further, such enforcement would be subject to the restrictions set forth in the Indian Code of Civil Procedure, 1908, as amended, including under Section 13 thereof. Section 13 provides that a foreign judgment is conclusive as to any matter directly adjudicated upon except (i) where the judgment has not been pronounced by a court of competent jurisdiction, (ii) where the judgment has not been given on the merits of the case, (iii) where the judgment appears on the face of the proceedings to be founded on an incorrect view of international law or a refusal to recognize the law of India in cases where such law is applicable, (iv) where the proceedings in which the judgment was obtained were opposed to natural justice, (v) where the judgment has been obtained by fraud or (vi) where the judgment sustains a claim founded on a breach of any law in force in India.

A suit for enforcement of a foreign judgment is required to be filed in India within three years from the date of the judgment. It is difficult to predict whether a suit brought in an Indian court will be disposed of in a timely manner or be subject to untimely delay. Moreover, it is unlikely that a court in India would award damages on the same basis as a foreign court if an action were brought in India, or that an Indian court would enforce a foreign judgment if it viewed the amount of damages awarded as excessive or inconsistent with public policy in India. A party seeking to enforce a foreign judgment in India is also required to obtain prior approval from the Reserve Bank of India to repatriate any amount recovered pursuant to such enforcement, and any such amount may be subject to income tax in accordance with applicable laws. Any judgment in a foreign currency is required to be converted into Indian Rupees on the date of judgment and not on the date of payment.

 

40


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial data for the periods and at the dates indicated. The selected historical consolidated financial data for the three years ended March 31, 2011 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data for the two years ended March 31, 2007 and 2008 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus and which have not been audited in compliance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. The selected historical consolidated financial data for the nine months ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited financial data on the same basis as the audited financial statements. We have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our interim results for the nine months ended December 31, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected for the full year.

You should read the selected consolidated financial data presented on the following pages in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus as well as our “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

    Nine Months Ended
December 31,
    Year ended March 31,  
    2011     2010     2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

INCOME STATEMENT DATA

             

Revenue

  $ 166,282      $ 124,272      $ 164,613      $ 149,729      $ 156,697      $ 112,981      $ 66,441   

Cost of sales

    (84,023     (66,138     (88,017     (81,710     (85,190     (49,940     (26,502
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    82,259        58,134        76,596        68,019        71,507        63,041        39,939   

Administrative costs

    (23,632     (13,426     (19,225     (16,157     (20,501     (16,725     (7,981
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

    58,627        44,708        57,371        51,862        51,006        46,316        31,958   

Net finance costs and impairments

    (1,279     (800     (1,584     (2,315     (2,608     (822     (1,014
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before tax

    57,348        43,908        55,787        49,547        48,398        45,494        30,944   

Income tax expense

    (11,844     (6,483     (8,237     (7,152     (7,571     (6,014     (1,697
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 45,504      $ 37,425      $ 47,550      $ 42,395      $ 40,827      $ 39,480      $ 29,247   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share

             

Basic earnings

  $ 0.35      $ 0.30      $ 0.39      $ 0.37      $ 0.35      $ 0.34      $ 0.30   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings

  $ 0.35      $ 0.30      $ 0.38      $ 0.36      $ 0.35      $ 0.33      $ 0.30   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

             

Basic

    116,449        116,134        116,134        115,834        115,234        112,547        97,617   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    116,636        116,321        116,321        116,021        116,072        113,250        97,771   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER DATA

             

EBITDA(1)

  $ 59,558      $ 45,389      $ 58,574      $ 53,194      $ 51,153      $ 47,165      $ 32,346   

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

  $ 64,821      $ 46,166      $ 59,501      $ 53,509      $ 53,630      $ 48,481      $ 32,934   

High budget film releases

    5        3        3        3        2        2        1   

Medium budget film releases

    3        6        7        13        13        10        4   

Low budget film releases

    50        51        62        98        72        49        20   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total new film releases

    58        60        72        114        87        61        25   

 

41


Table of Contents
     As of
December 31,
     As of March 31,  
     2011      2011      2010      2009      2008      2007  
     (in thousands)  

BALANCE SHEET DATA

                 

Intangible assets – content

   $ 478,935       $ 421,901       $ 349,228       $ 311,772       $ 239,238       $ 94,710   

Cash and cash equivalents

     120,032         126,167         87,613         55,812         87,701         46,417   

Trade and other receivables

     74,871         57,659         54,795         55,930         30,470         37,151   

Total assets

     735,251         669,841         545,577         475,500         386,154         200,544   

Trade and other payables

     34,540         23,197         28,397         19,570         21,193         15,345   

Short-term borrowings

     97,344         49,611         40,478         61,379         34,769         43,764   

Current liabilities

     141,536         77,816         74,366         87,292         56,817         59,670   

Long-term borrowings

     130,715         149,310         151,441         123,866         111,687         —     

Non-current liabilities

     152,503         166,650         164,022         130,782         114,387         —     

Total liabilities

     294,039         244,466         238,388         218,074         171,204         59,670   

Total equity

     441,212         425,375         307,189         257,426         214,950         140,874   

 

 

(1) We use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental financial measure. EBITDA is defined by us as net income before interest expense, income tax expense and depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of capitalized film content and debt issuance costs). Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted for impairments of available-for-sale financial assets and share based payments. EBITDA, as used and defined by us, may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures employed by other companies and is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income, net income, cash flows from operating investing and financing activities, or other income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide no information regarding a company’s capital structure, borrowings, interest costs, capital expenditures and working capital movement or tax position. However, our management team believes that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful to an investor in evaluating our results of operations because these measures:

 

   

are widely used by investors to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items excluded from the calculation of such term, which can vary substantially from company to company depending upon accounting methods and book value of assets, capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired, among other factors;

 

   

help investors to evaluate and compare the results of our operations from period to period by removing the effect of our capital structure from our operating structure; and

 

   

are used by our management team for various other purposes in presentations to our Board of Directors as a basis for strategic planning and forecasting.

There are significant limitations to using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of performance, including the inability to analyze the effect of certain recurring and non-recurring items that materially affect our net income, the lack of comparability of results of operations of different companies and the different methods of calculating EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA reported by different companies.

 

42


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the reconciliation of our net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

 

     Nine Months Ended
December 31,
     Year ended March 31,  
     2011      2010      2011      2010      2009      2008      2007  
     (in thousands)  

Net income

   $ 45,504       $ 37,425       $ 47,550       $ 42,395       $ 40,827       $ 39,480       $ 29,247   

Income tax expense

     11,844         6,483         8,237         7,152         7,571         6,014         1,697   

Net finance costs

     1,279         800         1,584         2,309         1,261         822         1,014   

Depreciation

     898         593         928         1,030         1,196         527         313   

Amortization

     33         88         275         308         298         322         75   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 59,558       $ 45,389       $ 58,574       $ 53,194       $ 51,153       $ 47,165       $ 32,346   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impairment of available-for-sale financial assets

     —           —           —           6         1,347         —           —     

Share based payments (a)

     5,263         777         927         309         1,130         1,316         558   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 64,821       $ 46,166       $ 59,501       $ 53,509       $ 53,630       $ 48,481       $ 32,934   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Consists of compensation costs recognized with respect to all outstanding plans and all other equity settled instruments.

 

43


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 should be read together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategies for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus.

Overview

Our Business

We are a leading global company in the Indian film entertainment industry, and we co-produce, acquire and distribute Indian language films in multiple formats worldwide. Our success is built on the relationships we have cultivated over the past 30 years with leading talent, production companies, exhibitors and other key participants in our industry. Leveraging these relationships, we have aggregated rights to over 1,900 titles in our library, plus approximately 700 additional films for which we hold digital rights only, including recent and classic titles that span different genres, budgets and languages, and we have distributed a portfolio of over 270 new films over the last three completed fiscal years and 55 in the nine months ended December 31, 2011. New film distribution across theatrical, television and digital channels along with library monetization provide us with diversified revenue streams.

Our goal is to co-produce, acquire and distribute Indian films that have a wide audience appeal. We have released internationally or globally Hindi language films which were among the top grossing films in India in 2011, 2010 and 2009. In the past three years, we released annually approximately 15 Hindi language films globally. These Hindi films form the core of our annual film slate and constitute a significant portion of our revenues and associated content costs. The balance of our typical annual slate for these years of over 60 other films was comprised of Tamil and other regional language films.

Our distribution capabilities enable us to target a majority of the 1.2 billion people in India, our primary market for Hindi language films, where, according to BoxOfficeIndia.com, we released three of the top ten grossing Hindi language films in India in 2010 and 2009. Our distribution capabilities further enable us to target consumers in over 50 countries internationally, including markets with large South Asian populations, such as the Middle East, and the United States and the United Kingdom, where according to Nielsen EDI, we had a market share of 45% of all theatrically released Indian language films in 2011 based on gross collections in each of these two markets. Other international markets that exhibit significant demand for subtitled or dubbed Indian-themed entertainment include Europe and Southeast Asia. Depending on the film, the distribution rights we acquire may be global, international or India only. Recently, as demand for regional film and other media has increased in India, our brand recognition in Hindi films has helped us to grow our non-Hindi film business by targeting regional audiences in India and beyond. With our distribution network and Tamil film distribution capabilities through our majority owned subsidiary, Ayngaran International Limited, or Ayngaran, we believe we are well positioned to expand our offering of non-Hindi content.

We distribute our film content globally across the following distribution channels: theatrical , which includes multiplex chains and stand-alone theaters; television syndication , which includes satellite television broadcasting, cable television and terrestrial television; and digital , which includes primarily internet protocol television, or IPTV, video on demand, or VOD, and internet channels. Eros Now, our on-demand entertainment portal accessible via

 

44


Table of Contents

internet-enabled devices, was recently launched with a limited number of movies and music videos. We expect that Eros Now eventually will include our full film library. We develop what we believe to be cost-effective integrated marketing campaigns that we tailor to each movie and market, utilizing strategies such as pre-releasing music prior to the theatrical release date of the related film, and promoting product tie-ins that feature film characters and themes. Our average marketing and distribution spend on print and advertising for our high budget films is typically around 10-15% of production costs. Additionally, we use a pre-sale strategy to offset production costs and mitigate individual film risk by entering into contractual arrangements prior to a high budget film’s release to recover a substantial portion of our capitalized film costs through the licensing of television, music and other distribution rights.

Revenues

The primary geographic areas from which we derive revenue are India, Europe and North America, with the remainder of our revenue generated from an area that we report as the rest of world. Outside of India, we distribute films to South Asian expatriate populations and in countries where we release Indian films that are subtitled or dubbed in local languages. Although we expect the portion of our revenue attributable to India to continue to grow, we will continue to opportunistically pursue new global distribution opportunities.

Our primary revenue streams are derived from three channels: theatrical, television syndication and digital and ancillary. For fiscal 2011, the aggregate revenue from theatrical, television syndication and digital and ancillary was $56.9 million, $60.6 million and $47.1 million, respectively, and for the nine months ended December 31, 2011, $81.3 million, $49.3 million and $35.7 million, respectively. In fiscal 2010, the aggregate revenue from theatrical, television syndication and digital and ancillary was $50.2 million, $52.9 million and $46.6 million, respectively and for fiscal 2009, the aggregate revenue from theatrical, television syndication and digital and ancillary was $46.3 million, $64.0 million and $46.4 million, respectively. The contribution from these three distribution channels can fluctuate year over year based on, among other things, our mix of films and budget levels, the size of our television syndication deals and our ability to license music in any particular year. From fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2011, the aggregate revenue from theatrical grew from $46.3 million in fiscal 2009, or 22.9%. This growth was primarily due to the growth in the underlying Indian theatrical market, while aggregate revenue from television syndication and digital and ancillary declined from $110.4 million, or 2.4% in fiscal 2009, due to a general market slowdown in India, after a 94% growth in television syndication sales in fiscal 2009 over the prior period.

In fiscal 2011, 23% of our revenue came from one customer in our television syndication channel, Dhrishti Creations Pvt. Limited, an aggregator of television rights. In the nine months ended December 31, 2011 and fiscal years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, however, we did not depend on any single customer for more than 10% of our revenue.

Direct Production Costs

We classify our films based on three categories of direct production costs. “High budget” films refer to films with direct production costs in excess of $8.5 million, in each case translated at the historical average exchange rate for the applicable fiscal year. “Low budget” films refer to films with less than $1.0 million in direct production costs, in each case translated at the historical average exchange rate for the applicable fiscal year. “Medium budget” films refer to films within the remaining range of direct production costs.

Expenses

Our expenses are comprised of cost of sales, administrative and net finance costs. Cost of sales generally include amortization of intangibles including capitalized film costs consisting of direct production and content acquisition costs, associated overhead and interest cost, print and advertising costs and home entertainment, participations and other costs. We expense pre-release print and advertising costs immediately upon a film’s

 

45


Table of Contents

release and subsequent print and advertising costs as incurred. Administrative expenses include salaries, employee benefits including share based compensation expense, facility costs, depreciation expense, foreign exchange loss and other routine overhead. Net finance costs consist of interest expense on borrowings net of interest income; and recognized loss or gain on interest rate hedging transactions. Amortization of intangible film costs represents the charge to write down the cost of completed rights over the estimated useful lives, except where the asset is not yet available for exploitation. For first release film content, we use a stepped method of amortization based on management’s judgment taking into account historic and expected performance, writing off a significant portion of the capitalized cost for such films in the first 12 months of initial commercial exploitation, and then the balance over the lesser of the term of the rights held by us and nine years. Similar management judgment is used to apply a stepped method of amortization on a quarterly basis within the first 12 months, writing off a significant portion of the capitalized cost in the quarter of theatrical release and the subsequent quarter. In fiscal 2009 and prior fiscal years, the balance of capitalized film content costs were amortized over a maximum of four years rather than nine. In the case of film content that we acquire after its initial exploitation, commonly referred to as catalog, amortization is spread evenly over the lesser of ten years after our acquisition or our license period. Management applies this method by using its judgment to write down the capitalized cost of film content in line with the expected revenues arising from the content during its first 12 months of commercial exploitation and over its estimated useful life.

Taxation

The provision (benefit) for income taxes is comprised of domestic and foreign taxes. Our effective tax rate has varied and may continue varying year-to-year based on numerous factors, including our overall profitability, the geographic mix of income before taxes, the related tax rates in the jurisdictions where we operate, withholding taxes and changes in valuation allowances, as well as discrete events such as distributions, acquisitions or payment of dividends by subsidiaries. The statutory tax rates in the primary jurisdictions in which we operate generally range from 0% in the United Arab Emirates and the Isle of Man to 28%-35% in India, the United States and the United Kingdom. Deferred tax liability principally arises on temporary differences between the tax bases of film content assets and their carrying amount as a result of taxation laws in India.

Profit attributable to non-controlling interest

In October 2010, shares of Eros India, our primary Indian subsidiary, were listed on the Indian stock exchanges in an initial public offering in India. As a result of that offering, our ownership in Eros India’s shares was reduced from 100% to approximately 78.1%. This resulted in an increase in the portion of our profits attributable to a non-controlling interest for the remainder of fiscal 2011, which will continue in future periods to account for a full fiscal year. Subsequent share issuances related to Eros India’s Employee Share Option Scheme during the quarter ending March 31, 2012 have further reduced our ownership in Eros India to approximately 77.8%. Pursuant to applicable Indian law, in the event we do not reduce our ownership interest in Eros India further to 75%, by June 2013, Eros India’s shares will be delisted from the Indian stock exchanges.

Seasonality

Our revenues and operating results are significantly affected by the timing, number and breadth of our theatrical releases and their budgets and our amortization policy for the first 12 months of commercial exploitation. The timing of releases is determined based on several factors. A significant portion of the films we distribute are delivered to Indian theaters at times when theater attendance has traditionally been highest, including school holidays, national holidays and the festivals. This timing of releases also takes into account competitor film release dates, major cricket events in India and the timing dictated by the film production process. As a result, although our revenues are typically highest in the second and third quarters of our fiscal year, quarterly results can vary from one year to the next, and the results of one quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for the next or any future quarter. Our revenue and operating results are therefore seasonal in nature due to the impact on income of the timing of new releases.

 

46


Table of Contents

Exchange Rates

Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates at the applicable balance sheet date. For the purposes of consolidation, all income and expenses are translated at the average rate of exchange during the period covered by the applicable statement of income and assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rate prevailing on the balance sheet date. When the U.S. dollar strengthens against a foreign currency, the value of our sales and expenses in that currency converted to U.S. dollars decreases. When the U.S. dollar weakens, the value of our sales and expenses in that currency converted to U.S. dollars increases.

Recently, there have been periods of higher volatility in the Indian Rupee and U.S. dollar exchange rate, including the nine months ended December 31, 2011. This volatility is illustrated in the table below for the periods indicated:

 

Nine Months ended December 31:    Period End      Average(1)      High      Low  

2010

     INR 44.80         INR 45.55         INR 47.49         INR 43.90   

2011

     53.01         47.41         53.71         44.00   

Fiscal Year

           

2009

     50.87         46.32         51.96         39.73   

2010

     44.95         47.18         50.48         44.94   

2011

     44.54         45.46         47.49         43.90   

 

(1) Represents the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during each period presented.

This volatility in the Indian Rupee as compared to the U.S. dollar has impacted our results of operations as shown in the table below comparing the reported results against constant currency comparables based upon the average rate of exchange for each of the three quarters ended December 31, 2011, weighted in proportion to the revenue recognized in each quarter, of INR 47.87 to $1.00. In addition to the impact on gross profit, the volatility during the nine months ended December 31, 2011 also led to a non-cash foreign exchange loss of $1.9 million principally on our Indian subsidiaries’ foreign currency loans in the nine months ended December 31, 2011 compared to a non-cash foreign exchange profit of $0.3 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2010 reflected in administrative costs.

 

    Nine months ended
December 31,
    Year ended March 31,  
    2011     2010     2011     2010     2009  
    (in thousands)  
    Reported     Constant
currency
    Reported     Constant
currency
    Reported     Constant
currency
    Reported     Constant
currency
    Reported     Constant
currency
 

Revenue

  $ 166,282      $ 166,282      $ 124,272      $ 119,409      $ 164,613      $ 158,761      $ 149,729      $ 148,622      $ 156,697      $ 150,173   

Cost of sales

    (84,023     (84,023     (66,138     (63,958     (88,017     (85,003     (81,710     (79,785     (85,190     (81,156
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

  $ 82,259      $ 82,259      $ 58,134      $ 55,451      $ 76,596      $ 73,758      $ 68,019      $ 68,837      $ 71,507      $ 69,017   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

47


Table of Contents

The percentage change for the data comparing the constant currency amounts against the reported results referenced in the table above:

 

     Nine months ended
December 31,
    Year ended March 31,  
     2011      2010     2011     2010     2009  

Revenue

     —           (3.9 )%      (3.5 )%      (0.7 )%      (4.2 )% 

Cost of sales

     —           (3.2     (3.4     (2.3 )%      (4.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     —           (4.5 )%      (4.2 )%      1.2     (3.5 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outlook

The largest component of our revenue is attributable to the theatrical distribution of our films in India. We anticipate that as additional multiplex theaters are built in India, there will be increased opportunities to exploit our film content theatrically. We expect that this multiplex theater growth coupled with the rise in ticket prices and the increase in the number of high budget Hindi films in our slate will result in increased revenue. We expect this increase in revenue to be partially offset by increased distribution costs associated with broader distribution of film content, including increased print costs. In addition, in India, we cannot predict the share of theatrical revenue we will receive, as we currently negotiate film-by-film and exhibitor-by-exhibitor. At the same time, the distribution window for the theatrical release of films, and the window between the theatrical release and distribution in other channels, have each been compressing in recent years and may continue to change. Further shortening of these periods could adversely impact our revenues if consumers opt to view a film on one channel over another, resulting in channels cannibalizing revenue from each other.

A substantial portion of our revenue is also derived from television syndication. Because of increased demand for Indian film content on television in India as the number of direct to home, or DTH, subscribers increases and the cable industry migrates toward digital technology, ratings have nearly doubled in recent years resulting in a significant increase in demand for premium content such as movies and sports and a resultant increase in licensing fees payable to us by satellite and cable television operators. However, as competitors with compelling products, including international content providers, expand their content offerings in India, we expect competition for television syndication revenues to increase, and license fees for such content could decrease.

Currently, the remainder of our revenue is derived from digital distribution and ancillary products and services. With a significant portion of the Indian and international population moving toward adoption of digital technology, we are increasing our focus on providing on-demand services. We have recently expanded our digital presence with the launch of our on-demand entertainment portal Eros Now, which will leverage our film and music libraries by providing ad-supported and subscription-based streaming of film and music content via internet-enabled devices. We also have an ad-supported YouTube portal site on Google that hosts an extensive collection of clips of our content. Accordingly, we anticipate that our revenue and costs associated with digital distribution are likely to increase over time.

We anticipate that our costs associated with the co-production and acquisition of film content are likely to increase over time as we continue to focus more on investing in high budget Hindi films. In addition, increased competition in the Indian film entertainment industry, including from international film entertainment providers such as Disney, Time Warner Cable and Viacom, is likely to cause the cost of film production and acquisition to increase. In fiscal 2011, we invested approximately $130 million in film content, in the nine months ended December 31, 2011, we invested approximately $136 million in film content, and in fiscal 2013 we expect to spend approximately $140 million on film content.

We anticipate our administrative costs will increase as we expand our management team, especially to support the expansion of our digital businesses. In addition, our administrative costs will increase due to the costs

 

48


Table of Contents

of this offering and the costs associated with being a U.S.-listed public company. Although aggregate spending will increase, we do not anticipate that this will result in a material change in aggregate administrative costs as a percentage of revenue.

Results of Operations

You should read the information contained in the table below in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The tables below set forth our results of operations and also set forth, for the periods indicated, the percentage of certain items in our consolidated statement of operations data, relative to revenue. Period over period comparisons are not adjusted for the fluctuations in exchange rates described above.

 

     Nine months ended
December 31,
    Year ended March 31,  
     2011     2010     2011     2010     2009  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 166,282      $ 124,272      $ 164,613      $ 149,729      $ 156,697   

Cost of sales

     (84,023     (66,138     (88,017     (81,710     (85,190
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     82,259        58,134        76,596        68,019        71,507   

Administrative costs

     (23,632     (13,426     (19,225     (16,157     (20,501
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profits

     58,627        44,708        57,371        51,862        51,006   

Net finance costs

     (1,279     (800     (1,584     (2,309     (1,261

Impairment of available-for-sale financial assets

     —          —          —          (6     (1,347
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before tax

     57,348        43,908        55,787        49,547        48,398   

Income tax expense

     (11,844     (6,483     (8,237     (7,152     (7,571
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 45,504      $ 37,425      $ 47,550      $ 42,395      $ 40,827   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Nine months ended
December 31,
    Year ended March 31,  
     2011     2010     2011     2010     2009  

Revenue

     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of sales

     50.5        53.2        53.5        54.6        54.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     49.5        46.8        46.5        45.4        45.6   

Administrative costs

     14.2        10.8        11.7        10.8        13.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profits

     35.3        36.0        34.8        34.6        32.5   

Net finance costs

     0.8        0.6        1.0        1.5        0.8   

Impairment of available-for-sale financial assets

     0.0        0.0        0.0        0.0        0.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before tax

     34.5        35.4        33.8        33.1        30.8   

Income tax expense

     7.1        5.3        5.0        4.8        4.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     27.4     30.1     28.8     28.3     26.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The tables below set forth, for the periods indicated, the revenue by primary geographic area based on customer location, and the percentage share of the total revenue.

 

     Nine months ended
December 31,
     Year ended March 31,  
     2011      2010      2011      2010      2009  
     (in thousands)  

India

   $ 110,942       $ 83,273       $ 108,339       $ 96,221       $ 99,316   

Europe

     21,758         16,588         21,787         19,420         22,796   

North America

     8,758         7,405         8,617         8,094         8,907   

Rest of world

     24,824         17,006         25,870         25,994         25,678   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 166,282       $ 124,272       $ 164,613       $ 149,729       $ 156,697   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

49


Table of Contents
     Nine months ended
December 31,
    Year ended March 31,  
     2011     2010     2011     2010     2009  

India

     66.7     67.0     65.8     64.3     63.4

Europe

     13.1        13.3        13.2        13.0        14.5   

North America

     5.3        6.0        5.2        5.4        5.7   

Rest of world

     14.9        13.7        15.8        17.3        16.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nine Months Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010

Revenue . Revenue was $166.3 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2011, compared to $124.3 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $42.0 million, or 33.8%. We released 58 new films in the nine months ended December 31, 2011, five of which were high budget films, and three of which were medium budget films, compared to 60 films in the nine months ended December 31, 2010, three of which were high budget films and six of which were medium budget films.

Our revenue growth was primarily attributable to a $32.0 million, or 64.9%, increase in theatrical revenue from $49.3 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2010, as a result of the increased number of high budget films with recognized star casts resulting in higher Indian and international revenue. The higher revenue in India was a result of wider screen releases, higher than average ticket prices resulting from the continued increase in multiplex and digital screens in India and premiums charged for tickets for 3D films, the timing of theatrical release and pre-sales of theatrical distribution rights in India. Our high budget films in the nine months ended December 31, 2011 were on average released on 5.5% more screens than high budget films in the nine months ended December 31, 2010. The growth in our theatrical revenues reflected in particular the success of our globally released films, Ra. One, Zindagi Na Milengi Dobara , Ready, Rockstar and Desi Boyz, all of which were high budget films with recognized casts. Television station revenues for new release and catalog content continued to rise and contributed to the $16 million, or 48.0%, growth of our television syndication revenues from $33.3 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2010. Digital and ancillary revenues were lower by $6.0 million, or 14.7%, from $41.7 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2010, as a result of lower digital catalog revenues and a one-time sale of 3D rights in the nine months ended December 31, 2010 offset by a $2.8 million increase in music revenue in the nine months ended December 31, 2011.

Revenue from India was $110.9 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2011, compared to $83.3 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $27.6 million, or 33.1% principally reflecting the growth in theatrical revenue. Revenue from Europe was $21.8 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2011, compared to $16.6 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $5.2 million, or 31.3%, principally reflecting the growth in theatrical revenue. Revenue from North America was $8.8 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2011, compared to $7.4 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $1.4 million, or 18.9%, principally reflecting the growth in theatrical revenue. Revenue from rest of world was $24.8 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2011, compared to $17.0 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $7.8 million, or 45.9%, principally reflecting the additional revenue from distribution in new territories and revenues from the United Arab Emirates.

Cost of sales . Cost of sales increased by $17.9 million, or 27.1%, from the nine months ended December 31, 2010 to the nine months ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase in film amortization costs of $12.7 million in the period, driven by the increased film release slate cost in the nine months ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the nine months ended December 31, 2010 and the cumulative impact of amortization costs associated with our increased catalog films. This increase also reflected a $3.2 million increase in advertising costs due to wider advertising of our high budget releases. Print costs

 

50


Table of Contents

remained consistent in the two periods as wider screen releases and more high budget larger scale releases were offset by higher usage of lower cost digital prints and increased marketing tie-ups in India and the rest of the world.

Gross profit . Gross profit was $82.3 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2011, compared to $58.1 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $24.2 million, or 41.7%, driven primarily by the increase in revenue, which was partially offset by an increase in cost of sales. As a percentage of revenue, our gross profit margin increased to 49.5% for the nine months ended December 31, 2011, compared to 46.7% in the nine months ended December 31, 2010. Our gross margins improved in the nine months ended December 31, 2011 primarily due to revenue performance of film content in the period, increased usage of less expensive digital prints and, to a lesser extent, increased marketing tie-ups with retail brands offset by higher advertising spend associated with the higher budget films.

Administrative costs . Administrative costs, including rental, legal, travel and audit expenses, were $23.6 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2011, compared to $13.4 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $10.2 million, or 76.1%, which was driven by $4.8 million of share based bonuses and a non-cash foreign exchange loss of $1.9 million principally on our Indian subsidiaries foreign currency loans in the nine months ended December 31, 2011 compared to a non-cash foreign exchange profit of $0.3 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2010, and $3.5 million of additional overhead. As a percentage of revenue, administrative costs were 14.2% for the nine months ended December 31, 2011, compared to 10.8% in the nine months ended December 31, 2010. Excluding the non-cash foreign exchange loss or profit and the share based bonuses, as a percentage of revenue, administrative costs were 10.2% for the nine months ended December 31, 2011, compared to 11.0% in the nine months ended December 31, 2010. Share-based payments were $5.3 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2011, compared to $0.8 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2010, reflecting one time listing related bonuses offset partially by the lower impact of ongoing option changes issued at the Eros India level as options became exercisable.

Net finance costs . Net finance costs for the nine months ended December 31, 2011 were $1.3 million, compared to $0.8 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $0.5 million, or 62.5%. The increase is primarily attributable to an increase in borrowing costs within India partially offset by an increase in interest income as a result of additional funds on deposit following the initial public offering of Eros India.

Income Tax Expe nse. Income tax expense for the nine months ended December 31, 2011 was $11.8 million, compared to $6.5 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $5.3 million, or 81.5%. Our estimated annual effective tax rate was 20.6% for the nine months ended December 31, 2011, compared to 14.8% in the nine months ended December 31, 2010. The ongoing increases in effective rate reflect the increase in the amount of estimated taxes due within India for the nine months ended December 31, 2011. Our income tax expense for the nine months ended December 31, 2011 included $3.7 million of estimated current tax expense and $8.1 million of estimated deferred tax expense.

Year Ended March 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended March 31, 2010

Revenue . Revenue was $164.6 million for fiscal 2011, compared to $149.7 million in 2010, an increase of $14.9 million, or 10.0%. We released 72 new films in fiscal 2011, compared to 114 films in fiscal 2010, of these, three were high budget films, and seven were medium budget films, compared to three high budget films and thirteen medium budget films in fiscal 2010.

Our growth in revenue was primarily attributable to approximately equal increases in theatrical and television syndication revenue as a result of the continued growth of those markets. See “Industry.” The $6.7 million growth in our theatrical revenues reflected the success of two of our globally released films, Golmaal 3 and Housefull , the success of our international releases, Dabangg and Endhiran , the success of our portfolio of Hindi films released this year and strong performance from our remaining theatrical releases.

 

51


Table of Contents

Increased prices paid by Indian satellite channels for our films due to increased demand for premium content, as television station revenues continued to rise contributed to the $7.7 million growth of our television syndication revenues. The increased television syndication revenues resulted from exploitation of both new release and catalog content.

Revenue from India was $108.3 million in fiscal 2011, compared to $96.2 million in fiscal 2010, an increase of $12.1 million, or 12.6%, principally reflecting the growth in theatrical and television syndication revenue. Revenue from Europe was $21.8 million in fiscal 2011, compared to $19.4 million in fiscal 2010, an increase of $2.4 million, or 12.4%. North America revenue increased by 6.2% as a result of increased VOD revenue, partially offset by reduced demand for DVDs. Revenue from the rest of the world remained flat due to additional revenue from distribution in new territories and strong theatrical revenues in United Arab Emirates, offset by ongoing licensing revenue recognized in a prior year.

Cost of sales . Cost of sales increased by $6.3 million from fiscal 2010 to fiscal 2011 primarily due to an increase in film amortization costs of $10.6 million in the period, driven by the timing of the fiscal 2011 high budget film releases as compared to fiscal 2010 and the cumulative impact of amortization costs associated with our increased catalog films. This increase was partially offset by a $3.5 million reduction in advertising costs due to our increased use of third party distributors and increased marketing tie-ups.

Gross profit . Gross profit was $76.6 million for fiscal 2011, compared to $68.0 million in fiscal 2010, an increase of $8.6 million, or 12.6%, reflecting primarily the increase in revenue, and the lower increase in cost of sales. As a percentage of revenue, our gross profit margin increased to 46.5% for fiscal 2011, compared to 45.4% in fiscal 2010. Our gross margins improved primarily due to our increased usage of less expensive digital prints and our marketing tie-ups with retail brands in fiscal 2011.

Administrative costs . Administrative costs, including rental, legal, travel and audit expenses, were $19.2 million for fiscal 2011, compared to $16.2 million in fiscal 2010, an increase of $3.0 million, or 18.5%, which was driven by additional overhead and associated support and office costs. As a percentage of revenue, administrative costs were 11.7% for fiscal 2011, compared to 10.8% in fiscal 2010. Share-based payments were $0.9 million for fiscal 2011, compared to $0.3 million in fiscal 2010, reflecting the full-year impact of options issued in connection with the initial public offering of Eros India.

Net finance costs . Net finance costs for fiscal 2011 were $1.6 million, compared to $2.3 million in fiscal 2010, a decrease of $0.7 million, or 30.4%. The decrease is primarily attributable to an increase in interest income as a result of additional funds on deposit following the initial public offering of Eros India.

Impairment of available-for-sale financial assets . In fiscal 2011, there were no impairments of available-for-sale financial assets reflected on our income statement. Management determined based on its judgment, after reviewing, among other things, annual reports from Triple Com Media Pvt. Limited and Valuable Technologies and prior third party valuations and after making adjustments for any additional capital raises, that the carrying value of our investments in Triple Com Media Pvt. Limited and Valuable Technologies were subject to downward fair value adjustments of $0.8 million and $2.2 million, which were each included in our reserves, respectively.

Income tax expense. Income tax expense for fiscal 2011 was $8.2 million, compared to $7.2 million in fiscal 2010, an increase of $1.0 million, or 13.9%. Our effective tax rate was 14.7% for fiscal 2011, compared to 14.5% in fiscal 2010, reflecting the increase in the amount of taxes due within India for fiscal 2011. Our income tax expense for fiscal 2011 included $3.6 million of current tax expense and $4.6 million of deferred tax expense.

Year Ended March 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended March 31, 2009

Revenue . Revenue was $149.7 million for fiscal 2010, compared to $156.7 million in fiscal 2009, a decrease of $7.0 million, or 4.5%. We released 114 new films in fiscal 2010, compared to 87 films in fiscal 2009. Of

 

52


Table of Contents

these, three were high budget films and thirteen were medium budget films, compared to two high budget films and thirteen medium budget films in fiscal 2009.

The decrease in our revenue was primarily attributable to slowing television syndication revenue of $52.9 million, or a decrease of 17.3%, in fiscal 2010 due to a general market slowdown in India, after a 93.9% growth in television syndication sales in fiscal 2009 over the prior period. These decreases were offset by growth in our theatrical revenues, a strengthening Indian Rupee over the period and increased catalog sales in the rest of the world. The growth in our theatrical revenues in fiscal 2010 reflected the success of our global releases of Love Aaj Kal and Kambakkth Ishq . Our first quarter revenues in fiscal 2009 suffered as we delayed the theatrical release of Hindi films due to a dispute with multiplex operators on the terms of trade.

Revenue from India was $96.2 million in fiscal 2010, compared to $99.3 million in fiscal 2009, a decrease of $3.1 million, or 3.1%, for the reasons specified above. Revenue from Europe was $19.4 million in fiscal 2010, compared to $22.8 million in fiscal 2009, a decrease of $3.4 million, or 14.9%, because we had no dubbed releases in Germany in fiscal 2010. Our revenue in North America was $8.1 million for fiscal 2010, as compared to $8.9 million in fiscal 2009, a decrease of $0.8 million, or 9.0%, due to a decrease in theatrical and DVD revenue resulting from the delay in distribution of films in connection with the multiplex dispute. Revenue from the rest of the world remained relatively flat from fiscal 2010 to fiscal 2009.

Cost of sales . Cost of sales decreased by $3.5 million from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 primarily due to a reduction in the print and advertising costs associated with theatrical distribution.

Gross profit . Gross profit was $68.0 million for fiscal 2010, compared to $71.5 million in fiscal 2009, a decrease of $3.5 million, or 4.9%, due primarily to the decline in revenue for the period. As a percentage of revenue, gross profit remained relatively constant at 45.4% for fiscal 2010, compared to 45.6% in fiscal 2009.

Administrative costs . Administrative costs were $16.2 million for fiscal 2010, compared to $20.5 million in fiscal 2009, a decrease of $4.3 million, or 21.0%, which was driven by a reduction in share based compensation costs and tighter overhead cost management. As a percentage of revenue, administrative costs were 10.8% for fiscal 2010 as compared to 13.1% in fiscal 2009.

Net finance costs . Net finance costs for fiscal 2010 were $2.3 million, compared to $1.3 million in 2009, an increase of $1.0 million, or 76.9%. The increase reflected an increase in film finance costs for Indian based borrowings net of a $3.0 million increase in capitalized interest in fiscal 2010.

Impairment of available-for-sale financial assets . In fiscal 2009, there was an impairment of available-for-sale financial assets from investment in listed securities of New Medium Enterprises Inc. Following an impairment of the carrying value in fiscal 2009 of $1.3 million, the shares were subsequently suspended in connection with the bankruptcy of New Medium Enterprises, Inc. and no value is currently attributed to such shares.

Income tax expense . Income tax expense for fiscal 2010 was $7.2 million, compared to $7.6 million in 2009, a decrease of $0.4 million, or 5.3%. Our effective tax rate was 14.5% for fiscal 2010, compared to 15.7% in fiscal 2009, reflecting the reversal of a tax provision for prospective withholding taxes in India from fiscal 2009, offset by an increase in the amount of taxes due within India for fiscal 2010. Our income tax expense for fiscal 2010 included $2.3 million of current tax expense and $4.9 million of deferred tax expense.

Selected Quarterly Results of Operations

The table below presents our selected unaudited quarterly results of operations for the four quarters in the calendar year ended December 31, 2011. This information should be read together with our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have

 

53


Table of Contents

prepared the unaudited financial data for the quarters presented on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. We have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. The historical quarterly results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future quarters or periods.

 

     Three Months Ended  
     December 31,
2011
    September 30,
2011
    June  30,
2011
    March 31,
2011
 
     (in thousands, except film release data)  

Revenue

   $ 74,289      $ 58,410      $ 33,583      $ 40,341   

Cost of sales

     (34,418     (27,247     (22,358     (21,879
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     39,871        31,163        11,225        18,462   

Administrative costs

     (10,643     (7,695     (5,294     (5,799
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profits

     29,228        23,468        5,931        12,663   

Net finance costs

     (219     (1,517     457        (784
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before tax

     29,009        21,951        6,388        11,879   

Income tax expense

     (6,009     (4,520     (1,315     (1,754
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 23,000      $ 17,431      $ 5,073      $ 10,125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER DATA

        

EBITDA(1)

   $ 29,433      $ 23,868      $ 6,257      $ 13,184   

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

   $ 34,200      $ 24,116      $ 6,505      $ 13,334   

High budget film releases

     3        1        1        0   

Medium budget film releases

     0        2        1        1   

Low budget film releases

     14        20        16        11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total new film releases

     17        23        18        12   

 

(1) We use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental financial measure. EBITDA is defined by us as net income before interest expense, income tax expense and depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of capitalized film content and debt issuance costs). Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted for impairments of available-for-sale financial assets and share based payments. EBITDA, as used and defined by us, may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures employed by other companies and is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income, net income, cash flows from operating investing and financing activities, or other income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA provide no information regarding a company’s capital structure, borrowings, interest costs, capital expenditures and working capital movement or tax position. However, our management team believes that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are useful to an investor in evaluating our results of operations because these measures:

 

   

are widely used by investors to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items excluded from the calculation of such term, which can vary substantially from company to company depending upon accounting methods and book value of assets, capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired, among other factors;

 

   

help investors to evaluate and compare the results of our operations from period to period by removing the effect of our capital structure from our operating structure; and

 

   

are used by our management team for various other purposes in presentations to our Board of Directors as a basis for strategic planning and forecasting.

 

54


Table of Contents

There are significant limitations to using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a measure of performance, including the inability to analyze the effect of certain recurring and non-recurring items that materially affect our net income or loss, the lack of comparability of results of operations of different companies and the different methods of calculating EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA reported by different companies.

The following table sets forth the reconciliation of our net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     December 31,
2011
     September 30,
2011
     June 30,
2011
    March 31,
2011
 
     (in thousands)  

Net income

   $ 23,000       $ 17,431       $ 5,073      $ 10,125   

Income tax expense

     6,009         4,520         1,315        1,754   

Net finance costs

     219         1,517         (457     784   

Depreciation

     194         388         316        335   

Amortization

     11         12         10        186   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

   $ 29,433       $ 23,868       $ 6,257      $ 13,184   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share based payments (a)

     4,767         248         248        150   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 34,200       $ 24,116       $ 6,505      $ 13,334   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Consists of compensation costs recognized with respect to all outstanding plans and all other equity settled instruments.

Our revenues and operating results are significantly affected by the timing, number and breadth of our theatrical releases and their budgets and our amortization policy for the first 12 months of commercial exploitation for a film. The timing of releases is determined based on several factors. A significant portion of the films we distribute are delivered to Indian theaters at times when theater attendance has traditionally been highest, including school holidays, national holidays and the festivals. This timing of releases also takes into account competitor film release dates, major cricket events in India and film production schedules. Significant holidays and festivals, such as Diwali, Eid and Christmas, occur during July to December each year, and the Indian Premier League cricket season generally occurs during April and May of each year.

In the four quarters ended December 31, 2011, revenue fluctuations principally reflected the timing of major theatrical releases, with the three months ended December 2011 enjoying the highest quarterly revenues of $74.3 million as a result of the high budget theatrical releases of Ra.One, Rockstar and Desi Boyz . Quarterly television syndication revenue fluctuations combined with only one major film release led to the lowest quarterly revenues in the three months ended June 30, 2011 of $33.6 million. Our revenues in the three months ended March 31, 2011 were higher than expected in a quarter with no high budget theatrical releases because of the recognition of revenue from catalog television sales contracts in that quarter. Administrative costs in the three months ended December 2011 were impacted by the $4.8 million of share based costs, and in the three months ended September 2011, by the $1.9 million loss due to exchange rate fluctuations.

Although our revenues are typically highest in the second and third quarters of our fiscal year (i.e., the quarters ended September 30 and December 31), quarterly results can vary from one year to the next, and the results of one quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for the next or any future quarter. Our revenue and operating results are therefore seasonal in nature due to the impact on income of the timing of new releases.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our operations and strategic objectives require continuing capital investment, and our resources include cash on hand and cash provided by operations, as well as access to capital from bank borrowings and access to capital markets. Management believes that cash generated by or available to us should be sufficient to fund our capital and liquidity needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future financial and operating performance, ability

 

55


Table of Contents

to service or refinance debt and ability to comply with covenants and restrictions contained in our debt agreements will be subject to future economic conditions, the financial health of our customers and suppliers and to financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.

Indebtedness

As of December 31, 2011, we had aggregate outstanding indebtedness of $228.6 million, with $16.2 million remaining available under our existing financing arrangements, and cash and cash equivalents of $120.0 million. At December 31, 2011, the total available facilities comprise of (i) credit facilities and an unsecured overdraft facility of $158.1 million at Eros Worldwide, (ii) a term loan facility, revolving credit facilities and overdraft facility of $28.5 million at Eros India, (iii) revolving credit facilities and a term loan facility of $13.3 million at Eros International Films Private Limited, or Eros Films and (iv) a committed $19.5 million secured overdraft facility at Eros International Limited. In addition, at December 31, 2011, $25.4 million unsecured commercial paper had been issued by Eros India.

 

     As of
December 31, 2011
 
     (in thousands)  

Eros India

  

Secured revolving credit facilities

   $ 18,033   

Secured term loans

     5,320   

Unsecured overdraft

     —     

Unsecured commercial paper

     25,443   

Vehicle loans

     59   
  

 

 

 

Total

     48,855   
  

 

 

 

Eros Films

  

Secured revolving credit facility

     3,881   

Secured term loan

     4,293   

Vehicle loans

     74   
  

 

 

 

Total

     8,248   
  

 

 

 

Eros International Limited

  

Secured overdraft

     18,476   

EyeQube

  

Vehicle loans

     6   
  

 

 

 

Eros International USA Inc.

  

Vehicle loans

     34   
  

 

 

 

Eros Worldwide

  

Unsecured overdraft

     4,920   

$100 million revolving credit facility

     100,000   

$20 million revolving credit facility

     20,000   

$25 million revolving credit facility

     25,000   

Interest swap financing facility

     3,060   
  

 

 

 

Total

     152,980   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 228,599   
  

 

 

 

On January 5, 2012, we entered into a $125.0 million revolving credit facility which will mature in January 2017. The new credit facility includes a provision allowing for one or more increases from time to time during the life of the facility by an aggregate amount not to exceed $75.0 million and, on January 27, 2012, we exercised our option to increase the revolving facility by $25.0 million to a total amount of $150.0 million. The new credit facility was drawn on February 14, 2012, and the proceeds of the initial drawing were used to repay in full our then existing revolving credit facilities and the unsecured overdraft facility at Eros Worldwide with an aggregate value of $150.0 million. The Company, Eros Worldwide, and Eros International USA Inc. are all borrowers under the new credit facility. Together with Eros International Limited and certain of our subsidiaries, the borrowers are also guarantors

 

56


Table of Contents

under the new credit facility. As at December 31, 2011, $125.0 million of the $145.0 million of credit facilities at Eros Worldwide have been disclosed as non-current liabilities as a result of entering into the new revolving credit facility, and $20 million has been shown as a current liability in the statement of financial position.

Certain of our borrowings and loan agreements, including our new credit facility, contain customary covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, create or permit liens on our assets or engage in mergers and acquisitions. Such agreements also contain various customary events of default with respect to the borrowings, including the failure to pay interest or principal when due and cross default provisions, and, under certain circumstances, lenders may be able to require repayment of loans prior to their maturity. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the principal amounts outstanding, together with all accrued unpaid interest and other amounts owed may be declared immediately due and payable by the lenders. Lenders are able to require repayment of certain loans to Eros India, Eros Films or Eros International Limited prior to their maturity. If such an event or an event of default were to occur, we would need to pursue new financing that may not be on as favorable terms as our current borrowings. We are currently in material compliance with all of our agreements governing indebtedness.

Borrowings under our new revolving credit facility maturing in 2017 bear interest at LIBOR, or in the case of future borrowings in Euros, EURIBOR, floating rates with margins between 1.90% and 2.90%. Borrowings under our term loan facilities, overdraft facility and revolving credit facilities at Eros India and Eros Films bear interest at fluctuating interest rates pursuant to the relevant sanction letter governing such loans and are subject to annual renewal. Borrowings under our unsecured overdraft facility at Eros Worldwide bore interest at LIBOR with a margin of 2% and were repaid in January 2012. Borrowings under our secured overdraft facility at Eros International Limited bear interest at LIBOR with a margin of 3.5% and mature in 2013, subject to annual review. The $25.4 million unsecured commercial paper issued by Eros India were issued in various issuances. These issuances have maturity dates of either three or six months from the date of issuance thereof. The three month commercial paper outstanding as at December 31, 2011 bore interest at a rate of 11.10%, while the six month commercial paper outstanding as at December 31, 2011 bore interest at rates ranging from 10.95% to 11.78%.

We expect to renew or extend our borrowings as they reach maturity.

Sources and Uses of Cash

 

     Nine Months Ended December 31,     Year Ended March 31,  
     2011      2010     2011     2010     2009  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash from operating activities

   $ 96,727       $ 84,730      $ 100,661      $ 108,276      $ 68,187   

Net cash used in investing activities

   $ (134,416)       $ (135,039   $ (139,332   $ (80,731   $ (143,131

Net cash from financing activities

   $ 38,888       $ 80,569      $ 77,443      $ 3,285      $ 45,551   

Nine Months Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010

Net cash from operating activities for the nine months ended December 31, 2011 was $96.7 million, compared to $84.7 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $12.0 million, or 14.2%, notwithstanding an increase in income taxes and interest paid in the nine months ended December 31, 2011 of $3.1 million and $2.1 million, respectively. In addition, there was an increase in working capital of $14.7 million due to an increase of $4.7 million in trade payables and an increase in trade receivables of $19.7 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2011 compared to an increase of $10.9 million in trade payables and an increase in trade receivables of $11.6 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2010.

Net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended December 31, 2011 was $134.4 million, compared to $135.0 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2010, a decrease of $0.6 million, or 0.4%, reflecting an increase in our investment in film content for the nine months ended December 31, 2011 and future years offset by a decline in investment in property, plant and equipment combined with an increase in interest received. Our investment in film content in the nine months ended December 31, 2011 was $136.0 million, compared to $125.1 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2010, an increase of $10.9 million, or 8.7%, reflecting a change in the mix of acquired and co-produced films, both films released in the period and films

 

57


Table of Contents

scheduled for future release, to more high budget Hindi films and ongoing investments in our film library. Our increased investment in future film releases is reflected in our film content advances as of December 31, 2011 of $175.3 million, compared to $168.8 million as of December 31, 2010, an increase of $6.5 million, or 3.9%. Our purchase of property, plant and equipment for the nine months ended December 31, 2011 was $0.5 million, compared to $9.0 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2010, a decrease of $8.5 million, or 94.4%, which related principally to the purchase of a property for our main Mumbai offices, which was previously leased in the nine months ended December 31, 2010.

Net cash from financing activities for the nine months ended December 31, 2011 was $38.9 million, compared to $80.6 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2010, principally as a result of the net proceeds of $71.1 million arising from the initial public offering of a 22% interest in Eros India in the nine months ended December 31, 2010 and additional proceeds of short-term borrowing of $23.8 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2011.

Year Ended March 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended March 31, 2010

Net cash from operations for fiscal 2011 was $100.7 million, compared to $108.3 million in fiscal 2010, a decrease of $7.6 million, or 7.0%, primarily attributable to an increase in income taxes paid in fiscal 2010 of $3.1 million, and an increase in working capital of $19.6 million due to a decrease of $7.9 million in trade payables and an increase in trade receivables of $2.6 million compared to an increase of $4.0 million in trade payables and a decrease in trade receivables of $5.0 million in fiscal 2010.

Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2011 was $139.3 million, compared to $80.7 million for fiscal 2010, an increase of $58.6 million, or 72.6%, principally reflecting an increase in our investment in film content for fiscal 2011 and future years. Our investment in film content in fiscal 2011 was $129.8 million, compared to $81.5 million in fiscal 2010, an increase of $48.3 million, or 59.3%, in part reflecting a change in mix of expected future releases of higher budget Hindi films and increased investments in our film library. Our increased investment in future film releases is reflected in our film content advances as of March 31, 2011 of $163.4 million, compared to $123.0 million as of March 31, 2010, an increase of $40.4 million, or 32.8%. Our purchase of property, plant and equipment for fiscal 2011 was $10.0 million, compared to $0.7 million in fiscal 2010, an increase of $9.3 million, or 1,329%, which related principally to the purchase of a property for our main Mumbai offices, which was previously leased.

Net cash from financing activities for fiscal 2011 was $77.4 million, compared to $3.3 million for fiscal 2010, an increase of $74.1 million, principally as a result of the net proceeds of $71.1 million arising from the initial public offering of a 22% interest in Eros India.

Year Ended March 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended March 31, 2009.

Net cash from operations for fiscal 2010 was $108.3 million, compared to $68.2 million in fiscal 2009, an increase of $40.1 million, or 58.8%, reflecting a decrease in working capital due to an increase of $4.0 million in trade payables and a reduction of trade receivables of $5.0 million compared to an increase of $2.1 million in trade payables and an increase of trade receivables of $32.2 million in fiscal 2009.

Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2010 was $80.7 million, compared to $143.1 million for fiscal 2009, a decrease of $62.4 million, or 43.6%. Our investment in film content in fiscal 2010 was $81.5 million, compared to $129.7 million in fiscal 2009, a decrease of $48.2 million, or 37.2%. This decline in investment in filmed content reflects the accelerated investment in future slates in periods leading up to fiscal 2009.

Net cash from financing activities for fiscal 2010 was $3.3 million, compared to $45.6 million for fiscal 2009, a decrease of $42.3 million, or 92.8%, attributable to an increase in long-term borrowings of $24.2 million, offset by repayments of $20.9 million of short-term borrowings.

 

58


Table of Contents

Capital Expenditures

In fiscal 2011, we invested approximately $130 million in film content, in the nine months ended December 31, 2011, we invested approximately $136 million in film content, and in fiscal 2013 we expect to spend approximately $140 million on film content.

Contractual Obligations

We have commitments under certain firm contractual arrangements, or firm commitments, to make future payments. These firm commitments secure future rights to various assets and services to be used in the normal course of our operations. The following table summarizes our firm commitments as of December 31, 2011.

 

     As of December 31, 2011  

Payments due by Period

   Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5
years
     More
than
5 years
 
     (in thousands)  

Recorded Contractual Obligations

              

Debt(1)

   $ 228,599       $ 225,404       $ 2,985       $ 210         —     

Film entertainment rights purchase obligations(2)

     194,202         105,128         89,074         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrecorded Contractual Obligations

              

Operating leases

     2,945         1,410         1,490         45         —     

Interest payments on debt(3)

     10,889         10,493         378         18         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 436,635       $ 342,435       $ 93,927       $ 273         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) On January 5, 2012, we entered into a $150.0 million revolving credit facility which will mature in January 2017 and replaced certain existing revolving credit facilities at Eros Worldwide.
(2) Filmed entertainment rights purchase obligations include agreements for the purchase of film content where all significant terms have been agreed, for both co-production and acquisition.
(3) The amounts shown in the table include future interest payments on variable and fixed rate debt at current interest rates ranging from 1.68% to 11.78%.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

From time to time, to satisfy our filmed content purchase contracts, we obtain guarantees or other contractual arrangements, such as letters of credit, as support for our payment obligation. As of December 31, 2011, we had entered into letters of credit in an aggregate amount of $46.0 million and guarantees of $15.5 million in favor of certain film producers securing our obligations with respect to certain filmed entertainment rights which we are under contractual obligations to purchase upon the occurrence of certain events. We have no other off-balance sheet arrangements that currently have or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our consolidated financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditure or capital resources.

Concentration of Customer Credit Risk

From time to time, we have significant concentration of credit risk under certain individual television syndication deals or music licenses. Where we determine the magnitude of the risk associated with a particular customer to be high, we seek to minimize this risk through contractual terms that require payment before the airing or usage of the applicable content. By requiring payment prior to airing or usage of our content, if the customer does not make payments pursuant to the contract terms, we can seek to sell the content to another party.

 

59


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB, which requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. Management considers the following accounting policies to be critical because they are important to our financial condition and results of operations and require significant judgment and estimates on the part of management in their application. The development and selection of these critical accounting policies have been determined by our management and the related disclosures have been reviewed with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. For a summary of all our accounting policies, see Note 3 to our Consolidated Financial Statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Use of estimates

Estimates and judgments are evaluated on a regular basis and are based on historical experience and other factors, such as expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the present circumstances. We make estimates and assumptions concerning the future, and these estimates, by definition, may differ materially from actual results.

Revenue

Revenue is measured by reference to the fair value of consideration received or receivable from customers. Revenue arising from the distribution or other exploitation of films and other content produced by third parties or by us, is recognized, net of sales taxes, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the fees are fixed or determinable, the product or service is available for delivery and collectability is reasonably assured. Cash received and amounts invoiced in connection with contractual arrangements for which revenue is not yet recognizable pursuant to these criteria, such as pre-sale amounts, is classified as deferred revenue. We consider the terms of each specific arrangement to determine the appropriate accounting treatment for revenue recognition. The following additional criteria apply to certain of our specific revenue streams:

 

   

Theatrical : We recognize revenue based on our share of third party reported box office receipts for the measurement period. In instances where we have a minimum guarantee, we recognize that amount if due on or prior to the measurement date, but never prior to delivery or on the release date.

 

   

Television : Revenues are recognized when the content is available for delivery.

 

   

Digital and ancillary : Where we distribute through a sub-distributor, we recognize DVD, CD and video minimum guarantee revenues on the contract date and we recognize additional revenues as reported by third party licensees. Provision is made for returns where applicable. Digital and ancillary revenues are recognized at the earlier of when the content is accessed or reported by the contractual counterparty. Visual effects, production and other fees for services rendered by us and overhead recharges are recognized in the period in which they are earned, and the stage of production is used to determine the proportion recognized in the period.

Intangible assets

We are required to identify and assess the income generating life of each intangible asset. Judgment is required in making these determinations and setting an amortization rate for such assets. We test annually whether there are any indications of impairment of our intangible assets in accordance with IAS 36: Impairment of Assets, an International Accounting Standard, or IAS. Management also regularly reviews and revises its estimates when necessary, which may result in a change in the rate of amortization and/or a write down of the asset to fair value.

Accounting for film content under IFRS requires management’s judgment regarding total revenues to be received on such film content and costs to be incurred throughout the income generating life of such film or its

 

60


Table of Contents

license period, whichever is the shorter. Where we make an advance to secure film content or the services of talent associated with a film product, we also consider the recoverability of such advance, or the likelihood that such advance will result in a saleable asset. Judgments are also used to determine the amortization of capitalized film content costs where management seeks to write down the capitalized cost of content in line with the expected revenues arising from the content. For first release film content, we use a stepped method of amortization based on management’s judgment taking into account historic and expected performance, writing off a significant portion of the capitalized cost for such films in the first 12 months of their initial commercial exploitation, and then the balance over the lesser of the term of the rights held by us and nine years. Similar management judgment taking into account historic and expected performance is used to apply a stepped method of amortization on a quarterly basis within the first 12 months, writing off a significant portion of the capitalized cost in the quarter of theatrical release and the subsequent quarter. In fiscal 2009 and prior fiscal years, the balance of capitalized film content costs were amortized over a maximum of four years rather than nine. In the case of film content that we acquire after its initial exploitation, commonly referred to as catalogs amortization is spread evenly over the lesser of ten years after our acquisition or our license period. Management applies this method by using its judgment to write down the capitalized cost of film content during its first 12 months of commercial exploitation and in line with the expected revenues arising from the content over its estimated useful life. Each of these calculations requires judgments and estimates to be made, and, as with goodwill, an unforeseen event could cause us to revise these judgments and assumptions affecting the value of the intangible assets. There may be instances where the useful life of an asset is shortened to reflect the uncertainty of its estimated income generating life. This is particularly the case when acquiring assets in markets that we have not previously exploited.

Valuation of available-for-sale financial assets

We follow the guidance of IAS 39: Financial Instruments—Recognition and measurement, or IAS 39, to determine when an available-for-sale financial asset is impaired. This determination requires significant judgment. In making this judgment, we evaluate, among other factors, the duration and extent to which the fair value of an investment is less than its cost and the financial health of and near-term business outlook of the investment, including factors such as industry and sector performance, changes in technology and operational and financing cash flow.

Income taxes and deferred taxation

We are subject to income taxes in various jurisdictions. Judgment is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes, taking into account management’s analysis of future taxable income, reversing temporary differences and preparing ongoing tax planning strategies. During the normal course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Judgment is also used when determining whether we should recognize a deferred tax asset, based on whether management considers that there is sufficient certainty in future earnings to justify the carry forward of assets created by tax losses.

Where the ultimate outcome of a transaction is different than was initially recorded, there may be an impact on the income tax and deferred tax provisions.

Share-based payments

We are required to measure the fair value of equity settled transactions with employees at the grant date of the equity instruments. The fair value is determined principally using the Black-Scholes model which requires assumptions regarding interest free rates, share price volatility and the expected life of an employee equity instrument. For further discussion of the basis and assumptions used to determine fair value, see Note 19 to our Consolidated Financial Statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

61


Table of Contents

Goodwill

Our management tests annually whether goodwill has suffered impairment, in accordance with our accounting policies and practices. In accordance with IFRS rules, the recoverable amount of cash-generating units has been determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations require estimates to be made which are based on management assumptions. However, if there is an unforeseen event which materially affects these assumptions, such event could lead to a write down of goodwill.

Basis of consolidation

Judgment is required to establish which entity is the acquiring or parent entity in consolidating entities that make up our consolidated group. Material balance sheet adjustments may be required if circumstances change and a different parent or acquiring entity is used.

New Accounting Pronouncements

We adopted IFRS 7: Financial Instruments—Disclosures, or IFRS 7, during fiscal 2010. IFRS 7 requires certain disclosures to be presented by category of instrument based on the IAS 39 measurement categories. Certain other disclosures are required to be presented by class of financial instrument, requiring a company to group its financial instruments into classes of similar instruments appropriate to the nature of the information presented. We adopted the amendment to IFRS 7 for financial instruments that are measured in the statement of financial position at fair value during fiscal 2012. Under this amendment, the required disclosures of fair value measurements are grouped into the following levels: Level 1 fair value measurements derived from unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; Level 2 fair value measurements derived from inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices); and Level 3 fair value measurements derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

We adopted IFRS 8: Operating Segments, or IFRS 8, during fiscal 2010. IFRS 8 requires operating segments to be identified on the same basis as is used internally for the review of performance and allocation of resources by our Chief Executive Officer. Provided certain quantitative and qualitative criteria are fulfilled, IFRS 8 permits the aggregation of these components into reportable segments for the purposes of disclosure in our financial statements. In assessing our reportable segments, we have reviewed the similar economic characteristics of certain operating segments, their shared client base, the similar nature of their products or services and their long-term margins, among other factors. As a result of this assessment, we concluded that the reportable business segments identified under the previous standard (IAS 14 Segmental Reporting) remain appropriate under IFRS 8.

In fiscal 2010, we also adopted IAS 1 (revised) Presentation of Financial Statements, which requires the presentation of a statement of changes in equity as a primary financial statement. As a result, a consolidated statement of changes in equity has been included in our Consolidated Financial statements, showing changes in each component of equity for each year presented.

In fiscal 2012, we adopted IAS 12: Deferred Tax: Recovery of Underlying Assets which, by introducing a presumption that recovery of the carrying amount will normally be through sale, provides an exception to the principle that the measurement of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets should reflect the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the entity expects to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities. There has been no impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Also in fiscal 2012, we adopted IAS 24: Related Party Disclosures, which provides partial exemptions for certain government related entities and a revised definition of a related party. There was no impact on the disclosures or identification of related parties. We have become subject to other recent IFRS, IAS and IFRS Interpretations Committee standards and interpretations, and may become subject to others due to be introduced

 

62


Table of Contents

in the future. We do not consider that these standards and interpretations will have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements, although they may result in additional disclosures when they come into effect.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to financial risks, including interest rate risk, foreign currency risk and equity risk:

Interest Rate Risk

We seek to mitigate interest rate risk through the use of fixed and floating rates on our borrowings. As at December 31, 2011, we had fixed $100.0 million of our borrowings by way of interest rate swap contracts which expire in 2012, representing 43.8% of our total borrowings as at December 31, 2011. A 1% increase in the interest rate underlying our outstanding indebtedness would lead to an annual increased interest expense of $1.0 million in fiscal 2011, compared to $0.9 million in fiscal 2010, and an equal and opposite impact would be felt if rates fell by 1%. Under our interest swap contracts, we have agreed to exchange the difference between fixed and floating rate interest amounts calculated on a specified notional principal amount. Such contracts enable us to mitigate the risk of changing interest rates on the cash flow of issued variable rate debt. The fair value of interest swaps, which are in designated hedge accounting relationships, at the reporting date is determined by discounted future cash flows using the forward rate at the reporting date. We have adopted policies that are used when entering into any such transactions. We do not enter into hedge contracts or other similar transactions for speculative purposes.

2009 Interest Rate Swap

We entered into an interest rate swap contract related to our borrowings with a notional value of $100.0 million, which contract was effective as of September 17, 2008 and expires in September 2012 and therefore has had, and will continue to have, an impact on our interest expense throughout its duration. Under the 2009 interest rate swap contract, we pay a fixed interest of 3.52% over the term and receive in exchange three month US$ LIBOR rate. During the year ending March 31, 2012, we expect $3.3 million will be reclassified to interest expense related to the 2009 interest rate swap.

2011 Interest Rate Swap

We entered into an interest rate swap contract related to our borrowings with a notional value of $100.0 million, which contract was effective as of March 15, 2011 and expires in September 2012 and therefore has had, and will continue to have, an impact on our interest expense throughout its duration. Under the 2011 interest rate swap contract, we pay three month US$ LIBOR rate and receive in exchange a fixed interest rate of 3.52% over the term. During the year ending March 31, 2012, we expect no amount will be reclassified to interest expense related to the 2011 interest rate swap.

2012 Interest Rate Swap

We entered into an interest rate swap contract related to our borrowings with a notional value of $100.0 million, which contract is effective from September 2012 and expires in September 2022, and therefore will have an impact on our interest expense throughout its duration. Under the interest rate swap contract, we pay one month US$ LIBOR rate plus 1.77% over the term and receive in exchange one month US$ LIBOR rate. Under the 2012 interest rate swap contract, we received the sum of $5.0 million on February 23, 2012. During the year ending March 31, 2012, we expect no amount will be reclassified to interest expense related to the 2012 interest rate swap.

2012 Interest Rate Floor

We entered into an interest rate floor contract related to our borrowings with a notional value of $100.0 million which is effective from September 2012 and expires in September 2022. Under the 2012 interest rate

 

63


Table of Contents

floor contract, we will pay the higher of the floor rates commencing at 0.5% for the first year and increasing annually thereafter to 1.0%, 1.25%, 2.0%, 2.5%, 2.75% and subsequently 3.0% for the remainder of the contract, and the 1 month US$ LIBOR Rate on our borrowings. In the event that the one month US$ LIBOR rate is lower than the applicable floor rate, we will additionally pay the difference between the one month US$ LIBOR rate and the floor rate on our borrowings. Under the terms of the interest rate floor contract, we received the sum of $5.0 million on February 23, 2012. During the year ending March 31, 2012, we expect no amount will be reclassified to interest expense related to the 2012 interest rate floor.

2012 Interest Rate Cap

We entered into an interest rate cap contract related to our borrowings with a notional value of $100.0 million, which is effective from September 2012 and expires in September 2022. Under the 2012 interest rate cap contract, in the event that the one month US$ LIBOR sets above 6.0%, we will receive, on a monthly basis, the difference between one month US$ LIBOR Rate and the cap rate of 6.0%. During the year ending March 31, 2012, we expect no amount will be reclassified to interest expense related to the 2012 interest rate cap.

Foreign Currency Risk

We operate throughout the world with significant operations in India, the British Isles, the United States and the United Arab Emirates. As a result we face both translation and transaction currency risks which are principally mitigated by matching foreign currency revenues and costs wherever possible. Our major revenues are denominated in U.S. Dollars, Indian Rupees and British pound sterling, which management seeks to match where possible to our costs to create an automatic hedge against foreign currency exchange movements. A uniform decrease of 10% in exchange rates of the U.S. dollar against all foreign currencies as of December 31, 2011 would have a cumulated negative impact of $5.6 million on our net income. An equal and opposite impact would be experienced in the event of an increase by the same percentage. Although we have not historically used hedging transactions to mitigate any risks in movements between the U.S. Dollar and the Indian Rupee, we will consider entering into such hedging transactions in the future based on market conditions at the time.

Equity Risk

We are exposed to market risk relating to changes in the market value of our investments, which we hold for purposes other than trading. We invest in equity instruments of private and public companies for operational and strategic business reasons. These securities are subject to significant fluctuations in fair market value due to volatility in the industries in which they operate and if applicable, the associated stock market. As of December 31, 2011, the aggregate value of all such equity investments was $25.5 million. For further discussion of our investments, see Note 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

64


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY

As a leading global company in the Indian film entertainment industry, we operate both in the domestic Indian film industry and the global film industry as it relates to Indian film content. Since no reliable third party data exists for the Indian film content portion of the global film industry, and since our revenues from India have represented an average of approximately 65% of our aggregate revenues over the past three fiscal years and 66.7% over the nine months ended December 31, 2011, we have included a discussion of only the domestic Indian film industry. Although the following discussion describes historical growth in the Indian film industry as well as projections for future growth, there is no guarantee that any such future growth will occur.

The Macroeconomic Environment in India

With a population of 1.2 billion and real gross domestic product, or GDP, of $2.0 trillion, India was the second most populous country and ninth largest economy in the world in 2011. India’s real GDP experienced a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 8.1% from 2006 through 2011, and, despite a slowdown in macroeconomic conditions in 2011, is projected to grow at a CAGR of 8.2% from 2011-2016, according to Euromonitor International.

 

Indian Real GDP ($ mm)                              
     2006      2007      2008      2009      2010      2011  

Real GDP

   $ 1,333       $ 1,467        $ 1,559       $ 1,664       $ 1,829       $ 1,965   

Year Over Year Growth

        10.1%         6.2%         6.8%         9.9%         7.4%   

Projected GDP Growth in Selected Countries, 2011-2016

 

     Real GDP
Growth
 

China

     8.2

India

     8.2   

Brazil

     3.9   

US

     2.3   

UK

     1.7   

According to the CIA World Factbook, the Indian population with a median age of 26.2 years is relatively younger than UK (40.0), US (36.9), China (35.5) and Brazil (29.3). According to the McKinsey Global Institute, the Indian middle class (defined as households earning between approximately $3,800 and $18,900 per year) increased from approximately 9.5 million households in 2000 to 31.1 million households in 2008, and is projected to grow to approximately 148.1 million households by 2030. This growing middle class has led to increased discretionary spending on items such as entertainment, according to the McKinsey Global Institute and Research on India. According to the McKinsey Global Institute and Research, disposable income in India is projected to grow from $443 billion in 2005 to $1.69 trillion in 2025.

 

65


Table of Contents

Growth of the Indian Media and Entertainment Industry

The Indian media and entertainment industry has benefited from India’s recent economic expansion and demographic trends. This industry is projected to more than double from $13.7 billion in 2011 to $27.5 billion in 2016, reflecting a CAGR of 14.9%. This growth is being driven, in part, by favorable demographic trends in India, including the growth of the Indian middle class.

 

Overall Indian media and entertainment industry revenue outlook (a)

LOGO

 

(a) Other includes radio, music, out of home, animation / VFX, gaming and digital advertising.

Source: FICCI Report 2012

Theatrical

The Indian film entertainment industry, a subset of the Indian media and entertainment industry, is the largest in the world in terms of the total movies released theatrically. According to a 2010 report by Investec Securities, over 1,000 movies are released theatrically in India each year. By comparison, over 525 movies were released theatrically in the U.S. in 2010 according to boxofficemojo.com. Of the overall Indian media and entertainment industry’s $13.7 billion in revenues in 2011, film entertainment constituted 12.8%, or $1.8 billion, and is projected to grow to $2.8 billion by 2016, reflecting a 10.1% CAGR, according to the FICCI Report 2012.

Screens per million population

LOGO

Source: “India Entertainment and Media Outlook 2011,” PWC

Additional new multiplex screens, which are typically located in urban areas and generally sell tickets at higher average ticket prices than single screen theaters, have supported and are projected to continue to support film industry growth. According to ScreenDigest, the number of multiplex screens in India grew at a CAGR of 66% from 2005 to 2010, although there can be no assurances that such growth will continue.

 

66


Table of Contents

Number of Multiplex Screens - India 2005-2010

 

LOGO

Source: ScreenDigest

Despite this historic growth, India’s film industry, when compared with film industries in more developed economies, is a relatively underserved market that presents substantial opportunities for additional growth. According to ScreenDigest, the number of multiplex screens in India is projected to increase from approximately 1,300 in 2011 to approximately 1,800 screens in 2015.

 

Number of multiplex screens   Ticket price growth

LOGO

  LOGO
Source: ScreenDigest  

Participants in the Indian film entertainment industry are also investing in newer technologies such as digital theatrical distribution. Film companies are increasingly adopting digital prints instead of physical prints, which in turn is increasing the number of available prints. According to the FICCI Report 2012, from 2010 to 2011, the typical number of prints for domestic theatrical release increased from 1,200 to 2,500-3,000 for big budget films and 600 to more than 1,000 for mid budget films. For Hindi films, digital prints, as a percentage of total prints, averaged greater than 80% in 2011. Digital technology enables Indian film distributors to increase their distribution efficiency and reduce costs.

India’s diverse regional cultures also present growth opportunities for regional content. According to the FICCI Report 2011, the number of regional films increased from 2008 to 2010, and is projected to further increase. In 2011, non-Hindi films represented 83% of the total number of films distributed in India, but accounted for a minority of total Indian box office revenues. Industry growth drivers such as increased multiplex penetration, digitization of single screen theaters and focus on marketing, and improvement in production quality, suggest an increase in market opportunities for regional films.

 

67


Table of Contents

Indian films by language

Hindi and Regional films as a percentage of total films    Split of regional films (2011)
LOGO    LOGO  

Source: FICCI Report 2012

With a limited number of screens and a large number of films entering the market each year, a film’s opening weekend performance is a crucial factor in determining a film’s economic success. Based on information from BoxOfficeIndia.com, opening week box office revenue in India for the top five films as a percentage of such films’ total theatrical revenue increased from 47.8% in 2007 to 63.9% in 2010. This trend indicates that the window to generate theatrical revenue is shortening. This has intensified competition between film entertainment industry participants to position films on key release weekends.

Opening week box office revenue as a percentage of total theatrical revenue

 

LOGO

Source: Based on information from BoxOfficeIndia.com for the top five films as measured by India-based revenue in each calendar year.

 

68


Table of Contents

Television

Television industry size

 

LOGO

Source: FICCI Report 2012

India is the world’s third largest television market as measured by number of households, with an estimated 146 million television households in 2011, of which more than 110 million households had cable or satellite service, according to FICCI Report 2012. Television household penetration in India in 2011 remained relatively low at 61% compared to China and Brazil, where the penetration was estimated at 98% and 90%, respectively, according to FICCI Report 2012. Driven by favorable macroeconomic conditions and both subscription and advertising revenue growth, India’s television industry is projected to more than double between 2011 to 2016, growing from $6.2 billion in 2011 to $13.9 billion in 2016, reflecting a CAGR of 17.4%. We expect that television industry growth will significantly increase demand for quality content such as films.

Factors such as the digitization of television, growth in advertising spend, increased viewership penetration and the proliferation of niche and regional content have contributed to the rapid rise in the number of channels in India over the past few years that compete for quality programming in order to attract advertising and subscription revenues. With the government of India passing a bill for the mandatory digitization of cable television networks by December 31, 2014, an estimated 70 million primarily analog cable homes in India will convert to digital platforms and pay television average revenue per user, or ARPU, levels increase, it will likely further spur demand for quality content, presenting additional opportunities for content monetization through services such as on-demand films.

 

Pay TV subscriber base

(in millions)

  India Pay TV ARPU Per Month

LOGO

  LOGO
Source: FICCI Report 2012  

 

69


Table of Contents
India TV Viewership Share (%) (a)   Number of TV  channels (b)

LOGO

 

LOGO

Source: FICCI Report 2012

 

 

(a) For calendar year 2011
(b) Represents total number of unique channels available in India carried by DTH, broadcast multi system cable operators and local cable operators.

Television distribution is an important component of a film’s revenue lifecycle. Feature films are vital to India’s TV programming lineup, as reflected by increasing television ratings points on GEC channels, or TRPs, for films. TRPs of top films shown on television in 2011 and 2010 were higher than those in 2009.

Digital and ancillary

Following international trends, digital media is playing an increasingly important role in the Indian media industry. With the rapid convergence of media and technology, entertainment companies are digitizing their content and leveraging digital platforms such as mobile and broadband to exploit their content.

Broadband and mobile

Within India, the number of individuals utilizing electronic devices with internet connectivity is rapidly expanding and is projected to continue. Despite significant growth in users, Indian internet penetration is still in its relatively early stages with the number of internet users in India as a percentage of the population at 10.9% in 2011.

Internet Users 2011

 

     Internet users as a
percentage of total
population in  2011
 

India

     10.9

Brazil

     43.4   

China

     39.2   

USA

     80.1   

UK

     86.8   

Source: Euromonitor International, FICCI Report 2012

According to FICCI Report 2012, the number of internet connections in India is also projected to grow at a CAGR of 38% from an estimated 88 million connections in 2011 to 443 million connections in 2016. Wireless internet connections are expected to comprise greater than 70% of total connections from 2011-2016. Taking into account multiple users for a single connection, the number of internet users reached 132 million in 2011 and is

 

70


Table of Contents

projected to reach 546 million by 2016. In addition according to equity research analyst Edelweiss, India’s e-commerce market is projected to grow at a CAGR of 81% from $0.6 billion in 2011 to $11.8 billion in 2016, highlighting the potential for the digital commerce in India. As broadband penetration continues to increase, streaming media content over the Internet is projected to increase among consumers, driving further demand for premium content, and becoming an important advertising medium for advertisers.

 

Indian internet connections

(In millions)

 

Indian internet users

(In millions)

 

Indian e-commerce market (USD billions)

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

Source: FICCI Report 2012, Edelweiss

 

Broadband and mobile platforms present growing digital avenues to exploit content. According to Euromonitor International, the number of mobile subscribers in India is projected to grow from over 900 million subscribers in 2011 to over 1.3 billion subscribers in 2016. According FICCI Report 2012, smartphone usage is expected to rapidly increase from 10 million active internet enabled smartphones in 2011 to 264 million in 2016. The proliferation of digital devices with internet connectivity has created a new market for digital on-demand and premium add-on mobile services, also known as value added services, such as ring-tones.

 

Indian mobile subscribers

(In millions)

 

Indian active smartphones

(In millions)

LOGO

 

LOGO

Source: Euromonitor International  

Source: FICCI Report 2012

Music

The Indian music industry generally is dominated by music from films. Music is an integral part of Indian film promotion and generates additional revenue streams for film companies. In 2011, the Indian music industry generated $170 million in revenue, of which 70%, according to industry sources, was derived from film soundtracks. The Indian music industry is projected to grow to $343 million by 2016, reflecting a CAGR of 15.1%, according to the FICCI Report 2012. Digital distribution made up almost 60% of India’s total music industry revenue in 2011. As digital music distribution continues to grow, opportunities to reach a larger audience base should increase.

 

71


Table of Contents

2011 Music Industry Distribution

LOGO

2011 total revenue: $170 million

Source: FICCI Report 2012

Animation, VFX and Post Production

The Indian animation, VFX and post production industries have grown rapidly and garnered worldwide recognition, with Indian animation and VFX companies winning several mandates for Indian and foreign films. With technological advancements and increasing market share, the Indian animation, VFX and post production industries are projected to more than double from $585 million in 2011 to approximately $1.3 billion in 2016, reflecting a CAGR of 17.3%, according to the FICCI Report 2012.

Size of Animation, VFX and Post-Production Industries

LOGO

Source: FICCI Report 2012

 

72


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading global company in the Indian film entertainment industry, and we co-produce, acquire and distribute Indian language films in multiple formats worldwide. Our success is built on the relationships we have cultivated over the past 30 years with leading talent, production companies, exhibitors and other key participants in our industry. Leveraging these relationships, we have aggregated rights to over 1,900 films in our library, plus approximately 700 additional films for which we hold digital rights only, including recent and classic titles that span different genres, budgets and languages, and we have distributed a portfolio of over 270 new films over the last three completed fiscal years and more than 55 in the nine months ended December 31, 2011. New film distribution across theatrical, television and digital channels along with library monetization provide us with diversified revenue streams.

Our goal is to co-produce, acquire and distribute Indian films that have a wide audience appeal. We have released internationally or globally Hindi language films which were among the top grossing films in India in 2010 and 2009. In the past three years, we released annually approximately 15 Hindi language films globally. These Hindi films form the core of our annual film slate and constitute a significant portion of our revenues and associated content costs. The balance of our typical annual slate for these years of over 60 other films was comprised of Tamil and other regional language films.

Our distribution capabilities enable us to target a majority of the 1.2 billion people in India, our primary market for Hindi language films, where, according to BoxOfficeIndia.com, we released three of the top ten grossing Hindi language films in India in 2010 and 2009. Our distribution capabilities further enable us to target consumers in over 50 countries internationally, including markets with large South Asian populations, such as the Middle East, and the United States and the United Kingdom, where according to Nielsen EDI we had a market share of 45% of all theatrically released Indian language films in 2011 based on gross collections in each of these two markets. Other international markets that exhibit significant demand for subtitled or dubbed Indian-themed entertainment include Europe and Southeast Asia. Depending on the film, the distribution rights we acquire may be global, international or India only. Recently, as demand for regional film and other media has increased in India, our brand recognition in Hindi films has helped us to grow our non-Hindi film business by targeting regional audiences in India and beyond. With our distribution network and Tamil film distribution capabilities through our majority owned subsidiary, Ayngaran International Limited, or Ayngaran, we believe we are well positioned to expand our offering of non-Hindi content.

We distribute our film content globally across the following distribution channels: theatrical , which includes multiplex chains and stand-alone theaters; television syndication , which includes satellite television broadcasting, cable television and terrestrial television; and digital , which includes primarily internet protocol television, or IPTV; video on demand, or VOD; and internet channels, including our recently launched on-demand entertainment portal accessible via internet-enabled devices, Eros Now. We develop what we believe to be cost-effective integrated marketing campaigns that we tailor to each movie and market, utilizing strategies such as pre-releasing music prior to the theatrical release date of the related film, and promoting product tie-ins that feature film characters and themes. Our average marketing and distribution spend on print and advertising for our high budget films is typically around 10-15% of production costs. Additionally, we use a pre-sale strategy to offset production costs and mitigate individual film risk by entering into contractual arrangements prior to a high budget film’s release to recover a substantial portion of our capitalized film costs through the licensing of television, music and other distribution rights.

Our total revenues for fiscal 2011 increased to $164.6 million from $149.7 million for fiscal 2010 and to $166.3 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2011 from $124.3 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2010, EBITDA increased to $58.6 million for fiscal 2011 from $53.2 million for fiscal 2010 and to $59.6 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2011 from $45.4 million for the nine months ended

 

73


Table of Contents

December 31, 2010 and our net income increased to $47.6 million for fiscal 2011 from $42.4 million for fiscal 2010 and to $45.5 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2011 from $37.4 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2010.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following competitive strengths position us as a leading global company in the Indian film entertainment industry.

Leading co-producer and acquiror of new Indian film content, with an extensive film library.

As one of the leading participants in the Indian film entertainment industry, we believe our size, scale and leading market position will continue contributing to our growth in India and internationally, and will position us to capitalize on the Indian media and entertainment industry, which has grown in recent years and we believe will continue to grow. We have established our size and scale by aggregating a film library of over 1,900 films, plus approximately 700 additional films for which we hold digital rights only, and releasing over 270 new films over the last three fiscal years. We have demonstrated our leading market position by releasing, internationally or globally, Hindi language films which were among the top grossing films in India in 2011, 2010 and 2009. We believe that we have strong relationships with the Indian creative community and a reputation for quality productions. We feel that these factors, along with our worldwide distribution platform, will enable us to continue to attract talent and film projects of a quality that we believe is one of the best in our industry and building what we believe is a strong film slate for fiscal 2013 with some of the leading actors and production houses with whom we have previously delivered our biggest hits.

Established, worldwide, multi-channel distribution network.

We distribute our films to the Indian population in India, the South Asian diaspora worldwide and to non-Indian consumers who view Indian films that are subtitled or dubbed in local languages. Internationally, our distribution network extends to over 50 countries, such as the United States, the United Kingdom and throughout the Middle East, where we distribute films to Indian expatriate populations, and to Germany, Poland, Russia, Indonesia, Malaysia, Taiwan, Japan, South Korea, China and Arabic speaking countries, where we release Indian films that are subtitled or dubbed in local languages. Through this global distribution network, we distribute Indian entertainment content over the following primary distribution channels – theatrical, television syndication and digital platforms. Our primarily internal distribution network allows us greater control, transparency and flexibility over the regions in which we distribute our films, resulting in higher profit margins as a result of the direct exploitation of our films without the payment of significant commissions to sub-distributors.

Diversified revenue streams and pre-sale strategies mitigate risk and promote cash flow generation.

Our business is driven by three major revenue streams:

 

   

theatrical distribution;

 

   

television syndication; and

 

   

digital distribution and ancillary products and services.

Each of these contributed almost equally to our total revenues in fiscal 2011. In the nine months ended December 31, 2011, theatrical distribution accounted for nearly 50% of revenues, and television syndication and digital distribution and ancillary products and services accounted for 30% and 20%, respectively, reflecting our diversified revenue base that reduces our dependence on any single distribution channel. We bundle library titles with new releases to maximize cash flows and we also utilize a pre-sale strategy to mitigate new production project risks by obtaining contractual commitments to recover a portion of our capitalized film costs through the licensing of television, music and other distribution rights prior to a film’s completion. For example, for high budget films that we released in fiscal 2012, we had contractual revenue commitments in place prior to their release that allowed us to recoup between 35% and 67% of our direct production costs for those films.

 

74


Table of Contents

In addition, we further seek to reduce risk to our business by building a diverse film slate, with a mix of films by budget, region and genre that reduces our reliance on “hit films.” This broad based approach also enables us to bundle old and new titles for our television and digital distribution channels in order to generate additional revenues from content acquired over many years to produce consistent cash flows long after a film’s theatrical release period is completed. We believe our multi-pronged approach to exploiting content through theatrical, television syndication and digital channels, our pre-sale strategies and our portfolio approach to content sourcing and exploitation mitigates our dependence on any one revenue stream and enables us to generate a relatively stable source of cash flows.

Strong and experienced management team.

Our management team has substantial industry knowledge and expertise, with a majority of our executive officers and executive directors having been involved in the film, media and entertainment industries for more than 20 years. Their understanding of the Indian film business, including talent relationships and deal structuring, has served as a key driver of our strength in content sourcing. In particular, several members of our management team have established personal relationships with leading talent, production companies, exhibitors and other key participants in the Indian film industry, which have been critical to our success. Through their relationships and expertise, our management team has also built our global distribution network, which has allowed us to effectively exploit our content on a global basis.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is driven by the scale and variety of our content and the global exploitation of that content through diversified channels. Specifically, we intend to pursue the following strategies:

Co-produce, acquire and distribute high quality content to augment our library.

We will continue to leverage the longstanding relationships with creative talent, production houses and other key industry participants that we have built since our founding to source a wide variety of content. Our focus will be on investing in future slates comprised of a diverse portfolio mix ranging from high budget global theatrical releases to lower budget movies with targeted audiences, with an increased focus on higher budget films, which to-date have made up a smaller percentage of our library. We also plan to augment our library of over 1,900 films, plus approximately 700 additional films for which we hold digital rights only, with quality content for exploitation through our distribution channels and explore new bundling strategies to monetize existing content.

Capitalize on positive industry trends in the Indian market.

Propelled by the economic expansion within India and the corresponding increase in consumer discretionary spending, FICCI Report 2012 projects that the dynamic Indian media and entertainment industry will grow at a 14.9% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, from $13.7 billion in 2011 to $27.5 billion by 2016, and that the Indian film industry will grow from $1.8 billion in 2011 to $2.8 billion in 2016. India is one of the largest film markets in the world. According to ScreenDigest, the number of multiplex screens in India is projected to increase from approximately 1,300 in 2011 to approximately 1,800 screens in 2015. In light of the fact that multiplex theaters generally sell tickets at higher prices than single screen theaters, it is expected that average ticket prices will increase.

The Indian television market is the third largest in the world, reaching 146 million television, or TV, households in 2011, of which over 74 million were cable households and around 37 million were direct to home, or DTH, households, which receive programming wirelessly via digital satellite. FICCI Report 2012 projects that the Indian television industry will grow from $6.2 billion in 2011 to $13.9 billion in 2016. The growing size of the TV industry has led television satellite networks to provide an increasing number of channels, resulting in competition for quality feature films for home viewing in order to attract increased advertising and subscription revenues.

 

75


Table of Contents

Broadband and mobile platforms present growing digital avenues to exploit content. According to FICCI Report 2012, the number of internet users reached 132 million in 2011 and is projected to reach 546 million by 2016. Smartphone usage is expected to rapidly increase from 10 million active internet enabled smartphones in 2011 to 264 million in 2016. The $170 million Indian music industry, of which 70% came from film music in 2010, is projected to grow to $291 million by 2015. Although all of these projections generally align with management’s expectations for industry growth, there is no guarantee that such future growth will occur.

We will take advantage of the opportunities presented by these trends within India to monetize our library and distribute new films through existing and emerging platforms, including by exploring new content options for expanding our digital strategy such as filming exclusive short form content for consumption through emerging channels such as mobile and internet streaming devices.

Further extend the distribution of our content outside of India to new audiences.

We currently distribute our content to consumers in more than 50 countries, including markets where there is significant demand for subtitled or dubbed Indian-themed entertainment, such as Europe and Southeast Asia, as well as to markets where there is a significant concentration of South Asian expatriates, such as the Middle East, the United States and the United Kingdom. We intend to promote and distribute our films in additional countries, and further expand in countries where we already distribute, when we believe that demand for Indian filmed entertainment exists or the potential for such demand exists. For example, we have recently entered into arrangements with local distributors in Taiwan, Japan, South Korea and China to distribute dubbed or subtitled Eros films through theatrical release, television broadcast or DVD release. Additionally, we believe that the general population growth in India over recent years will eventually lead to the growth of the South Asian diaspora, resulting in increased demand for our films internationally.

Increase our distribution of content through digital platforms globally.

We intend to continue to distribute our content on existing and emerging digital platforms. We also have an ad-supported YouTube portal site on Google that hosts an extensive collection of clips of our content and has generated over one billion aggregate views. In North America, we have an agreement with International Networks, a subsidiary of Comcast, to provide a subscription video on demand, or SVOD, service called “Bollywood Hits On Demand” that is currently carried on Comcast, Cox Communications, Rogers Communication, Cablevision and Time Warner Cable. We have recently expanded our digital presence with the launch of our on-demand entertainment portal Eros Now, which will leverage our film and music libraries by providing ad-supported and subscription-based streaming of film and music content via internet-enabled devices. We intend to pursue similar models utilizing our extensive film library to gain access to similar partners throughout the world. We believe new offerings and emerging distribution channels such as DTH satellite, VOD, mobile and internet streaming services will also provide us with significant growth opportunities.

Expand our regional Indian content offerings.

According to the FICCI Report 2012, regional media production in India is expected to be a growth driver in the Indian film entertainment industry for several years into the future. We will utilize our resources, international reputation and distribution network to continue expanding our non-Hindi content offerings to reach the substantial Indian population whose main language is not Hindi. While Hindi films retain a broad appeal across India, the diversity of languages within India allows us to treat regional language markets as distinct markets where particular regional language films have a strong following. In addition to Tamil, we plan to expand our content for selected regional languages such as Marathi, Telugu and Punjabi. We intend to use our existing distribution network across India to distribute regional language films to specific territories at low incremental costs. Where opportunities are available and where we have the rights, we also intend to exploit re-make rights to some of our popular Hindi movies to develop profitable non-Hindi language content with proven audience appeal targeted towards these regional audiences.

 

76


Table of Contents

Capitalize on our competitive advantage.

We intend to build on our leadership position within the Indian film entertainment industry to further expand our scale and strengthen our market position. One area we plan to focus on is expanding the opportunities for exploiting our content. We will leverage our extensive library, distribution network, talent relationships and strong balance sheet, which we believe give us a competitive advantage to expand within the broader Indian media and entertainment industry.

Slate Profile

The success of our film distribution business lies in our ability to acquire content. Each year, we focus on the acquisition and distribution of a diverse portfolio of Indian language and themed films that we believe will have a wide audience appeal. In each of the past three fiscal years, we have released over 70 films per year, and for fiscal 2012, we released over 55 films, including 19 new Hindi films of which five were high budget films and approximately 37 Tamil and other regional language films. In addition, we currently have seven high budget films scheduled for release for fiscal 2013.

Our typical annual slate of new releases consists of both Hindi language films as well as films produced specifically for audiences whose main language is not Hindi, primarily Tamil, and to a lesser extent other regional Indian languages. Our most expensive films are generally the approximately 15 Hindi language films we release domestically each year. Of those films, we generally have one to five high budget films. The remainder of the Hindi language films included in each annual new release slate is built around these high budget films to create a slate that will attract varying segments of the audience, and typically includes three to seven medium budget films. The remainder of the slate consists of Hindi and other language films that are generally lower budget films.

We have increased our focus on high and medium budget Hindi films because these films typically have better production values and more recognizable stars that typically attract larger theatrical audiences. These high budget films also typically drive higher revenues from television syndication in India. We seek to mitigate the risks associated with these higher budget films through the use of our extensive pre-sale strategy. For example, our slate contained two, three, three and five high budget Hindi films in fiscal 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012 respectively.

According to Nielsen EDI, in 2011 we had a market share of 45% of all theatrically released Indian language films in both the United States and the United Kingdom based on gross collections, and from 1980 to 2011 we had the highest market share of all theatrically released Indian language films in the United Kingdom based on gross collections.

Hindi Film Content . Our typical annual slate of films is comprised of primarily high or medium budget films in the popular comedy and romance genres.

 

77


Table of Contents

Selected Releases in Fiscal Year Ending March 31, 2012 (a)

 

Film

 

Cast/Director

 

Co-Production/
Acquisition

 

Genre

 

Actual

Month of Release

RA.One  

Shahrukh Khan,

Kareena Kapoor, Anubhav Sinha (director)

  Acquisition   Family entertainment   October 2011
Rockstar   Ranbir Kapoor, Nargis Fakhri, Imtiaz Ali (director)   Acquisition   Youth/Romance   November 2011
Desi Boyz   Akshay Kumar John Abraham, Deepika Padukone, Rohit Dhawan (director)   Co-production   Romance/Comedy   November 2011
Agneepath   Hrithik Roshan, Sanjay Dutt, Priyanka Chopra, Rishi Kapoor, Karan Malhotra (director)   Acquisition (International only)   Action/Drama   January 2012
Agent Vinod  

Saif Ali Khan,

Kareena Kapoor,

Sriram Raghavan (director)

  Co-production   Action/Romance   March 2012

 

(a) The list of films set forth in the table above is for illustrative purposes only, is not complete and only includes releases since October 1, 2011.

 

78


Table of Contents

Certain Anticipated Releases for Fiscal Year Ending March 31, 2013 (a)

 

Film

  

Cast/Director

  

Co-Production/

Acquisition

  

Genre

  

Scheduled Quarter

of Release

Housefull 2    Akshay Kumar, John Abraham, Riteish Deshmukh, Shreyas Talpade, Asin, Sajid Khan (director)    Co-production    Romance/Comedy    June 2012 
Humse Pyaar Kar Le Tu    Shahid Kapoor, Priyanka Chopra    Co-production    Romance    June 2012 
Cocktail    Saif Ali Khan, Deepika Padukone    Co-production    Romance    September 2012
Kochadaiyaan (Tamil)    Rajinikanth, Soundarya R Ashwin (director)    Co-production    Mythological    December 2012
Khiladi 786    Akshay Kumar, Ashish R Mohan (director)    Co-production    Action/Comedy    December 2012
Yohan Adhayam Ondru (Tamil)    Vijay, Gautham Vasudev Menon (director)    Co-production    Action    December 2012
Untitled    Ranvir Singh, Kareena Kapoor, Sanjay Leela Bhansali (director)    Co-production    Romance    March 2013

 

(a) The list of films set forth in the table above is for illustrative purposes only and is not complete. All information for the films that have not yet been released is tentative and subject to change. Due to the uncertainties involved in the development and production of films, the date of their completion can be significantly delayed, planned talent can change and, in certain circumstances, films can be cancelled or not approved by the Indian Central Board of Film Certification. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—Our films are required to be certified in India by the Central Board of Film Certification.”

Tamil and Other Regional Film Content . In order to respond to consumer demand for regional films, we have a slate of films produced in languages other than Hindi, such as Tamil, Marathi, Kannada, Telugu and Punjabi.

Our typical annual slate includes between 50 and 90 Tamil films, almost all of which are relatively low budget films. Tamil films are predominantly star-driven action films, which appeal to audiences distinct from audiences for more romance-focused Hindi films. Our Tamil language production, acquisition and distribution activities are primarily conducted through our majority owned subsidiary, Ayngaran.

We believe we can capitalize on the demand for regional films and replicate our success in Hindi and Tamil films for other distinct regional language films, including Marathi and Punjabi. In addition, the key Indian release dates for films, during school and other holidays, vary by region and therefore the ability to release films on different holidays in various regions expands the likely periods in which films can be successfully released. We intend to build up our portfolio of films targeting other regional language markets gradually.

 

79


Table of Contents

Content Development and Sourcing

We currently acquire films using two principal methods – by acquiring rights for films produced by others, generally through a license agreement, and by co-producing films with a production house, typically referred to as a banner, that is usually owned by a top Indian actor, director or writer, on a project by project basis. We regularly co-produce and acquire film content from some of the leading banners in India, including Red Chillies Entertainment Private Limited, Illuminati Films, Nadiadwala Grandson Entertainment Pvt. Limited, Excel Entertainment, affiliates of Vinod Chopra Films Private Limited and affiliates of Venus Movies Private Limited. Regardless of the acquisition method, over the past five years, we have typically obtained exclusive global distribution rights in all media for a minimum period of five to 20 years from the Indian initial theatrical release date, although the term can vary for certain films for which we may only obtain international or only Indian distribution rights, and occasionally soundtrack or other rights are excluded from the rights acquired. On co-produced films, we typically have exclusive distribution rights for at least 20 years, co-own the copyright in such film in perpetuity and, after the exclusive distribution right period, share control over the further exploitation of the film.

We believe producers bring proposed films to us not only because of established relationships, but also because they want to leverage our proven distribution and marketing capabilities. Our in-house creative team also directly develops film ideas and contracts with writers and directors for development purposes. When we originate a film concept internally, we then approach appropriate banners for co-production. Our in-house creative team also participates in the selection of our slate with other members of our management through our analysis focused on the likelihood of the financial success of each project. Our management is extensively involved in the selection of our high budget films in particular. Regardless of whether a film will be acquired or co-produced, we determine the likely value to us of the rights to be acquired for each film based on a variety of factors, including the stars cast, director, composer, script, estimated budget, genre, track record of the production house, our relationship with the talent and historical results from comparable films.

Our primary focus is on sourcing a diversified portfolio of films expected to generate commercial success. We generally co-produce our high budget films and acquire rights to more medium and low budget films. Our model of acquiring or co-producing films rather than investing in significant in-house production capability allows us to work on more than one production with key talent simultaneously, since the producer or co-producer takes the lead on the time intensive process of production, allowing us to scale our film slate more effectively. The following table summarizes typical terms included in our acquisition and co-production contracts.

 

    

Acquisition

  

Co-production

Film Cost    Negotiated “market value”    Actual cost of production or capped budget and 10-15% production fee
Rights    5-20 years    Exclusive distribution rights for at least 20 years after which Eros shares control over the further exploitation of the film, and co-owned copyright in perpetuity, subject to applicable copyright laws
Payment Terms   

10-30% upon signature

Balance upon delivery or in installments between signing and delivery

   In accordance with film budget and production schedule
Recoupment Waterfall   

“Gross” revenues

Less 10-20% Eros distribution fee             (% of cost or gross revenues)

Less print, advertising costs (actuals)

Less cost of the film

Net revenues generally shared equally

   Generally same as Acquisition except sometimes Eros also charges interest and/or a production or financing fee for the cost of capital and overhead recharges

 

80


Table of Contents

Where we acquire film rights, we pay a negotiated fee based on our assessment of the expected value to us of the completed film. Although the timing of our payment of the negotiated fee for an acquired film to its producer varies, typically we pay the producer between 10% and 30% of a film’s negotiated acquisition cost upon signing the acquisition agreement, and the remainder upon delivery of the completed film or in installments paid between signing and delivery. In addition to the negotiated fee, the producer usually receives a share of the film’s revenue stream after we recoup a distribution fee on all revenues, the entire negotiated fee and distribution costs, including prints and ads. After we sign an acquisition agreement, we do not exercise any control over the production process, although we do retain complete control over the distribution rights we acquire.

For films that we co-produce, in exchange for our commitment to finance typically 100% of the agreed-upon production budget for the film and agreed budget adjustments, we typically share ownership of the intellectual property rights in perpetuity and secure exclusive global distribution rights for all media for at least 20 years. After we recoup our expenses, we and the co-producers share in the proceeds of the exploitation of the intellectual property rights. Pending determination of the actual production cost of the film, we also agree to a pre-determined production fee to compensate the co-producer for his services, which typically ranges from 10%-15% of the total budget. We typically also provide a share of net revenues to our co-producers. Net revenues generally means gross revenues less our distribution fee, distribution cost and the entire amount we have paid as committed financing for production of the film. Our distribution fee varies from co-produced film to co-produced film, but is generally either a continuing 10% to 20% fee on all revenues, or a capped amount that is calculated as a percentage of the committed financing amount for production of the film. In some cases, net revenues also deduct an overhead charge and an amount representing an interest charge on some or all of the committed financing amount. Typically, once we agree with the co-producer on the script, cast and main crew including the director, the budget and expected cash flow through a detailed shooting schedule, the co-producer takes the lead in production and execution. We normally have an Eros executive producer on the film to oversee the project.

We reduce financing risk for both acquired and co-produced films by capping our obligation to pay or advance funds at an agreed-upon amount or budgeted amount. We also frequently reduce financial risk on a film to which we have committed funds by pre-selling rights in that film. Pre-sales give us advance information about likely cash flows from that particular film product, and accelerate cash flow realizable from that product. Our most common pre-sale transactions are the following:

 

   

pre-selling theatrical rights for certain geographic areas, such as theaters outside the main theater circuits in India or certain non-Indian territories, for which we generally get nonrefundable minimum guarantees plus a share of revenues above a specified threshold;

 

   

pre-selling television rights in India, generally by bundling releases in a package that is licensed to satellite television operators for a specified run; and

 

   

pre-selling certain music rights, including for movie soundtracks and ringtones.

From time to time we also acquire specific rights to films that have already been released theatrically. We typically do not acquire global all-media rights to such films, but instead license limited rights to distribution channels, like television, audio and home entertainment only, or rights within a certain geographic area. As additional rights to these films become available, we frequently seek to license them as well, and our package of distribution rights in a particular film may therefore vary over time. We work with producers not only to acquire or co-produce new films, but also to license from them other rights they hold that would supplement rights we have related to older films in our library. In certain cases, we may not hold full sequel or re-make rights or may share these rights with our co-producers.

 

81


Table of Contents

Our Film Library

We currently own or license rights to films currently comprising over 2,600 titles. Of these titles, over 700 films comprise a catalog of Kannada films for which we have only digital rights. Our film library has been built up over more than 30 years and includes hits from across that time period, including Devdas , Hum Dil De Chuke Sanam , Lage Raho Munna Bhai and Om Shanti Om . We have acquired most of our film content through fixed term contracts with third parties, which may be subject to expiration or early termination. We own the rights to the rest of our film content as co-producers or, with respect to one film, sole producer of those films. Through such acquisition and co-production arrangements, we seek to acquire rights to at least 70 additional films each year. While we typically hold rights to exploit our content through various distribution channels, including theatrical, television and new media formats, we may not acquire rights to all distribution channels for our films. In particular, we do not own or license the music rights to a majority of the films in our library. We expect to maintain more than half of the rights we presently own through at least 2015.

In an effort to reach a wide range of audiences, we maintain rights to a diverse portfolio of films spanning various genres, generations and languages. More than half of our library is comprised of films first released 10 or more years ago, including films released as early as the 1940s. We own or license rights to films produced in several regional languages, including Tamil, Kannada, Marathi, Telugu and Punjabi.

We treat our new releases as part of our film library one year from the date of their initial theatrical release. We believe our extensive film library provides us with unique opportunities for content exploitation, such as our dedicated Eros content channel carried by various cable companies outside India. Our extensive film library provides us with a reliable source of recurring cash flow after the theatrical release period for a film has ended. In addition, because our film library is large and diversified, we believe that we can more effectively leverage our library in many circumstances by licensing not just single films but multiple films.

 

82


Table of Contents

A summary of certain key features of our film library rights follows below.

 

   

Hindi Films

 

Regional Language Films
(excluding Kannada films)

 

Kannada Films

Approximate Percentage of Total Library   25%   47%   28%
Approximate Percentage of Co-Production Films   Less than 1%   Less than 1%   0%
Minimum Remaining Term of Exclusive Distribution Rights for Co-Production Films (approximate percentage of rights expiring at the earliest in the periods indicated)  

 

•    2015 or earlier: 18%

 

•    2016-2020: 9%

 

•    2021-2025: 0%

 

•    2026-2030: 0%

 

•    2031-2045: 9%

 

Perpetual rights, subject to applicable copyright law limitations: 64%

 

 

Perpetual rights, subject to applicable copyright law limitations: 100%

 

 

Not applicable

 

Remaining Term of Exclusive Distribution Rights for Acquisitions (approximate percentage of rights expiring in the periods indicated)  

 

•    2015 or earlier: 41%

 

•    2016-2020: 30%

 

•    2021-2025: 12%

 

•    2026-2030: 3%

 

•    2031-2045: 1%

 

•    Perpetual rights, subject to applicable copyright law limitations: 13%

 

•    2015 or earlier: 3%

 

•    2016-2020: 4%

 

•    2021-2025: 2%

 

•    2026-2030: 1%

 

•    2031-2045: 2%

 

•    Perpetual rights, subject to applicable copyright law limitations: 88%

 

 

Perpetual rights, subject to applicable copyright law limitations: 100%

 

Date of First Release (by Eros or prior rights owner)   1943-2011   1958 – 2011   *
Rights in Major Distribution Channels  

 

Theatrical: 73%

Television syndication: 76%

Digital: 93%

 

 

Theatrical: 63%

Television syndication: 32%

Digital: 97%

 

 

Digital: 100%

Music Rights (approximate percentage of films)   57%   32%   0%
Production Years (approximate percentage of films produced in the periods indicated)  

 

1943-1965: 8%

1966-1990: 27%

1991-2012: 65%

 

1943-1965: 0%

1966-1990: 3%

1991-2012: 97%

 

 

*

 

(*) Our Kannada digital rights catalog was acquired in September 2010, subsequent to the production and date of first release for these films, and consequently this information is not in our records.

 

83


Table of Contents

“High budget” films refer to films with direct production costs in excess of $8.5 million, in each case translated at the historical average exchange rate for the applicable fiscal year. “Low budget” films refer to films with less than $1.0 million in direct production costs, in each case translated at the historical average exchange rate for the applicable fiscal year. “Medium budget” films refer to films within the remaining range of direct production costs.

Distribution Network and Channels

We distribute film content primarily through the following distribution channels:

 

   

theatrical , which includes multiplex chains and stand-alone theaters;

 

   

television syndication , which includes satellite television broadcasting, cable television and terrestrial television; and

 

   

digital , which primarily includes IPTV, VOD and internet channels.

We generally monetize each new film we release through an initial 12 month revenue cycle commencing after the film’s theatrical release date. Thereafter, the film becomes part of our film library where we seek to continue to monetize the content through various platforms. The diagram below illustrates a typical distribution timeline through the first twelve months following theatrical release of one of our films.

Film release first cycle timeline

LOGO

Source: Company data

We currently acquire films both for global distribution, which includes the Indian domestic market as well as international markets and for international distribution only. Certain information regarding our initial distribution rights to films initially released theatrically in the past three fiscal years and the first nine months of the current fiscal year is set forth below:

 

     Nine Months ended
December 31,
     Year ended March 31,  
   2011      2010      2009      2010      2011  
     (number of films)  

Global (India and International)

     12         14         20         20         15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Hindi and regional films (excluding Tamil films)

     12         14         12         15         15   

Tamil films

     0         0         8         5         0   

International Only

     46         46         67         95         57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Hindi and regional films (excluding Tamil films)

     9         4         8         3         5   

Tamil films

     37         42         59         92         52   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     58         60         87         115         72   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

84


Table of Contents

We distribute content in over 50 countries through our own offices located in key strategic locations across the globe, including separate offices maintained by Ayngaran for distribution of Tamil films, and through our distribution partners. In response to Indian cinema’s continued growth in popularity across the world, especially in non-English speaking markets, including Germany, Poland, Russia, Southeast Asia and Arabic speaking countries, we offer dubbed and subtitled content in over 25 different languages. In addition to our internal distribution resources, our global distribution network includes relationships with distribution partners, sub-distributors, producers, directors and prominent figures within the Indian film industry and distribution arena.

Theatrical Distribution and Marketing

Indian Theatrical Distribution . The Indian theatrical market is comprised of both multiplex and single screen theaters that utilize both prints and in some cases, digital formats and is divided into six circuits. We distribute our content in all of the circuits through our internal distribution offices in Mumbai, Delhi and Punjab or through sub-distributors in other circuits. Our primarily internal distribution network allows us greater control, transparency and flexibility over the core regions in which we distribute our films, and allows us to retain a greater portion of revenues per picture as a result of direct exploitation instead of using sub-distributors, which requires the payment of additional fees or commissions.

The largest number of screens in India that we book for a particular film will be booked for the first week of theatrical release, because a substantial portion of box office revenues are collected in the first week of a film’s theatrical exhibition. We entered into agreements with certain key multiplex operators to share net box office collections for our theatrical releases with the exhibitor for a predetermined fee of 50% of net box office collections for the first week, after which the split decreases over time. These agreements expired in June 2011, and we now enter into agreements on a film-by-film and exhibitor-by-exhibitor basis instead of entering into long-term agreements. To date, our film-by-film agreements have been on terms that are no less favorable than the terms of the prior settlement agreements; however, we cannot guarantee such terms can always be obtained. For highly anticipated new releases, we typically also receive an advance payment from multiplex operators which is credited against the predetermined fee, and we typically obtain non-refundable minimum guarantees from single screen exhibitors and agree to a revenue sharing arrangements above the minimum guarantee.

The broad theatrical distribution during the first week after initial release of a film requires that a significant number of prints be made available at the outset of the theatrical run. As the Indian film industry is moving towards digital film distribution, we are increasing our focus on this opportunity which we anticipate will significantly reduce our distribution and print production costs. In India, the cost of distributing a digital film print is lower than the cost of distributing a digital film print in the United States. The cost of producing a digital film print is lower than the cost of producing a physical film print. Utilization of digital film media also provides additional protection against unauthorized copying, which enables us to capture incremental revenue that we believe are at risk of loss through content piracy.

Pursuant to the Cinematograph Act, Indian films must be certified for adult viewing or general viewing by the Central Board of Film Certification, or CBFC, which looks at factors such as the interest of sovereignty, integrity and security of India, friendly relations with foreign states, public order and morality. Obtaining a desired certification may require us to modify the title, content, characters, storylines, themes or concepts of a given film.

Theatrical Distribution Outside India . Outside India, we distribute our films theatrically through our offices in Dubai, Singapore, the U.S., the United Kingdom, Australia and Fiji and through sub-distributors. In our international markets, instead of focusing on wide releases, we select a smaller number of theaters that play films targeted at the expatriate South Asian population or the growing international audiences for Indian films. We generally theatrically release subtitled versions of our films internationally on the release date in India, and dubbed versions of films in countries outside India 12-24 weeks after their initial theatrical release in India.

 

85


Table of Contents

Marketing . The pre-release marketing of a film is an integral part of our theatrical distribution strategy. Our marketing team creates marketing campaigns tailored to market and movie, utilizing print, brand tie-ups, music pre-releases, outdoor advertising and online advertising to generate momentum for the release of a film. We generally begin print media public relations as soon as a film commences shooting, with full marketing efforts commencing two to three months in advance of a film’s release date, starting with a theatrical trailer for the film promoted as part of another film currently playing in theaters. In addition, usually between six to eight weeks before the initial Indian theatrical release date, we separately release clips from the films featuring musical numbers. Those clips and the accompanying music tracks are separately available for purchase and add to consumer awareness and anticipation of the upcoming film release. We also maintain a Facebook page, which supplies background detail, chat opportunities and photos of upcoming films as well as links to our YouTube content.

We also use promotional agreements and integrated television marketing to subsidize marketing costs and expand our marketing reach. We partner with leading consumer companies in India which support our marketing campaigns in exchange for including their brands in promotional billboards, print ads and other marketing materials for our new film releases. Our marketing teams also work with our film stars to coordinate promotional appearances on popular television programming, timed to coincide with the marketing period for upcoming theatrical releases.

Our marketing efforts are primarily managed by employees located in offices across India or in one of our international offices in Dubai, Singapore, the U.S., the United Kingdom, Australia and Fiji. Occasionally, sub-distributors manage marketing efforts in regions that do not have a dedicated Eros or Ayngaran marketing team, using the creative aspects developed by us for our marketing campaigns. Managing marketing locally permits us to more easily identify appropriate local advertising channels and results in more effective and efficient marketing.

Television Distribution

India Distribution. We believe that the increasing television audience in India creates new opportunities for us to license our film content, and expands audience recognition of the Eros name and film products. We license Indian film content (usually a combination of new releases and existing films in our library), to satellite television broadcasters operating in India under agreements that generally allow them to telecast a film over a stated period of time in exchange for a specified license fee. We have, directly or indirectly, licensed content for major Indian television channels such as Sony, the Star Network and Zee. There are several models for satellite television syndication in India. In the “syndication model,” a group of channels share the broadcast of a specified set of films between them in a certain order and pay us separate license fees. In the alternative “licensing model,” which is currently the predominant model in India, we grant an exclusive license in favor of one particular channel for broadcast on its channels for a specified period of time. We recently negotiated terms with Sahara One Media and Entertainment Limited for broadcast on their general entertainment channel that entitle us to additional license fees based on box office performance, over and above the minimum guarantee license fee. Regardless of the model, following the first cycle license period, we seek to continue to license the content for the subsequent cycles.

Television pre-sales in India are an important factor in enhancing revenue predictability for our business. Where we do pre-sales, we negotiate a set license fee which is payable over time with the last payment due on delivery of the film. For example, for high budget films that we released in fiscal 2012, we had contractual revenue commitments in place prior to their release for television pre-sales that allowed us to recoup between 16% to 35% of our direct production costs for those films. From time to time, we also sell television syndication rights indirectly through companies that aggregate television rights for resale. For example, in 2011, we sold a large portion of our television syndication rights to Dhrishti Creations Pvt. Limited, which sale represented 23.0% of our revenue for fiscal 2011.

 

86


Table of Contents

Our content is typically released on satellite television three to six months after the initial theatrical release. In India there are currently six direct to home, or DTH, providers. We have offered some of our films through these services, but we have also licensed these rights with the satellite TV rights to satellite channel providers. As the number of DTH subscribers increase in India, we anticipate that we will have an opportunity to license directly for DTH exploitation. We have also provided content to regional cable operators. Although DTH distribution is still relatively small in India, with Indian telecom networks and DTH platforms expanding their services, we are beginning to see an increased interest for video on demand in India. We also sub-license some of our films for broadcast on Doordarshan, the sole terrestrial television broadcast network, which is government owned. The Indian cable system is currently highly fragmented and predominantly an analog platform. As a result, local cable operators are unwilling and unable to pay standard licensing rates for our content, and cable television therefore has not been a material source of revenue for us. We believe that as the cable industry migrates towards digital technology and moves toward consolidation, cable television licensing will represent a more significant revenue stream for our business.

International Distribution. Outside of India, we license Indian film content for broadcasting on major channels and platforms around the world, such as Channel 4 and SBS Australia. We also license dubbed content to Europe, Arabic-speaking countries and in Southeast Asia and other parts of the world. Often such licenses include not just new releases, but films grouped around the same star, director or genre. Our majority owned subsidiary Ayngaran also distributes its content in Western Europe through its television station, Ayngaran TV, with approximately 20,000 subscribers. International pre-sales of television, music and other distribution rights are a significant component of our overall pre-sale strategy.

Digital Distribution

In addition to our theatrical and television distribution networks, we have a global network for the digital distribution of our content, which consists of full length films, music, music videos, clips and other video content. Through our digital distribution channel we distribute content primarily in IPTV, VOD (including SVOD and DTH) and online internet channels. Our film content is distributed in original language, subtitled into local languages or dubbed, in each case as driven by consumer or regional market preferences. With our large library of content and slate of new releases, we have sought to capitalize on changes in consumer demand through early adoption of new formats and services.

With a significant portion of the Indian and international population rapidly moving toward digital technology, we are increasing our focus on providing on demand services, although the platforms and strategies differ by region. Under current Indian law, the Indian cable providers will be required to transfer from analog to digital formats by December 31, 2014. Outside of India, there is a proliferation of cable, satellite and internet services that we supply. In addition, with the proliferation of internet users, we are increasing our online distribution presence as well. These platforms enable us to continue to monetize a film in our library long after its theatrical release period has ended. In addition, the speed, ease of availability and prices of digital film distribution diminish incentives for unauthorized copying and content piracy.

In North America, we have an agreement with International Networks, a subsidiary of Comcast, to provide a SVOD service called “ Bollywood Hits On Demand. ” The service is now carried on Comcast, Cox Communications, Rogers Communication, Cablevison and Time Warner Cable. We provide all programming for this film and music channel, and we share revenues with the cable provider. We also provide content to other VOD service providers, including Pan Universe International and Efacet Enterprises Limited.

We currently supply internet streaming ad-supported sites such as our Eros channel on YouTube with short form film and audio visual content and our own www.erosentertainment.com website. On YouTube, where we have exceeded one billion views to date since our launch in 2007, we sell banner and pre-roll advertisements, and share these advertising revenues with Google.

 

 

87


Table of Contents

In order to capitalize on emerging trends like growing Internet usage, increased broadband internet penetration and availability of faster 3G/4G mobile networks, we recently launched Eros Now, our on-demand entertainment portal accessible via internet-enabled devices, with a limited number of movies and music videos. We expect that Eros Now eventually will also be accessible via tablets and will include our full film library. We expect Eros Now to be supported by both advertising and subscription revenues. Fees from advertisers will support the website’s free content, while the premium plan will be a subscription, fee-based service. The premium service will allow subscribers greater access to ad-free media content from multiple devices in addition to playback options. We believe that Eros Now will serve as a platform to further exploit our extensive library content, as well as increase the depth and penetration of our user base. In the future, we believe the combination of this digital distribution platform, coupled with our film library, will offer a comprehensive and attractive outlet for advertisers.

Physical and Other Distribution

We also distribute globally our film content through physical formats (DVDs and Video Compact Discs, or VCDs), in hotels and on airlines, and for use on mobile networks. We distribute and license content on physical media throughout the world, including on Blu-ray and DVDs, and in India on VCD and DVD. In India, and to service South Asian consumers internationally, we distribute to major retail chains (such as Wal-Mart, Asda and Planet-M) and internet platforms such as Amazon, as well as supplying local wholesalers and retailers. We also license content to third party distributors internationally to provide content dubbed into local languages for consumption by non-South Asian audiences. We also have direct sales to corporate customers, primarily in India, who bundle our DVDs or VCDs with their own products for promotional purposes. This aspect of our business works on a volume basis, with the low margins being offset by large confirmed orders. We have provided content for various mobile platforms such as Singtel and Shotformats Digital Productions.

Music

Music is integral to our films, and when we obtain global, all-media rights in our acquired or co-produced films music rights typically are included. Film music rights are often marketed and monetized separate from the underlying film, both before and after the release of the related films. In addition, we act as a music publisher for third party owned music rights within India. Through our internal resources and network of licensees, we are able to provide our consumers with music content directly, through third party platforms or through licensing deals. The content is primarily taken from our film content and the revenues are derived from mobile rights, MP3 tracks, sold via third party platforms such as iTunes and Napster as well as streaming services such as Spotify and Rdio, digital streaming, physical CDs and publishing/master rights licensing.

We also exploit the music publishing and master rights we own, which involves directly licensing songs to radio and television channels in India, synchronizing of music content to film, television and advertisers globally, as well as receiving royalties from public performance of these songs when they are played at public events. Ancillary revenues from public performances in India are collected and paid over to us through Phonographic Performance Limited and The Indian Performing Rights Society, which monitor, collect and distribute royalties to their members.

As part of our focus on expanding our music publishing revenues, Eros Music Publishing Limited has signed reciprocal agreements with EMI Music Publishing Ltd., or EMI, where EMI acts as the sub-publisher for us outside of South Asia, and we represent EMI’s catalog as sub-publisher of such catalog within India. These agreements are aimed to maximize both parties’ music publishing revenues in the two different markets. Through the relationship with EMI, we have entered into synchronization licenses, among others, for the NBC U.S. comedy series Outsourced , where a number of our music tracks have been utilized, and in Caminho Das Indias produced by TV Globo in Brazil, which used an Eros music track as its theme song along with other tracks used in individual episodes.

 

88


Table of Contents

VFX

In response to the increased use of animation and visual special effects in films made both within and outside of India, in 2007 we formed EyeQube, a visual special effects studio headquartered in Mumbai. EyeQube was opened in collaboration with visual effects expert Charles Darby, who prior to his work with EyeQube has worked on visual special effects for some of the highest-grossing films worldwide as well as an Emmy award winning television production . EyeQube uses what we believe to be leading technology, which we are constantly upgrading as new technologies are implemented in the industry.

EyeQube permits us to create high-end visual effects for our own co-productions. We believe that this capacity helps us attract co-producers and assists us in reducing costs for these projects. Among recent projects, EyeQube worked with the Indian banner Red Chillies Entertainment on the high budget film RA.One , which was released theatrically in October 2011 and had grossed approximately $38.1 million in box office revenues as of February 3, 2012. Historic critical acclaim for our work on Indian films such as Veer and Aladin has also opened opportunities to work with the Hollywood industry on selected special effects films . Additionally, EyeQube’s reach has extended to regional language films, including the release of Rajinikanth’s Rana , expected to occur in 2013.

EyeQube offers services that cover the entire life-cycle of visual special effects, from the initial development, to production planning and supervision services to the final delivery. We are using this broad range of services to undertake the development and production of new content that will be owned by us. We currently have our first such production in development, tentatively titled Maa Sherawali , which will be a theatrical 3D film and is projected for release in fiscal 2014.

Valuable Technologies Limited

We own 7.14% of Valuable Technologies Limited, or Valuable. Valuable manages and operates a number of companies in the media and entertainment, technology and infrastructure industries, including UFO Moviez, a digital cinema network in India; Boxtech, a division that provides technology backed service support for digital movie rentals; and ImPACT, a settlement platform for computerized theatrical ticketing and sales data.

Intellectual Property

As our revenue is primarily generated from commercial exploitation of our films and related content, our intellectual property rights are a critical component of our business. Unauthorized use of intellectual property, particularly piracy of DVDs and CDs, is widespread in India and other countries, and the mechanisms for protecting intellectual property rights in India and such other countries are not as effective as those of the United States and certain other countries. We participate directly and through industry organizations in actions against persons who have illegally pirated our content, and we also deal with piracy by promoting a film to ensure maximum revenues early in its release and shortening the period between the theatrical release of a film and its legitimate availability on DVD and VCD. This is supported by the trend in the Indian market for a significant percentage of a film’s box office receipts to be generated in the first few weeks after release.

The Indian Copyright Act, 1957, or the Copyright Act provides for registration of copyrights, transfer of ownership and licensing of copyrights and infringement of copyrights and remedies available in that respect. The Copyright Act affords copyright protection to cinematographic films and sound recordings. For cinematographic films, copyright is granted for a certain period of time, usually for a period of 60 years from the beginning of the calendar year following the year in which such film is published, subsequent to which the work falls in the public domain and any act of reproduction of the work by any person other than the author would not amount to infringement. Following the issuance of the International Copyright Order, 1999, subject to certain conditions and exceptions, certain provisions of the Copyright Act apply to nationals of all member states of the World Trade Organization, the Berne Convention and the Universal Copyright Convention.

The Parliament of India is considering the (Indian) Copyright (Amendment) Bill, 2010 or the Copyright Amendment Bill. The amendments proposed to the Copyright Act through the Copyright Amendment Bill

 

89


Table of Contents

include allowing authors of literary and musical works (which may be included as part of a cinematograph film) to retain the right to receive royalty for the utilization of such work (other than as part of the cinematograph film).

Although the state governments in India serve as the enforcing authorities of the Copyright Act, the Indian government serves an advisory role in assisting with enforcement of anti-piracy measures. In December 2009, the Union Information & Broadcasting Ministry established a task force to recommend measures to combat film, video and cable piracy, which submitted recommendations in September 2010, including:

 

   

as a condition to licenses being granted to theaters and multiplexes by district authorities, theater and multiplex operators should be required to prohibit viewers from carrying a cam-cording device inside the theater;

 

   

encouraging state governments to enact legislation providing for preventive detention of video and audio pirates and bring video pirates under the definition of “goonda” under the Goonda Act; and

 

   

undertaking measures to ensure high fidelity in genuine DVDs to discourage the public from buying pirated versions.

However, these are recommendations of the task force, and there can be no assurance that any of these recommendations will be accepted and become binding law or regulation in a timely manner, or at all.

While copyright registration is not a prerequisite for acquiring or enforcing such rights, registration creates a presumption favoring the ownership of the right by the registered owner. Registration may expedite infringement proceedings and reduce delay caused due to evidentiary considerations. Neither we nor our Indian subsidiaries currently have any registered copyrights in India. The registration of certain types of trademark is prohibited, including where the property sought to be registered is not distinctive.

We use a number of trademarks in our business, all of which our owned by our subsidiaries. Our Indian subsidiaries currently own over 50 Indian registered trademarks and domain names, which are used in their business, including the registered trademark “Eros,” “Eros International,” “Eros Music,” and “B on Demand.” However, we have not yet received Indian trademark registration for certain of our trademarks used in India. A majority of these registrations, and certain applications for registrations, are in the name of our subsidiaries Eros India, Eros Films or Eros Digital Private Limited, with whom we have an informal arrangement with respect to the use of such trademarks. The registration of any trademark in India is a time-consuming process, and there can be no assurance that any such registration will be granted.

The Indian Trade Marks Act, 1999, or the Trademarks Act, governs the registration, acquisition, transfer and infringement of trademarks and remedies available to a registered proprietor or user of a trademark. The registration of a trademark is valid for a period of ten years but can be renewed in accordance with the specified procedure.

Until recently, to obtain registration of a trademark in multiple countries, an applicant was required to make separate applications in different languages and disburse different fees in the respective countries. However, the Madrid Protocol enables nationals of member countries, including India, to secure protection of trademarks by filing a single application with one fee and in one language in their country of origin. The Trademarks Act was amended by the Trade Marks (Amendment) Act 2010, or the Trademarks Amendment Act. The Trademarks Amendment Act will come into force on such date that the central government in India may appoint by notification in the official gazette. As of the date of this prospectus, the Trademarks Amendment Act has not been notified. The Trademarks Amendment Act empowers the Registrar of Trade Marks to deal with international applications originating from India as well as those received from the International Bureau and to maintain a record of international registrations. This amendment also removes the discretion of the registrar to extend the time for filing a notice of opposition of published applications and provides for a uniform time limit of four months in all cases. Further, it simplifies the law relating to transfer of ownership of trademarks by

 

90


Table of Contents

assignment or transmission and brings the law generally in line with international practice. Pursuant to the Madrid Protocol and the Trademarks Act, we have obtained trademarks in Egypt, the European Community, United Arab Emirates, Australia and the United States.

The remedies available in the event of infringement under the Copyright Act and the Trademarks Act include civil proceedings for damages, account of profits, injunction and the delivery of the infringing materials to the owner of the right, as well as criminal remedies including imprisonment of the accused and the imposition of fines and seizure of infringing materials.

Competition

The Indian film industry’s rapid growth is changing the competitive landscape. We believe we were one of the first companies in India to create an integrated business of sourcing new Indian film content through co-productions and acquisitions while building a valuable library of rights in existing content and also distributing Indian film content globally across formats. Some of our direct competitors, such as UTV Motion Pictures, Reliance Entertainment and Viacom Studio 18, have moved toward similar models in addition to their other business lines within the Indian entertainment industry. We also face competition from the direct or indirect presence in India of significant global media companies, including the major Hollywood studios. Disney and Viacom have ownership interests in our direct competitors UTV and Viacom Studio 18, respectively, while other Hollywood studios, such as Warner, News Corporation and Sony, have established local operations in India for film distribution, and have released a limited number of Indian films. Our primary competitors for Indian film content in the markets outside of India are UTV, Reliance Entertainment and Viacom Studio 18. We believe our experience and understanding of the Indian film market positions us well to compete with new and existing entrants to the Indian media and entertainment sector. With a 2011 market share of 45% in Indian film in both the United States and the United Kingdom, Eros has the largest market share in these markets in 2011, relative to its competitors. Competition within the industry is based on relationships, distribution capabilities, reputation for quality and brand recognition.

Properties

Our properties consist primarily of studios, office facilities, warehouses and distribution offices, most of which are located in Mumbai, India. We own our corporate and registered offices in Mumbai and rent our remaining properties in India. Five of these leased properties are owned by members of the Lulla family. The leases with the Lulla family were entered into at what we believe were market rates. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We have entered into certain related party transactions and may continue to rely on our founders for certain key development and support activities.” We also own or lease four properties in the United Kingdom, the United States and Dubai in connection with our international operations outside of India. There are no major encumbrances on any of our properties, and we currently do not have any significant plans to construct new properties or expand or improve our existing properties.

 

91


Table of Contents

The following table provides detail regarding our properties in India and globally.

 

Location

  

Size

  

Primary Use

  

Leased Owned

Mumbai, India

   13,992 sq. ft.    Corporate Office    Owned

Mumbai, India

   2,750 sq. ft.    Studio Premises    Leased(1)

Mumbai, India

   8,094 sq. ft.    Executive Accommodation    Leased(1)

Mumbai, India

   1,087 sq. ft.    Web Team Studio    Leased(1)(2)

Mumbai, India

   19,850 sq. ft.    Corporate and EyeQube Studio    Leased(2)

Mumbai, India

   120 sq. ft.    Film Negatives Warehouse    Leased

Mumbai, India

   120 sq. ft.    Film Prints Warehouse   

Leased

Mumbai, India

   2,750 sq. ft.    Corporate    Owned

Delhi, India

   4,755 sq. ft.    Film Distribution Office    Leased

Punjab, India

   448 sq. ft.    Film Distribution Office    Leased

Dubai, United Arab Emirates

   536 sq. ft.    Corporate Office    Leased

Secaucus, New Jersey, U.S.

   10,000 sq. ft.    Corporate Office    Leased(1)

London, England

   7,549 sq. ft.    DVD Warehouse    Owned

London, England

   4,506 sq. ft.    Corporate Office    Leased(1)

 

(1) Leased directly or indirectly from a member of the Lulla family.
(2) Leased pursuant to more than one lease with more than one landlord.

Employees and Employer Relations

As of December 31, 2011, we had 346 employees, with 194 employed by Eros India and based in India, 71 by EyeQube and based in India, 43 by Ayngaran and its subsidiaries and based in India and the United Kingdom, and the remainder employed by our international subsidiaries . All are full time employees. There has been no significant change in the number of employees over the past three years. Our employees are not covered by any collective bargaining agreement.

Litigation

From time to time, we and our subsidiaries are involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. The following discussion summarizes examples of such matters. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we currently believe that the final outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

In December 2009, the Director General of the Competition Commission of India, or the CCI, issued a report alleging formation of a cartel in contravention of the Competition Act by, among others, Mr. Sunil Lulla and our then Chief Executive Officer, Ms. Jyoti Deshpande and Mr. Nandu Ahuja, on account of their participation at certain media meetings in Mumbai in March through April 2009 during a deadlock between film producers/distributors and multiplex owners over revenue-sharing. In May 2011, the CCI issued an order directing Mr. Lulla, Ms. Deshpande and Mr. Ahuja and to refrain from indulging in anticompetitive practices in the future and to provide an undertaking to the effect, and imposing a penalty of $1,886 on each of them. The CCI has also directed the Secretary of the CCI to initiate proceedings under the Competition Act against Mr. Lulla, Ms. Deshpande and Mr. Ahuja for alleged failure to cooperate in the course of enquiries. In July 2011, Mr. Lulla, Ms. Deshpande and Mr. Ahuja filed three separate appeals before the Competition Appellate Tribunal

 

92


Table of Contents

challenging this order. The Competition Appellate Tribunal issued an order on July 28, 2011 granting interim stay on realization of the penalty imposed and on the direction to provide an undertaking. In October 2011, the CCI imposed a penalty of $472 against Mr. Lulla, Ms. Deshpande and Mr. Ahuja, on account of their failure to cooperate with certain inquiries, each of whom have filed separate appeals challenging this order. The Company has supported these individuals in contesting these proceedings.

In September 2010, Eros India filed two separate suits before the CCI against certain Indian film industry organizations requesting injunctive relief to restrict the organizations from acting in a cartel-like manner and enforcing anti-competitive rules and agreements so that Eros India’s forthcoming films in certain territories in India would be exhibited and distributed without restriction. In February 2012, the CCI issued two separate orders directing certain Indian Alm industry organizations to refrain from indulging in such anticompetitive practices and imposed a penalty on the associations.

Eros India and its subsidiaries are involved in ordinary course government tax audits and assessments, which typically include assessment orders for previous tax years including on account of disallowance of certain claimed deductions.

Separately, our subsidiary Eros India has a sales tax dispute in the amount of approximately $2.5 million as of December 31, 2011. Eros disputes this claim and intends to contest it vigorously. Eros is also named in various lawsuits challenging its ownership of some of its intellectual property. A number of these lawsuits seek injunctive relief restraining Eros from releasing or otherwise exploiting various films, including Mausam, Toonpur ka Superhero and Om Shanti Om. While the lawsuits continue, the films have all been released.

Unlike in the United States, in India, private citizens are permitted to initiate criminal complaints against companies and other individuals. Eros and certain executives have been named in certain criminal complaints from time to time. If, as a result of such complaints, criminal proceedings are initiated by the relevant authorities in India and the Company or any of its executives are found guilty in such criminal proceedings, our executives could be subject to imprisonment as well as monetary penalties. We believe the claims brought to date are without merit and we intend to defend them vigorously.

 

93


Table of Contents

REGULATION

The following description is a summary of various sector-specific laws and regulations applicable to Eros.

Material Isle of Man Regulations

Companies Regime

The Isle of Man is an internally self-governing dependent territory of the British Crown. It is politically and constitutionally separate from the United Kingdom and has its own legal system and jurisprudence based on English common law principles.

Isle of Man company law is largely based on that of England and Wales. There are two separate codes of company law, embodied in the Companies Acts 1931-2004, the principal Act being the 1931 Act, commonly referred to as the 1931 Act and the Companies Act 2006, respectively. Our company was incorporated on March 31, 2006 under the 1931 Act. Effective September 29, 2011, it re-registered as a company incorporated under the 2006 Act.

The 2006 Act updates and modernizes Isle of Man company law by introducing a new simplified corporate vehicle into Isle of Man law. The new corporate vehicle follows the international business company model available in a number of other jurisdictions. Companies incorporated or re-registered under the 2006 Act are governed solely by its provisions and, except in relation to liquidation and receivership, are not subject to the provisions of the 1931 Act.

The following are some of the key characteristics of companies incorporated under the 2006 Act:

Share Capital

Under the 2006 Act, there is no longer the concept of authorized capital. Therefore, shares may be issued with or without par value.

Dividends, Redemptions and Buy-Backs

Subject to compliance with the memorandum and articles of association, the 2006 Act allows a company to declare and pay dividends, and to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its own shares subject only to meeting a solvency test set out in the 2006 Act. A company satisfies the solvency test if it is able to pay its debts as they become due in the normal course of business and where the value of the company’s assets exceeds the value of its liabilities.

Capacity and Powers

Companies incorporated under the 2006 Act have separate legal personality and perpetual existence. In addition, such companies have unlimited capacity to carry on or undertake any business or activity; this is so regardless of corporate benefit and regardless of whether or not it is in the best interests of the company to do so. The 2006 Act specifically states that no corporate act is beyond the capacity of a company incorporated under the 2006 Act by reason only of the fact that the relevant company has purported to restrict its capacity in any way in its memorandum or articles or otherwise. A person who deals in good faith with a company incorporated under the 2006 Act is entitled to assume that the directors of the company are acting without limitation.

 

94


Table of Contents

Miscellaneous

In addition to the foregoing, the following other points should be noted in relation to companies incorporated under the 2006 Act:

 

  (a) there are no prohibitions in relation to the company providing financial assistance for the purchase of its own shares;

 

  (b) there is no differentiation between public and private companies, but a company may adopt a name ending in the words “Public Limited Company” or “public limited company” or the abbreviation “PLC” or “plc”;

 

  (c) there are simple share offering/prospectus requirements;

 

  (d) there are reduced compulsory registry filings;

 

  (e) the statutory accounting requirements are simplified; and

 

  (f) the 2006 Act allows a company to indemnify and purchase professional indemnity insurance for its directors.

Shareholders should note that the above list is not exhaustive.

Exchange Controls

No foreign exchange control regulations are in existence in the Isle of Man in relation to the exchange or remittance of sterling or any other currency from the Isle of Man and no authorizations, approvals or consents will be required from any authority in the Isle of Man in relation to the exchange and remittance of sterling and any other currency whether awarded by reason of a judgment or otherwise falling due and having been paid in the Isle of Man.

Material Indian Regulations

We are subject to other Indian and international regulations which may impact our business. In particular, the following regulations have a significant impact on our business.

Notification of Industry Status

The Indian film industry was conferred industry status by a press release issued by the MIB on May 10, 1998.

Film Certification

The Cinematograph Act authorizes the CBFC, in accordance with the Cinematograph (Certification) Rules, 1983, or the Certification Rules, for sanctioning films for public exhibition in India. Under the Certification Rules, the producer of a film is required to apply in the specified format for certification of such film, with the prescribed fee. The film is examined by an examining committee, which determines whether the film:

 

   

is suitable for unrestricted public exhibition;

 

   

is suitable for unrestricted public exhibition, with a caution that the question as to whether any child below the age of 12 years may be allowed to see the film should be considered by the parents or guardian of such child;

 

   

is suitable for public exhibition restricted to adults;

 

   

is suitable for public exhibition restricted to members of any profession or any class of persons having regard to the nature, content and theme of the film;

 

95


Table of Contents
   

is suitable for certification in terms of the above if a specified portion or portions be excised or modified therefrom; or

 

   

that the film is not suitable for unrestricted or restricted public exhibitions, or that the film be refused a certificate.

A film will not be certified for public exhibition if, in the opinion of the CBFC, the film or any part of it is against the interests of the sovereignty, integrity or security of India, friendly relations with foreign states, public order, decency or morality, or involves defamation or contempt of court or is likely to incite the commission of any offence. Any applicant, if aggrieved by any order of the CBFC either refusing to grant a certificate or granting a certificate that restricts exhibition to certain persons only, may appeal to the Film Certification Appellate Tribunal constituted by the Central Government under the Cinematograph Act.

A certificate granted or an order refusing to grant a certificate in respect of any film is published in the Official Gazette of India and is valid throughout India for ten years from the date of grant. Films certified for public exhibition may be re-examined by the CBFC if any complaint is received. Pursuant to grant of a certificate, film advertisements must indicate that the film has been certified for such public exhibition.

The Central Government may issue directions to licensees of cinemas generally or to any licensee in particular for the purpose of regulating the exhibition of films, so that scientific films, films intended for educational purposes, films dealing with news and current events, documentary films or indigenous films secure an adequate opportunity of being exhibited. The Central Government, acting through local authorities, may order suspension of exhibition of a film, if it is of the opinion that any film being publicly exhibited is likely to cause a breach of peace. Failure to comply with the Cinematograph Act may attract imprisonment and/or monetary fines.

Separately, the Cable Television Networks Rules, 1994 require that no film or film song, promotional material, trailer or film music video, album or their promotional materials, whether produced in India or abroad, shall be carried through cable services unless it has been certified by the CBFC as suitable for unrestricted public exhibition in India.

The Cinematograph Bill 2010, or the Cinematograph Bill, is proposed to be introduced in the Parliament of India to supersede the Cinematograph Act, 1952, to bring the process of certification of films for exhibition in line with the present technological and social scenario and to implement effective systems to combat piracy. The GoI is proposing an additional multiple certification system for feature films by amending the Cinematograph Act, 1952 to conform to the international norms. The Cinematograph Bill proposes different groups of rating for various age groups of film viewers Films could also be classified as ‘S,’ suitable for exhibition restricted to members of any profession or any class of persons. The Cinematograph Bill would empower the GoI to establish advisory panels at all the regional centers of Central Board of Film Certification, which could consist of members qualified to judge the effects of films on the public. The Cinematograph Bill proposes to deal with issues relating to piracy by imposing penalties for unauthorized issue of negatives or copies of the film or making duplicate prints/copies.

Financing

In October 2000, the Ministry of Finance, GoI, notified the film industry as an industrial concern in terms of the Industrial Development Bank of India Act, 1964, pursuant to which loans and advances to industrial concerns became available to the film industry.

The Reserve Bank of India, or the RBI, by circular dated May 14, 2001, permitted commercial banks to finance up to 50.0% of total production cost of a film. Further, by an RBI circular dated June 8, 2002, bank financing is now available even where total film production cost exceeds approximately $1.9 million. Banks which finance film productions customarily require borrowers to assign the film’s intellectual property or music

 

96


Table of Contents

audio/video/CDs/DVDs/internet, satellite, channel, export/international rights as part of the security for the loan, such that the banks would have a right in negotiation of valuation of such intellectual property rights.

Labor Laws

Depending on the nature of work and number of workers employed at any workplace, various labor related legislations may apply. Certain significant provisions of such labor related laws are provided below.

Employees (Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions) Act, 1952 . The Employees (Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions) Act, 1952, or the EPF Act, applies to factories employing 20 or more employees and such other establishments as notified by the Government from time to time. It requires all such establishments to be registered with the relevant Provident Fund Commissioner. Also, such employers are required to contribute to the employees’ provident fund the prescribed percentage of the basic wages and certain cash benefits payable to employees. Employees are also required to make equal contributions to the fund. A monthly return is required to be submitted to the relevant Provident Fund Commissioner in addition to the maintenance of registers by employers.

Competition Act

The Competition Act aims to prevent anti-competitive practices that cause or are likely to cause an appreciable adverse effect on competition in the relevant market in India. The Competition Act regulates anti-competitive agreements, abuse of dominant position and combinations. The Competition Act, although enacted in 2002, is being phased into effectiveness. Provisions relating to anti-competitive agreements and abuse of dominant position were effective May 20, 2009 and thereafter the Competition Commission of India, or the Competition Commission, became operational on May 20, 2009. The sections dealing with combinations, mergers and acquisitions were notified by the GoI in March 2011, and have become effective from June 1, 2011.

Under the Competition Act, the Competition Commission has powers to pass directions/impose penalties in cases of anti-competitive agreements, abuse of dominant position and combinations. In the event of failure to comply with the orders or directions of the Competition Commission, without reasonable cause, such person is punishable with a fine extending to approximately $1,886 for each day of such non-compliance, subject to a maximum of approximately $1.9 million. If there is a continuing non-compliance the person may be punishable with imprisonment for a term extending up to three years or with a fine which may extend up to approximately $4.7 million or with both as the Chief Metropolitan Magistrate, Delhi may deem fit. In case of offences committed by companies, the persons responsible to the company for the conduct of the business of the company will be liable under the Competition Act, except when the offense was committed without their knowledge or when they had exercised due diligence to prevent it. Where the contravention committed by the company took place with the consent or connivance of, or is attributable to any neglect on the part of, any director, manager, secretary or other officer of the company, such person is liable to be punished. The Competition Act also provides that the Competition Commission has the jurisdiction to inquire into and pass orders in relation to an anti-competitive agreement, abuse of dominant position or a combination, which even though entered into, arising or taking place outside India or signed between one or more non-Indian parties, but causes or is likely to cause an appreciable adverse effect in the relevant market in India. Recently, the Competition Act, 2002, was amended, and cases which were pending before the Monopolies and Restrictive Trade Practice Commission were transferred to the Competition Commission of India.

Indian Takeover Regulations

The Takeover Regulations came into effect on October 22, 2011, superseding the earlier takeover regulations. The Takeover Regulations provide the process, timing and disclosure requirements for a public announcement of an open offer in India and the applicable pricing norms.

 

97


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Takeover Regulations, a requirement to make a mandatory open offer by an “acquirer” (together with persons acting in concert with it) for at least 26% of the total shares of the Indian listed company, to all shareholders of such company (excluding the acquirer, persons acting in concert with it and the parties to any underlying agreement including persons deemed to be acting in concert) is triggered, subject to certain exemptions including transfers between promoters, if an acquirer acquires shares or voting rights in the Indian listed company, which together with its existing holdings and those of any persons acting in concert with him entitle the acquirer and persons acting in concert to exercise 25% or more of the voting rights in the Indian listed company; or an acquirer that holds between 25% and the maximum permissible non-public shareholding of an Indian listed company, acquires additional voting rights of more than 5% during a financial year; or an acquirer acquires, directly or indirectly, control over an Indian listed company, irrespective of acquisition of shares or voting rights in the Indian listed company.

An acquisition of shares or voting rights in, or control over, any company that would enable a person to exercise or direct the exercise of such percentage of voting rights in, or control over, an Indian listed company, the acquisition of which would otherwise attract the obligation to make an open offer under the Takeover Regulations will also trigger a mandatory open offer under the Takeover Regulations. Where the primary target of the acquisition is an overseas parent of an Indian listed company and the Indian listed company represents over 80% of a specified materiality parameter (including asset value, revenue or market capitalization) of the overseas parent company, such acquisition would be treated as a “direct acquisition” of the Indian listed company.

 

98


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our executive officers and directors as of March 23, 2012.

 

Name

  

Age

  

Position

Kishore Lulla    50    Director, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Vijay Ahuja    54    Director, Vice Chairman
Sunil Lulla    47    Director
Naresh Chandra(1)(2)    77    Director
Dilip Thakkar(1)(2)    75    Director
Michael Kirkwood(1)(3)    64    Director
Greg Coote(1)(4)    69    Director Nominee
Ken Naz    52    President of Americas Operations
Pranab Kapadia    40    President of United Kingdom, Europe and Africa Operations
Surender Sadhwani    55    President of Middle East Operations
Andrew Heffernan    45    Chief Financial Officer
Ricky Ghai    50    Chief Executive Officer of Eros Digital
Sean Hanafin    40    Chief Corporate & Strategy Officer

 

(1) Independent director or director nominee
(2) Member of the Audit Committee, Remuneration Committee and Nomination Committee
(3) Member of the Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee
(4) Greg Coote will become a director and member of the Nomination Committee effective upon the listing of our A ordinary shares on the NYSE.

Mr. Kishore Lulla is a director and our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Lulla received a bachelors’ degree in Arts from Mumbai University. He has over 30 years of experience in the media and film industry. He is a member of the British Academy of Film and Television Arts and Young Presidents’ Organization and also a board member for the School of Film at the University of California, Los Angeles. He has been honored at the Asian Business Awards 2007 and the Indian Film Academy Awards 2007 for his contribution in taking Indian cinema global. As our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, he has been instrumental in spearheading our growth and expanding our presence in the United Kingdom, the U.S., Dubai, Australia, Fiji and other international markets. He has served as a director since 2005. Mr. Kishore Lulla is the brother of Mr. Sunil Lulla and a cousin of Mr. Ahuja and Mr. Sadhwani.

Mr. Vijay Ahuja is a director and our Vice Chairman. Mr. Ahuja received a bachelors’ degree in commerce from Mumbai University. Mr. Ahuja co-founded our United Kingdom business in 1988 and has since played an important role in implementing our key international strategies, helping expand our business to its present scale by making a significant contribution to our development in the South East Asian markets, such as Singapore, Malaysia, Indonesia and Hong Kong. Mr. Ahuja has served as a director since April 2006. Mr. Ahuja is a cousin of Mr. Kishore Lulla and Mr. Sunil Lulla.

Mr. Sunil Lulla is a director and is Executive Vice Chairman and Managing Director of Eros India. He received a bachelors’ degree in commerce from Mumbai University. Mr. Lulla has over 20 years of experience in the media industry. Mr. Lulla has valuable relationships with talent in the Indian film industry and has been instrumental in our expansion into distribution in India as well as home entertainment and music. He has served as a director since 2005 and led our growth within India for many years before being appointed Executive Vice Chairman and Managing Director of Eros India in February 2010. Mr. Sunil Lulla is the brother of Kishore Lulla and cousin of Mr. Ahuja and Mr. Sadhwani.

 

99


Table of Contents

Mr. Naresh Chandra is a director. Mr. Chandra received a masters’ degree in Science from Allahabad University. A former civil servant, he joined the Indian Administrative Services in 1956 and has served as Chief Secretary in the State of Rajasthan, Commonwealth Secretariat Advisor on Export Industrialization and Policy in Colombo (Sri Lanka), Advisor to the Government of Jammu and Kashmir and Secretary to the Ministries of Water Resources, Defense, Home and Justice in the Government of India. In December 1990, he became Cabinet Secretary, the highest post in the Indian civil service. In 1992, he was appointed Senior Advisor to the Prime Minister of India. He served as the Governor of the state of Gujarat in 1995-1996 and Ambassador of India to the United States of America in 1996-2001. In 2007, he chaired the Government of India’s Committee on Corporate Audit and Governance, the Committee on Private Companies and Limited Companies Partnerships and the Committee on Civil Aviation Policy, and he was honored with the Padma Vibhushan, a high civilian award. Mr. Chandra serves as director of 14 other Indian companies and two foreign companies. He has served as a director since July 2007.

Mr. Dilip Thakkar is a director. Mr. Thakkar received a degree in Commerce and Law from Mumbai University. A practicing chartered accountant since 1961, Mr. Thakkar has significant financial experience. He is a senior partner of Jayantilal Thakkar & Co. Chartered Accountants and a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in India. In 1986 he was appointed by the Reserve Bank of India as a member of the Indian Advisory Board for HSBC Bank and the British Bank of the Middle East for a period of eight years. He is the former President of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society and was then Chairman of its International Taxation Committee. Mr. Thakkar serves as a non-executive director of 14 other listed public limited companies in India and two foreign companies. He has served as a director since April 2006.

Mr. Michael Kirkwood is a director. Mr. Kirkwood received a degree in Economics at Stanford University. Mr. Kirkwood retired from a 31-year career with Citigroup at the end of 2008 where he was most recently UK Country Head and Chairman of the Corporate Bank. He previously served with Citicorp in the USA, Scandinavia and Switzerland. From 2001-2005 he served as a Non-Executive Director of engineering group Kidde plc and Audit Committee chairman. From 2008-2011 he was Deputy Chairman of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s Advisory Board. During his career in London, Mr. Kirkwood has served as Deputy Chairman of the British Bankers Association, Chairman of British-American Business, Chairman of the Association of Foreign Banks, President of the Chartered Institute of Bankers, a member of the CBI Financial Services Council and Master of the International Bankers Livery Company. He also served as HM Lieutenant for the City of London in 2004. Mr. Kirkwood is currently a Board Member of UK Financial Investments Ltd (UKFI), the British government company established to manage the public stakes in UK banks, as well as Chairman of UK healthcare group Circle Holdings plc and Chairman of Ondra Partners LLP. He is a Fellow of the Royal Society for the Arts, a Fellow of the Chartered Institute of Bankers and was appointed a Companion of the Order of St Michael and St George (CMG) in the 2003 Queen’s Birthday Honours. He joined the board of directors on February 1, 2012.

Mr. Greg Coote will be a director, effective upon the listing of our A ordinary shares on the NYSE. Mr. Coote has spent his career working in film and television production and distribution. He has served in senior positions at Columbia Pictures, News Corporation, Village Roadshow and Dune Entertainment, L.P. Most recently, from 2007-2011, Mr. Coote was the chairman and chief executive officer of Dune Entertainment, L.P., a company that finances motion pictures for Fox Films. Mr. Coote is a member of the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences, the Academy of Television Arts and Sciences and the British Academy of Film and Television Arts, and he serves on the Advisory Boards of Alnoor Holdings of Qatar, the Bona Film Group of China and the Advisory Board to the Singapore Government’s Media Development Authority. Greg also serves as the chairman of the board of China Lion Film Distribution, a company distributing Chinese-language films in North America, the United Kingdom, Australia and New Zealand.

Mr. Ken Naz is our President of Americas Operations. Mr. Naz has over 30 years of experience in media and entertainment. In the early 1970s, Mr. Naz worked in the Indian film distribution and exhibition business in Canada. He obtained his business education at a Toronto University before joining Cineplex Odeon Cinemas in

 

100


Table of Contents

the business development department and later serving as head of operations of “A Theater Near You.” Mr. Naz joined us in 1997 and was instrumental in setting up our U.S. office to service markets in the United States, Canada and other parts of North and South America.

Mr. Pranab Kapadia is our President of United Kingdom, Europe and Africa Operations. Mr. Kapadia received a masters degree in Management Studies from Bombay University (India) majoring in Finance. Mr. Kapadia’s experience as Head of Operations & Programming for Zee Network in Europe for eight years and Business Head of Adlabs Films (U.K.) Limited for one year has given him significant insight into developing technical solutions with minimum costs in order to keep entry barriers low for price sensitive Asian customer and a strong understanding of the entertainment needs of South Asians internationally. He joined us in 2007.

Mr. Surender Sadhwani is our President of Middle East Operations. Mr. Sadhwani received a post graduate degree in commerce from University of Madras in 1980. He has 22 years of experience in the banking industry through his work with Andhra Bank in Chennai. In addition, Mr. Sadhwani spent several years in finance and account management for Hartmann Electronics in their Dubai office. He joined our Middle East operations in April 2004 and was promoted to President of Middle East Operations in April 2006. Mr. Sadhwani is a cousin of Mr. Kishore Lulla and Mr. Sunil Lulla.

Mr. Ricky Ghai is our Chief Executive Officer of Eros Digital. Mr. Ghai joined Eros as the Chief Executive Officer of Eros Digital in July 2011. His 28 year career in media started at BBC Television, where he worked in film editing, content acquisition and business development. He has since served as an executive at several media companies, with experience in pay and free TV platforms as well as digital media. Mr. Ghai has comprehensive knowledge of intellectual property rights, distribution and channel programming, and has developed high level relationships with U.S. studios as well as international content distributors. Prior to joining Eros Digital, Mr. Ghai served as Executive Director of the Digital Group at Abu Dhabi Media Company from 2007 to 2011. Mr. Ghai has served on the boards of Vevo LLC, Getmo Arabia, Al Barq Digital & Karkadaan Games. Mr. Ghai currently serves as a member of the TIS Ventures Dubai board and an advisor to the Kontexto Inc. Canada board.

Mr. Andrew Heffernan is our Chief Financial Officer. A qualified chartered accountant, Mr. Heffernan was an audit manager with Grant Thornton UK LLP from 1991-1996, mainly handling media clients. From 1996-2001 Mr. Heffernan worked as a consultant for a number of film and television production clients. In 2001 Mr. Heffernan returned to Grant Thornton UK LLP to help build its media and entertainment practice in film, television and computer games with responsibilities spanning corporate finance, consultancy and audit. Mr. Heffernan joined us in May 2006.

Mr. Sean Hanafin is our Chief Corporate & Strategy Officer. Sean Hanafin is our appointed Chief Corporate & Strategy Officer of Eros International, with management responsibility for Group M&A, Corporate Finance and Investor Relations. From 2010 to date, Mr. Hanafin was Director of Eros Ventures, managing the Lulla family’s interests in Eros International and its investments outside the entertainment sector. Mr. Hanafin was formerly a Managing Director in Citigroup’s UK Banking Division in London, having joined the firm as a Graduate in 1994, and developed significant TMT sector experience leading the firm’s global relationships with major UK-based international media companies. Mr. Hanafin is a Liveryman of the Worshipful Company of International Bankers and has served on a number of UK Government initiatives. Mr. Hanafin graduated in Economics & Politics (Joint Hons.) from the University of Warwick in 1994 and has an Executive MBA from Cass Business School in London. Mr. Hanafin joined us in January 2012.

Service Contracts and Letters of Appointment

Each of Kishore Lulla, Vijay Ahuja, Andrew Heffernan and Sean Hanafin has entered into a service agreement with Eros Network Limited to provide services to us and our subsidiaries. The service agreements are

 

101


Table of Contents

terminable by either party with 12 months’ written notice. Eros Network Limited may terminate the agreements immediately in certain circumstances, including upon certain types of misconduct or upon paying the executive an amount equivalent to his basic salary (inclusive of any bonus and benefits) for a twelve month period. The service agreements expire automatically upon the executive’s 65th birthday. The service agreements provide for private medical insurance and 25 paid vacation days per year. Upon termination, compensation will be paid for any accrued but untaken holiday. The executives receive a basic gross annual salary, reviewed annually, and are entitled to participate in any current share option schemes and bonus schemes applicable to their positions maintained by the employing company. Each agreement contains a confidentiality provision and non-competition and non-solicitation provisions that restrict the executive for a period of six to twelve months after termination.

Each of Kishore Lulla and Vijay Ahuja also executed a letter of appointment for service as one of our directors. Under the terms of the letters of appointment, each director receives an annual fee of $93,750. We may terminate a director’s appointment immediately upon any instance of fraud or by giving the director 12 months’ written notice. Pursuant to the agreements, the directors are required to attend all board meetings and perform other reasonable functions appointed by our Board of Directors. Each agreement contains a confidentiality provision effective during the appointment and for a period of two years after termination and non-competition and non-solicitation provisions effective during the appointment and for a period of six months after termination. In connection with this offering, these letters of appointment will be terminated, and for so long as these individuals are our executive officers, each will no longer receive compensation as a director.

Sunil Lulla, our director, has entered into an employment agreement with Eros India pursuant to which he serves as Executive Vice Chairman of Eros India. Sunil Lulla is entitled to receive a basic gross annual salary, as well as medical insurance and certain other benefits and perquisites. Eros India may terminate the agreement upon thirty days’ notice if certain events occur, including a material breach of the agreement by Mr. Lulla. The agreement contains a confidentiality provision that restricts Mr. Lulla during the term of his employment and for a period of two years following termination and a non-competition provision that restricts him during the term of his employment.

Our non-executive directors, Naresh Chandra, who also serves as Chairman of Eros India, and Dilip Thakkar, have entered into letters of appointment with us that provide them with annual fees of $78,125 for service as a director of Eros International Plc. The appointments are for an initial period of one year, and thereafter are terminable by either the non-executive director or us with three months’ written notice, or by us immediately in the case of fraud.

Greg Coote will be a non-executive director effective upon the listing of our A ordinary shares on the NYSE subject to a letter of appointment executed by and between us and Mr. Coote providing him with annual fees of $93,750 for service as a director of Eros International Plc. The initial term of this agreement is three years, subject to Mr. Coote’s re-election in accordance with our articles of association, and thereafter is terminable by either Mr. Coote or us with three months’ written notice, or by us immediately in the case of fraud.

Michael Kirkwood has entered into a letter of appointment with us providing him with annual fees of $93,750 for service as a director of Eros International Plc. Mr. Kirkwood is also eligible for additional fees for certain additional Board related work or special projects. The initial term of this agreement is three years subject to Mr. Kirkwood’s re-election in accordance with our articles of association, and thereafter is terminable by either Mr. Kirkwood or us with three months’ written notice, or by us immediately in the case of fraud.

Consultant Services Agreement

Pursuant to the consulting services letter agreement dated August 10, 2011 and effective June 1, 2011, or the Consulting Agreement, by and between us and Ms. Deshpande, Ms. Deshpande was engaged by us as a consultant with respect to this offering.

Under the Consulting Agreement, Ms. Deshpande provided consulting services from June 1, 2011 until November 30, 2011, subject to extension by the parties. Ms. Deshpande provided advice on the appointment of,

 

102


Table of Contents

and worked with, various advisors, assisted us in various aspects of this offering, including due diligence, preparation of a registration statement and business plan models, and generally assisted and advised us in general corporate matters, investor relations and other aspects of this offering.

Under the Consulting Agreement, Ms. Deshpande is entitled to a non-refundable fee of $675,000 and 550,000 of our ordinary shares, which have now been issued. Ms. Deshpande received reimbursement for mutually agreed expenses and disbursements incurred in connection with the provision of her services and also may receive a discretionary bonus in cash and/or in ordinary shares, as determined by us. Upon completion of this offering, Ms. Deshpande will receive ordinary shares valued at $2,000,000 (based on the average price of our A ordinary shares listed on the NYSE).

The Consulting Agreement contains customary confidentiality and no conflicts covenants by Ms. Deshpande. Under the Consulting Agreement, we agreed to indemnify Ms. Deshpande for liability for her performance under the Consulting Agreement, except for claims or damages arising from negligence, willful default or breach of any applicable law or regulation by Ms. Deshpande. Ms. Deshpande’s liability under the Consulting Agreement is capped at $500,000.

Indemnification Agreements

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and our officers that require us to indemnify, to the extent permitted by law, our officers and directors against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as officers and directors and to pay expenses incurred by them as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We believe that these provisions are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers.

Structure of Our Board of Directors

Board of Directors

Upon the listing of our shares on the NYSE, our board of directors will consist of seven directors and will be divided into three staggered classes of directors of the same or nearly the same number. At each annual general meeting, each of the directors of the class whose term is expiring shall be eligible for re-election to the board for a period of three years. At our next general meeting following the completion of this offering, we anticipate that Messrs. Kishore Lulla, Coote and Kirkwood will be submitted for re-election.

Governance Standards

Upon completion of this offering and the listing of our shares on the NYSE, we will be subject to the NYSE listing standards. As a foreign private issuer, we will be exempt from complying with certain corporate governance requirements of the NYSE applicable to a U.S. issuer. Under the NYSE rules, we only need to:

 

   

establish an independent audit committee that has responsibilities set out in the NYSE rules;

 

   

provide prompt certification by our chief executive officer of any material non-compliance with any corporate governance rules of the NYSE;

 

   

provide periodic (annual and interim) written affirmations to the NYSE with respect to our corporate governance practices; and

 

   

include in our annual reports a brief description of significant differences between our corporate governance practices and those followed by U.S. companies.

Although upon our listing on the NYSE, we will be in compliance with the current NYSE corporate governance requirements imposed on U.S. issuers, our charter does not require that we meet these requirements.

 

103


Table of Contents

Board Committees

We currently have an Audit Committee, Remuneration Committee and Nomination Committee. We believe that the composition of these committees will meet the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of these committees will comply with the requirements of, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules of the NYSE and the SEC rules and regulations that will become applicable to us following consummation of this offering. Summarized below are the responsibilities our Audit Committee, Remuneration Committee and Nomination Committee will have upon consummation of this offering.

Audit Committee

Our Board of Directors has adopted a written charter under which our Audit Committee operates. This charter sets forth the duties and responsibilities of our Audit Committee, which, among other things, include: (i) monitoring our and our subsidiaries’ accounting and financial reporting processes, including the audits of our financial statements and the integrity of the financial statements; (ii) monitoring our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (iii) assessing our external auditor’s qualifications and independence; and (iv) monitoring the performance of our internal audit function and our external auditor. A copy of our Audit Committee charter will be available on our web site at www.erosplc.com prior to the listing of our A ordinary shares on the NYSE.

The current members of our Audit Committee are Messrs. Thakkar (Chair), Chandra and Kirkwood. The Audit Committee met four times during fiscal 2011. The board of directors has determined that each of the members of our Audit Committee is independent.

Remuneration Committee

Our Board of Directors has adopted a written charter under which our Remuneration Committee operates. This charter sets forth the duties and responsibilities of our Remuneration Committee, which, among other things, include assisting our Board of Directors in establishing remuneration policies and practices. A copy of our Remuneration Committee charter will be available on our website at www.erosplc.com prior to the listing of our A ordinary shares on the NYSE.

The current members of our Remuneration Committee are Messrs. Chandra (Chair), Thakkar and Kirkwood. The Remuneration Committee met twice during fiscal 2011. The board of directors has determined that each of the members of our Remuneration Committee is independent.

Nomination Committee

Our Board of Directors has adopted a written charter under which our Nomination Committee operates. This charter sets forth the duties and responsibilities of our Nomination Committee, which, among other things, include recommending to our Board of Directors candidates for election at the annual meeting of shareholders and performing a leadership role in shaping the Company’s corporate governance policies. A copy of our Nomination Committee charter will be available on our website at www.erosplc.com prior to the listing of our A ordinary shares on the NYSE.

The current members of our Nomination Committee are Messrs. Chandra (Chair) and Thakkar and, upon the listing of our A ordinary shares on the NYSE, Mr. Coote will be a member of the Nomination Committee. The Nomination Committee is an ad hoc committee and did not meet during fiscal 2011. The board of directors has determined that each of the members of our Nomination Committee is independent.

 

104


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Management’s Role in the Compensation-Setting Process

Compensation of senior executive officers and directors is determined by the Remuneration Committee of our Board of Directors. The Remuneration Committee reviews the performance of our directors and each of our executive officers and sets the scale and structure of their compensation. As part of its role of overseeing the scale and structure of the compensation paid to our executive officers, the Remuneration Committee approves their service agreements with our subsidiaries and any bonus paid by our subsidiaries to such officers. The current members of the Remuneration Committee are our three non-executive directors, Naresh Chandra, Dilip Thakkar and Michael Kirkwood.

Objectives of Our Compensation Programs

In determining the scale and structure of the compensation for executive directors and senior executives, the Remuneration Committee takes into account the need to offer a competitive compensation structure to attract and maintain a skilled and experienced management team. The Remuneration Committee creates competitive compensation programs by reviewing market data and setting compensation at levels comparable to those at our competitors. We believe that a compensation program with a strong performance based element is a prerequisite to obtaining our performance and growth objectives.

The main components of the compensation for our executive officers are a base salary, annual bonus and stock options.

The Remuneration Committee reviews these three compensation components in light of individual performance of the executive officers, external market data and reports provided by outside experts or advisors.

The compensation of our non-executive directors is set by our Board as a whole, after consulting with outside experts or advisors.

The following tables and footnotes show this information, and certain additional information disclosed voluntarily such as detail of annual compensation paid to our executive officers, included in our annual report and accounts for fiscal 2011 sent to shareholders on May 31, 2011.

 

     Year ended March 31, 2011                
     Salary      Director
Fees
     Benefits(1)      2011
Total
     2010
Total
 
     (in thousands)  

Kishore Lulla

   $ 664       $ 94       $ 13       $ 771       $ 859   

Vijay Ahuja

     297         94         8         399         401   

Jyoti Deshpande

     336         94         2         432         633   

Sunil Lulla(2)

     396         94         87         577         490   

Dilip Thakkar

     —           67         —           67         61   

Naresh Chandra

     —           106         —           106         61   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,693       $ 549       $ 110       $ 2,352       $ 2,505   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Health insurance, except for Sunil Lulla (see Note (2) below).

 

105


Table of Contents
(2) Sunil Lulla’s 2011 compensation consisted of the following (Indian Rupees translated to U.S. dollars at a rate of INR 45.5 per $1.00):

 

Basic salary

   $ 131,868.13   

Conveyance and car reimbursement

     32,967.03   

Medical reimbursements

     219.78   

Special pay

     230,549.45   

Service tax

     8,149.45   

Housing allowance

     79,120.88   

Director fees

     94,000.00   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 576,874.72   
  

 

 

 

The total compensation paid to our executive officers in fiscal 2011 was $3.6 million.

Eros India Incentive Compensation

On November 11, 2011, Eros India approved payment of an incentive bonus to Kishore Lulla and Sunil Lulla for services to Eros India of up to 1% of the net profits of Eros India in accordance with applicable India law. Any such incentive bonus shall be payable only as determined by the Board of Directors of Eros India from time to time. Kishore Lulla and Sunil Lulla will be eligible for this incentive bonus for a period of three years, until October 31, 2014.

Share-Based Compensation Plans

The compensation cost recognized with respect to all outstanding plans, which are all equity settled instruments, is as follows:

 

     As at March 31  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (in thousands)  

IPO Plan

   $ 26       $ 26       $ 25   

IPO India Plan

   $ 901       $ 283         —     

Management Scheme

     —           —         $ 1,105   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 927       $ 309       $ 1,130   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

This charge is included as administrative costs in our income statement. The fair value per share for each grant of options and the assumptions used in such calculation are as follows:

 

Scheme    IPO Plan
June 2006
    Management  Scheme
November 2007
    IPO India Plan  
         December 2009     August 2010  

Grant date

     27/06/06        15/10/2007        17/12/2009        12/8/2010   

Option strike price

     GBP 1.76        GBP 1.935        INR 117        INR 91   

Maturity (in years)

     10        5        5.25        5.25   

Expected term (in years)

     5        3        4        4   

Number of instruments granted

     187,314        1,078,750        1,729,512        83,628   

Share price

     GBP 1.724        GBP 4.330        INR 175        INR 175   

Expected volatility

     25.0 %(1)      25     75 %(1)      60

Risk free interest rate

     4.78     5.12     6.3     6.5

Expected dividend yield

     0     0     0     0

Average fair value of the granted options at the grant date

     GBP 0.626        GBP 2.667        INR 89        INR 78   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Range of values of the granted options at the grant date

     GBP 0.58-0.68        GBP 2.58-2.75        INR 75-100        INR 66-85   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The expected volatility for these two companies was arrived at by taking the weighted average share price movements of three peer companies as neither of these entities’ shares were listed at the date of grant.

 

106


Table of Contents

The IPO Plan

The IPO Plan was established to grant options to certain members of senior management involved with our initial public offering on the AIM. The performance criterion attached to the options was met when our shares were admitted to AIM. The options vest annually in tranches of one-fifth beginning June 27, 2007, and may also vest in connection with certain types of terminations of employment or other events. We do not intend to grant additional options under the IPO Plan.

The Management Scheme

Options granted under the management scheme vested annually in tranches of one-third beginning March 31, 2008 and were awarded to individuals based on the determination of the Remuneration Committee after accounting for our performance. All the share options granted under this scheme lapsed or were forfeited by the option holders.

The table below summaries the IPO Plan and the Management Scheme.

 

     2011      2010      2009  
     Number of
shares
     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Number of
shares
     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Number of
shares
    Weighted
average
exercise price
 

Outstanding on April 1

     187,314         GBP 1.76         187,314         GBP 1.76         1,266,064        GBP 1.91   

Lapsed

     —           —           —           —           (20,000     1.935   

Forfeited by the option holder

     —           —           —           —           (1,058,750     1.935   

Outstanding at March 31

     187,314         GBP 1.76         187,314         GBP 1.76         187,314        GBP 1.76   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercisable on March 31

     149,851         GBP 1.76         112,389         GBP 1.76         74,926        GBP 1.76   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The IPO India Plan

Eros India instituted an employee share option plan entitled “ESOP 2009,” or the IPO India Plan. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Eros India administers the IPO India Plan to eligible employees. The terms and conditions of the IPO India Plan are as follows:

 

     Shares of Eros India  
     2011     2010      2009  

Outstanding on April 1

     1,729,512        —           —     

Granted during the year

     83,628        1,729,512         —     

Lapsed

     (79,216     —           —     

Exercised

     —          —           —     

Outstanding on March 31

     1,733,924        1,729,512         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable on March 31

     330,059        —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The exercise price of employee options is based on factors such as seniority, tenure, criticality and performance of the employee. Based on the table above, the exercise price would be calculated at a discount of 0-50% on the fair share price, derived from an independent valuation, and vesting on the following schedule, subject to accelerated vesting in connection with certain types of terminations of employment or other events:

 

   

20% of the options vest 12 months after the grant date.

 

   

20% of the options vest 24 months after the grant date.

 

   

30% of the options vest 36 months after the grant date.

 

   

30% of the options vest 48 months after the grant date.

 

107


Table of Contents

The Share Grant Awards

On March 29, 2012, the Company approved a grant of up to 700,000 A ordinary shares, or the Share Grant Awards, to certain employees and directors of the Company and certain subsidiaries and holding companies of the Company. The Share Grant Awards are conditional upon the consummation of this offering. The Share Grant Awards will not exceed 1% of our issued share capital following this offering.

The Joint Share Ownership Plan

On March 29, 2012, the Company approved a joint share ownership program, or JSOP, pursuant to which certain employees and directors of the Company and certain subsidiaries and holding companies of the Company may acquire shares in the Company jointly with the trustee of the Company’s Employee Benefit Trust. Implementation of the JSOP is conditional upon the listing of our A ordinary shares on the NYSE and provides for acquisition of our A ordinary shares in an aggregate amount of up to 8% of our issued share capital following this offering. The ownership arrangements will be governed by deeds between each participant and the trustee. Over time and subject to certain conditions, if these shares increase in value from the time of purchase, the participant’s interest in those shares will increase proportionately. Over time, the participant may transfer or dispose of a portion of his or her interest in the shares subject to the occurrence of certain conditions set forth in the deed. Upon certain triggering events as specified in the deed, the trustee will have the option to acquire the beneficial interest belonging to the participant by paying the option price as determined pursuant to the formula set forth in the deed.

 

108


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

The following table and accompanying footnotes provide information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of March 23, 2012 with respect to:

 

   

each person or group who beneficially owns 5% or more of our issued ordinary shares;

 

   

each member of our Board of Directors and each named executive officer (as listed in the Summary Compensation Table under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”);

 

   

all members of our Board of Directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

the selling shareholder.

Beneficial ownership, which is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, means the sole or shared power to vote or direct the voting or dispose or direct the disposition of our ordinary shares. The number of our ordinary shares beneficially owned by a person includes ordinary shares issuable with respect to options or similar convertible securities held by that person that are exercisable or convertible within 60 days of the date of this prospectus.

The number of shares and percentage beneficial ownership of ordinary shares before this offering set forth below is based on 118,316,874 issued ordinary shares as of March 23, 2012. The number of shares and percentage beneficial ownership of the issued shares after the consummation of this offering is based on (a) A ordinary shares and (b) B ordinary shares immediately after consummation of this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their overallotment option.

As of March 23, 2012, 0.02% of our outstanding securities were held by 6 record holders in the United States.

Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the table, shares are owned directly or indirectly with sole voting and investment power, subject to applicable marital property laws.

 

109


Table of Contents
                Number of A
Ordinary  Shares
Beneficially Owned
Immediately After
Consummation
of this Offering
    Number of B
Ordinary Shares
Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
 
    Number of
Ordinary Shares
Beneficially Owned
Prior to the
Offering
    Number of A Ordinary
Shares Offered Hereby(10)
    Assuming the
Underwriters’
Overallotment
Option is Not
Exercised
    Assuming the
Underwriters’
Overallotment
Option is
Exercised in Full
       

Beneficial Owner

  Number
of Shares
    Percent
of Class
    Assuming
Underwriters’
Overallotment
Option is Not
Exercised
    Assuming
Underwriters’
Overallotment
Option is
Exercised in
Full
    Number of
Shares of
A
    Percent
of Class
    Number of
Shares of
A
    Percent
of
Class
    Number
of Shares
of B
    Percent
of Class
 

5% Beneficial Owners

                   

Kishore Lulla(1)(2)

    82,554,503        69.8                

Vijay Ahuja(3)

    79,866,959        67.5                

Sunil Lulla(4)(5)

    81,650,657        69.0                

Beech Investments(6)

    79,866,959        67.5                
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our Directors

                   

Kishore Lulla(1)(2)

    82,554,503        69.8                

Vijay Ahuja(3)

    79,866,959        67.5                

Sunil Lulla(4)(5)

    81,650,657        69.0                

Dilip Thakkar(5)

    *        *        —          —          *        *        *        *        —          —     

Naresh Chandra(5)

    *        *        —          —          *        *        *        *        —          —     

Michael Kirkwood(2)

    *        *        —          —          *        *        *        *        —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our Executive Officers

                   

Kishore Lulla(1)(2)

    82,554,503        69.8                

Vijay Ahuja(3)

    79,866,959        67.5                

Sunil Lulla(4)(5)

    81,650,657        69.0                

Ken Naz(7)

    *        *        —          —          *        *        *        *        —          —     

Surender Sadhwani(8)

    *        *        —          —          *        *        *        *        —          —     

Andrew Heffernan(2)

    *        *        —          —          *        *        *        *        —          —     

Pranab Kapadia(2)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Jyoti Deshpande(9)

    *        *        —          —          *        *        *        *        —          —     

Ricky Ghai(5)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Sean Hanafin(2)

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

All directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons)

    84,331,395        71.3                
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling Shareholder

                   

Beech Investments(6)

    79,866,959        67.5                
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Represents less than 1%.
(1) Kishore Lulla’s interest in shares is by virtue of his holding ownership interest in and being a potential beneficiary of discretionary trusts that hold our shares and serving as trustee of the Eros Foundation, a U.K. registered charity that holds our shares. The address of Kishore Lulla is Fort Anne, Douglas, Isle of Man IM15PD.
(2) The address of Andrew Heffernan, Pranab Kapadia, Sean Hanafin and Michael Kirkwood is 13 Manchester Square, London, United Kingdom W1U3PP.
(3) Vijay Ahuja’s interest in shares is by virtue of his being a potential beneficiary of discretionary trusts that hold our shares. The address of Vijay Ahuja is 10 Draycott Park, No. 07-07, Draycott 8, Singapore—259405.
(4) Sunil Lulla’s interest in shares is by virtue of his being a potential beneficiary of discretionary trusts that hold shares in the Company.
(5) The address of Sunil Lulla, Dilip Thakkar, Naresh Chandra and Ricky Ghai is 901-902, 9th Floor, Supreme Chambers, Veera Desai Road, Andheri (West) Mumbai, India.

 

110


Table of Contents
(6) Beech Investments Limited, c/o SG Hambros Trust Company (Channel Islands) Limited, 18 Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey, JE4 8RT. Beech Investments, a company incorporated in the Isle of Man, is owned by discretionary trusts that include Eros founder Arjan Lulla and Eros directors Kishore Lulla, Vijay Ahuja and Sunil Lulla as beneficiaries.
(7) The address of Ken Naz is 550 County Avenue, Secaucus, New Jersey 07094.
(8) The address of Surender Sadhwani is 529, Building No. 8, Dubai Media City, P.O. Box 502121, Dubai, U.A.E.
(9) Jyoti Deshpande, our former Chief Executive Officer, resigned on May 28, 2011. The address of Jyoti Deshpande is c/o Barclays, Lord Coutanche House, 66—68 The Esplanade, St Helier, Jersey JE4 5PS.
(10) Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, issued ordinary shares owned by the Founders’ Group convert into B ordinary shares.

 

111


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a description of transactions since March 31, 2008 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our issued share capital had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Family Relationships

Mr. Kishore Lulla, our director, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is the brother of Mr. Sunil Lulla, our director, and a cousin of Mr. Vijay Ahuja, our director and Vice Chairman, and of Mr. Surender Sadhwani, our President of Middle East Operations. Mr. Sunil Lulla is the brother of Mr. Kishore Lulla and a cousin of Mr. Ahuja and Mr. Sadhwani. Mr. Ahuja is a cousin of Mr. Kishore Lulla and Mr. Sunil Lulla. Mr. Sadhwani is a cousin of Mr. Kishore Lulla and Mr. Sunil Lulla. Mr. Arjan Lulla, our founder, the father of Mr. Kishore Lulla and Mr. Sunil Lulla, uncle of Mr. Ahuja and Mr. Sadhwani and an employee of Redbridge Group Ltd., is the Honorary President of Eros and a director of our subsidiary Eros Worldwide.

Leases

Pursuant to a lease agreement that expires on May 31, 2012, Eros India leases apartments for studio use 2,750 square feet of real property at Kailash Plaza, 3 rd Floor, Opp. Laxmi Industrial Estate, Andheri (W), Mumbai, from Mrs. Manjula K. Lulla, the wife of Mr. Kishore Lulla. The lease requires us to pay $5,659 each month under this lease. Pursuant to a lease that expires in October 2012, Eros India leases for use as executive accommodations the real property at Aumkar Bungalow, Gandhi Gram Road, Juhu, Mumbai, from Mr. Sunil Lulla. Beginning in October 2009, the lease requires us to pay $5,659 each month under this lease.

Pursuant to a lease that expires on May 31, 2012, we lease for studio use two apartments at Juhu Sangita Apartments (6A-4 and 6A-10), Juhu Tara Road, Juhu, Mumbai, from Meena A. Lulla, mother of Mr. Kishore Lulla and Mr. Sunil Lulla. Beginning in September 2011, the lease requires us to pay $849 each month, in the aggregate under this lease.

Pursuant to a lease that expires on March 31, 2012, we lease for studio use an apartment at Juhu Sangita Apartments (6A-5), Juhu Tara Road, Juhu, Mumbai, from Sunil Lulla. The lease requires us to pay $368 each month plus service tax.

Pursuant to a lease agreement that expires on March 31, 2015, we lease for our U.S. corporate offices, the real property at 550 County Avenue, Secaucus, New Jersey, from 550 County Avenue Property Corp, a Delaware corporation owned by Beech Investments and of which our President of Americas Operations Ken Naz serves as a director. The current lease commenced on April 1, 2010, and requires us to pay $11,000 each month.

Pursuant to a lease agreement that expires in March 2018, including renewal periods, we lease for our U.K. corporate offices, the real property at 13 Manchester Square, London from Linecross Limited, a U.K. company owned indirectly by a discretionary trust of which Mr. Kishore Lulla and Mr. Sunil Lulla are potential beneficiaries. The current lease commenced on November 19, 2009, and requires us to pay $129,230 each quarter. In addition, Eros Energy UK Ltd., of which Mr. Kishore Lulla is a director, subleases from us a part of the property at 13 Manchester Square, London.

Ayngaran

We accrued interest of $250,000 on loans advanced during fiscal 2010 to Ayngaran, our 51% owned subsidiary.

 

112


Table of Contents

Redbridge Group Ltd. Services

Pursuant to an agreement we entered into with Redbridge Group Ltd. on June 27, 2006, we agreed to pay an annual fee set each year by our Board of Directors of $333,333, $303,030 and $312,500 in fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011, respectively, for the services of Mr. Arjan Lulla, the father of Mr. Kishore Lulla and Mr. Sunil Lulla, uncle of Mr. Ahuja and Mr. Sadhwani and an employee of Redbridge Group Ltd. The agreement makes Mr. Arjan Lulla our honorary life president and provides for services including attendance at board meetings, entrepreneurial leadership and assistance in setting our strategy. Redbridge Group Ltd. is an entity owned indirectly by a discretionary trust of which Mr. Kishore Lulla and Mr. Sunil Lulla are potential beneficiaries.

Lulla Family Transactions

We have engaged in transactions with NextGen Films Pvt. Ltd., an entity owned by the husband of Puja Rajani, sister of Mr. Kishore Lulla and Mr. Sunil Lulla, each of which involved the purchase and sale of film rights. NextGen Films Pvt. Ltd. sold $8,154,944, $3,455,657 and $20,269,285 to us in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011 and the nine months ended December 31, 2011, respectively, and purchased from us approximately $20,387, $4,811,417 and $0 in fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011 and the nine months ended December 31, 2011, respectively.

We have also engaged in transactions with Everest Entertainment Pvt. Ltd. and Apollo United Limited, entities owned by the brother of Mrs. Manjula K. Lulla, wife of Mr. Kishore Lulla, each of which involved the purchase and sale of film rights. Everest Entertainment Pvt. Ltd. sold $932,926, $1,584,807, and $23,620 and $18,933 to us in fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010, fiscal 2011 and the nine months ended December 31, 2011, respectively, and purchased from us $6,136,595 in fiscal 2009. Apollo United Limited purchased from us $20,000,000 and $9,000,000 in fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2010, respectively.

Acquisition of Acacia Investments Limited

On April 11, 2008, we exercised a call option granted on June 27, 2006 and acquired Acacia Investments Limited from a family trust in which Mr. Kishore Lulla and Mr. Sunil Lulla are potential beneficiaries, for $10.8 million. Acacia Investments Limited is a dormant holding company and owns 24% of LMB Holdings Limited, which, through its subsidiaries, operates two satellite television channels, B4U Music and B4U Movies. Each of Mr. Arjan Lulla and Mr. Sunil Lulla hold approximately 0.06% interest in one of the B4U entities.

Ondra LLP

From October 2010 through January 2011, Ondra LLP, where Mr. Kirkwood is a member and serves as Chairman, was engaged by us to provide consulting services. Ondra LLP was paid $225,000 in the aggregate for its consulting services. The engagement was completed in January 2011.

Relationship Agreement

Both we and our subsidiaries, including Eros India, acquire rights in Indian movies. Under a 2009 Relationship Agreement among Eros India, Eros Worldwide and us, certain intellectual property rights and all distribution rights for Indian films (other than Tamil films) outside of the territories of India, Nepal and Bhutan held by the Eros India Group are assigned exclusively to Eros Worldwide. Eros Worldwide in turn is entitled to assign its rights to us and to other entities within the Eros group of companies, excluding the Eros India Group and Ayngaran and its subsidiaries, or the Eros International Group.

Eros Worldwide provides a lump sum minimum guaranteed fee to the Eros India Group for each Indian film (other than a Tamil film) assigned to it by Eros India under the Relationship Agreement, in a fixed payment equal to 30% of the production cost of such film, including all costs incurred in connection with the acquisition, pre-production, production or post-production of such film, plus an amount equal to 30% of such fixed payment. We refer to these payments collectively as the Minimum Guaranteed Fee. Eros Worldwide is also required to reimburse the Eros India Group for 130% of certain pre-approved distribution expenses in connection with such

 

113


Table of Contents

film. In addition, 30% of the gross proceeds received by the Eros International Group from exploitation of such films, after certain amounts are retained by the Eros International Group, are payable over to the Eros India Group. No share of gross proceeds from an Indian film is payable by the Eros International Group to the Eros India Group until the Eros International Group has received and retained an amount equal to the Minimum Guaranteed Fee, a 20% fee on all gross proceeds outside the territories of India, Nepal and Bhutan, including gross proceeds related to the exploitation of related film ancillary rights, and 100% of the distribution expenses incurred by the Eros International Group or for which Eros Worldwide has provided reimbursement to the Eros India Group.

Under the 2009 Relationship Agreement, the Eros India Group also assigns to Eros Worldwide all non-film music publishing rights. The non-film music publishing rights are the exclusive right to exploit, outside of the territories of India, Nepal and Bhutan, music compositions and performances held by the Eros India Group, other than such music publishing rights related to an Indian film (other than a Tamil film). Eros Worldwide is entitled to assign its non-film music publishing rights to us and the other entities within the Eros International Group. For such non-film music publishing rights, Eros Worldwide agrees to pay the Eros India Group 75% of the gross proceeds received related to such non-film music publishing rights, after certain amounts are retained by Eros International Group. Eros Worldwide is also required to reimburse the Eros India Group for 130% of certain pre-approved distribution expenses in connection with such non-film music publishing rights. No share of gross proceeds is payable by the Eros International Group to the Eros India Group until the Eros International Group has received and retained 100% of its distribution expenses incurred in connection with such non-film music publishing rights or for which Eros Worldwide has provided reimbursement to the Eros India Group. The initial term of the 2009 Relationship Agreement will expire in December 2014. Thereafter, the agreement will be automatically renewed for successive two year terms unless terminated by any party by 90 days’ written notice on or before commencement of any renewal term.

Beech Investments

Mr. Sadhwani is the beneficial owner of Victoria Landmark Global Holdings Limited, a Mauritian entity, which in fiscal 2011 received approximately $1.6 million from Ganges Green Energy Pvt. Limited in exchange for consultancy services. Ganges Green Energy Pvt. Limited is owned indirectly by an entity that indirectly owns 66% of Beech Investments and of which Mr. Kishore Lulla and Mr. Sunil Lulla are potential beneficiaries.

Eros Foundation

On October 6, 2011, we issued 750,000 ordinary shares to the Eros Foundation, a U.K. registered charity, for no consideration. Such shares were granted by our Remuneration Committee to Mr. Kishore Lulla and Mr. Sunil Lulla as compensation, each of whom directed the issuance of such shares to the Eros Foundation. Mr. Kishore Lulla and his wife, Mrs. Manjula K. Lulla, are trustees, but not beneficiaries, of the foundation.

Special Purpose Entities

During fiscal 2011, we entered into transactions with certain special purpose entities that had been incorporated to produce films within the U.K. Andrew Heffernan, our Chief Financial Officer and a director of various subsidiaries, previously served as a director for these special purpose entities. These special purpose entities include Iluminati Films Limited, Vijay Galani Movies Ltd. and Nadiadwala Grandson Entertainment Ltd.

During fiscal 2010, payments of $0.2 million were made to Illuminati Films Limited and fees for production services of $0.8 million were received. During fiscal 2010, payments of $1.5 million were made to Vijay Galani Movies Ltd. and fees for production services of $2.6 million were received. During fiscal 2010, payments of $5.1 million were made to Nadiadwala Grandson Entertainment Ltd. and fees for production services of $2.4 million were received.

Eros accrued for interest of $250,000 on loans advanced during 2010 to Ayngaran International Limited its 51% subsidiary. During 2010, the largest amount outstanding on these loans was $17.2 million.

 

114


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

We were incorporated in the Isle of Man as Eros International Plc on March 31, 2006 under the 1931 Act, as a public company limited by shares. Effective as of September 29, 2011, we were de-registered under the 1931 Act and re-registered as a company limited by shares under the 2006 Act. The 2006 Act provides that re-registration does not prejudice or affect in any way the continuity or legal validity of a company.

On December 31, 2011, our authorized share capital consisted of 200,000,000 ordinary shares, of GBP 0.10 par value per share, of which 118,316,874 ordinary shares were in issue. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, we will adopt articles of association pursuant to which, unless our Board of Directors shall otherwise direct, our authorized share capital will consist of GBP 25,000,000 divided into 250,000,000 ordinary shares designated as either A ordinary shares or B ordinary shares. The maximum number of B ordinary shares which may be issued is 81,650,657 B ordinary shares. On a poll, the holders of B ordinary shares will have ten votes per B ordinary share while the holders of A ordinary shares will have one vote per A ordinary share. The B ordinary shares will, immediately upon registration of such transfer, convert automatically into A ordinary shares if such shares are transferred to a person other than a permitted holder as set forth in our articles. In addition, if, at any time, the aggregate number of B ordinary shares in issue constitutes less than 10% of the aggregate number of A ordinary shares and B ordinary shares in issue, all B ordinary shares in issue will convert automatically into A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis. We have no convertible debentures or warrants outstanding.

The following is a description of the material provisions of our ordinary shares and the other material terms of our articles of association to take effect upon the consummation of this offering, and certain provisions of Isle of Man law. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our articles of association, copies of which have been or will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Board of Directors

Under our articles of association, the 2006 Act and the committee charters and governance policies adopted by our Board of Directors, our Board of Directors controls the business and actions of the Company. Our Board of Directors consists of between three and twelve directors and will be divided into three staggered classes of directors of the same or nearly the same number. At each annual general meeting, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. No director may participate in any approval of a transaction in which he or she is interested. The directors receive a fee determined by the Board of Directors for their services as directors and such fees are distinct from any salary, remuneration or other amounts that may be payable to the directors under our articles. However, any director who is also an officer of the Company (or any of our subsidiaries) is not entitled to any such director fees but may be paid a salary and/or remuneration for holding any employment or executive office, in accordance with the articles. Our directors are entitled to be repaid all reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of their duties as directors. There is no age limit for retirement of our directors.

Our articles provide that the quorum necessary for the transaction of business may be determined by our Board of Directors and, in the absence of such determination, is the majority of the members of the Board of Directors. Subject to the provisions of the 2006 Act, the directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money, guarantee, indemnify and to mortgage or charge Company assets.

Ordinary Shares

Dividends

Holders of our A ordinary shares and B ordinary shares whose names appear on the register on the date on which a dividend is declared by our Board of Directors are entitled to such dividends according to the

 

115


Table of Contents

shareholders’ respective rights and interests in the profits of the Company and subject to the satisfaction of the solvency test contained in the 2006 Act. Any such dividend is payable on the date declared by our Board of Directors, or on any other date specified by our Board of Directors. Under the 2006 Act, a company satisfies the solvency test if (a) it is able to pay its debts as they become due in the normal course of its business and (b) the value of its assets exceeds the value of its liabilities. Under certain circumstances, if dividend payments are returned to the Company undelivered or left uncashed, the Company will not be obligated to send further dividends or other payments with respect to such ordinary shares until that shareholder notifies the Company of an address to be used for the purpose. In the discretion of the Board of Directors, all dividends unclaimed for a period of twelve months may be invested or otherwise used by our Board of Directors for the benefit of the Company until claimed (and the Company is not a trustee of such unclaimed funds) and all dividends unclaimed for a period of twelve years after having become due for payment may be forfeited and revert to the Company.

Voting Rights

Each A ordinary share is entitled to one vote on all matters upon which the ordinary shares are entitled to vote, and each B ordinary share is entitled to ten votes. In order to vote at any meeting of shareholders, a holder of B ordinary shares will first be required to certify that it is a permitted holder as defined in our articles.

General Meetings

Unless unanimously approved by all shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting, all general meetings for the approval of a resolution appointing a director may be convened by our Board of Directors with at least 21 days’ notice (excluding the date of notice and the date of the general meeting), and any other general meeting may be convened by our Board of Directors with at least 14 days’ notice (excluding the date of notice and the date of the general meeting). A quorum required for any general meeting consists of shareholders holding at least 30% of the issued share capital of the Company. The concept of “ordinary,” “special” and “extraordinary” resolutions is not recognized under the 2006 Act, and resolutions passed at a meeting of shareholders only require the approval of shareholders present in person or by proxy, holding in excess of 50% of the voting rights exercised in relation thereto. However, as permitted under the 2006 Act, our articles of association incorporate the concept of a “special resolution” (requiring the approval of shareholders holding 75% or more of the voting rights exercised in relation thereto) in relation to certain matters, such as directing the management of the Company’s business (subject to the provisions of the 2006 Act and our articles), sanctioning a transfer or sale of the whole or part of the Company’s business or property to another company (pursuant to the relevant section of the 1931 Act) and allocating any shares or other consideration among the shareholders in the event of a winding up.

Rights to Share in Dividends

Our shareholders have the right to a proportionate share of any dividends declared by the Company.

Limitations on Right to Hold Shares

Our Board of Directors may determine that any person owning shares (directly or beneficially) constitutes a “prohibited person” and is not qualified to own shares if such person is in breach of any law or requirement of any country and, as determined solely by the Board of Directors, such ownership would cause a pecuniary or tax disadvantage to the Company, another shareholder or other securities of the Company. Our Board of Directors may direct the prohibited person to transfer the shares to another person who is not a prohibited person. Any such determination made or action taken by our Board of Directors is conclusive and binding on all persons concerned.

Our articles also identify certain “permitted holders” of B ordinary shares. Any B ordinary shares transferred to a person other than a permitted holder will, immediately upon registration of such transfer, convert automatically into A ordinary shares. In addition, if, at any time, the aggregate number of B ordinary shares in issue constitutes less than 10% of the aggregate number of A ordinary shares and B ordinary shares in issue, all B ordinary shares in issue will convert automatically into A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis.

 

116


Table of Contents

Untraceable Shareholders

Under certain circumstances, if any payment with respect to any ordinary shares has not been cashed and we have not received any communications from the holder of such ordinary shares, we may sell such ordinary shares after giving notice in accordance with procedures set out by our articles to the holder of the ordinary shares and any relevant regulatory authority.

Action Required to Change Shareholder Rights or Amend Our Memorandum or Articles of Association

All or any of the rights attached to any class of our ordinary shares may, subject to the provisions of the 2006 Act, be amended either with the written consent of the holders of 75% of the issued shares of that class or by a special resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of shares of that class. Furthermore, our memorandum and articles of association may be amended by a special resolution of the holders of 75% of the issued shares.

Liquidation Rights

On a return of capital on winding up, assets available for distribution among the holders of ordinary shares will be distributed among holders of our ordinary shares on a pro rata basis. If our assets available for distribution are insufficient to repay all of the paid-up capital, the assets will be distributed so that the losses are borne by our shareholders proportionately.

Minority Shareholder Protections

Under the 2006 Act, if a shareholder believes that the affairs of the company have been or are being conducted in a manner that is unfair to such shareholder or unfairly prejudicial or oppressive, the shareholder can seek a range of court remedies including winding up the company or setting aside decisions in breach of the 2006 Act or the company’s memorandum and articles of association. Further, if a company or a director of a company breaches or proposes to breach the 2006 Act or its memorandum or articles of association, then, in response to a shareholder’s application, the Isle of Man Court may issue an order requiring compliance with the 2006 Act or the memorandum or articles of association; alternatively, the Isle of Man Court may issue an order restraining certain action to prevent such a breach from occurring.

The 2006 Act also contains provisions that enable a shareholder to apply to the Isle of Man court for an order directing that an investigation be made of a company and any of its associated companies.

Anti-takeover Effects of Our Dual Class Structure

As a result of our dual class structure, the Founders Group and our executives and employees will have significant influence over all matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. This concentrated control could discourage others from initiating any potential merger, takeover or other change of control transaction that other shareholders may view as beneficial.

U.K. Takeover Code

The City Code on Takeovers and Mergers, or the City Code, will apply to us, even after our admission to AIM is cancelled, if the UK Panel on Takeovers and Mergers deems that our place of central management and control is in the United Kingdom or the Isle of Man. Under the City Code, if an acquisition of interests in the A ordinary shares were to increase the aggregate holding of an acquirer and persons acting in concert with it to an interest in the A ordinary shares carrying 30% or more of the voting rights in the Company, the acquirer and, depending upon the circumstances, persons acting in concert with it, would be required (except with the consent of the Panel) to make a cash offer for the outstanding A ordinary shares at a price not less than the highest price paid for any interest in the A ordinary shares by the acquirer or persons acting in concert with it during the 12 months prior to the announcement of the offer. A similar obligation to make such a mandatory offer would also

 

117


Table of Contents

arise on the acquisition of an interest in A ordinary shares by a person holding (together with persons acting in concert with it) an interest in A ordinary shares carrying between 30% and 50% of the voting rights in the Company if the effect of such acquisition were to increase that person’s percentage of the voting rights.

Indian Takeover Regulations

The Takeover Regulations came into effect on October 22, 2011, superseding the earlier takeover regulations. For further discussion of these regulations, see “Regulations - Material Indian Regulation - Indian Takeover Regulations.”

Compulsory Acquisitions under the 2006 Act

Under the 2006 Act, where a scheme or contract involving the acquisition of a company’s shares has within sixteen weeks after the making of the offer been approved by the holders of not less than 90% in value of the shares affected, the acquiring party may, within eight weeks after the expiration of the sixteen-week period, by notice to the remaining shareholders compulsorily acquire their shares. The dissenting shareholders may, however, within one month of the date of the notice, apply to court for relief.

Differences in Corporate Law

The following chart summarizes certain material differences between the rights of holders of our A ordinary shares and the rights of holders of the common stock of a typical corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware that result from differences in governing documents and the laws of Isle of Man and Delaware.

 

    

Isle of Man Law

  

Delaware Law

General Meetings   

The 2006 Act does not require a company to hold an annual general meeting of its shareholders. Subject to anything contrary in the company’s memorandum and articles of association, a meeting of shareholders can be held at such time and in such place, within or outside the Isle of Man, as the convener of the meeting considers appropriate. Under the 2006 Act, the directors of a company (or any other person permitted by the company’s memorandum and articles of association) may convene a meeting of the shareholders of a company. Further, the directors of a company must call a meeting to consider a resolution requested in writing by shareholders holding at least 10% of the company’s voting rights. The Isle of Man Court may order a meeting of members to be held and to be conducted in such manner as the Court orders, among other things, if it is of the opinion that it is in the interests of the shareholders of the company that a meeting of shareholders is held.

 

Our articles require our Board of Directors to convene annually a general meeting of the shareholders at such time and place, and to consider such business, as the Board of Directors may determine.

   Shareholders of a Delaware corporation generally do not have the right to call meetings of shareholders unless that right is granted in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws. However, if a corporation fails to hold its annual meeting within a period of 30 days after the date designated for the annual meeting, or if no date has been designated for a period of 13 months after its last annual meeting, the Delaware Court of Chancery may order a meeting to be held upon the application of a shareholder.

 

118


Table of Contents
    

Isle of Man Law

  

Delaware Law

Quorum Requirements for General Meetings    The 2006 Act provides that a quorum at a general meeting of shareholders may be fixed by the articles. Our articles provide a quorum required for any general meeting consists of shareholders holding at least 30% of the issued share capital of the Company.    A Delaware corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws can specify the number of shares that constitute the quorum required to conduct business at a meeting, provided that in no event will a quorum consist of less than one-third of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting.
Board of Directors    Our articles provide that unless and until otherwise determined by our Board of Directors, the number of directors will not be less than three or more than 12, with the exact number to be set from time to time by the Board of Directors. While there is no concept of dividing a board of directors into classes under Isle of Man law, there is nothing to prohibit a company from doing so. Consequently, under our articles, our Board of Directors is divided into three classes, each as nearly equal in number as possible and at each annual general meeting, each of the directors of the relevant class the term of which shall then expire shall be eligible for re-election to the Board of Directors for a period of three years.    A typical certificate of incorporation and bylaws would provide that the number of directors on the board of directors will be fixed from time to time by a vote of the majority of the authorized directors. Under Delaware law, a board of directors can be divided into up to three classes.
Removal of Directors   

Under Isle of Man law, notwithstanding anything in the memorandum or articles or in any agreement between a company and its directors, a director may be removed from office by way of shareholder resolution. Such resolution may only be passed (a) at a meeting of the shareholders called for such purposes including the removal of the director or (b) by a written resolution consented to by a shareholder or shareholders holding at least 75% of the voting rights.

 

The 2006 Act provides that a director may be removed from office by a resolution of the directors if the directors are expressly given such authority in the memorandum or articles, but our articles do not provide this authority.

   A typical certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that, subject to the rights of holders of any preferred stock, directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority, or in some instances a supermajority, of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. A certificate of incorporation could also provide that such a right is only exercisable when a director is being removed for cause (removal of a director only for cause is the default rule in the case of a classified board).

 

119


Table of Contents
    

Isle of Man Law

  

Delaware Law

Vacancy of Directors   

Subject to any contrary provisions in a company’s memorandum or articles of association, a person may be appointed as a director (either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director) by a resolution of the directors or by a resolution of the shareholders.

 

Our articles provide that any vacancy resulting from, among other things, removal, resignation, conviction and disqualification, may be filled by another person willing to act as a director by way of shareholder resolution or resolution of our Board of Directors. Any director appointed by the Board of Directors will hold office only until the next annual general meeting of the Company, when he will be subject to retirement or re-election.

   A typical certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that, subject to the rights of the holders of any preferred stock, any vacancy, whether arising through death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal, an increase in the number of directors or any other reason, may be filled by a majority vote of the remaining directors, even if such directors remaining in office constitute less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director. Any newly elected director usually holds office for the remainder of the full term expiring at the annual meeting of shareholders at which the term of the class of directors to which the newly elected director has been elected expires.
Interested Director Transactions    Under Isle of Man law, as soon as a director becomes aware of the fact that he is interested in a transaction entered into or to be entered into by the company, he must disclose this interest to the board of directors. Our articles provide that no director may participate in approval of a transaction in which he or she is interested.    Under Delaware law, some contracts or transactions in which one or more of a Delaware corporation’s directors has an interest are not void or voidable because of such interest provided that some conditions, such as obtaining the required approval and fulfilling the requirements of good faith and full disclosure, are met. For an interested director transaction not to be voided, either the shareholders or the board of directors must approve in good faith any such contract or transaction after full disclosure of the material facts or the contract or transaction must have been “fair” as to the corporation at the time it was approved. If board or committee approval is sought, the contract or transaction must be approved in good faith by a majority of disinterested directors after full disclosure of material facts, even though less than a majority of a quorum.

 

120


Table of Contents
    

Isle of Man Law

  

Delaware Law

Cumulative Voting    There is no concept of cumulative voting under Isle of Man law.    Delaware law does not require that a Delaware corporation provide for cumulative voting. However, the certificate of incorporation of a Delaware corporation may provide that shareholders of any class or classes or of any series may vote cumulatively either at all elections or at elections under specified circumstances.
Shareholder Action Without a Meeting    A written resolution will be passed if it is consented to in writing by shareholders holding in excess of 50% of the rights to vote on such resolution. The consent may be in the form of counterparts, and our articles provide that, in such circumstances, the resolution takes effect on the earliest date upon which shareholders holding a sufficient number of votes to constitute a resolution of shareholders have consented to the resolution in writing. Any holder of B ordinary shares consenting to a resolution in writing is first required to certify that it is a permitted holder as defined in our articles. If any written resolution of the shareholders of the company is adopted otherwise than by unanimous written consent, a copy of such resolution must be sent to all shareholders not consenting to such resolution upon it taking effect.    Unless otherwise specified in a Delaware corporation’s certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken by shareholders at an annual or special meeting may be taken by shareholders without a meeting, without notice and without a vote, if consents, in writing, setting forth the action, are signed by shareholders with not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize the action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote were present and voted. All consents must be dated. No consent is effective unless, within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action are delivered to the corporation.
Business Combinations    Under Isle of Man law, a merger or consolidation must be approved by, among other things, the directors of the company and by shareholders holding at least 75% of the voting rights. A scheme of arrangement (which includes, among other things, a sale or transfer of the assets of the company) must be approved by, among other things, the directors of the company, a 75% shareholder majority and also requires the sanction of the court.    With certain exceptions, a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all the assets of a Delaware corporation must be approved by the board of directors and a majority (unless the certificate of incorporation requires a higher percentage) of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.

 

121


Table of Contents
    

Isle of Man Law

  

Delaware Law

Interested Shareholders    There are no equivalent provisions under Isle of Man law relating to interested shareholders.   

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in specified corporate transactions (such as mergers, stock and asset sales and loans) with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the time that the shareholder becomes an interested shareholder. Subject to specified exceptions, an “interested shareholder” is a person or group that owns 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock (including any rights to acquire stock pursuant to an option, warrant, agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion or exchange rights, and stock with respect to which the person has voting rights only), or is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the voting stock at any time within the previous three years.

 

A Delaware corporation may elect to “opt out” of, and not be governed by, Section 203 through a provision in either its original certificate of incorporation or its bylaws, or an amendment to its original certificate or bylaws that was approved by majority shareholder vote. With a limited exception, this amendment would not become effective until 12 months following its adoption.

Limitations on Personal Liability of Directors    Under Isle of Man law, a director who vacates office remains liable under any provisions of the 2006 Act that impose liabilities on a director in respect of any acts or omissions or decisions made while that person was a director.    A Delaware corporation may include in its certificate of incorporation provisions limiting the personal liability of its directors to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for many types of breach of fiduciary duty. However, these

 

122


Table of Contents
    

Isle of Man Law

  

Delaware Law

      provisions may not limit liability for any breach of the duty of loyalty, acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, the authorization of unlawful dividends, shares repurchases or shares barring redemptions, or any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. A typical certificate of incorporation would also provide that if Delaware law is amended so as to allow further elimination of, or limitations on, director liability, then the liability of directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law as so amended. However, these provisions would not be likely to bar claims arising under U.S. federal securities laws.
Indemnification of Directors and Officers   

A company may indemnify against all expenses, any person who is or was a party, or is threatened to be made a party to any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceedings (threatened, pending or completed), by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director of the company, or who is or was, at the request of the company, serving as a director or acting for another company.

 

Any indemnity given will be void and of no effect unless such person acted honestly and in good faith and in what such person believed to be in the best interests of the company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct of such person was unlawful.

  

Under Delaware law, subject to specified limitations in the case of derivative suits brought by a corporation’s shareholders in its name, a corporation may indemnify any person who is made a party to any third party action, suit or proceeding on account of being a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation (or was serving at the request of the corporation in such capacity for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) against expenses, including attorney’s fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the action, suit or proceeding through, among other things, a majority vote of directors who were not parties to the suit or proceeding (even though less than a quorum), if the person:

 

123


Table of Contents
    

Isle of Man Law

  

Delaware Law

     

 

•    acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation or, in some circumstances, at least not opposed to its best interests; and

 

•    in a criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

Delaware law permits indemnification by a corporation under similar circumstances for expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such persons in connection with the defense or settlement of a derivative action or suit, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the person is adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which the action or suit was brought determines upon application that the person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for the expenses which the court deems to be proper.

 

To the extent a director, officer, employee or agent is successful in the defense of such an action, suit or proceeding, the corporation is required by Delaware law to indemnify such person for reasonable expenses incurred thereby. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by such persons in defending any action, suit or proceeding may be paid in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by

 

124


Table of Contents
    

Isle of Man Law

  

Delaware Law

     

or on behalf of that person to repay the amount if it is ultimately determined that that person is not entitled to be so indemnified.

Appraisal Rights    There is no concept of appraisal rights under Isle of Man law.    A shareholder of a Delaware corporation participating in certain major corporate transactions may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights pursuant to which the shareholder may receive cash in the amount of the fair value of the shares held by that shareholder (as determined by a court) in lieu of the consideration the shareholder would otherwise receive in the transaction.
Shareholder Suits   

The Isle of Man Court may, on application of a shareholder, permit that shareholder to bring proceedings in the name and on behalf of the company (including intervening in proceedings to which the company is a party). In determining whether or not leave is to be granted, the Isle of Man Court will take into account such things as whether the shareholder is acting in good faith and whether the Isle of Man Court itself is satisfied that it is in the interests of the company that the conduct of the proceedings should not be left to the directors or to the determination of the shareholders as a whole.

 

Under Isle of Man law, a shareholder may bring an action against the company for a breach of a duty owed by the company to such shareholder in that capacity.

   Under Delaware law, a shareholder may bring a derivative action on behalf of the corporation to enforce the rights of the corporation, including for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. An individual also may commence a class action suit on behalf of himself or herself and other similarly situated shareholders where the requirements for maintaining a class action under Delaware law have been met. A person may institute and maintain such a suit only if such person was a shareholder at the time of the transaction which is the subject of the suit or his or her shares thereafter devolved upon him or her by operation of law. Additionally, under established Delaware case law, the plaintiff generally must be a shareholder not only at the time of the transaction which is the subject of the suit, but also through the duration of the derivative suit. Delaware law also requires that the derivative plaintiff make a demand on the directors of the corporation

 

125


Table of Contents
    

Isle of Man Law

  

Delaware Law

      to assert the corporate claim before the suit may be prosecuted by the derivative plaintiff, unless such demand would be futile. In such derivative and class actions, the court has discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such action.
Inspection of Books and Records   

Upon giving written notice, a shareholder is entitled to inspect and to make copies of (or obtain extracts of) the memorandum and articles and any of the registers of shareholders, directors and charges. A shareholder may only inspect the accounting records (and make copies or take extracts thereof) in certain circumstances.

 

Our articles provide that no shareholder has any right to inspect any accounting record or other document of the company unless he is authorized to do so by statute, by order of the Isle of Man Court, by our Board of Directors or by shareholder resolution.

   All shareholders of a Delaware corporation have the right, upon written demand, to inspect or obtain copies of the corporation’s shares ledger and its other books and records for any purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a shareholder.
Amendment of Governing Documents    Under Isle of Man law, the shareholders of a company may, by resolution, amend the memorandum and articles of the company. The memorandum and articles of a company may authorize the directors to amend the memorandum and articles, but our memorandum and articles do not contain any such power. Our memorandum of association provides that our memorandum of association and articles of association may be amended by a special resolution of shareholders.    Under Delaware law, amendments to a corporation’s certificate of incorporation require the approval of shareholders holding a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment. If a class vote on the amendment is required by Delaware law, a majority of the outstanding stock of the class is required, unless a greater proportion is specified in the certificate of incorporation or by other provisions of Delaware law. Under Delaware law, the board of directors may amend bylaws if so authorized in the certificate of incorporation. The shareholders of a Delaware corporation also have the power to amend bylaws.

 

126


Table of Contents
    

Isle of Man Law

  

Delaware Law

Dividends and Repurchases   

The 2006 Act contains a statutory solvency test. A company satisfies the solvency test if it is able to pay its debts as they become due in the normal course of its business and where the value of the company’s assets exceeds the value of its liabilities.

 

Subject to the satisfaction of the solvency test and any contrary provision contained in a company’s articles, a company may, by a resolution of the directors, declare and pay dividends. Our articles provide that where the solvency test has been satisfied, our Board of Directors may declare and pay dividends (including interim dividends) out of our profits to shareholders according to their respective rights and interests in the profits of the company.

 

Under Isle of Man law, a company may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire its own shares for any consideration, subject to, among other things, satisfaction of the solvency test.

  

Delaware law permits a corporation to declare and pay dividends out of statutory surplus or, if there is no surplus, out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or for the preceding fiscal year as long as the amount of capital of the corporation following the declaration and payment of the dividend is not less than the aggregate amount of the capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets.

 

Under Delaware law, any corporation may purchase or redeem its own shares, except that generally it may not purchase or redeem those shares if the capital of the corporation is impaired at the time or would become impaired as a result of the redemption. A corporation may, however, purchase or redeem capital shares that are entitled upon any distribution of its assets to a preference over another class or series of its shares if the shares are to be retired and the capital reduced.

Changes in Capital

The conditions in our articles of association governing changes in capital are not more stringent than as required under the 2006 Act. Our articles of association provide that our directors may, by resolution, alter our share capital. The 2006 Act subjects any reduction of share capital to the statutory solvency test. The 2006 Act provides that a company satisfies the solvency test if it is able to pay its debts as they become due in the normal course of the company’s business and where the value of the company’s assets exceeds the value of its liabilities.

 

127


Table of Contents

History of Share Capital

The following table and footnotes provides a summary of the issue of our ordinary shares since April 1, 2008.

 

     Issued Share Capital  

As at April 1, 2008

     113,494,299   

April 10, 2008(1)

     1,783,698   

June 29, 2009(2)

     117,303   

August 13, 2009(3)

     738,458   

June 1, 2011(4)

     107,776   

October 3, 2011(5)

     2,075,340   
  

 

 

 

As at March 23, 2012

     118,316,874   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Shares issued in respect of the acquisition of Acacia Investments. The purchase price for the shares of Acacia Investments pursuant to the option was $10,815,017, representing a 10% premium to the par value of the shares (plus accrued interest as at the date of the exercise), and was satisfied by the issue of 1,783,698 ordinary shares based on the mid-market price of $4.80 on April 10, 2008.
(2) Shares issued for employee bonus/remuneration at $1.25 a share based on the mid-market price on May 6, 2009 (the grant date).
(3) Shares issued for senior executive bonus/remuneration at $1.25 a share based on the mid-market price on May 6, 2009 (the grant date).
(4) Shares issued for employee bonus/remuneration issued at $3.60 a share based the mid-market price on May 31, 2011 (the grant date).
(5) Shares issued to employees and directors as bonus/remuneration at $3.33 a share based on the mid-market price on October 3, 2011 (the grant date).

 

128


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon completion of this offering, our issued share capital will be as follows:            A ordinary shares and            B ordinary shares. Within seven days of the completion of this offering, pursuant to the Consulting Agreement, Jyoti Deshpande will be issued A ordinary shares valued at $2,000,000 and a possible discretionary bonus in A ordinary shares. For additional information, see “Management—Consultant Services Agreement.” All of the A ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of our A ordinary shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our A ordinary shares. Our ordinary shares are currently admitted to AIM but, following completion of this offering, the admission of the ordinary shares to AIM will be cancelled. Conversion of our currently issued ordinary shares into A ordinary shares and B ordinary shares was approved by our shareholders on              and will become effective upon completion of this offering. While application has been made for our A ordinary shares to be listed on the NYSE, a regular trading market may not develop in our A ordinary shares.

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with this offering, we and the selling shareholder, our executive officers and directors and certain holders who are our current or former employees have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of our A ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common shares for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in certain circumstances, without the prior written consent of             . For additional information, see “Underwriting.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned our restricted securities for at least six months is entitled to sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act, subject to certain restrictions. Persons who are our affiliates (including persons beneficially owning 10% or more of our issued A and B ordinary shares) may sell within any three-month period a number of restricted securities that does not exceed the greater of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of our issued A and B ordinary shares, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering; and

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our A ordinary shares on the NYSE preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

Such sales are also subject to manner-of-sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. Persons who are not our affiliates and have beneficially owned our restricted securities for more than six months but not more than one year may sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act subject to the availability of current public information about us. Persons who are not our affiliates and have beneficially owned our restricted securities for more than one year may freely sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our A ordinary shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock plan or other written agreement executed prior to the completion of this offering is eligible to resell such A ordinary shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

 

129


Table of Contents

MATERIAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

Summary of Material Indian Tax Considerations

The discussion contained herein is based on the applicable tax laws of India as in effect on the date hereof and is subject to possible changes in Indian law that may come into effect after such date. The information set forth below is intended to be a general discussion only. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisers as to the consequences of purchasing the A ordinary shares, including, without limitation, the consequences of the receipt of dividend and the sale, transfer or disposition of the ordinary shares.

Based on the fact that Eros is considered for tax purposes as a company domiciled abroad, any dividend income in respect of A ordinary shares will not be subject to any withholding or deduction in respect of Indian income tax laws. Further, pursuant to the 2012 Finance Bill presented to the Indian Parliament in March 2012, which proposes to amend the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, income arising directly or indirectly through the sale of an asset or a capital asset, including any share or interest in a company or entity registered or incorporated outside India, will be liable to tax in India, regardless of the tax residence of the seller, if such share or interest derives, directly or indirectly, its value substantially from assets located in India. Accordingly, a sale of A ordinary shares may become liable to Indian income tax, if the Indian tax authorities determine that such A ordinary shares being sold derive their value substantially from assets located in India. The term “substantially’’ has not, however, been defined under the proposed legislation, and the effect of this amendment and its enforcement is presently unclear.

Further, dividend payments to us by our Indian subsidiaries are subject to withholding of dividend distribution tax in India, at an effective rate of 16.61%, including applicable cess (Indian education tax) and surcharge.

Summary of Material Isle of Man Tax Considerations

Tax residence in the Isle of Man

The Company is resident for taxation purposes in the Isle of Man by virtue of being incorporated in the Isle of Man.

Capital taxes in the Isle of Man

The Isle of Man has a regime for the taxation of income, but there are no taxes on capital gains, stamp taxes or inheritance taxes in the Isle of Man. No Isle of Man stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax will be payable on the issue or transfer of, or any other dealing in, the A ordinary shares.

Zero rate of corporate income tax in the Isle of Man

The Isle of Man operates a zero rate of tax for most corporate taxpayers, including the Company. Under the regime, the Company will technically be subject to Isle of Man taxation on its income, but the rate of tax will be zero; there will be no required withholding by the Company on account of Isle of Man tax in respect of dividends paid by the Company.

The Company will be required to pay an annual corporation charge of approximately $388. It is part of an annual return fee, resulting in a total amount payable of approximately $497 per year.

Isle of Man probate

In the event of death of a sole, individual holder of the A ordinary shares, an Isle of Man probate fee or administration may be required, in respect of which certain fees will be payable to the Isle of Man government, subject to the fee. Currently the maximum fee (where the value of an estate exceeds $312,500) is approximately $1,000.

Summary of Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following summary describes the material United States federal income tax consequences associated with the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our shares as of the date hereof. The discussion set forth below

 

130


Table of Contents

is applicable only to U.S. Holders (as defined below) and does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to acquire the shares. Except where noted, this summary applies only to a U.S. Holder that holds shares as capital assets for United States federal income tax purposes. As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of a share that is for United States federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

This summary does not describe all of the United States federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the United States federal income tax laws, including if you are a broker, a dealer or trader in securities or currencies, a financial institution, a regulated investment company, a real estate investment trust, a cooperative, an insurance company, a pension plan, a tax-exempt entity, a person holding our shares as part of a hedging, integrated or conversion transaction, a constructive sale, a wash sale or a straddle, a person liable for alternative minimum tax, a person who owns or is deemed to own 10% or more of our voting stock, a person holding our shares in connection with a trade or business conducted outside of the United States, a partnership or other pass-through entity for United States federal income tax purposes, a U.S. expatriate or a person whose “functional currency” for United States federal income tax purposes is not the United States dollar. The discussion below is based upon the provisions of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and regulations (including proposed regulations), rulings and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be replaced, revoked or modified, possibly with retroactive effect, so as to result in United States federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.

If a partnership holds our shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partnership holding our shares or a partner of a partnership holding our shares, you should consult your tax advisors as to the particular United States federal income tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of the shares.

This discussion does not contain a detailed description of all the United States federal income tax consequences to you in light of your particular circumstances and does not address the effects of any state, local or non-United States tax laws. If you are considering the purchase, ownership or disposition of our A ordinary shares, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the United States federal income tax consequences to you in light of your particular situation as well as any other consequences to you arising under U.S. federal, state and local laws and the laws of any other applicable taxing jurisdiction in light of your particular circumstances.

Taxation of Distributions

Subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, rules discussed below, the gross amount of distributions on the shares will be taxable as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. Because we do not expect to keep track of earnings and profits in accordance with United States federal income tax principles, you should

 

131


Table of Contents

expect that a distribution in respect of the A ordinary shares will generally be treated and reported as a dividend to you. Such dividend income will be includable in your gross income as ordinary income on the day actually received by you or on the day received by your nominee or agent that holds the shares on your behalf. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations under the Code.

With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, certain dividends received in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013 from a qualified foreign corporation may be subject to reduced rates of taxation. A foreign corporation is treated as a qualified foreign corporation with respect to dividends paid by that corporation on shares that are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. We have applied to list A ordinary shares on the NYSE and expect such shares to be considered readily tradable on an established securities market. However, even if the shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, we will not be treated as a qualified foreign corporation if we are a PFIC for the taxable year in which we pay a dividend or were a PFIC for the preceding taxable year. Non-corporate holders that do not meet a minimum holding period requirement during which they are not protected from a risk of loss or that elect to treat the dividend income as “investment income” pursuant to Section 163(d)(4) of the Code will not be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation regardless of our status as a qualified foreign corporation. For this purpose, the minimum holding period requirement will not be met if a share has been held by a holder for 60 days or less during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend, appropriately reduced by any period in which such holder is protected from risk of loss. In addition, the rate reduction will not apply to dividends if the recipient of a dividend is obligated to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. This disallowance applies even if the minimum holding period has been met. You should consult your own tax advisors regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on dividends in light of your particular circumstances.

Subject to certain conditions and limitations imposed by United States federal income tax rules relating to the availability of the foreign tax credit, some of which vary depending upon the U.S. Holder’s circumstances, any foreign withholding taxes on dividends will be treated as foreign taxes eligible for credit against your United States federal income tax liability. The application of the rules governing foreign tax credits depends on the particular circumstances of each U.S. Holder. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with respect to specific classes of income. For purposes of calculating the foreign tax credit, dividends paid on the A Ordinary shares will be treated as income from sources outside the United States and will generally constitute “passive category income.” Further, in certain circumstances, you will not be allowed a foreign tax credit for foreign taxes imposed on certain dividends paid on the shares if you:

 

   

have held shares for less than a specified minimum period during which you are not protected from risk of loss, or

 

   

are obligated to make certain payments related to the dividends.

The rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex and involve the application of rules that depend on your particular circumstances. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under your particular circumstances.

Passive Foreign Investment Company

Based on the composition of our income and valuation of our assets, we do not believe we will be a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes for the 2012 taxable year, and we do not expect to become one in the future. However, because PFIC status is an annual factual determination that cannot be made until after the close of each taxable year and depends on the composition of a company’s income and assets and the market value of its assets from time to time, there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for any taxable year.

 

132


Table of Contents

In general, a non-United States corporation will be treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year in which:

 

   

at least 75% of its gross income is passive income (the “income” test), or

 

   

at least 50% of the value (determined based on a quarterly average) of its gross assets is attributable to assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income (the “asset” test).

For this purpose, passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties and rents (except for certain royalties and rents derived from the active conduct of a trade or business), certain gains from commodities and securities transactions and the excess of gains over losses from the disposition of assets which produce passive income. If we own, directly or indirectly, at least 25% (by value) of the stock of another corporation, we will be treated, for purposes of the PFIC tests described above, as directly owning our proportionate share of the other corporation’s assets and receiving our proportionate share of the other corporation’s income.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold our shares, you will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” received and any gain realized from a sale or other disposition, including a pledge, of shares, unless you make a “mark-to-market” election as discussed below. Distributions you receive in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions you received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or your holding period for the shares will be treated as excess distributions. Under these special tax rules:

 

   

the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over your holding period for your A ordinary shares,

 

   

the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income, and

 

   

the amount allocated to each other year will be subject to tax at the highest applicable tax rate in effect for corporations or individuals, as appropriate, for that taxable year and the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

The tax liability for amounts allocated to years prior to the year of disposition, or “excess distribution,” cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale of the shares cannot be treated as capital and will be subject to the “excess distribution” regime described above, even if you hold the shares as capital assets.

In addition, non-corporate U.S. Holders will not be eligible for reduced rates of taxation on any dividends received from us in taxable years beginning prior to January 1, 2013 if we are a PFIC in our taxable year in which such dividends are paid or in the preceding taxable year.

You will be required to file Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 annually regarding any distributions received on the A ordinary shares and any gain realized on the disposition of the A ordinary shares if you hold our A ordinary shares in any year in which we are classified as a PFIC, and other reporting requirements may apply.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds our A ordinary shares and any of our non-United States subsidiaries is also a PFIC, a U.S. Holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC for purposes of the application of these rules. Under these circumstances, a U.S. Holder would be subject to United States federal income tax on (i) a distribution on the shares of a lower-tier PFIC and (ii) a disposition of shares of a lower-tier PFIC, both as if such U.S. Holder directly held the shares of such lower-tier PFIC. You are urged to consult your tax advisors about the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries.

 

133


Table of Contents

In certain circumstances, in lieu of being subject to the excess distribution rules discussed above, you may make an election to include gain on the stock of a PFIC as ordinary income under a mark-to-market method, provided that such stock is regularly traded in other than de minimis quantities for at least 15 days during each calendar quarter on a qualified exchange, as defined in applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations. We have applied to list A ordinary shares on the NYSE and expect such shares to be “regularly traded” for purposes of the mark-to-market election.

If you make an effective mark-to-market election, you will include in each year that we are a PFIC, as ordinary income the excess of the fair market value of your A ordinary shares at the end of the year over your adjusted tax basis in the A ordinary shares. You will be entitled to deduct as an ordinary loss in each such year the excess of your adjusted tax basis in the A ordinary shares over their fair market value at the end of the year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. If you make an effective mark-to-market election, any gain you recognize upon the sale or other disposition of your A ordinary shares in a year in which we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income. Any loss will be treated as ordinary loss, but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election.

Your adjusted tax basis in the shares will be increased by the amount of any income inclusion and decreased by the amount of any deductions under the mark-to-market rules. If you make a mark-to-market election, it will be effective for the taxable year for which the election is made and all subsequent taxable years unless the A ordinary shares are no longer regularly traded on a qualified exchange or the Internal Revenue Service consents to the revocation of the election. A mark-to-market election should be made by filing IRS Form 8621 in the first taxable year during which the U.S. Holder held the A ordinary shares and in which we are a PFIC. A mark-to-market election would not be available with respect to a subsidiary PFIC of ours that a U.S. Holder is deemed to own for the purposes of the PFIC rules; accordingly, a U.S. Holder would not be able to mitigate certain of the adverse U.S. “excess distribution” federal income tax consequences of its deemed ownership of stock in our subsidiary PFICs by making a mark-to-market election. You are urged to consult your tax advisor about the availability of the mark-to-market election and whether making the election would be advisable in your particular circumstances.

Alternatively, holders of PFIC shares can sometimes avoid the rules described above by electing to treat such PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under Section 1295 of the Code. However, this option is not available to you because we do not intend to comply with the requirements, or furnish you with the information, necessary to permit you to make this election.

You are urged to consult your tax advisors concerning the United States federal income tax consequences of holding A ordinary shares if we are considered a PFIC in any taxable year.

Sale or Other Disposition of A ordinary Shares

For United States federal income tax purposes, you will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale or exchange or other taxable disposition of a A ordinary share in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized for the share and your tax basis in the A ordinary share, in each case as determined in United States dollars. Subject to the discussion above under “Passive Foreign Investment Company,” such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss. Capital gains of non-corporate U.S. Holders derived with respect to capital assets held for more than one year are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any gain or loss recognized by you will generally be treated as United States source gain or loss for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. You are encouraged to consult your tax advisor regarding the availability of the U.S. foreign tax credit in your particular circumstances.

 

134


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

In general, information reporting will apply to distributions in respect of our A ordinary shares and the proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our A ordinary shares that are paid to you within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless you are an exempt recipient. Backup withholding may apply to such payments if you fail to (i) provide a taxpayer identification number or (ii) certify that you are not subject to backup withholding. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exemption from backup withholding must provide such certification on Internal Revenue Service Form W-9. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the United States information reporting and backup withholding rules.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against your United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

Recent Tax Legislation

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or trusts will be subject to an additional 3.8% tax on all or a portion of their “net investment income,” which may include all or a portion of their dividends and net gains from the disposition of shares. If you are a U.S. Holder that is an individual, estate or trust, you should consult your tax advisors regarding the applicability of this tax to your income and gains in respect of your investment in the A ordinary shares.

 

135


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us, the selling shareholder and the underwriters, we and the selling shareholder have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us and the selling shareholder, the number of A ordinary shares set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Shares

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

Incorporated

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

UBS Securities LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the A ordinary shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We and the selling shareholder have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The selling shareholder may be deemed an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

The underwriters are offering the A ordinary shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the A ordinary shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us and the selling shareholder that the underwriters propose initially to offer the A ordinary shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. The underwriters may allow a discount not in excess of $         per A ordinary share to other dealers. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling shareholder. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option.

 

     Per Share      Without Option      With Option  

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to Eros

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling shareholder

   $         $         $     

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $             and are payable by us and the selling shareholder.

 

136


Table of Contents

Overallotment Option

We and the selling shareholder have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional A ordinary shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option solely to cover any overallotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We and the selling shareholder, our executive officers and directors and certain holders who are our current or former employees have agreed not to sell or transfer any ordinary shares or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with ordinary shares, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of                     . Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly

 

   

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any ordinary shares,

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any ordinary shares,

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any ordinary shares,

 

   

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any ordinary shares,

 

   

lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any ordinary shares,

 

   

request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the ordinary shares, or

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any ordinary shares whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to ordinary shares and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with ordinary shares. It also applies to ordinary shares owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. In the event that either (x) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period referred to above, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (y) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

New York Stock Exchange

We expect the shares to be approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “EROS.” In order to meet the requirements for listing on that exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell a minimum number of A ordinary shares to a minimum number of beneficial owners as required by that exchange.

Our ordinary shares have been quoted on AIM since July 4, 2006, under the symbol “EROS.” Before this offering, there has been no public market for our A ordinary shares in the United States. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations among us, the selling shareholder and the representative. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are

 

   

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies in the United States that the underwriters believe to be comparable to us,

 

137


Table of Contents
   

the price of our ordinary shares on AIM during recent periods,

 

   

our financial information,

 

   

the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete,

 

   

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues,

 

   

the present state of our development, and

 

   

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for our A ordinary shares listed on the NYSE may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the A ordinary shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the A ordinary shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our ordinary shares. However, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the A ordinary shares, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our A ordinary shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of A ordinary shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ overallotment option described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their overallotment option or purchasing A ordinary shares in the open market. In determining the source of A ordinary shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of A ordinary shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotment option. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the overallotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing A ordinary shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our A ordinary shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of A ordinary shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased A ordinary shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our A ordinary shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our A ordinary shares. As a result, the price of our A ordinary shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

 

138


Table of Contents

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our A ordinary shares. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as email.

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions. For example, affiliates of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and UBS Securities LLC act as lenders under our current revolving credit facility that matures in 2017. Affiliates of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. also serve as the counterparty to one of our swap agreements and as the paying agent for Eros India’s commercial paper facilities.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each a Relevant Member State, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, no offer of A ordinary shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

  (c) In any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of A ordinary shares shall require the Company or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State (other than a Relevant Member State where there is a Permitted Public Offer) who initially acquires any A ordinary shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that (A) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive, and (B) in the case of any A ordinary shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, the A ordinary shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the Subscribers has been given to the offer or resale. In the case of any A ordinary shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will

 

139


Table of Contents

be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the A ordinary shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discriminatory basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any A ordinary shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or sale.

The Company, the underwriters and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representation, acknowledgement and agreement.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of A ordinary shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of A ordinary shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the Company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the Company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the Company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71 EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in only with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The A ordinary shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the A ordinary shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, or the A ordinary shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular,

 

140


Table of Contents

this document will not be filed with, and the offer of A ordinary shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, or FINMA, and the offer of A ordinary shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of A ordinary shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The A ordinary shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the A ordinary shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the A ordinary shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

141


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of our A ordinary shares offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Cains Advocates Limited. Certain matters as to U.S. federal law and New York law will be passed upon for us by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, Los Angeles, California. Legal matters as to Indian law will be passed upon for us by Amarchand & Mangaldas & Suresh A. Shroff & Co., or Amarchand, and for the underwriters by S&R Associates. Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP may rely upon Cains Advocates Limited as to certain matters governed by Isle of Man law, and on Amarchand as to certain matters governed by Indian law. Certain legal matters as to Isle of Man law will be passed upon for the underwriters by Simcocks Advocates Limited. O’Melveny & Myers LLP will pass upon certain legal matters as to U.S. federal securities laws and New York State law for the underwriters in connection with the offering of the  A ordinary shares.

EXPERTS

Our consolidated financial statements at March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2011, included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton UK LLP, independent registered public accountants, or Grant Thornton UK, upon authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said reports.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

On May 12, 2011, Grant Thornton Isle of Man, or Grant Thornton IOM, resigned as our independent registered public accounting firm. The resignation of Grant Thornton IOM was not a result of any disagreements with Grant Thornton IOM on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure. Grant Thornton IOM’s reports on the financial statements of the Company for the years ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009 did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, nor were they qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles. In connection with the audited financial statements of the Company for the year ended March 31, 2011, there have been no reportable events with the Company as set forth in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

On May 12, 2011, our Board of Directors appointed Grant Thornton UK LLP as the Company’s new independent registered public accounting firm. The decision to engage Grant Thornton UK LLP was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors on May 28, 2011.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act that registers the shares of our A ordinary shares to be sold in this offering. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits and schedules, contains additional relevant information about us and our share capital. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit from this prospectus certain information included in the registration statement. For further information about us and our share capital, you should refer to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement. With respect to the statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any agreement or any other document, in each instance, the statement is qualified in all respects by the complete text of the agreement or document, a copy of which has been filed or will be filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In addition, upon the consummation of this offering, we will file reports, including Annual Reports or Form 20-F and other information with the SEC under the Exchange Act. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules of the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders under the

 

142


Table of Contents

federal proxy rules contained in Section 14(a), (b) and (c) of the Exchange Act, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. You may obtain copies of the information we file with the SEC by mail from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov .

 

143


Table of Contents

I NDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-3   

Consolidated Income Statements for the Years Ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Other Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended March  31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Years Ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-6   

Principal Accounting Policies

     F-9   

Consolidated Notes to the Financial Statements

     F-18   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

     F-42   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Income Statements for the Nine Months Ended December  31, 2011 and 2010

     F-43   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Other Comprehensive Income for the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010

     F-44   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended December  31, 2011 and 2010

     F-45   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Nine Months Ended December  31, 2011 and 2010

     F-46   

Condensed Consolidated Notes to the Unaudited Financial Statements

     F-48   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders

Eros International Plc

We have audited the accompanying statement of consolidated financial position of Eros International Plc (the “Company”) and subsidiaries (together, the “Group”) as at 31 March 2011, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated statements of income, other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows of the Group for each of the three years ended 31 March 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Eros International Plc and subsidiaries as of 31 March 2011, 2010 and 2009 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 March 2011, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON UK LLP

London, U.K.

October 15, 2011

 

F-2


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

AS OF MARCH 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

 

            As at March 31  
   Note      2011     2010     2009  
            (in thousands)  

ASSETS

         

Non-current assets

         

Property, plant and equipment

     8       $ 14,075      $ 5,433      $ 5,663   

Goodwill

     9         1,878        1,878        1,878   

Intangible assets – trade name

     9         14,000        14,000        14,000   

Intangible assets – content

     10         421,901        349,228        311,772   

Intangible assets – others

     11         698        692        933   

Available-for-sale investments

     12         25,556        26,581        25,170   

Deferred tax assets

     6         265        111        212   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 478,373      $ 397,923      $ 359,628   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current assets

         

Inventories

     14       $ 1,561      $ 1,794      $ 2,008   

Trade and other receivables

     15         57,659        54,795        55,930   

Current tax receivable

        6,081        3,452        2,122   

Cash and cash equivalents

     17         126,167        87,613        55,812   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        191,468        147,654        115,872   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

      $ 669,841      $ 545,577      $ 475,500   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

         

Current liabilities

         

Trade and other payables

     16       $ 23,197      $ 28,397      $ 19,570   

Short-term borrowings

     18         49,611        40,478        61,379   

Derivative financial instruments

     21         4,579        5,128        5,900   

Current tax payable

        429        363        443   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 77,816      $ 74,366      $ 87,292   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

         

Long-term borrowings

     18       $ 149,310      $ 151,441      $ 123,866   

Deferred tax

     6         17,340        12,581        6,916   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        166,650        164,022        130,782   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        244,466        238,388        218,074   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets

      $ 425,375      $ 307,189      $ 257,426   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EQUITY

         

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

         

Share capital

     20       $ 21,349      $ 21,349      $ 21,210   

Share premium

        128,296        128,296        127,321   

Translation reserve

        102        (270     (4,261

Reverse acquisition reserve

        (22,752     (22,752     (22,752

Other reserves

        56,893        6,817        4,863   

Retained earnings

        205,745        171,549        128,917   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        389,633        304,989        255,298   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non controlling interest

        35,742        2,200        2,128   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

      $ 425,375      $ 307,189      $ 257,426   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying accounting policies and notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

 

            Year ended March 31  
     Note      2011     2010     2009  
            (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Revenue

     1       $ 164,613      $ 149,729      $ 156,697   

Cost of sales

        (88,017     (81,710     (85,190
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

        76,596        68,019        71,507   

Administrative costs

        (19,225     (16,157     (20,501
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

        57,371        51,862        51,006   

Financing costs

     3         (3,570     (3,696     (3,111

Finance income

     3         1,986        1,387        1,850   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net finance costs

     3         (1,584     (2,309     (1,261

Impairment of available-for-sale financial assets

     12         —          (6     (1,347
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before tax

        55,787        49,547        48,398   

Income tax expense

     4         (8,237     (7,152     (7,571
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

      $ 47,550      $ 42,395      $ 40,827   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to:

         

Owners of the parent

        44,796        42,323        40,469   

Non-controlling interest

        2,754        72        358   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 47,550      $ 42,395      $ 40,827   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share (cents)

         

Basic earnings per share

     7         38.6        36.5        35.1   

Diluted earnings per share

     7         38.1        36.1        34.9   

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

 

            Year ended March 31  
     Note      2011     2010     2009  
            (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Profit for the year

      $ 47,550      $ 42,395      $ 40,827   

Reclassification of revaluation of freehold buildings

        (67     —          —     

Revaluation of freehold buildings

        —          —          300   

Reclassification of impairment of available-for-sale financial assets

        —          —          571   

Fair value adjustment of available-for-sale financial assets

     12         (3,045     1,181        —     

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

        376        3,991        (5,286

Reclassification of gains on cash flow hedges

        (3,068     (3,086     (590

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges

     21         3,617        3,859        (5,310
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the period

      $ 45,363      $ 48,340      $ 30,512   

Attributable to non-controlling interests

      $ 2,758      $ 72      $ 358   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to owners of Eros International Plc

      $ 42,605      $ 48,268      $ 30,154   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying accounting policies and notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

 

            Year ended March 31  
   Note      2011     2010     2009  
            (in thousands)  

Cash flow from operating activities

         

Profit before tax

      $ 55,787      $ 49,547      $ 48,398   

Adjustments for:

         

Depreciation

     8         928        1,030        1,196   

Share based payment

     2         927        309        1,130   

Amortization of intangibles

        68,114        57,464        57,099   

Non cash items

        —          1,114        81   

Net finance charge

     3         1,584        2,309        1,261   

Impairment of available-for-sale financial assets

        —          6        1,347   

Movement in trade and other receivables

        (2,618     5,049        (32,184

Movement in inventories

        248        335        37   

Movement in trade payables

        (7,873     3,990        2,141   

(Profit)/loss on sale of property, plant and equipment

        (193     110        —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

        116,904        121,263        80,506   

Interest paid

        (9,906     (9,757     (8,000

Income taxes paid

        (6,337     (3,230     (4,319
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from operating activities

      $ 100,661      $ 108,276      $ 68,187   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

         

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

        (9,964     (683     (1,775

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

        784        85        —     

Purchase of intangible film rights and related content

        (129,806     (81,464     (129,695

Purchase of intangible assets others

        (268     (58     (226

(Purchase)/Sale of available-for-sale financial assets

        (2,020     2        (13,220

Interest received

        1,942        1,387        1,785   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

      $ (139,332   $ (80,731   $ (143,131
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

         

Net proceeds from issue of share capital by subsidiary

        71,063        —          19   

Payment/(repayment) of short-term borrowings

        8,613        (20,901     12,179   

Repayment/(proceeds) from long-term borrowings

        (2,233     24,186        33,353   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from financing activities

      $ 77,443      $ 3,285        45,551   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

        38,772        30,830        (29,393

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

        (218     971        (2,496

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

        87,613        55,812        87,701   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

     17       $ 126,167      $ 87,613      $ 55,812   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying accounting policies and notes form an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

 

     Share
Capital
     Share
Premium
Account
     Translation
Reserve
    Retained
Earnings
    Reverse
Acquisition
Reserve
    Other
Reserves
    Total     Non-
Controlling
Interest
     Total
Equity
 
     (in thousands)  

Balance at March 31, 2010

   $ 21,349       $ 128,296       $ (270   $ 171,549      $ (22,752   $ 6,817      $ 304,989      $ 2,200       $ 307,189   

Revaluation adjustment of freehold buildings

     —           —           —          —          —          (67     (67     —           (67

Fair value adjustment of available-for-sale financial assets

     —           —           —          —          —          (3,045     (3,045     —           (3,045

Reclassification of gain on cash flow hedges

     —           —           —          —          —          (3,068     (3,068     —           (3,068

Fair value adjustment of cash flow hedge

     —           —           —          —          —          3,617        3,617        —           3,617   

Exchange difference on translating foreign operations

     —           —           372        —          —          —          372        4         376   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

     —           —           372        —          —          (2,563     (2,191     4         (2,187

Profit for the year

     —           —           —          44,796        —          —          44,796        2,754         47,550   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the period

     —           —           372        44,796        —          (2,563     42,605        2,758         45,363   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shares issued by subsidiaries(1)

     —           —           —          (11,527     —          52,639        41,112        30,784         71,896   

Share based payment

     —           —           —          927        —          —          927        —           927   

Balance at March 31, 2011

   $ 21,349       $ 128,296       $ 102      $ 205,745      $ (22,752   $ 56,893      $ 389,633      $ 35,742       $ 425,375   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) During the year ended 31 March 2011 the Group’s Indian subsidiary, Eros International Media Limited, completed an IPO resulting in an increase in the non-controlling interest in accordance with the policy set out in 3.2 to the principal accounting policies.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

 

     Share
Capital
     Share
Premium
Account
     Translation
Reserve
    Retained
Earnings
     Reverse
Acquisition
Reserve
    Other
Reserves
    Total     Non-
Controlling
Interest
     Total
Equity
 
     (in thousands)  

Balance at March 31, 2009

   $ 21,210       $ 127,321       $ (4,261   $ 128,917       $ (22,752   $ 4,863      $ 255,298      $ 2,128       $ 257,426   

Fair value adjustment of available-for-sale financial assets

     —           —           —          —           —          1,181        1,181        —           1,181   

Reclassification of gain on cash flow hedges

     —           —           —          —           —          (3,086     (3,086     —           (3,086

Fair value adjustment of cash flow hedges

     —           —           —          —           —          3,859        3,859        —           3,859   

Exchange difference on translating foreign operations

     —           —           3,991        —           —          —          3,991        —           3,991   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

     —           —           3,991        —           —          1,954        5,945        —           5,945   

Profit for the year

     —           —           —          42,323         —          —          42,323        72         42,395   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the period

     —           —           3,991        42,323         —          1,954        48,268        72         48,340   

Shares issued

     139         975         —          —           —          —          1,114        —           1,114   

Share based payment

     —           —           —          309         —          —          309        —           309   

Balance at March 31, 2010

   $ 21,349       $ 128,296       $ (270   $ 171,549       $ (22,752   $ 6,817      $ 304,989      $ 2,200       $ 307,189   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

 

     Share
Capital
     Share
Premium
Account
     Translation
Reserve
    Retained
Earnings
     Reverse
Acquisition
Reserve
    Other
Reserves
    Total     Non-
Controlling
Interest
     Total
Equity
 
     (in thousands)  

Balance at March 31, 2008

   $ 20,858       $ 127,321       $ 1,025      $ 87,318       $ (22,752   $ (571   $ 213,199      $ 1,751       $ 214,950   

Changes in equity for year ended March 31, 2009

     —           —           —          —           —          —          —          —           —     

Reclassification of impairment of available-for-sale financial assets

     —           —           —          —           —          571        571        —           571   

Revaluation adjustment of freehold buildings

     —           —           —          —           —          300        300        —           300   

Reclassification of gain on cash flow hedges

     —           —           —          —           —          (590     (590     —           (590

Fair value adjustment of cash flow hedge

     —           —           —          —           —          (5,310     (5,310     —           (5,310

Exchange difference on translating foreign operations

     —           —           (5,286     —           —          —          (5,286     —           (5,286
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

     —           —           (5,286     —           —          (5,029     (10,315     —           (10,315

Profit for the year

     —           —           —          40,469         —          —          40,469        358         40,827   

Total comprehensive income for the period

     —           —           (5,286     40,469         —          (5,029     30,154        358         30,512   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shares issued to minority in joint venture

     —           —           —          —           —          —          —          19         19   

Shares issued

     352         —           —          —           —          10,463        10,815        —           10,815   

Share based payment

     —           —           —          1,130         —          —          1,130        —           1,130   

Balance at March 31, 2009

   $ 21,210       $ 127,321       $ (4,261   $ 128,917       $ (22,752   $ 4,863      $ 255,298      $ 2,128       $ 257,426   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-8


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

1 NATURE OF OPERATIONS, GENERAL INFORMATION AND BASIS OF PREPARATION

Eros International Plc (“Eros”) and its subsidiaries’ (the “Group”) principal activities include the acquisition, co-production and distribution of Indian films and related content. Eros International Plc is the Group’s ultimate parent company. It is incorporated and domiciled in the Isle of Man. The address of Eros International Plc’s registered office is Fort Anne, Douglas Isle of Man IM1 5PD. Eros International Plc’s shares are admitted to trading on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange (“AIM”).

The consolidated financial statements of the Group and the Group’s interest in jointly controlled entities have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention on a going concern basis, with the exception of certain non-current assets and financial derivatives both of which are carried at fair value in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies.

The Group’s accounting policies as set out below have been applied consistently throughout the Group to all the periods presented, unless otherwise stated. The presentational currency of the Group is U.S. Dollars as this is the currency that the majority of its funding and transactions are denominated in. The Group’s functional currency is Indian Rupees (“INR”). However the Group’s major financial liabilities are borrowed in U.S. Dollars and also the Group is listed on AIM with foreign investments in equity by financial institutional investors. The Group therefore continues to use its presentational currency as U.S. Dollars.

The financial statements for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were approved for issue by the Group’s Board of Directors on October 15, 2011.

 

2 GOING CONCERN

The Group meets its day to day working capital requirements and funds its investment in content through a variety of banking arrangements and cash generated from operations. Under the terms of such banking arrangements the Group is able to draw down in the local currencies of its operating businesses. The amounts drawn by currency at March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are shown in Note 21.

The Facilities (as set out in Note 21) are subject to individual covenants which vary but include provisions such as a fixed charge over certain assets, total available Facilities against balance sheet value, net debt against earnings before interest, income, tax expense, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), and a negative pledge that restricts our ability to incur liens, security interests or similar encumbrances or arrangements on our assets. The Group is now cash generating before capital expenditure and is in full compliance with the covenants contained in its existing bank Facilities. As at March 31, 2011 the Group had $126.2 million of cash (2010: $87.6 million, 2009: $55.8 million), $72.8 million of net debt (2010: $104.3 million, 2009: $129.4 million) and undrawn amounts under the Facility of $26.1 million (2010: $24.1 million, 2009: $14.6 million).

The Group expects to renew or extend its borrowings as they reach maturity. The Group is currently in discussions to enter into new credit facilities to replace its three unsecured revolving credit facilities of $100 million, $25 million and $20 million, respectively, which mature between May and August 2012. The Group has received conditional commitment letters from existing and new lenders to provide a new credit facility on terms and conditions that are substantially similar to these existing credit facilities and expects to enter into a new long-term agreement reflecting these terms in the near future.

The Group is exposed to uncertainties arising from the global economic climate and also in the markets in which it operates. Market conditions could lead to lower than anticipated demand for the Group’s products and services and exchange rate volatility could also impact reported performance. The Directors have considered the impact of these and other uncertainties and factored them into their financial forecasts and assessment of covenant

 

F-9


Table of Contents

headroom. The Group’s forecasts and projections, taking account of reasonably possible changes in trading performance (and available mitigating actions), show that the Group will be able to operate within the expected limits of the Facilities and provide headroom against the covenants for the foreseeable future. For this reason the Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

 

3 SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

3.1. Overall Considerations

The significant accounting policies that have been used in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are summarized below. Financial statements are subject to the application of significant accounting estimates and judgments. These are summarized in Note 26.

 

3.2. Basis of Consolidation

In respect of the combination of Eros International Plc and Eros Worldwide FZ-LLC the principles of reverse acquisition accounting have been applied with Eros Worldwide FZ-LLC identified as the acquirer. Under the principles of reverse acquisitions, the cost of the acquisition is measured at the fair value of the notional number of equity instruments that would have been issued by the subsidiaries to the parent, Eros International Plc, in order to provide the resulting one hundred per cent ownership in Eros Worldwide FZ-LLC. The net assets of the parent are restated to fair value in the consolidated financial statements and the goodwill (if any) is calculated based on the difference between the cost of acquisition and the restated net assets of the parent.

The share capital and premium reported in the consolidated balance sheet is required to be that of the legal parent. However, it is also a requirement that the total of the issued equity instruments of the consolidated Group should reflect that of the legal subsidiaries plus the cost of the acquisition. To achieve this, a reverse acquisition reserve is created, being the difference between the required total of the Group’s equity instruments and the reported equity of the legal parent. The reported consolidated retained earnings are the consolidated retained earnings of the legal subsidiaries plus those of the legal parent subsequent to the reverse combination, plus the retained earnings of Eros Worldwide FZ-LLC at the date of the business combination.

The Group financial statements consolidate those of the Company and all of its subsidiary undertakings drawn up to the balance sheet date. Subsidiaries are entities over which the Group has the power to control the financial and operating policies so as to obtain benefits from its activities taking account of the provisions of IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial statements. Due to the nature of the Group’s activities, whereby it will enter in co-productions and other arrangements in order to source film and related content which sometimes involves the set-up of special purpose entities for individual film productions, it evaluates these arrangements also in the context of SIC-12 Consolidation—Special Purpose Entities and consolidates such entities where appropriate. The Group obtains and exercises control through voting rights.

Unrealized gains on transactions between the Group and its subsidiaries are eliminated. Unrealized losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Amounts reported in the financial statements of subsidiaries have been adjusted where necessary to ensure consistency with the accounting policies adopted by the Group.

Business combinations are dealt with by the purchase method. The purchase method involves the recognition at fair value of all identifiable assets and liabilities, including contingent liabilities of the subsidiary, at the acquisition date, regardless of whether or not they were recorded in the financial statements of the subsidiary prior to acquisition. On initial recognition, the assets and liabilities of the subsidiary are included in the consolidated balance sheet at their fair values, which are also used as the bases for subsequent measurement in accordance with the Group accounting policies. Goodwill is stated after separating out identifiable intangible assets. Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition cost over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Changes in controlling interest in a subsidiary that do not result in gaining or losing control are not business combinations as defined by IFRS 3. The Group adopts the “equity transaction method” which regards the transaction as a realignment of the interests of the different equity holders in the group. Under the equity transaction method an increase or decrease in the groups ownership interest is accounted for as follows:

the minority interest component of equity is adjusted to reflect the minority’s revised share of the net carrying value of the subsidiaries net assets;

the difference between the consideration received or paid and the adjustment to minority interests is debited or credited to a different component of equity – other reserves;

no adjustment is made to the carrying amount of goodwill or the subsidiaries net assets as reported in the consolidated financial statements

no gain or loss is reported in the income statement

 

3.3. Segment Reporting

IFRS 8 requires operating segments to be identified on the same basis as is used internally for the review of performance and allocation of resources by the Group chief executive. The revenues of films are earned over various formats; all such formats are functional activities of filmed entertainment and these activities take place on an integrated basis. The management team primarily monitors performance based on individual films or catalogs and resources are allocated on this basis. Certain resources such as publicity and advertising, and the cost of a film are also reviewed globally. The management team reviews the financial information on an integrated basis for the Group as a whole, with respective heads of business for each region and in accordance with IFRS 8, the Company provides a geographical split as it considers that all activities fall within one segment of business which is filmed entertainment.

Eros has identified four geographic areas, consisting of its main geographic areas (India, North America and Europe), together with the rest of the world.

 

3.4. Revenue

Revenue is recognized, net of sales taxes, when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the fees are fixed or determinable, the product or service is available for delivery and collectability is reasonably assured. The Group considers the terms of each arrangement to determine the appropriate accounting treatment.

The following additional criteria apply in respect of various revenue streams within filmed entertainment:

 

   

Theatrical – Contracted minimum guarantees are recognized on the theatrical release date. The Group’s share of box office receipts in excess of the minimum guarantee is recognized at the point they are notified to the Group.

 

   

Television – License fees received in advance which do not meet all the above criteria are included in deferred income until the above criteria is met.

 

   

Other – DVD, CD and video distribution revenue is recognized on the date the product is delivered or if licensed in line with the above criteria. Provision is made for physical returns where applicable. Digital and ancillary media revenues are recognized at the earlier of when the content is accessed or declared. Visual effects, production and other fees for services rendered by the Group and overhead recharges are recognized in the period in which they are earned and the stage of production is used to determine the proportion recognized in the period.

 

F-11


Table of Contents
3.5. Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Negative goodwill is recognized immediately after acquisition in the consolidated income statement.

 

3.6. Intangible Assets

Non-Current Intangible assets acquired by the Group are stated at cost less accumulated amortization less impairment except those acquired as part of a business combination, which are shown at fair value at the date of acquisition less accumulated amortization. Film production cost and content advances are transferred to film and content rights at the point at which content is available for exploitation. “Eros” (the “Trade name”) is considered to have an indefinite life and is held at cost less impairment.

Content

Investments in films and associated rights, including acquired rights and distribution advances in respect of completed films, are stated at cost less amortization less provision for impairment. Costs include production costs, overhead and capitalized interest costs net of any amounts received from third party investors. A charge is made to write down the cost of completed rights over the estimated useful lives except where the asset is not yet available for exploitation. In year ending March 31, 2009 the average life of the assets was considered to be the lesser of 5 years or the remaining life of the content rights. In 2010 the average life of the assets was revised and was extended to the lesser of 10 years or the remaining life of the content rights. In the event that the useful life had remained at five years as estimated previously, the amortization charge in the year ended 31 March 2010 would have been $5.1 million higher. For 2011 the estimate remains unchanged. The amortization charge is recognized in the income statement within cost of sales. The determination of useful life is based upon management’s judgment and includes assumptions on the timing and future estimated revenues to be generated by these assets – see further details in Note 26.3.

Trade name

“Eros” the Trade name is considered to have an indefinite economic life because of the institutional nature of the corporate brand name, its proven ability to maintain market leadership and the Group’s commitment to develop and enhance its value. The carrying value is reviewed at least annually for impairment and adjusted to recoverable amount if required.

Subsequent expenditure

Expenditure on capitalized intangible assets subsequent to the original expenditure is included only when it increases the future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates.

Internally generated assets

An internally generated intangible asset arising from the Group’s software development activities that is expected to be completed is recognized only if all the following criteria are met:

 

   

an asset is created that can be identified (such as software and new processes);

 

   

it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits; and

 

   

the development cost can be measured reliably.

When these criteria are met and there are appropriate resources to complete development, the expenditure is capitalized at cost. Where these criteria are not met development expenditure is recognized as an expense in the period in which it is incurred. Internally generated intangible assets are amortized over their useful economic life from the date that they start generating future economic benefits. The amortization charge is recognized within cost of sales.

 

F-12


Table of Contents
3.7. Impairment Testing of Goodwill, Other Intangible Assets and Property, Plant and Equipment.

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). As a result, some assets are tested individually for impairment and some are tested at cash-generating unit level. Goodwill is allocated to those cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from synergies of the related business combination and represent the lowest level within the Group at which management monitors the related cash flows.

Goodwill and Trade names are tested for impairment at least annually. All other individual assets or cash-generating units are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s or cash-generating unit’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value, reflecting market conditions less costs to sell, and value in use based on an internal discounted cash flow evaluation. Impairment losses recognized for cash-generating units, to which goodwill has been allocated, are credited initially to the carrying amount of goodwill. Any remaining impairment loss is charged pro rata to the other assets in the cash generating unit.

Film content costs are stated at the lower of unamortized cost or estimated recoverable amounts. In accordance with IAS 36, film content costs are assessed for indication of impairment on a catalog basis as the nature of the Group’s business, the contracts it has in place and the markets it operates in do not yet make an ongoing individual film evaluation feasible with reasonable certainty.

With the exception of goodwill, all assets are subsequently reassessed for indications that an impairment loss previously recognized may no longer exist.

 

3.8. Property, Plant & Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Land and freehold buildings are shown at what management believes to be their fair value, based on, among other things, periodic but at least triannual valuations by an external independent valuer, less subsequent depreciation for freehold buildings. Any accumulated depreciation at the date of revaluation is eliminated against the gross carrying amount of the asset and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of freehold land and buildings are credited to other reserves in shareholders’ equity. Decreases that offset previous increases are charged against other reserves.

Depreciation is provided to write off the cost of all property, plant and equipment to their residual value over their expected useful lives calculated on the historical cost of the assets at the following rates:

 

     Rate of
depreciation
% straight line

per annum

Freehold Building

     2-10

Furniture & Fixtures and Equipment

   15-20

Vehicles and Plant & Machinery

   15-40

Material residual value estimates are updated as required, but at least annually, whether or not the asset is revalued.

 

3.9. Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is defined as follows;

 

   

Finished goods – at purchase price, including appropriate labor costs and other overheads.

 

   

Raw materials – at purchase price.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Purchase price is assigned using a weighted average basis. Net realizable value is defined as anticipated selling price or anticipated revenue less cost to completion.

 

3.10.Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, other short-term highly liquid investments which are readily convertible into known amounts of cash and are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current liabilities on the balance sheet.

 

3.11.Borrowings

Borrowings are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortized cost with any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value recognized in the income statement within Finance costs over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Finance costs in respect of film productions and other assets which take a substantial period of time to get ready for use or exploitation are capitalized as part of the asset.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the balance sheet date.

 

3.12.Financial Assets

Financial assets are divided into the following categories:

Loans and receivables;

Held-to-maturity investments; and

Available-for-sale financial assets.

Financial assets are assigned to the different categories by management on initial recognition, depending on the purpose for which they were acquired. The designation of financial assets is re-evaluated at every reporting date at which a choice of classification or accounting treatment is available.

All financial assets are recognized when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial assets are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs. When the range of values arrived at do not allow a fair value to be stated with reasonable certainty the financial assets are stated at cost.

Loans and receivables

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. Trade receivables are classified as loans and receivables. Loans and receivables are measured subsequent to initial recognition at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment. Any change in their value through impairment or reversal of impairment is recognized in the income statement.

Provision against trade receivables is made when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due to it in accordance with the original terms of those receivables. The amount of the write-down is determined as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows.

Held-to-maturity investments

Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturities that the Group’s management has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity. They are included in non-current assets unless the investment is due to mature within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Available-for-sale financial assets

Available-for-sale financial assets include non-derivative financial assets that are either designated as such or do not qualify for inclusion in any of the other categories of financial assets. All financial assets within this category are measured subsequently at fair value, with changes in value recognized in other comprehensive income. Gains and losses arising from investments classified as available-for-sale are recognized in the income statement when they are sold or when the investment is impaired.

In the case of impairment of available-for-sale assets, any loss previously recognized in other comprehensive income is transferred to the income statement. Impairment losses recognized in the income statement on equity instruments are not reversed through the income statement. Impairment losses recognized previously on debt securities are reversed through the income statement when the increase can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized in the income statement.

The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as trading and available-for-sale securities) is based on quoted market prices at the balance sheet date. The quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price at the balance sheet date.

The fair values of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market are determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses its judgment to select a variety of methods and make assumptions that are mainly based on market conditions existing at each balance sheet date. The Group has used discounted cash flow analysis for various available-for-sale financial assets that are not traded in active markets.

An assessment for impairment is undertaken at least at each balance sheet date.

A financial asset is derecognized only where the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire or the financial asset is transferred and that transfer qualifies for derecognition. A financial asset is transferred if the contractual rights to receive the cash flows of the asset have been transferred or the Group retains the contractual rights to receive the cash flows of the asset but assumes a contractual obligation to pay the cash flows to one or more recipients. A financial asset that is transferred qualifies for derecognition if the Group transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset, or if the Group neither retains nor transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership but does transfer control of that asset.

 

3.13.Financial Liabilities

Financial liabilities are obligations to pay cash or other financial assets and are recognized when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial liabilities are recorded initially at fair value, net of direct issue costs.

A financial liability is derecognized only when the obligation is extinguished, that is, when the obligation is discharged or cancelled or expires. Changes in liabilities’ fair value that are reported in profit and loss are included in the income statement within finance costs or finance income.

 

3.14.Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging

The Group uses derivative financial instruments to reduce its exposure to interest rate movements. The Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for financial trading purposes.

Derivative financial instruments are classified as held-for-trading and recognized in the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives designated as hedging instruments are classified on inception as cash flow hedges, net investment hedges or fair value hedges.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recognized in equity, to the extent that they are deemed effective against the purpose for which the hedge was designated. Ineffective portions are immediately recognized in the income statement. When the hedged item affects profit or loss then the amounts deferred in equity are recycled to the income statement.

Changes in the fair value of any derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are immediately recognized in the income statement.

 

3.15.Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event and it is more likely than not that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligations. Provisions are measured at the Directors’ best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligations at the balance sheet date and are discounted to present value where the effect is material.

 

3.16.Leases

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are not transferred to the lessee are classified as operating leases. Payments under such leases are charged to the income statement on a straight line basis over the period of the lease.

 

3.17.Taxation

Taxation on profit and loss comprises current tax and deferred tax. Tax is recognized in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly in equity in which case it is recognized in equity.

Current tax is provided at amounts expected to be paid (or recovered) using the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantially enacted at the balance sheet date along with any adjustment relating to tax payable in previous years.

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. The following temporary differences are not provided for: the initial recognition of goodwill, of assets and liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit other than in a business combination and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse. Deferred income tax is provided at amounts expected to be paid (or recovered) using the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantially enacted at the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled in the appropriate territory.

Deferred income tax is recognized in respect of overseas subsidiaries except where the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred income tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which temporary differences can be utilized.

 

3.18.Employee Benefits

The Group operates defined contribution pension plans, healthcare and insurance plans on behalf of its employees. The amounts due are all expensed as they fall due.

In accordance with IFRS 2 Share Based Payments: the fair value of shares or options granted is recognized as personnel costs with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value is measured at the grant date and spread over the period during which the recipient becomes unconditionally entitled to payment unless forfeited or surrendered.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

The fair value of share options granted is measured using the Black Scholes model, each taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the grants are made. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the best available estimate of the number of options that are expected to become exercisable. None of the Group plans feature any options for cash settlements.

Upon exercise of share options, the proceeds received net of any directly attributable transaction costs up to the nominal value of the shares are allocated to share capital with any excess being recorded as additional paid in capital.

 

3.19.Foreign Currencies

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the prevailing exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated at the prevailing rates of exchange at the balance sheet date. Non-monetary items that are measured at historical cost in a foreign currency are translated at the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined.

Any exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items or on translating monetary items at rates different from those at which they were initially recorded are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they arise. Translation of non-monetary items are recognized in other comprehensive income unless they relate to a gain or loss on that non-monetary item, in which case such gains and losses are recognized in the income statement.

The assets and liabilities in the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries and related goodwill are translated at the prevailing rate of exchange at the balance sheet date. Income and expenses are translated at the average rate. The exchange differences arising from the retranslation of the opening net investment in subsidiaries are recognized in other comprehensive income and taken to the “Translation reserve” in equity. On disposal of a foreign operation the cumulative translation differences (including, if applicable, gains and losses on related hedges) are transferred to the income statement as part of the gain or loss on disposal.

 

3.20.Equity

Equity comprises the following components:

 

   

Share capital – this represents the nominal value of equity shares;

 

   

Share premium – this represents the excess over nominal value of the fair value of consideration received for equity shares, net of expenses of the share issue;

 

   

Translation reserve – this represents the differences arising from translation of investments in overseas subsidiaries;

 

   

Other reserves – this represents amounts arising from the changes in fair value of available-for-sale financial assets, property revaluations, merger reserve, derivative financial instruments and non-controlling interests;

 

   

Reverse acquisition reserve – this represents the difference between the required total of the Group’s equity instruments and the reported equity of the legal parent.

 

   

Non-Controlling Interests – this represents amounts attributable to non controlling interests as a result of their interests in subsidiary undertakings.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1 BUSINESS SEGMENTAL DATA

Eros acquires, co-produces and distributes Indian films in multiple formats worldwide. Film content is monitored and strategic decisions around the business operations are made based on the film content, whether it is new release or catalog. Hence, management identifies only one operating segment in the business, film content. We distribute our film content to the Indian population in India, the South Asian diaspora worldwide and to non-Indian consumers who view Indian films that are subtitled or dubbed in local languages. As a result of these distribution activities, Eros has identified four geographic markets, India, North America, Europe and the Rest of the World.

Revenues are presented based on the region of domicile and by customer location:

 

     Year ended March 31  
   2011      2010      2009  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue by region of domicile

        

India

   $ 81,292       $ 54,283       $ 55,271   

Europe

     44,529         50,611         58,957   

North America

     5,056         4,412         5,151   

Rest of the world

     33,736         40,423         37,318   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 164,613       $ 149,729       $ 156,697   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year ended March 31  
   2011      2010      2009  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue by customer location

        

India

   $ 108,339       $ 96,221       $ 99,316   

Europe

     21,787         19,420         22,796   

North America

     8,617         8,094         8,907   

Rest of the world

     25,870         25,994         25,678   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenue

   $ 164,613       $ 149,729       $ 156,697   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

One customer, an aggregator of television rights, Dhrishti Creations Pvt. Ltd., accounted for 23% of the Group’s total revenues for the year ended March 31, 2011. For the year ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 no customers accounted for more than 10% of the Group’s total revenues.

There were no significant non-cash expenses during the year except the impairment, loss on sale of assets, share based incentives, depreciation and amortization disclosed above and a share based payment charge of 2011: $927,000 (2010: $309,000, 2009: $1,130,000).

 

     India      North
America
     Europe      Rest of the
World
 

Assets

   (in thousands)  

As of March 31, 2011

   $ 254,383       $ 1,759       $ 152,273       $ 261,426   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2010

   $ 207,190       $ 1,739       $ 95,644       $ 241,004   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2009

   $ 210,629       $ 1,807       $ 62,364       $ 200,700   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents
2 PERSONNEL COSTS

 

     Year ended March 31  
   2011      2010      2009  
     (in thousands)  

Salaries

   $ 9,814       $ 9,426       $ 8,401   

Social security and other employment charges

     647         609         562   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Wages and expenses

     10,461         10,035         8,963   

Share based compensation

     927         309         1,130   

Pension charges

     30         29         57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Personnel costs

   $ 11,418       $ 10,373       $ 10,150   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year ended March 31  
   2011      2010      2009  
     (in thousands)  

Key Management Compensation

        

Short term benefits

   $ 3,605       $ 3,292       $ 3,040   

Share based compensation

     26         26         829   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,631       $ 3,318       $ 3,869   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

3 FINANCE CHARGES AND INCOME

 

     Year ended March 31  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (in thousands)  

Interest expense on borrowings

   $ 8,677      $ 8,962      $ 8,006   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss on financial instruments on measurement to fair value

     —          176        70   

Reclassification of gains on hedging previously recognized in other comprehensive income

     3,068        3,086        590   

Capitalized interest on filmed content

     (8,175     (8,528     (5,555
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3,570        3,696        3,111   

Less: Interest Received

     (1,986     (1,387     (1,850
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 1,584      $ 2,309      $ 1,261   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the year ended March 31, 2011, the capitalization rate of interest was 6.0 % (2010: 7.2%, 2009: 5.7%).

 

4 INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

     Year ended March 31  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (in thousands)  

Current tax expense

   $ 3,632       $ 2,290       $ 2,706   

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

     4,605         4,862         4,865   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 8,237       $ 7,152       $ 7,571   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents
5 RECONCILIATION OF TAX CHARGE

 

     Year ended March 31  
   2011     2010     2009  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Profit before tax

   $ 55,787      $ 49,547      $ 48,398   

Isle of Man standard tax rate

     0     0     0

Theoretical provision for income taxes based on Isle of Man standard tax rate

     —          —          —     

Reconciliation of the theoretical and effective provision for current income taxes:

      

Differences in tax rates

     4,840        1,671        2,755   

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

     —          —          76   

Utilization of tax losses

     (14     —          (49

Other temporary differences

     275        —          (186

Adjustment in respect of prior periods

     (1,469     81        56   

Foreign tax

     —          538        54   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective provision for current income taxes

     3,632        2,290        2,706   

Deferred Tax

     4,605        4,862        4,865   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 8,237      $ 7,152      $ 7,571   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     14.8     14.4     15.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

6 CHANGES IN DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities

 

     Year ended March 31  
   2011     2010     2009  
     (in thousands)  

Opening balance of deferred tax liabilities

   $ (12,470   $ (6,704   $ (2,635

Effect on provision for income taxes

     (4,605     (5,766     (4,069
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing balance of deferred tax liabilities

   $ (17,075   $ (12,470   $ (6,704
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax is calculated in full on all temporary differences under the liability method using the local tax rate of the country in which the timing difference occurs. Movements in specific deferred tax assets and liabilities during the year are shown below.

 

     Year ended March 31  
   2011      2010      2009  
     (in thousands)  

Current tax expense

   $ 3,632       $ 2,290       $ 2,706   

Deferred tax

        

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

     4,605         4,862         4,865   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

   $ 8,237       $ 7,152       $ 7,571   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents
    

Other

temporary

differences

 
     (in thousands)  

At March 31, 2008

   $ (2,636

Foreign exchange translation

     797   

Recognized in the income statement

     (4,865
  

 

 

 

At March 31, 2009

     (6,704

Foreign exchange translation

     (904

Recognized in the income statement

     (4,862
  

 

 

 

At March 31, 2010

     (12,470

Foreign exchange translation

     —     

Recognized in the income statement

     (4,605
  

 

 

 

At March 31, 2011

   $ (17,075
  

 

 

 

Components of deferred tax assets and liabilities

 

     Year ended March 31  
   2011     2010     2009  
     (in thousands)  

Deferred tax assets

      

Tax losses

   $ 265      $ 111      $ 212   

Deferred tax liabilities

      

Other

     (17,340     (12,581     (6,916
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax (liabilities)/assets

   $ (17,075   $ (12,470   $ (6,704
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The deferred tax assets have been recognized on the basis that there is sufficient certainty of profitability to utilize the available losses.

“Other” deferred tax liabilities principally comprise temporary timing differences on investments in film content within India – in the financial statements, film content is amortized over its useful economic life whereas under relevant tax law, the cost of content is allowed as an expense within a maximum period of two years.

 

F-21


Table of Contents
7 EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

     Year ended March 31  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (in thousands, except earnings per share)  
     Basic      Diluted     Basic      Diluted     Basic      Diluted  

Earnings

               

Earnings attributable to the equity holders of the parent

   $ 44,796       $ 44,796      $ 42,323       $ 42,323      $ 40,469       $ 40,469   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Potential dilutive effect related to share based compensation scheme in subsidiary undertaking

     —           (481     —           (412     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted earnings attributable to equity holders of the parent

   $ 44,796       $ 44,315      $ 42,323       $ 41,911      $ 40,469       $ 40,469   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Number of shares

               

Weighted average number of shares

     116,134         116,134        115,834         115,834        115,234         115,234   

Potential dilutive effect related to share based compensation scheme

     —           187        —           187        —           838   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted weighted average number of shares

     116,134         116,321        115,834         116,021        115,234         116,072   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share

               

Earnings attributable to the equity holders of the parent per share (cents)

   $ 38.6       $ 38.1      $ 36.5       $ 36.1      $ 35.1       $ 34.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents
8 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

     Year ended March 31, 2011  
     Land
and
Building
    Furniture,
Fittings and
Equipment
    Vehicles     Plant and
Machinery
    Total  
     (in thousands)  

Opening net book amount

   $ 2,271      $ 1,012      $ 594      $ 1,556      $ 5,433   

Exchange differences

     218        18        6        20        262   

Additions

     8,834        622        301        142        9,899   

Disposals

     (429     —          (159     (3     (591

Depreciation charge

     (127     (136     (161     (504     (928
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing net book amount

   $ 10,767      $ 1,516      $ 581      $ 1,211      $ 14,075   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     As at March 31, 2011  
     (in thousands)  

Cost or valuation

     11,764        2,742        1,693        5,027        21,226   

Accumulated depreciation

     (997     (1,226     (1,112     (3,816     (7,151
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount

   $ 10,767      $ 1,516      $ 581      $ 1,211      $ 14,075   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended March 31, 2010

          

Opening net book amount

   $ 2,033      $ 1,052      $ 692      $ 1,886      $ 5,663   

Exchange differences

     15        102        57        223        397   

Additions

     291        109        93        105        598   

Disposals

     —          (104     (48     (43     (195

Depreciation charge

     (68     (147     (200     (615     (1,030
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing net book amount

   $ 2,271      $ 1,012      $ 594      $ 1,556      $ 5,433   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At March 31, 2010

          

Cost or valuation

   $ 2,712      $ 2,102      $ 1,386      $ 4,865      $ 11,065   

Accumulated depreciation

     (441     (1,090     (792     (3,309     (5,632
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount

   $ 2,271      $ 1,012      $ 594      $ 1,556      $ 5,433   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended March 31, 2009

          

Opening net book amount

   $ 1,811      $ 1,202      $ 907      $ 1,610      $ 5,530   

Exchange differences

     (32     (166     (194     (354     (746

Revaluation

     300        —          —          —          300   

Additions

     —          207        225        1,353        1,785   

Disposals

     —          (10     —          —          (10

Depreciation charge

     (46     (181     (246     (723     (1,196
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing net book amount

   $ 2,033      $ 1,052      $ 692      $ 1,886      $ 5,663   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At March 31, 2009

          

Cost or valuation

   $ 2,406      $ 1,995      $ 1,284      $ 4,580      $ 10,265   

Accumulated depreciation

     (373     (943     (592     (2,694     (4,602
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount

   $ 2,033      $ 1,052      $ 692      $ 1,886      $ 5,663   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In November 2008, management determined that a $300,000 upward revision was required based on, among other things, a revalution of land and buildings using market values. The $300,000 upward revision was taken to equity in the year ended March 31, 2009. The carrying amount that would have been recognized if carried at cost would be $1,733,000.

 

F-23


Table of Contents
9 GOODWILL AND TRADE NAME

 

     Goodwill      Trade
Name
 
     (in thousands)  

Net book value at March 31, 2011

   $ 1,878       $ 14,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book value at March 31, 2010

   $ 1,878       $ 14,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book value at March 31, 2009

   $ 1,878       $ 14,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

“Eros” and the associated logos comprise the Trade name of the Group.

Goodwill relates to the acquisition of Eros Network Limited.

Goodwill and Trade Name Impairment Testing

In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy, the carrying value of goodwill and the Trade name are reviewed annually for impairment. Impairment reviews were undertaken as at the end of each financial year.

In the absence of any identified indicator of impairment, the test was performed on the basis of internal valuation. After this test management reached the conclusion that the recoverable values exceeded their carrying values. The recoverable amounts were determined on value in use calculations covering a two year detailed forecast from the review date followed by an extrapolation at the rates stated below.

The growth rate is based on reasonable estimates of the market growth rates, based on previous experience of the market in which the Group operates and is consistent with external sources of information. Management has assumed that the profit margin will remain stable and in line with past experience. The Group’s management believes that this is the best available input for forecasting. The growth rate used is 5%. Discount rate of 8% (2010: 7.6 %, 2009: 7.6%) representing the Group’s weighted average cost of capital has been applied to the projections.

Management has performed sensitivity based on zero growth and are satisfied that there is adequate headroom.

 

10 INTANGIBLE CONTENT ASSETS

 

     Gross
Content
Assets
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Content
Assets
 
     (in thousands)  

As at March 31, 2011

       

Film productions

   $ 170         —        $ 170   

Film and content rights

     487,046         (228,680     258,366   

Content advances

     163,365         —          163,365   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non Current Content assets

   $ 650,581       $ (228,680   $ 421,901   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2010

       

Film productions

   $ 7,878         —        $ 7,878   

Film and content rights

     379,085         (160,841     218,244   

Content advances

     123,106         —          123,106   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non Current Content assets

   $ 510,069       $ (160,841   $ 349,228   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2009

       

Film productions

   $ 9,918         —        $ 9,918   

Film and content rights

     258,529         (103,685     154,844   

Content advances

     147,010         —          147,010   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non Current Content assets

   $ 415,457       $ (103,685   $ 311,772   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Changes in the main content assets are as follows:

 

     Year ended March 31  
   2011     2010     2009  
     (in thousands)  

Film productions

      

Opening balance

   $ 7,878      $ 9,918      $ 8,118   

Additions

     1,297        333        9,818   

Changes in foreign currency translation

     (88     1,148        (2,199

Transfer to film and content rights

     (8,917     (3,521     (5,819
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing balance

   $ 170      $ 7,878      $ 9,918   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Content advances

      

Opening balance

   $ 123,106      $ 147,010      $ 114,879   

Additions

     136,684        79,393        132,872   

Changes in foreign currency translation

     1,649        9,009        (5,243

Transfer to film and content rights

     (98,074     (112,306     (95,498
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing balance

   $ 163,365      $ 123,106      $ 147,010   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Film and content rights

      

Opening balance

   $ 218,244      $ 154,844      $ 116,241   

Amortization

     (67,839     (57,156     (56,801

Changes in foreign currency translation

     970        4,729        (5,913

Transfer from other content assets

     106,991        115,827        101,317   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing balance

   $ 258,366      $ 218,244      $ 154,844   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

11 OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Other intangibles are comprised of internally generated software used within the Group’s digital and home entertainment activities.

 

     March 31, 2011  
     Gross      Accumulated
Amortization
    Net  
     (in thousands)  

As at March 31, 2011

   $ 1,971       $ (1,273   $ 698   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2010

   $ 1,690       $ (998   $ 692   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2009

   $ 1,623       $ (690   $ 933   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The changes in other intangible assets are as follows:

 

     Year ended March 31  
     2011     2010     2009  
     (in thousands)   

Opening balance

   $ 692      $ 933      $ 1,005   

Additions during the year

     268        58        242   

Changes in foreign currency translation

     13        9        (16

Amortization

     (275     (308     (298
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing balance

   $ 698      $ 692      $ 933   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents
12 AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS

 

     As at March 31  
   2011      2010      2009  
     (in thousands)   

Listed securities

     —           —         $ 6   

Triple Com Media Pvt. Limited

     458         1,278         1,570   

Other financial assets

     —           —           2   

Valuable Technologies Limited

     12,263         14,488         12,777   

LMB Holdings Limited

     10,815         10,815         10,815   

Valuable Innovations Private Limited

     2,020         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 25,556       $ 26,581       $ 25,170   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The investment in Triple Com Media Pvt. Limited (“Triple Com”) represents 21% share of the issued share capital of that company. Triple Com is involved in the aggregation and syndication of television and cable media rights in India. The Group has no board representation and no involvement in directing operations or financial decisions of Triple Com, nor do they have the any means in which to exert such control. As a result, the Directors have concluded that they do not exert any significant influence over Triple Com, nor do they have the power to exert such influence. Based on the management track record and anticipated growth the directors are still confident about the investment and hence do not consider this to be a permanent impairment. During the year ended 31 March 2010, the directors reduced the carrying value of Triple Com to $1,278,000 with a fair value adjustment of $500,000 recognized in equity to reflect a revision in the timing of forecasted revenues, which adjustment was partially offset by a foreign exchange impact of $208,000. In the year ended March 31, 2011 the Directors recognized a further fair value adjustment of $820,000 and do not consider this to be a permanent impairment.

Acacia Investments Holdings Limited (“Acacia”) is a dormant holding company and owns 24% of L.M.B Holdings Limited (“LMB”) which through its subsidiaries operates two satellite television channels B4U Music and B4U Movies. As of December 31, 2011, the Group had no board representation, no involvement in policy decision making, did not provide input in respect of technical knowhow and had no material contract with LMB or its subsidiaries nor did they have the power to exert significant influence. As a result the Directors concluded throughout its ownership that as of December 31, 2011, they did not exert any significant influence over LMB or its subsidiaries. Due to the range of potential outcomes in valuing LMB, the Board was unable to give, with reasonable certainty, a fair value. The investment is therefore stated at cost in accordance with IAS 39.

Eros acquired an interest in Valuable Technologies Limited (“Valuable”) in the year ended March 31, 2009. The company manages and operates a number of companies within media and entertainment, technology and infrastructure. These companies include UFO Moviez, the leading provider of Digital projection solutions for cinemas in India, Boxtech which is involved with digital movie rentals, and Impact whose business is theatrical ticketing and sales data. Eros currently owns 7.14% of Valuable’s equity. The Directors recognized an upward fair value adjustment in other comprehensive income in the carrying value of the investment of $1,681,000 in the year ended March 31 2010 and a downward adjustment of $2,225,000 in the year ended March 31, 2011, based on, among other things an external valuation of Valuable and the dilution of Eros ownership.

Listed securities comprise an investment in New Medium Enterprises Inc. (“NME”). Following an impairment of the carrying value in the year ended March 31, 2009 of $1,347,000 and the suspension of the quoted market price, the Directors impaired the remaining carrying value to $0 with the $6,000 carrying value as at March 31, 2009 being recognized as an impairment loss through the income statement.

In April 2010, Eros acquired a 1.27% interest in Valuable Innovations Private Limited at a total cost of $2,020,000. The Directors were of the opinion that fair value at March 31, 2011 did not materially differ from this cost.

 

F-26


Table of Contents
13 OPERATING LEASES

The minimum lease rentals to be paid under non-cancellable operating leases at March 31, 2011 were as follows:

 

     As at March 31  
   2011      2010      2009  
     (in thousands)  

Within one year

   $ 1,915       $ 1,461       $ 538   

Within two to five years

     1,716         2,151         2,542   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,631       $ 3,612       $ 3,080   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

14 INVENTORIES

 

     As at March 31  
   2011      2010      2009  
     (in thousands)  

Goods for resale

   $ 1,371       $ 1,723       $ 1,912   

Raw materials

     190         71         96   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,561       $ 1,794       $ 2,008   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year ended March 31, 2011, inventory of $2,620,752 (2010: $1,097,582, 2009: $856,000) was recognized in profit and loss as an expense. In each year none of the expense was as a result of the write down of inventories.

 

15 TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

 

     At March 31  
   2011     2010     2009  
     (in thousands)  

Trade accounts receivable

   $ 49,794      $ 49,283      $ 43,147   

Trade accounts receivable reserve

     (221     (87     (292
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trade accounts receivable net

     49,573        49,196        42,855   

Other receivables

     7,285        5,175        12,491   

Prepaid charges

     801        424        584   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trade accounts receivable and other

   $ 57,659      $ 54,795      $ 55,930   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

An element of trade accounts receivable that have not been impaired are past due as at the reporting date. The age of these financial assets past due were as follows:

 

     As at March 31  
     2011      2010      2009  
     (in thousands)  

Not more than three months

   $ 963       $ 5,850       $ 7,252   

More than three months but not more than six months

     793         208         829   

More than six months but not more than one year

     1,201         95         13   

More than one year

     2,513         769         634   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 5,470       $ 6,922       $ 8,728   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The movements in the trade receivable provisions are as follows:

 

     As at March 31  
     2011      2010     2009  
     (in thousands)  

At April 1

   $ 87       $ 292      $ 356   

Utilizations

     —           (254     (64

Provisions

     134         49        —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

At March 31

   $ 221       $ 87      $ 292   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The carrying amount of trade and other receivables is considered a reasonable approximation of fair value. There were no amounts held as collateral in respect of any of the years.

 

16 TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

 

     As at March 31  
   2011      2010      2009  
     (in thousands)  

Trade accounts payable

   $ 15,134       $ 17,452       $ 17,634   

Accruals & other payables

     3,038         9,510         1,078   

Social security & other taxes payable

     5,025         1,435         858   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 23,197       $ 28,397       $ 19,570   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group considers that the carrying amount of trade and other payables approximate their fair value.

 

17 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and Cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and balance with banks and investments in money market investments. Cash and Cash equivalents included in the statement of cash flows comprise amounts in the statement of financial position.

 

     As at March 31  
   2011      2010      2009  
     (in thousands)  

Held-to-maturity investments

   $ 33,268       $ —         $ —     

Cash at bank and in hand

     92,899         87,613         55,812   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 126,167       $ 87,613       $ 55,812   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents
18 BORROWINGS

An analysis of long-term borrowings is shown in the table below.

 

     Nominal
Interest Rate
    Maturity      As at March 31  
        2011     2010     2009  
     %            (in thousands)  

Asset backed borrowings

           

Term Loan

     LIBOR+2.25     2012             4,904   

Term Loan

     LIBOR+5.5     2015         2,830        —          —     

Term Loan

     BPLR+5.5     2012         557        —          —     

Term Loan

     LIBOR+5.75     2017         3,376        —          —     

Term Loan

     BPLR        2012         75        —          —     

Term Loan

     BPLR+1.25        2012         135        —          —     

Asset Loan

     10-15     2015         1,247        100        257   

Term Loan

     BR +5.5     2012         5,131        —          —     

Term Loan

     BPLR        2012         —          6,167        2,197   

Term Loan

     BPLR+2.75     2012         —          4,712        1,689   

Term Loan

     BPLR+2.255     2010         —          5,559        12,692   

Term Loan

     BPLR+2.26     2010         —          4,130        3,643   

Term Loan

     10-15     2010         —          5        —     

Term Loan

     10-15     2012         45        45        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        $ 13,396      $ 20,718      $ 25,382   
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unsecured borrowings

           

$100 million revolving facility

     LIBOR+1.65     2012       $ 100,000      $ 100,000      $ 100,000   

$25 million revolving facility

     LIBOR+2.35     2012         25,000        25,000        —     

$20 million revolving facility

     LIBOR +3     2012         20,000        20,000        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        $ 158,396      $ 165,718      $ 125,382   
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nominal value of borrowings

        $ 158,396      $ 165,718      $ 125,382   

Cumulative effect of unamortized costs

          (845     (1,487     (1,516

Installments due within one year

          (8,241     (12,790     —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term borrowings

        $ 149,310      $ 151,441      $ 123,866   
       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Bank prime lending rate (“BPLR”) is the Indian equivalent to LIBOR. Asset backed borrowings are secured by fixed and floating charges over certain group assets.

In each year $100 million of our unsecured borrowings have been linked to a cash flow hedge whereby LIBOR is set at 3.52% until 2012, and $25 million of our unsecured borrowings have been linked to a cash flow hedge whereby, commencing September 2012, LIBOR is set at 3.69% until 2017. The $100 million, $25 million and $20 million revolving facilities contain restrictions on our ability to incur liens, security interests or similar encumbrances or arrangements on our assets.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Analysis of short-term borrowings

 

           As at March 31  
     Nominal interest
rate (%)
    2011      2010      2009  
           (in thousands)  

Asset backed borrowings

          

Export credit and overdraft

     LIBOR+1-2.5   $ 26,825       $ 27,688       $ 16,379   

Unsecured Borrowings

          

Commercial Paper

     10.95%–11.78     4,506         —           —     

Book Overdraft

     BR+2     10,039         —           —     

Credit facility

     LIBOR+1.5     —           —           45,000   

Installments due within one year on long-term borrowings

       8,241         12,790         —     
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Installments due within one year on long-term borrowings

     $ 49,611       $ 40,478       $ 61,379   
    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Currency, Maturity and Nature of Interest Rate of the Nominal Value of Borrowings

 

     As at March 31  
     2011      %      2010      %      2009      %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Currency

                 

U.S. Dollar

   $ 154,195         77       $ 170,545         89       $ 145,000         78   

Indian Rupees

     44,726         23         21,374         11         40,245         22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 198,921         100       $ 191,919         100       $ 185,245         100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Maturity

                 

Due before one year

   $ 49,612         25       $ 40,478         21       $ 61,379         33   

Due between one and three years

     148,561         75         149,811         79         25,311         14   

Due between four and five years

     748         —           1,630         —           98,555         53   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 198,921         100       $ 191,919         100       $ 185,245         100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nature of rates

                 

Fixed interest rate

   $ 101,347         51       $ 100,000         52       $ 100,000         54   

Floating rate

     97,574         49         91,919         48         85,245         46   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 198,921         100       $ 191,919         100       $ 185,245         100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

19 SHARE BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

The compensation cost recognized with respect to all outstanding plans, which are all equity settled instruments, is as follows:

 

     As at March 31  
   2011      2010      2009  
     (in thousands)  

IPO Plan

   $ 26       $ 26       $ 25   

IPO India Plan

     901         283         —     

Management Scheme

     —           —           1,105   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 927       $ 309       $ 1,130   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

This charge has been included in administrative costs in the Income statement. The fair value per share for each grant of options and the assumptions used in the calculation are as follows:

 

     IPO Plan
June 2006
    Management
Scheme

November 2007
    IPO India Plan  
Scheme        December 2009     August 2010  

Grant date

     27/06/06        15/10/2007        17/12/2009        12/8/2010   

Option strike price

     GBP 1.76        GBP 1.935        INR 117        INR 91   

Maturity (in years)

     10        5        5.25        5.25   

Expected term (in years)

     5        3        4        4   

Number of instruments granted

     187,314        1,078,750        1,729,512        83,628   

Share price

     GBP 1.724        GBP 4.330        INR 175        INR 175   

Expected volatility

     25.0 %(1)      25     75 %(1)      60

Risk free interest rate

     4.78     5.12     6.3     6.5

Expected dividend yield

     0     0     0     0

Average fair value of the granted options at the grant date

     GBP 0.626        GBP 2.667        INR 89        INR 78   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Range of values of the granted options at the grant date

     GBP 0.58-0.68        GBP 2.58-2.75        INR 75-100        INR 66-85   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The expected volatility for these two companies has been arrived at by taking the weighted average share price movements of three peer companies as neither of these entities’ shares were listed at the date of grant.

The IPO Plan

The IPO Plan was provided to grant options to certain senior management involved with the initial public offering of the company’s shares on the AIM. The performance sole criterion attached to the options was met when the company’s shares were accepted for trading on AIM. The options vest annually in one fifth tranches from 27 June 2007.

The Management Scheme

Options granted under this scheme vested annually in one third tranches from March 31, 2008 and were awarded to individuals based on the Remuneration Committee’s view and taking into account the overall Group performance. The share options granted under this scheme lapsed or were forfeited by the option holders in the year ended March 31, 2009.

The table below summarizes the IPO Plan and the Management Scheme.

 

     2011      2010      2009  
     Number of
shares
     Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Number of
shares
     Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Number of
shares
    Weighted
average
exercise
price
 

Outstanding on April 1

     187,314         GBP 1.76         187,314         GBP 1.76         1,266,064        GBP 1.91   

Lapsed

     —           —           —           —           (20,000     1.935   

Forfeited by the option holder

     —           —           —           —           (1,058,750     1.935   

Outstanding at March 31

     187,314         GBP 1.76         187,314         GBP 1.76         187,314        GBP 1.76   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercisable on March 31

     149,851         GBP 1.76         112,389         GBP 1.76         74,926        GBP 1.76   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

The IPO India Plan

The company’s subsidiary Eros International Media Limited has instituted an employee share option scheme ‘ESOP 2009’ (the “IPO India Plan”) and eligible to employees and administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Eros International Media Limited. The terms and condition of the IPO India Plan is as follows:

 

     2011      2010      2009  
     Number of
shares of Eros
International
Media Ltd.
    Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Number of
shares of Eros
International
Media Ltd.
     Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Number of
shares of Eros
International
Media Ltd.
     Weighted
average
exercise
price
 

Outstanding at April 1

     1,729,512        1.47         —           —           —           —     

Granted during the year

     83,628        1.47         1,729,512         1.47         —           —     

Lapsed

     (79,216     —           —           —           —           —     

Exercised

     —          —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at March 31

     1,733,924        1.47         1,729,512         1.47         —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at March 31

     330,059        1.47         —           1.47         —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The exercise price of the options for an employee is based on factors such as seniority, tenure, criticality and performance of the employee, based on the above, the exercise price would be calculated at a discount of 0-50% on what management believes to be the fair share price, based on, among other things, a valuation by an independent valuer, and will vest:

 

   

20% of the Options shall vest on the completion of 12 months from the Grant Date

 

   

20% of the Options shall vest on the completion of 24 months from the Grant Date

 

   

30% of the Options shall vest on the completion of 36 months from the Grant Date

 

   

30% of the Options shall vest on the completion of 48 months from the Grant Date

 

20 ISSUED SHARE CAPITAL

 

     Number of
Shares
     GBP  
            (in thousands)  

Authorized

     

200,000,000 ordinary shares of 10p each (“Ordinary Shares”) at March 31, 2011, March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009

     200,000,000         20,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Number of
Shares
     $  
            (in thousands)  

Allotted, called up and fully paid

     

At April 1, 2008

     113,494,299       $ 20,858   

Allotment of shares on 10 April 2008

     1,783,698         352   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2009

     115,277,997         21,210   

Allotment of shares on 29 June 2009

     117,303         19   

Allotment of shares on 13 August 2009

     738,458         120   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011

     116,133,758       $ 21,349   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The holders of Ordinary Shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company.

 

F-32


Table of Contents
21 FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND RISK MANAGEMENT

The Group has established objectives concerning the holding and use of financial instruments. The underlying basis of these objectives is to manage the financial risks faced by the Group, which are discussed below.

Formal policies and guidelines have been set to achieve these objectives and they are implemented using the strategies set out below. The Group does not enter into speculative arrangements or trade in financial instruments and it is the Group’s policy not to enter into complex financial instruments unless there are specific identified risks for which such instruments help mitigate uncertainties.

Management of Capital Risk and Financial Risk

The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as a going concern while maximizing the return to shareholders through the optimization of the debt and equity balance. The capital structure of the Group consists of debt, which includes the borrowings disclosed in Note 18, cash and cash equivalents and equity attributable to equity holders of Eros, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained earnings as disclosed in the consolidated statement of changes in equity and in Notes 17 and 20.

The IAS 39 categories of financial assets and financial liabilities included in the balance sheet and headings in which they are indicated are as follows:

 

Financial assets    2011      2010      2009  
     (in thousands)  

Available-for-sale assets

   $ 25,556       $ 26,581       $ 25,170   

Loans and receivables

     57,659         54,795         55,930   

Held-to-maturity investments

     33,268         —           —     

Cash

     92,899         87,613         55,812   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

   $ 209,382       $ 168,989       $ 136,912   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

   $ 23,197       $ 28,397       $ 19,570   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Based on the operations of the Group throughout the world the Directors consider that the key financial risks that it faces are credit risk, currency risk, liquidity risk and interest rate risk. The objectives under each of these risks are as follows:

 

   

credit risk: minimize the risk of default and concentration.

 

   

currency risk: reduce exposure to foreign exchange movements principally between U.S. dollar, Indian Rupee and GBP.

 

   

liquidity risk: ensure adequate funding to support working capital and future capital expenditure requirements.

 

   

interest rate risk: mitigate risk of significant change in market rates on the cash flow of issued variable rate debt.

The policies adopted to deal with these risks and the strategies utilized to manage these risks by the use of financial instruments are set out below.

Credit Risk

The Group credit risk is principally attributable to its trade receivables, advances and cash balances. As a number of the Group’s trading activities require third parties to report revenues due to the Group this risk is not limited to the initial agreed sale or advance amounts. The amounts shown within the balance sheet in respect of trade

 

F-33


Table of Contents

receivables and advances are net of allowances for doubtful debts based upon objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due. Trading credit risk is managed on a country by country basis by the use of credit checks on new clients and individual credit limits, where appropriate, together with regular updates on any changes in the trading partner’s situation. In a number of cases trading partners will be required to make advance payments or minimum guarantee payments before delivery of any goods. The Group reviews reports received from third parties and as a matter of course reserve the right within the contracts it enters into to request an independent third party audit of the revenue reporting.

The credit risk on liquid funds and derivative financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are banks with high credit ratings assigned by international credit rating agencies.

The Group from time to time will have significant concentration of credit risk in relation to individual television syndication deals or music licenses. This risk is mitigated by contractual terms which seek to stagger receipts and the release or airing of content. As at March 31, 2011 56% (2010: 52%, 2009: 69%) of trade account receivables were represented by the top five debtors. The maximum exposure to credit risk is that shown within the balance sheet.

Currency Risk

The Group operates throughout the world with significant operations in India, the British Isles, the United States of America and the United Arab Emirates. As a result it faces both translation and transaction currency risks which are principally mitigated by matching foreign currency revenues and costs wherever possible.

The Group’s major revenues are denominated in U.S. Dollars, Indian Rupees and British pounds sterling which are matched where possible to its costs so that these act as an automatic hedge against foreign currency exchange movements.

The Group has identified that it will need to utilize hedge transactions to mitigate any risks in movements between the U.S. Dollar and the Indian Rupee and has adopted an agreed set of principles that will be used when entering into any such transactions.

As at the balance sheet date there were no outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts. The Group adopts a policy of borrowing where appropriate in the local currency as a hedge against translation risk. The table below shows the Group’s net foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities position in the main foreign currencies as at the year end:

 

     Net Balance  
     GBP      INR      Other  
     (in thousands)  

As at March 31, 2011

     10,276         67,169         48,252   

As at March 31, 2010

     475         22,828         64,130   

As at March 31, 2009

     249         6,876         48,687   

A uniform decrease of 10% in exchange rates against all foreign currencies in position as of March 31, 2011 would have a cumulated negative impact of $ 7,789,555 (2010: $2,330,253, 2009: $713,000) on net income and on equity. An equal and opposite impact would be experienced in the event of an increase by a similar percentage.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Liquidity Risk

A maturity analysis of short-term and long-term borrowings is set out in Note 18. Set out below is a maturity analysis for non-derivative and derivative financial liabilities. The amounts disclosed are based on contractual undiscounted cash flows.

 

     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years  

As at March 31, 2011

           

Borrowing principal payments

     199,560         49,406         149,406         748   

Borrowing interest payments

     9,096         7,303         1,743         50   

Derivative financial instruments

     4,905         4,905         —           —     

Trade payables

     15,134         15,134         —           —     

 

     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years  

As at March 31, 2010

           

Borrowing principal payments

     193,406         40,478         151,298         1,630   

Borrowing interest payments

     11,139         6,591         4,497         51   

Derivative financial instruments

     7,670         3,068         4,602         —     

Trade payables

     17,452         17,452         —           —     

 

     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3
years
     3-5 years  

As at March 31, 2009

           

Borrowing principal payments

     186,761         84,746         1,944         100,071   

Borrowing interest payments

     10,028         5,350         3,755         923   

Derivative financial instruments

     7,887         2,253         4,507         1,127   

Trade payables

     17,364         17,364         —           —     

The Group’s objective of ensuring that adequate funding is in place is achieved by management of its working capital and agreed committed bank facilities. Management of working capital takes account of film release dates and payment terms agreed with customers.

At March 31, 2011 the Group had facilities available of $225,059,000 (2010: $215,979,000, 2009: $199,812,000) and therefore had net undrawn amounts of $26,138,000 (2010: $24,060,000, 2009: $14,567,000) available.

Interest Rate Risk

The Board recognizes the need to mitigate interest rate risk through the use of fixed and floating rates. The Group has fixed $125 million of its borrowings by way of two interest rate swap contracts which expire in 2012 and 2017 and which represents 63% (2010: 52%, 2009: 52%) of the year end total Group borrowings.

A 1% increase in underlying bank rates would lead to an annual increased interest charge of $994,000 (2010: $919,000, 2009: $911,000), an equal and opposite impact would be felt if rates fell by 1%.

Under the interest swap contracts, the Group agrees to exchange the difference between fixed and floating rate interest amounts calculated on agreed notional principal amount. Such contracts enable the Group to mitigate the risk of changing interest rates on the cash flow of issued variable rate debt. The fair value of interest swaps, all of which are in designated hedge accounting relationships at the reporting date, is determined by discounted future cash flows using the rate curves at the reporting date and is shown below.

The cash flows on the hedges and underlying borrowings arise quarterly over the period of the hedges upon the fixed and U.S. $ Libor rates.

 

F-35


Table of Contents
     Average
contract  rate
   
Notional

principal
amount
     Fair value of
hedging
instrument

2011
    Fair value of
hedging
instrument

2010
    Fair value of
hedging
instrument
2009
 
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Cash flow hedge

     3.52   $ 100,000       $ (4,405   $ (5,128   $ (5,900

Cash flow hedge

     3.69     25,000         (174     —          —     
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     $ 125,000       $ (4,579   $ (5,128   $ (5,900
    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The ineffective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges recognized in the income statement during the year was $125,000 (2010: $176,000, 2009: $70,000). The effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges in designated hedge accounting relationships during the year was $4,579,000 (2010: $4,882,000, 2009: $5,830,000) and has been recognized directly in other comprehensive income. The interest swaps and the interest payments on the designated loan occur simultaneously and the amount deferred in equity is recognized in the Income statement over the period that the floating rate interest on debt payments impacts the income statement.

The Group has in place cash pooling arrangements to ensure that it minimizes interest paid on short-term borrowings and overdrafts, whilst allowing net surplus funds to be invested in interest bearing accounts.

Deposit balances are invested in the money market, or with financial institutions on maturing terms from within 24 hours up to a period of three months with interest earned based on the relevant national inter-bank rates available at the time of investing.

The working capital borrowings interest rates are all based on the national inter-bank rates.

Financial instruments – disclosure of fair value measurement level

The Group adopted the amendment to IFRS 7 for financial instruments that are measured in the statement of financial position at fair value. The required disclosures of fair value measurements are grouped into the following levels:

 

   

Level 1 fair value measurements derived from unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 

   

Level 2 fair value measurements derived from inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1, that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (derived from prices); and

 

   

Level 3 fair value measurements derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data.

 

     As at March 31  
   2011     2010     2009  
           (in thousands)        

Level 1

   $ —        $ —        $ 6   

Level 2 – Cash flow hedges

     (4,579     (5,128     (5,900

Level 3 – Available-for-sale financial assets

     14,741        15,766        13,347   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net fair value

   $ 10,162      $ 10,638      $ 7,453   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

22 CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMITMENTS

Eros’ material contractual obligations are made up of contracts related to content commitments. Operating lease commitments are disclosed in Note 13.

 

F-36


Table of Contents
     Total      1 Year      2 to 5 Years  
     (in thousands)  

As at March 31, 2011

   $ 158,443       $ 121,101       $ 37,342   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2010

   $ 113,898       $ 81,728       $ 32,170   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at March 31, 2009

   $ 77,440       $ 32,901       $ 44,539   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company also has certain contractual arrangements in relation to certain contractual content commitments that would require the Company to make payments or provide funding if certain circumstances occur (“contingent guarantees”). The Company expects that these contingent guarantees totaling $53,031,000 in fiscal 2011 (2010:$53,350,000, 2009: $77,440,000) which are included within the contractual content commitments above will fall due within the timeframe above.

 

23 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

There were no material ongoing litigations at March 31, 2011, March 31, 2010 or March 31, 2009.

 

24 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

     Details of
transaction
     Year Ended March 31  
        2011     2010     2009  
        Movement
in year
     Asset
(Liability)
    Movement
in year
     Asset
(Liability)
    Movement
in year
     Asset
(Liability)
 
            (in thousands)  

Red Bridge Ltd.

     President fees         322         (322     466         —          381         (71

550 County Avenue

     Rent         132         (410     270         (422     270         (253

Deposits

     Deposits and Fees         37         771        1,350         (776     222         1,942   

Line Cross Limited

     Rent         498         (126     184         (153     —           —     

Lulla Family

     Rent         193         (21     248         —          108         (836

On April 11, 2008, the Group exercised a call option granted on June 27, 2006 and acquired Acacia Investments Limited from a family trust in which Kishore Lulla and Sunil Lulla are potential beneficiaries, for $10.8 million. Acacia Investments Limited is a dormant holding company and owns 24% of LMB Holdings Limited, which, through its subsidiaries, operates two satellite television channels, B4U Music and B4U Movies. As of December 31, 2011, the Group did not have the power to exert any significant influence over LMB Holdings Limited.

Pursuant to a lease agreement that expires on May 31, 2012, Eros International Media Limited leases apartments for studio use 2,750 square feet of real property at Kailash Plaza, 3 rd Floor, Opp. Laxmi Industrial Estate, Andheri (W), Mumbai, from Manjula K. Lulla, the wife of Kishore Lulla. Beginning in August 2010, the lease requires Eros International Media Limited to pay $6,116 each month under this lease. Pursuant to a lease that expires in October 2012, Eros International Media Limited leases for use as executive accommodations the real property at Aumkar Bungalow, Gandhi Gram Road, Juhu, Mumbai, from Sunil Lulla. Beginning in October 2009, the lease requires Eros International Media Limited to pay $6,116 each month under this lease.

Pursuant to a lease that expires on May 31, 2012, Eros International Media Limited leases for studio use two apartments at Juhu Sangita Apartments (6A-4 and 6A-10), Juhu Tara Road, Juhu, Mumbai, from Meena A. Lulla, mother of Kishore Lulla and Sunil Lulla. Beginning in October 2010, the lease requires Eros International Media Limited to pay $917 each month, in the aggregate under this lease.

Pursuant to a lease that expires on May 31, 2012, the Group leases for studio use an apartment at Juhu Sangita Apartments (6A-5), Juhu Tara Road, Juhu, Mumbai, from Sunil Lulla. Beginning in June 2010, the lease requires the Group to pay $397.55 each month plus service tax.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Pursuant to a lease agreement that expires on March 31, 2015, the Group leases for U.S. corporate offices, the real property at 550 County Avenue, Secaucus, New Jersey, from 550 County Avenue Property Corp, a Delaware corporation owned by Beech Investments and of which our President of Americas Operations Ken Naz serves as a director. The current lease commenced on April 1, 2010, and requires the Group to pay $11,000 each month.

Pursuant to a lease agreement that expires in March 2018, including renewal periods, the Group leases for U.K. corporate offices, the real property at 13 Manchester Square, London from Linecross Limited, a U.K. company owned indirectly by a discretionary trust of which Kishore Lulla and Sunil Lulla are potential beneficiaries. The current lease commenced on November 19, 2009 and requires us to pay $129,230 each quarter. In addition, Eros Energy UK Ltd., of which Kishore Lulla is a director, subleases from the Group a part of the property at 13 Manchester Square, London.

Each of these leases is at market rates.

During the year ended March 31, 2010, the Group entered into arm’s length transactions with certain special purpose entities that had been incorporated to produce films within the U.K. Andrew Heffernan, the Group’s Chief Financial Officer and a director of various subsidiaries, previously served as a director for these special purpose entities.

Payments of $177,000 were made to Illuminati Films Limited and fees for production services of $778,000 were received. Payments of $1,447,000 were made to Vijay Galani Movies Ltd. and fees for production services of $2,619,000 were received. Payments of $5,108,330 were made to Nadiadwala Grandson Entertainment Ltd. and fees for production services of $2,395,000 were received.

Eros accrued for interest of $250,000 on loans advanced during 2010 to Ayngaran International Limited its 51% subsidiary undertaking.

Pursuant to an agreement the Group entered into with Redbridge Group Ltd. on June 27, 2006, the Group agreed to pay an annual fee set each year by its Board of Directors of $333,333, $303,030 and $322,000 in the year ended March 31, 2009, the year ended March 31, 2010 and the year ended March 31, 2011, respectively, for the services of Arjan Lulla, the father of Kishore Lulla and Sunil Lulla, uncle of Vijay Ahuja and Surender Sadhwani and an employee of Redbridge Group Ltd. The agreement makes Arjan Lulla honorary life president and provides for services including attendance at board meetings, entrepreneurial leadership and assistance in setting the Group’s strategy. Redbridge Group Ltd. is an entity owned indirectly by a discretionary trust of which Kishore Lulla and Sunil Lulla are potential beneficiaries.

The Group has engaged in transactions with NextGen Films Pvt. Ltd., an entity owned by the husband of Puja Rajani, sister of Kishore Lulla and Sunil Lulla, each of which involved the purchase and sale of film rights. NextGen Films Pvt. Ltd. sold $8,154,944 and $3,455,657 to the Group in the year ended March 31, 2010 and the year ended March 31, 2011, respectively, and purchased from the Group approximately $244,220, $20,387 and $4,811,417 in the year ended March 31, 2009, the year ended March 31, 2010 and the year ended March 31, 2011, respectively.

The Group also engaged in transactions with Everest Entertainment Pvt. Ltd. and Apollo United Limited, entities owned by the brother of Manjula K. Lulla, wife of Kishore Lulla, each of which involved the purchase and sale of film rights. Everest Entertainment Pvt. Ltd. sold $932,926, $1,584,807 and $23,620 to the Group in the year ended March 31, 2009, the year ended March 31, 2010 and the year ended March 31, 2011, respectively, and purchased from the Group $6,136,595 in the year ended March 31, 2009. Apollo United Limited purchased from the Group $20,000,000 and $9,000,000 in the year ended March 31, 2009 and the year ended March 31, 2010, respectively.

Surender Sadhwani is the beneficial owner of Victoria Landmark Global Holdings Limited, a Mauritian entity, which in fiscal 2011 received approximately $1.6 million from Ganges Green Energy Pvt. Limited in exchange

 

F-38


Table of Contents

for consultancy services. Ganges Green Energy Pvt. Limited is owned indirectly by an entity that indirectly owns 66% of Beech Investments and of which Kishore Lulla and Sunil Lulla are potential beneficiaries.

 

25 MAJOR CONSOLIDATED ENTITIES

 

     Date      Country of
Incorporation
     % of voting
rights held
 

Eros Network Limited

     June 06         U.K.         100   

Eros International Limited

     June 06         U.K.         100   

Eros International USA Inc

     June 06         U.S.         100   

Eros Music Publishing Limited

     June 06         U.K.         100   

Eros Worldwide FZ-LLC

     June 06         UAE         100   

Eros International Media Limited

     June 06         India         78.11   

Eros International Films Pvt. Limited

     June 06         India         100   

Eros Pacific Limited

     June 06         Fiji         100   

Eros Australia Pty Limited

     June 06         Australia         100   

Big Screen Entertainment Pvt. Limited

     January 07         India         64   

Copsale Limited

     June 06         BVI         100   

Ayngaran International Limited

     October 07         IOM         51   

Ayngaran International UK Limited

     October 07         U.K.         51   

Ayngaran International Media Pvt. Limited

     October 07         India         51   

Acacia Investments Holdings Limited

     April 08         BVI         100   

Eyeqube Studios Pvt. Limited

     January 08         India         99.99   

Belvedere Holdings Pte. Ltd.

     March 2010         Singapore         100   

Eros International Pte Ltd.

     August 2010         Singapore         100   

Ayngaran Anak Media Pvt. Limited

     October 08         India         51   

All of the companies were involved with the distribution of film content and associated media. All the companies are indirectly owned with the exception of Eros Network Limited and Eros Worldwide FZ-LLC.

 

26 SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS AND ADOPTED IFRS NOT YET APPLIED

Estimates and judgments are evaluated on a regular basis and are based on historical experience and other factors, such as expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the present circumstances.

The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. These estimates, by definition, will rarely equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the financial year are highlighted below:

 

26.1. Goodwill

The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered impairment, in accordance with its accounting policy. The recoverable amount of cash-generating units has been determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations require estimates to be made over revenue growth, margin stability and discount rates which are based on management assumptions however in the event that there is an unforeseen event which materially affects these assumptions it could lead to a write down of goodwill.

 

26.2. Basis of Consolidation

Under the principles of reverse acquisition accounting, a judgment is required to be made to the, in substance acquiring entity. In the event that it is judged that Eros Worldwide FZ-LLC is not the acquiring entity then there

 

F-39


Table of Contents

may be material balance sheet adjustments. Further, the Group evaluates arrangements with special purpose vehicles in the context of SIC-12 and IAS 27 to establish how transactions with such entities should be accounted for. This requires a judgment over control and the balance of risks and records attached to the arrangements. An alternative judgment to that reached by the Group may result in material balance sheet and income statement adjustments.

 

26.3. Intangible Assets

The Group is required to identify and assess the useful life of intangible assets and determine their income generating life. Judgment is required in determining this and then providing an amortization rate to match this life as well as considering the recoverability or conversion of advances made in respect of securing film content or the services of talent associated with film production.

Accounting for the film content requires management’s judgment as it relates to total revenues to be received and costs to be incurred throughout the life of each film or its license period, whichever is the shorter. These judgments are used to determine the amortization of capitalized film content costs. The Group uses a stepped method of amortization on first release film content writing off more in year one which recognizes initial income flows and then the balance over a period of up to nine years. In the case of film content that is acquired by the Group after its initial exploitation, commonly referred to as Catalog, amortization is spread evenly over the lesser of 10 years or the license period. Management’s policy is based upon factors such as historical performance of similar films, the star power of the lead actors and actresses and once released actual results of each film. Management regularly reviews, and revises when necessary, its estimates, which may result in a change in the rate of amortization and/or a write down of the asset to the recoverable amount.

In the case of the Trade name, stated at $14,000,000, the Group has not amortized the asset as the marketing and brand promotion is such that the Group considers it not to have a finite income generating life.

The Group tests annually whether intangible assets have suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy. These calculations require judgments and estimates to be made, and, as with Goodwill, in the event of an unforeseen event these judgments and assumptions would need to be revised and the value of the intangible assets could be affected. There may be instances where the useful life of an asset is shortened to reflect the uncertainty of its estimated income generating life. This is particularly the case when acquiring assets in markets that the Group has not previously exploited.

 

26.4. Valuation of Available-for-Sale Financial Assets

The Group follows the guidance of IAS 39 to determine, where possible, the fair value of it’s available-for-sale financial assets. This determination requires significant judgment. In making this judgment, the Group evaluates, among other factors, the duration and extent to which the fair value of an investment is less or more than its cost; the financial health of and near-term business outlook for the investee, including factors such as industry and sector performance, changes in technology and operational and financing cash flow.

A 5% increase/decrease on discounts in minority for minority and lack of marketability would result in a decrease/increase in fair value of $3.5 million.

 

26.5. Income Taxes and Deferred Taxation

The Group is subject to income taxes in various jurisdictions. Judgment is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. During the normal course of business there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Judgment is also used when determining whether the Group should recognize a deferred tax asset, based on whether management consider there is sufficient certainty in future earnings to justify the carry forward of assets created by tax losses.

Where the ultimate outcome is different than that which was initially recorded there will be an impact on the income tax and deferred tax provisions.

 

26.6. Share Based Payments

The Group is required to measure the fair value of equity settled transactions with employees at the grant date of the equity instruments. The fair value is determined principally by using the Black Scholes model which requires assumptions regarding interest free rates, share price volatility and the expected life of an employee equity instrument. The basis and assumptions used in these calculations are disclosed within Note 19.

 

26.7. Standards, Interpretations and Amendments to Published Standards that are not yet Effective

At the date of authorization of these financial statements, the following Standards and Interpretations, which have not been applied in these financial statements, were in issue but not yet effective:

 

   

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (effective 1 January 2013)

 

   

IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements (effective 1 January 2013)

 

   

IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements (effective 1 January 2013)

 

   

IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities (effective 1 January 2013)

 

   

IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement (effective 1 January 2013)

 

   

IAS 24 (Revised 2009) Related Party Disclosures (effective 1 January 2011)

 

   

IAS 19 (Revised June 2011) Employee Benefits (effective 1 January 2013)

 

   

IAS 27 (Revised), Separate Financial Statements (effective 1 January 2013)

 

   

IAS 28 (Revised), Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures (effective 1 January 2013)

 

   

Disclosures—Transfers of Financial Assets—Amendments to IFRS 7 (effective 1 July 2011)

 

   

Deferred Tax: Recovery of Underlying Assets—Amendments to IAS 12 Income Taxes (effective 1 January 2012)

 

   

Severe Hyperinflation and Removal of Fixed Dates for First-time Adopters—Amendments to IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (effective 1 July 2011)

 

   

Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income—Amendments to IAS 1 (effective 1 July 2012)

With the exception of IFRS 9 (described below under Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended December 31, 2010 and 2011), the Group does not consider that these Standards and Interpretations will have a significant impact on the financial statements of the Group except for additional disclosures when the relevant standards come into effect for periods commencing on or after April 1, 2011.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

 

           As at December 31  
  Note      2011     2010  
           (in thousands)  

ASSETS

      

Non-current assets

      

Property, plant and equipment

    7       $ 11,603      $ 14,155   

Goodwill

       1,877        1,877   

Intangible assets – trade name

       14,000        14,000   

Intangible assets – content

    8         478,935        429,275   

Intangible assets – others

    9         1,733        783   

Available-for-sale investments

       25,510        28,601   

Deferred tax assets

       463        164   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     $ 534,121      $ 488,855   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current assets

      

Inventories

     $ 1,332      $ 1,444   

Trade and other receivables

    10         74,871        73,673   

Current tax receivable

       4,895        8,089   

Cash and cash equivalents

    12         120,032        117,426   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
       201,130        200,632   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     $ 735,251      $ 689,487   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

      

Current liabilities

      

Trade and other payables

    11       $ 34,540      $ 39,141   

Short-term borrowings

    7         97,344        52,540   

Derivative financial instruments

       8,170        5,931   

Current tax payable

       1,482        1,336   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     $ 141,536      $ 98,948   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

      

Long-term borrowings

    13       $ 130,715      $ 149,083   

Deferred tax

       21,788        18,106   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
       152,503        167,189   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

       294,039        266,137   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets

     $ 441,212      $ 423,350   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

EQUITY

      

Equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

      

Share capital

     $ 21,687      $ 21,349   

Share premium

       134,920        128,296   

Translation reserve

       (28,723     253   

Reverse acquisition reserve

       (22,752     (22,752

Other reserves

       53,300        63,619   

Retained earnings

       246,594        195,338   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
       405,026        386,103   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non controlling interest

       36,186        37,247   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     $ 441,212      $ 423,350   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying accounting policies and condensed notes form an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

 

           Nine Months Ended December 31  
    Note      2011     2010  
           (in thousands, except earnings per
share)
 

Revenue

    3       $ 166,282      $ 124,272   

Cost of sales

       (84,023     (66,138
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

       82,259        58,134   

Administrative costs

       (23,632     (13,426
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

       58,627        44,708   

Financing costs

    4         (4,634     (2,083

Finance income

       3,355        1,283   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net finance costs

       (1,279     (800

Profit before tax

       57,348        43,908   

Income tax expense

    5         (11,844     (6,483
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the period

     $ 45,504      $ 37,425   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to:

      

Owners of the parent

     $ 40,849      $ 35,321   

Non-controlling interest

       4,655        2,104   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     $ 45,504      $ 37,425   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share (cents)

      

Basic earnings per share

    6       $ 35.1      $ 30.4   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

    6       $ 34.6      $ 30.0   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying accounting policies and condensed notes form an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

 

     Nine Months Ended
December 31
 
     2011     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Profit for the year

   $ 45,504      $ 37,425   

Reclassification of revaluation of freehold buildings

     —          (67

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

     (34,148     530   

Reclassification of gains on cash flow hedges

     (2,575     (2.388

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges

     (1,018     1,585   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the period

     7,763        37,085   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to owners of Eros International Plc

   $ 8,343      $ 34,974   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying accounting policies and condensed notes form an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE PERIODS ENDED DECEMBER 31 2011 AND 2010

 

           Nine Months Ended
December 31
 
    Note      2011     2010  
           (in thousands)  

Cash flow from operating activities

      

Profit before tax

     $ 57,348      $ 43,908   

Adjustments for:

      

Depreciation

    10         898        593   

Share based payment

    2         5,263        777   

Amortization of intangibles

       63,500        50,763   

Net finance charge

    4         1,279        800   

Movement in trade and other receivables

       (19,743     (11,591

Movement in inventories

       91        371   

Movement in trade payables

       4,683        10,909   

(Profit)/loss on sale of property, plant and equipment

       245        (120
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

       113,564        96,410   

Interest paid

       (9,107     (7,041

Income taxes paid

       (7,730     (4,639
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from operating activities

     $ 96,727      $ 84,730   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     $ (477   $ (8,990

Purchase of intangible film rights and related content

       (136,012     (125,136

Purchase of intangible assets others

       (1,282     (176

(Purchase)/Sale of available-for-sale financial assets

       —          (2,020

Interest received

       3,355        1,283   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     $ (134,416   $ (135,039
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Net proceeds from issue of share capital by subsidiary

     $ 888      $ 71,063   

Proceeds/(repayment) of short-term borrowings

       35,581        11,817   

Proceeds/(repayment) from long-term borrowings

       2,419        (2,311
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from financing activities

     $ 38,888      $ 80,569   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

       1,199        30,260   

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

       (7,334     (447

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

       126,167        87,613   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

    12       $ 120,032      $ 117,426   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying accounting policies and condensed notes form an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011

 

     Share
Capital
     Share
Premium
Account
    Translation
Reserve
    Retained
Earnings
     Reverse
Acquisition
Reserve
    Other
Reserves
    Total     Non-Controlling
Interest
    Total
Equity
 
     (in thousands)  

Balance at March 31, 2011

   $ 21,349       $ 128,296      $ 102      $ 205,745       $ (22,752   $ 56,893      $ 389,633      $ 35,742      $ 425,375   

Reclassification of gain on cash flow hedges

     —           —          —          —           —          (2,575     (2,575     —          (2,575

Fair value adjustment of cash flow hedge

     —           —          —          —           —          (1,018     (1,018     —          (1,018

Exchange difference on translating foreign operations

     —           (88     (28,825     —           —          —          (28,913     (5,235     (34,148
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

     —           (88     (28,825     —           —          (3,593     (32,506     (5,235     (37,741

Profit for the year

     —           —          —          40,849         —          —          40,849        4,655        45,504   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the period

     —           (88     (28,825     40,849         —          (3,593     8,343        (580     7,763   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares issued

     93         1,830        —          —           —          —          1,923        888        2,811   

Share based payment

     245         4,882        —          —           —          —          5,127        136        5,263   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ 21,687       $ 134,920      $ (28,723   $ 246,594       $ (22,752   $ 53,300      $ 405,026      $ 36,186      $ 441,212   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying accounting policies and condensed notes form an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

 

     Share
Capital
     Share
Premium
Account
     Translation
Reserve
    Retained
Earnings
    Reverse
Acquisition
Reserve
    Other
Reserves
    Total     Non-Controlling
Interest
     Total
Equity
 
     (in thousands)  

Balance at March 31, 2010

   $ 21,349       $ 128,296       $ (270   $ 171,549      $ (22,752   $ 6,817      $ 304,989      $ 2,200       $ 307,189   

Fair value adjustment of land and buildings

     —           —           —          —          —          (67     (67     —           (67

Reclassification of gain on cash flow hedges

     —           —           —          —          —          (2,388     (2,388     —           (2,388

Fair value adjustment of cash flow hedge

     —           —           —          —          —          1,585        1,585        —           1,585   

Exchange difference on translating foreign operations

     —           —           523        —          —          —          523        7         530   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

     —           —           523        —          —          (870     (347        (340

Profit for the year

     —           —           —          35,321        —          —          35,321        2,104         37,425   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the period

     —           —           523        35,321        —          (870     34,974        2,111         37,085   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shares issued by subsidiary

     —           —           —          (11,532     —          57,672        46,140        32,159         78,299   

Share based payment

     —           —           —          —          —          —          —          777         777   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 21,349       $ 128,296       $ 253      $ 195,338      $ (22,752   $ 63,619      $ 386,103      $ 37,247       $ 423,350   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying accounting policies and condensed notes form an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

1. ORGANIZATIONAL AND DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

Eros International Plc (“Eros”) and its subsidiaries’ (the “Group”) principal activities include the acquisition, co-production and distribution of Indian films and related content. Eros International Plc is the Group’s ultimate parent company. It is incorporated and domiciled in the Isle of Man. The address of Eros International Plc’s registered office is Fort Anne, Douglas Isle of Man IM1 5PD.

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the Group and the Group’s interest in jointly controlled entities have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) for interim financial reporting as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. The results of operations for the nine month periods ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are not necessarily indicative of results of the full years. The Group believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading.

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the financial statements, accounting policies and financial notes thereto included in the Group’s audited consolidated financial statements for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2011. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments), which are necessary for a fair representation of financial results for the interim periods presented.

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared using the same accounting policies as used in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2011.

 

2. RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

At the date of authorization of these financial statements, the following Standards and Interpretations, which have not been applied in these financial statements, were in issue but not yet effective:

 

   

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (effective 1 January 2013)

 

   

IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements (effective 1 January 2013)

 

   

IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements (effective 1 January 2013)

 

   

IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities (effective 1 January 2013)

 

   

IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement (effective 1 January 2013)

 

   

IAS 19 (Revised June 2011) Employee Benefits (effective 1 January 2013)

 

   

IAS 27 (Revised), Separate Financial Statements (effective 1 January 2013)

 

   

IAS 28 (Revised), Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures (effective 1 January 2013)

 

   

Disclosures—Transfers of Financial Assets—Amendments to IFRS 7 (effective 1 July 2011)

 

   

Deferred Tax: Recovery of Underlying Assets—Amendments to IAS 12 Income Taxes (effective 1 January 2012)

 

   

Severe Hyperinflation and Removal of Fixed Dates for First-time Adopters—Amendments to IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (effective 1 July 2011)

 

   

Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income—Amendments to IAS 1 (effective 1 July 2012)

 

   

Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Amendments to IAS 32 (effective 1 January 2014)

 

F-48


Table of Contents
   

Mandatory Effective Date and Transition Disclosures—Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 (effective 1 January 2015)

With the exception of IFRS 9 (described below), the Group does not consider that these Standards and Interpretations will have a significant impact on the financial statements of the Group except for additional disclosures when the relevant standards come into effect.

IFRS 9, effective for the year ending March 31, 2015, alters the treatment of fair value movements of available-for-sale financial assets by imposing recognition through the consolidated income statement.

 

3. INFORMATION ABOUT REVENUES & GEOGRAPHIC AREAS

Business segmental data

Management has identified only one operating segment in the business, filmed content. This single operating segment is monitored and strategic decisions are made on the basis of this segment alone. As a result only the geographic reporting analysis has been included in this note.

Geographic reporting

Eros acquires, co-produces and distributes Indian films in multiple formats worldwide. Film content is monitored and strategic decisions around the business operations are made based on the film content, whether it is new release or catalog. Hence, management identifies only one operating segment in the business, film content. We distribute our film content to the Indian population in India, the South Asian diaspora worldwide and to non-Indian consumers who view Indian films that are subtitled or dubbed in local languages. As a result of these distribution activities, Eros has identified four geographic markets, India, North America, Europe and the Rest of the World. Information about revenues is presented based on the customers’ location.

 

     Nine Months ended December 31  
     2011      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue

     

India

   $ 110,942       $ 83,273   

Europe

     21,758         16,588   

North America

     8,758         7,405   

Rest of the world

     24,824         17,006   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 166,282       $ 124,272   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As at December 31, 2011  
     India      North
America
     Europe      Rest of the
World
 
     (in thousands)  

Segment assets

   $ 239,934       $ 5,225       $ 174,084       $ 316,008   
       As at December 31, 2010  
     India      North
America
     Europe      Rest of the
World
 
     (in thousands)  

Segment assets

   $ 235,475       $ 1,827       $ 147,439       $ 304,746   

 

F-49


Table of Contents
4. FINANCE CHARGES AND INCOME

 

       Nine months ended
December 31
 
       2011     2010  
       (in thousands)  

Interest expense

   $ 4,634      $ 2,083   

Less: Interest Received

     (3,355     (1,283
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 1,279      $ 800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

5. INCOME TAX EXPENSE

Income tax expense for the nine months ended December 31, 2011 was $11.8 million, compared to $6.5 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2010. Our estimated annual effective tax rate was 21% for the nine months ended December 31, 2011, compared to 14.8% in the nine months ended December 31, 2010.

 

6. EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

     Nine months ended December 31  
     2011     2010  
     Basic      Diluted     Basic      Diluted  
     (in thousands, except earnings per share)  

Earnings

          

Earnings attributable to the equity holders of the parent

   $ 40,849       $ 40,849        35,321         35,321   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Potential dilutive effect related to share based compensation scheme in subsidiary undertaking

     —           (462     —           (437
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted earnings attributable to equity holders of the parent

   $ 40,849       $ 40,387      $ 35,321       $ 34,884   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Number of shares

          

Weighted average number of shares

     116,449         116,449        116,134         116,134   

Potential dilutive effect related to share based compensation scheme

     —           187        —           187   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted weighted average number of shares

     116,449         116,636        116,134         116,321   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share

          

Earnings attributable to the equity holders of the parent per share (cents)

   $ 35.1       $ 34.6      $ 30.4       $ 30.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents
7. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

     Land and
Building
    Furniture,
Fittings
and
Equipment
    Vehicles     Plant and
Machinery
    Total  
     (in thousands)  

Nine Months ended

          

DECEMBER 31, 2011

          

Opening net book amount

   $ 10,767      $ 1,516      $ 581      $ 1,211      $ 14,075   

Exchange differences

     (1,454     (56     (88     (207     (1,805

Additions

     156        5        96        247        504   

Disposals

     —          (138     —          (135     (273

Depreciation charge

     (454     (51     (111     (282     (898
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing net book amount

   $ 9,015      $ 1,276      $ 478      $ 834      $ 11,603   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At DECEMBER 31, 2011

          

Cost or valuation

     10,466        2,691        1,701        5,067        19,925   

Accumulated depreciation

     (1,451     (1,415     (1,223     (4,233     (8,322
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount

   $ 9,015      $ 1,276      $ 478      $ 834      $ 11,603   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Land and
Building
    Furniture,
Fittings
and
Equipment
    Vehicles     Plant and
Machinery
    Total  
     (in thousands)  

Nine Months ended

          

DECEMBER 31, 2010

          

Opening net book amount

   $ 2,271      $ 1,012      $ 594      $ 1,556      $ 5,433   

Exchange differences

     198        2        3        68        271   

Additions

     9,413        8        261        84        9,766   

Disposals

     (502     —          (219     (1     (722

Depreciation charge

     (64     (83     (48     (398     (593
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing net book amount

   $ 11,316      $ 939      $ 591      $ 1,309      $ 14,155   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At DECEMBER 31, 2010

          

Cost or valuation

   $ 12,323      $ 2,112      $ 1,650      $ 5,017      $ 21,102   

Accumulated depreciation

     (1,007     (1,173     (1,059     (3,708     (6,947
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount

   $ 11,316      $ 939      $ 591      $ 1,309      $ 14,155   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents
8. INTANGIBLE CONTENT ASSETS

 

     As at December 31, 2011  
   Gross
Content
Assets
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Content
Assets
 
     (in thousands)  

Film productions

   $ 143       $ —        $ 143   

Film and content rights

     595,821         (292,180     303,641   

Content advances

     175,151         —          175,151   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non Current Content assets

   $ 771,115       $ (292,180   $ 478,935   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     As at December 31, 2010  
   Gross Content
Assets
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Content
Assets
 
     (in thousands)  

Film productions

     —           —          —     

Film and content rights

   $ 472,110       $ (211,604   $ 260,506   

Content advances

     168,769         —          168,769   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non Current Content assets

   $ 640,879       $ (211,604   $ 429,275   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in the main content assets are as follows:

 

     Nine Months ended
December 31
 
   2011     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Film productions

    

Opening balance

   $ 170      $ 7,878   

Additions

     —          —     

Changes in foreign currency translation

     (27     —     

Transfer to film and content rights

     —          (7,878
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing balance

   $ 143      $ 0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Nine Months ended
December 31
 
   2011     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Content advances

    

Opening balance

   $ 163,365      $ 123,106   

Additions

     150,756        137,114   

Changes in foreign currency translation

     (20,429     947   

Transfer to film and content rights

     (118,541     (92,398
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing balance

   $ 175,151      $ 168,769   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents
     Nine Months ended
December 31
 
     2011     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Film and content rights

    

Opening balance

   $ 258,366      $ 218,244   

Amortization

     (63,500     (50,763

Changes in foreign currency translation

     (9,766     627   

Transfer from other content assets

     118,541        92,398   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing balance

   $ 303,641      $ 260,506   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

9. OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

     As at December 31, 2011  
   Gross      Accumulated
Amortization
    Net  
     (in thousands)  

Internally generated software

   $ 2,937       $ (1,204   $ 1,733   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     As at December 31, 2010  
   Gross      Accumulated
Amortization
    Net  
     (in thousands)  

Internally generated software

   $ 1,866       $ (1,083   $ 783   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The changes in other intangible assets are as follows:

 

     Nine Months ended
December 31
 
     2011     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Opening balance

   $ 698      $ 692   

Additions during the year

     966        176   

Changes in foreign currency translation

     102        3   

Amortization

     (33     (88
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing balance

   $ 1,733      $ 783   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

10. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

 

     As at December 31  
     2011      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Trade accounts receivable net

   $ 63,584       $ 56,530   

Other receivables

     6,954         17,143   

Prepaid charges

     4,333         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade accounts receivable and other

   $ 74,871       $ 73,673   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

An element of trade accounts receivable that have not been impaired are past due as at the reporting date. The age of these financial assets past due were as follows:

     As at December 31  
     2011      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Not more than three months

   $ 1,819       $ 2,563   

More than three months but not more than six months

     2,459         266   

More than six months but not more than one year

     2,491         1,016   

More than one year

     1,333         1,533   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 8,102       $ 5,378   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

11. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLE

 

     As at December 31  
   2011      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Trade accounts payable

   $ 27,153       $ 29,972   

Accruals & other payables

     3,643         7,849   

Social security & other taxes payable

     3,744         1,320   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 34,540       $ 39,141   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group Considers that the carrying amount of trade and other payables approximate their fair value.

 

12. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and Cash equivalents consist of cash on hand and balance with banks and investments in money market investments. Cash and Cash equivalents included in the statement of cash flows comprise amounts in the statement of financial position.

 

     As at December 31  
   2011      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Held-to-maturity investments

   $ 13,952       $ 41,538   

Cash at bank and in hand

     106,080         75,888   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 120,032       $ 117,426   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents
13. BORROWINGS AND OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

An analysis of long term borrowings and other financial liabilities is shown in the table below.

 

     Nominal
Interest Rate
    Maturity      December 31, 
2011
    December 31, 
2010
 
     %            (in thousands)  

Asset backed borrowings

         

Term Loan

     LIBOR+5.5     2011       $ —        $ 656   

Term Loan

     LIBOR+5.5     2015         2,053        2,986   

Term Loan

     BPLR+1.25     2015         809        1,125   

Term Loan

     LIBOR+8.5     2015         2,458        3,376   

Term Loan

     10-15     2012         —          34   

Term Loan

     10-15     2012         —          131   

Term Loan

     10-15     2012         —          31   

Term Loan

     10-15     2013         34        —     
       

 

 

   

 

 

 
        $ 5,354      $ 8,339   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unsecured borrowings

         

US $80 million revolving facility

     LIBOR+1.65      $ 80,000      $ 100,000   

US $25 million revolving facility

     LIBOR+2.35        25,000        25,000   

US $20 million revolving facility

     LIBOR+3        20,000        20,000   

Other Loans

          3,060        —     

Nominal value of borrowings

          133,414        153,339   

Cumulative effect of unamortized costs

          (540     (1,138

Installments due within one year

          (2,159     (3,118
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long – term borrowings

        $ 130,715      $ 149,083   
       

 

 

   

 

 

 

The US$100 million, US$25 million and US$20 million (the “revolving facilities”) are subject to a negative pledge that restricts our ability to incur liens, security interests or similar encumbrances or arrangements on our assets.

As at December 31, 2011, $125.0 million of the $145.0 million of credit facilities at Eros Worldwide FZ-LLC have been disclosed as non-current liabilities as a result of entering into the new revolving credit facility, and $20 million has been shown as a current liability in the statement of financial position.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Analysis of short term borrowings

 

           As at December 31  
     Nominal interest
rate (%)
    2011      2010  
           (in thousands)  

Asset backed borrowings

       

Asset Loan

     10-15   $ 4,293       $ 5,096   

Term Loan

     LIBOR + 5.5     67         —     

Term Loan

     10-15     139         —     

Book Overdraft

       18,477         11,943   

Export credit and overdraft

    

 

LIBOR plus 3.5

& BPLR0 .75

%

    21,846         32,383   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
       44,822         49,422   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unsecured Borrowings

       

Commercial Paper

     10.95%–11.78     25,443         —     

Book Overdraft

     BR+2     4,920         —     

US $20 million revolving facility

     LIBOR + 1.65     20,000         —     

Installments due within one year on long – term borrowings

       2,159         3,118   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Short-term Borrowings

     $ 97,344       $ 52,540   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Currency, Maturity and Nature of Interest Rate of the Nominal Value of Borrowings

 

     As at December 31  
     2011      %     2010      %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Currency

          

US Dollar

   $ 186,172         82   $ 177,147         88

Indian Rupees

     41,887         18     24,476         12
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 228,059         100   $ 201,623         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Maturity

          

Due before one year

   $ 97,344         43   $ 52,540         26

Due between one and three years

     3,195         1     149,083         74

Due between four and five years

     127,520         56     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 228,059         100   $ 201,623         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nature of rates

          

Fixed interest rate

   $ 147,694         65   $ 144,057         71

Floating rate

     80,365         35     57,566         29
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 228,059         100   $ 201,623         100
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-56


Table of Contents
14. SHARE BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

The compensation cost recognized with respect to all outstanding plans, which are all equity settled instruments, is as follows:

 

     As at December 31  
   2011      2010  
     (in thousands)  

IPO Plan

   $ 5,127       $ —     

IPO India Plan

     136         777   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 5,263       $ 777   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

This charge has been included in administrative costs in the Income Statement.

 

15. ISSUED SHARE CAPITAL

 

     Number of
Shares
     GBP  
            (in thousands)  

Authorized

     

200,000,000 ordinary shares of 10p each (“Ordinary Shares”) at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010

     200,000,000         20,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Number of
Shares
     $  
            (in thousands)  

Allotted, called up and fully paid

     

At April 1, 2011

     116,133,758       $ 21,349   

Allotment of shares on June 1, 2011

     107,776         18   

Allotment of shares on October 6, 2011

     2,075,340         320   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2011

     118,316,874       $ 21,687   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Number of
Shares
     $  
            (in thousands)  

Allotted, called up and fully paid

     

At April 1, 2010

     116,133,758       $ 21,349   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2010

     116,133,758       $ 21,349   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

16.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

            Nine months Ended December 31  
            2011     2010  
     Details of transaction      Movement
in year
    Asset
(Liability)
    Movement
in year
    Asset
(Liability)
 
     

Red Bridge Ltd.

     President fees         (221     (543     (236     (236

550 County Avenue

     Rent         (79     (489     38        (384

Deposits

     Deposits and Fees         (99     672        (27     749   

Line Cross Limited

     Rent         (27     (153     (147     (116

Lulla Family

     Rent         (17     4        31        31   

The Group has engaged in transactions with NextGen Films Pvt. Ltd., an entity owned by the husband of Puja Rajani, sister of Kishore Lulla and Sunil Lulla, each of which involved the purchase and sale of film rights. NextGen Films Pvt. Ltd. sold $20,269,285 and $427,632 to the Group in the nine months ended December 31, 2011 and the nine months ended December 31, 2010, respectively, and purchased from the Group $5,175,439 in the nine months ended December 31, 2010.

The Group also engaged in transactions with Everest Entertainment Pvt. Ltd., an entity owned by the brother of Manjula K. Lulla, wife of Kishore Lulla, which involved the purchase and sale of film rights. Everest Entertainment Pvt. Ltd. sold $18,933 and $36,959 to the Group in the period ended December 31, 2011 and the period ended December 31, 2010, respectively.

 

17. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On January 5, 2012, we entered into a $125.0 million revolving credit facility which will mature in January 2017. The new credit facility includes a provision allowing for one or more increases from time to time during the life of the facility by an aggregate amount not to exceed $75.0 million and, on January 27, 2012, we exercised our option to increase the revolving facility by $25.0 million to a total amount of $150.0 million. The new credit facility was drawn on February 14, 2012, and the proceeds of the initial drawing were used to repay in full our then existing revolving credit facilities and the unsecured overdraft facility at Eros Worldwide FZ-LLC with an aggregate value of $150.0 million.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

LOGO

EROS INTERNATIONAL


Table of Contents

 

 

             Shares

 

LOGO

Eros International Plc

A Ordinary Shares

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

Deutsche Bank Securities

BofA Merrill Lynch

Citigroup

UBS Investment Bank

 

 

 

 

                    , 2012

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

ITEM 6. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Subject to any contrary provision in a company’s articles, section 112 of the 2006 Act allows an Isle of Man company to indemnify its directors against all expenses and against all judgments, if such director acted honestly and in good faith and in what he believed to be in the best interests of the company, or where he had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. The articles of association that we plan to adopt prior to the offering (such documents being “our new formation documents”) will not contain any contradictory provisions to section 112 of the Act. Provided that the conditions contained under section 112 of the 2006 Act and our new formation articles are satisfied, the Act and our new formation articles provide for the indemnification of our directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to indemnify such person against all expenses and judgments arising under the Securities Act.

Our new formation documents will provide for indemnification of our officers, directors, employees and agents to the extent and under the circumstances permitted under Isle of Man law.

In addition to the indemnification to be provided by our new formation documents, prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. These agreements, subject to certain exceptions, will require us to, among other things, indemnify these directors and executive officers for certain expenses, including attorney fees, witness fees and expenses, expenses of accountants and other advisors, and the premium, security for and other costs relating to any bond, arising out of that person’s services as a director or officer of us or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

The Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us, our directors and officers and by us of the underwriters, for some liabilities arising under the Securities Act, and affords some rights of contribution with respect thereto.

ITEM 7. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

With the exception of our shares traded on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange, in the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act.

 

   

On April 10, 2008, we issued ordinary shares in respect of the acquisition of Acacia Investments. The purchase price for the shares of Acacia Investments pursuant to the option was $10,815,017, representing a 10% premium to the par value of the shares (plus accrued interest as at the date of the exercise), and was satisfied by the issue of 1,783,698 ordinary shares based on the mid-market price of $4.80 on the grant date.

 

   

On May 6, 2009, we issued 117,303 ordinary shares for employee bonus/remuneration at $1.25 per share based on the mid-market price on the grant date.

 

   

On May 6, 2009, we issued 738,458 ordinary shares for senior executive bonus/remuneration at $1.25 per share based on the mid-market price on the grant date.

 

   

On May 31, 2011, we issued 107,776 ordinary shares for employee bonus/remuneration issued at $3.60 per share based on the mid-market price on the grant date.

 

   

Effective June 1, 2011, we issued 550,000 ordinary shares to Jyoti Deshpande. Ms. Deshpande also holds the right to receive ordinary shares valued at $2,000,000 upon completion of our initial public offering in the United States. Both grants to Ms. Deshpande were effected pursuant to the terms of that certain Consultant Services Agreement entered into by Ms. Deshpande and the Company.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
   

On October 3, 2011, we issued 2,075,340 ordinary shares to employees and directors as bonus/remuneration issued at $3.33 per share based on the mid-market price on the grant date.

The sales of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation.

ITEM 8. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Title

  1.1**   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1**   Memorandum of Association, to be in effect upon consummation of this offering
  3.2**   Articles of Association, to be in effect upon consummation of this offering
  4.1**   Form of A Share Certificate
  5.1**   Opinion of Cains Advocates Limited
10.1*   Relationship Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2009, between Eros International Media Limited, Eros International Plc, and Eros Worldwide FZ-LLC
10.2*   Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of January 13, 2007, between Eros Multimedia Private Limited and The Group and Big Screen Entertainment Private Limited
10.3*   Shareholder Agreement, dated July 11, 2007, for Ayngaran International Limited
10.4*   Employment Agreement of Sunil Lulla as Executive Vice Chairman of Eros International Media Limited, dated September 29, 2009
10.5*   Service Agreement of Andrew Heffernan as Chief Financial Officer, dated June 27, 2006
10.6*   Services Agreement of Kishore Lulla as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, dated June 27, 2006
10.7*
  Service Agreement of Vijay Ahuja as Vice Chairman and President (International), dated June 27, 2006
10.8*   Rules of the Eros International Plc Bonus Share Plan Unapproved Option Scheme 2006, dated May 17, 2006
10.9*   Credit Facility, dated January 5, 2012, between Eros International Plc, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, Lloyds TSB Bank Plc and the Royal Bank of Scotland Plc, with Lloyds TSB Bank Plc as Facility Agent, in the original principal amount of $125 million
10.10*
  Increase Confirmation, dated January 27, 2012, from UBS AG, Singapore Branch, to Lloyds TSB Bank Plc as Facility Agent and Eros International Plc
16.1*   Letter from Grant Thornton Isle of Man
21.1*   Subsidiaries of Eros International Plc
23.1**   Consent of Cains Advocates Limited (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2*   Consent of Grant Thornton UK LLP
23.3*   Consent to Use of Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry - KPMG Indian Media and Entertainment Industry Reports
23.4*   Consent of Greg Coote
24.1*   Power of Attorney (included in signature page of Registration Statement hereto)

 

* Filed herewith
** To be filed by amendment

 

II-2


Table of Contents

ITEM 9. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of London, England, on March 30, 2012.

 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC
By:   /s/ KISHORE LULLA
 

Kishore Lulla

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below does hereby constitutes and appoints Kishore Lulla and Andrew Heffernan, with full power of substitution and full power to act without the other, such person’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent to act for him or her in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any subsequent registration statement the Company may hereafter file with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 to register additional shares of common stock, and to file this Registration Statement and all amendments thereto, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in order to effectuate the same as fully, to all intents and purposes, as they, he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do to cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the following persons have signed this Registration Statement in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

/s/ KISHORE LULLA

Kishore Lulla

  

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 30, 2012

/s/ ANDREW HEFFERNAN

Andrew Heffernan

   Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)   March 30, 2012

/s/ VIJAY AHUJA

Vijay Ahuja

   Director   March 30, 2012

/s/ NARESH CHANDRA

Naresh Chandra

   Director   March 30, 2012

/s/ DILIP THAKKAR

Dilip Thakkar

   Director   March 30, 2012

/s/ SUNIL LULLA

Sunil Lulla

   Director   March 30, 2012

/s/ MICHAEL KIRKWOOD

Michael Kirkwood

   Director   March 30, 2012

/s/ KEN NAZ

Ken Naz

  

President of Americas Operations

(Authorized Representative in the U.S.)

  March 30, 2012

 

Signature Page to Form F-1


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Title

  1.1**   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1**   Memorandum of Association, to be in effect upon consummation of this offering
  3.2**   Articles of Association, to be in effect upon consummation of this offering
  4.1**   Form of A Share Certificate
  5.1**   Opinion of Cains Advocates Limited
10.1*   Relationship Agreement, dated as of December 16, 2009, between Eros International Media Limited, Eros International Plc, and Eros Worldwide FZ-LLC
10.2*   Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of January 13, 2007, between Eros Multimedia Private Limited and The Group and Big Screen Entertainment Private Limited
10.3*   Shareholder Agreement, dated July 11, 2007, for Ayngaran International Limited
10.4*   Employment Agreement of Sunil Lulla as Executive Vice Chairman of Eros International Media Limited, dated September 29, 2009
10.5*   Service Agreement of Andrew Heffernan as Chief Financial Officer, dated June 27, 2006
10.6*   Services Agreement of Kishore Lulla as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, dated June 27, 2006
10.7*   Service Agreement of Vijay Ahuja as Vice Chairman and President (International), dated June 27, 2006
10.8*   Rules of the Eros International Plc Bonus Share Plan Unapproved Option Scheme 2006, dated May 17, 2006
10.9*   Credit Facility, dated January 5, 2012, between Eros International Plc, Citibank, N.A., London Branch, Lloyds TSB Bank Plc and the Royal Bank of Scotland Plc, with Lloyds TSB Bank Plc as Facility Agent, in the original principal amount of $125 million
10.10*
  Increase Confirmation, dated January 27, 2012, from UBS AG, Singapore Branch, to Lloyds TSB Bank Plc as Facility Agent and Eros International Plc
16.1*   Letter from Grant Thornton Isle of Man
21.1*   Subsidiaries of Eros International Plc
23.1**   Consent of Cains Advocates Limited (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2*   Consent of Grant Thornton UK LLP
23.3*   Consent to Use of Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry - KPMG Indian Media and Entertainment Industry Reports
23.4*   Consent of Greg Coote
24.1*   Power of Attorney (included in signature page of Registration Statement hereto)

 

* Filed herewith
** To be filed by amendment

Exhibit 10.1

Relationship Agreement

This relationship agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made effective as of the 16 th day of Dec 2009 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between:

 

1. Eros International Media Limited, a company established and existing under the laws of the Republic of India (“ EIML ”),

 

2. Eros International plc, a company established and existing under the laws of Isle of Man (“ Eros plc ”), and

 

3. Eros Worldwide FZ LLC, a company established and existing under the laws of Dubai (“ EWW ”).

For purposes of this Agreement, EIML and its existing subsidiaries, Big Screen Entertainment Private Limited, Eyeqube Studios Private Limited, Eros International Films Private Limited, Copsale Limited, Eros Animation Private Limited, Eros Music Publishing Private Limited, and any other subsidiaries of EIML as may exist from time to time, shall collectively be referred to as the “ Eros India Group ”. For the avoidance of doubt, the Eros India Group shall exclude Ayngaran International Limited and its subsidiaries (the “ Ayngaran Group ”). Eros plc and EWW, together with Eros International Limited, a company established and existing under the laws of England and Wales, Eros Network Limited, a company established and existing under the laws of England and Wales, Eros Pacific Limited, a company established and existing under the laws of Fiji, Eros Australia Pty Limited, a company established and existing under the laws of Australia and Eros Entertainment Inc., a company established and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, shall collectively be referred to as the “ Eros International Group ”. Each of these expressions shall, unless repugnant or contrary to the context or meaning thereof, be deemed to mean and include their respective successors and permitted assigns.

Each of EIML, Eros plc, and EWW shall each individually be referred to as “ Party ” and collectively be referred to as “ Parties ”.

WHEREAS

 

1. The Eros India Group is primarily engaged in, inter alia , the business of acquiring rights to Indian Film (as defined herein) content by producing, co-producing and acquiring Indian Films and the distribution of such Indian Film content within the Territory (as defined herein) in a variety of formats.

 

2. The Eros International Group is primarily engaged in, inter alia , the business of distributing Indian film content globally in a variety of formats by typically acquiring the Film Rights (as defined herein), including all applicable Intellectual Property Rights (as defined herein), of Indian Films, from the Eros India Group for distribution in geographies outside the Territory.

 

3. The Parties have now agreed to enter into this Agreement to record the principal terms of their relationship and the manner in which their respective expertise and resources shall be shared beginning as of the Effective Date.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Definition and Interpretation:

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, the following expressions shall have the following meaning:

Applicable Taxes ” shall mean all taxes (direct or indirect), withholdings, cess, levies, octroi, duties, claims, demands etc.

 

1


Business Opportunity ” has the meaning attributed to it in clause 5 of this Agreement.

Confidential Information ” shall mean:

 

(i) the contents of this Agreement;

 

(ii) any information concerning the organization, business, technology, trade secrets, know-how, finance, transactions or affairs of a Party or any of its affiliates, directors, officers or employees (whether conveyed in written, oral or in any other form and whether such information is furnished before, on or after the Effective Date);

 

(iii) any material or information, which results in the violation of any terms and conditions of this Agreement and disclosed to a Party by another Party for the purpose of this Agreement, including any information of any kind whatsoever which is made known to a Party as being confidential in nature; and

 

(iv) any information or materials prepared by a Party or its representatives that contains or otherwise reflects, or is generated from such confidential information.

Distribution Expenses ” shall mean and include all actual direct out-of-pocket costs and expenses accrued or otherwise in connection with the exploitation of Film Rights, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the following costs:

 

(i) manufacturing of prints, subtitling, dubbing and editing;

 

(ii) advertising, promoting and publicizing the Indian Films in publications, radio and television, previews, displays and other media;

 

(iii) third party commissions;

 

(iv) freight, insurance (if any), storage; and

 

(v) permit fees and sales, use, remittance, transfer and other taxes on goods, however denominated.

Distribution Rights ” shall mean any and all commercial and non-commercial rights, to distribute, supply, license, market and exploit the Indian Films through all forms of media, whether existing as of the Effective Date or arising thereafter, including but not limited to (i) theatrical rights and non-theatrical rights in all formats (including 70mm / 35min / 16mm / 8mm), including theatrical / home video rights; (ii) ship, high seas, surface transport rights, including railways rights; (iii) internet, multimedia and broadband rights; (iv) videogram rights including video copyrights, video digital versatile disc, compact disc, delivery on any format, laser disc video compact disc including visual songs or any other mode of video; (v) computer game rights; (vi) Indian Film clippings and clip rights ; (vii) merchandising rights; (viii) rental rights; (ix) terrestrial television rights; (x) pay-per-view; (xi) hotel rights; (xii) mechanical synchronization rights; (xiii) broadcasting rights; (xiv) video on demand; (xv) synchronized songs / music rights; and (xvi) non-exclusive satellite television rights, but excluding only India Television Rights (as defined herein).

Film Rights ” shall mean:

 

(i) all applicable Intellectual Property Rights and all other rights of any kind in, and to the Indian Films, including, screenplays, soundtracks and music for such Indian Films, including all footage shots in relation to such Indian Films;

 

(ii) Sound Recording Rights associated with each Indian Film; and

 

(iii) Distribution Rights.

Gross Proceeds ” shall mean all monies received from the exploitation of the Film Rights or Non-Film Music Publishing Rights, as the case may be, or any related ancillary Film Rights or Non-Film Music Publishing Rights.

Indian Film(s) ” shall mean cinematographic films produced, co-produced or acquired within the Territory, in Hindi or any other Indian regional language (excluding Tamil language films), for exhibition within and outside the Territory.

 

2


India Television Rights ” shall mean the right to exploit the Indian Films through all forms of television including but not limited to cable television, terrestrial television, internet protocol television (“ IPTV ”) and direct to home (“ DTH ”) television, as well as airborne rights (meaning the right to show or play the Indian Films in any manner or means as approved by any airline anywhere) within and outside the Territory, and satellite television for India and the non-exclusive right to allow licensing to channels within India to broadcast the films on their international feeds.

Intellectual Property Rights ” shall mean all patents, trade marks, service marks, logos, trade names, rights in designs, copyrights and moral rights, database rights, utility models, rights in know-how, re-make rights and other intellectual property rights, in each case whether registered or unregistered and including applications for registration, and all rights or forms of protection having equivalent or similar effect anywhere in the world which are held, beneficially owned or licensed.

Minimum Guarantee Fee ” has the meaning attributed to it in clause 2.1.3 of this Agreement.

Non-Film Music Publishing Rights ” shall mean and include the rights, held by the Eros India Group outside the Territory, other than with respect to Indian Films for which they hold Film Rights, to record, print, perform, broadcast, reproduce, distribute and sell musical compositions / songs / albums, in whatever form, including, without limitation, physical recordings such as CDs, DVDs, audio / video cassettes, online and wireless downloads, mobile phone ringtones, public broadcast of music on television, radio, cable and satellite, live performance at a concert or other venue and online and wireless streaming, including all applicable Intellectual Property Rights in relation thereto.

Payment Reports ” has the meaning attributed to it in clause 6.2 of this Agreement.

Production Costs ” shall mean all the costs, including Applicable Taxes, levies, interest charges or other costs of financing and all other amounts incurred in connection with the acquisition, pre-production, production and post-production of an Indian Film.

Sound Recording Rights ” shall with respect to any sound recording of any musical compositions / songs / albums / sound tracks, mean and include, the right to reproduce the sound recording, sell or give on hire or offer for sale or hire any copy of the sound recording, communicating the sound recording to the public in any form whatsoever, including, without limitation, physical recordings such as CDs, DVDs, audio / video cassettes.

Territory ” shall mean India, Nepal and Bhutan.

In this Agreement, the headings are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of this Agreement.

Unless the context requires otherwise, words incorporating the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing a gender shall include every gender.

 

2. Assignment of Rights

 

2.1 Assignment of Film Rights

 

2.1.1 With respect to Indian Films for which the Eros India Group holds Film Rights outside the Territory, EWW hereby agrees to acquire from EIML, and EIML agrees to grant, such Film Rights, and to cause the other entities within the Eros India Group to grant to EIML such Film Rights to enable it to assign and transfer such Film Rights to EWW, absolutely and unconditionally, on an exclusive basis, with a right to further assign and transfer such Film Rights to other entities within the Eros International Group for exploitation outside the Territory.

Provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall apply to the commitments made by the Eros India Group for the assignment of Film Rights to EWW and / or the Eros International Group companies, which are existing as of the Effective Date.

 

3


2.1.2 For the abundance of clarity, the Eros India Group shall retain the Film Rights and the India Television Rights for all Indian Films within the Territory.

 

2.1.3 For each Indian Film for which the Eros International Group has been assigned rights pursuant to clause 2.1.1 above, EWW shall provide a lump sum minimum guarantee fee (the “ Minimum Guarantee Fee ”) to EIML, which Minimum Guarantee Fee shall be an amount equal to 30% of the Production Cost of each such Indian Film borne by the Eros India Group with an additional markup of 30% thereon.

 

2.1.4 The Gross Proceeds received by the Eros International Group from the exploitation of Film Rights outside the Territory, shall be shared between the Eros International Group on the one hand, and the Eros India Group on the other hand, in the ratio of seventy percent (70%) and thirty per cent (30%), respectively, provided that the Eros International Group shall first be entitled to retain:

 

(a) The Minimum Guarantee Fee with respect to each Indian Film;

 

(b) A commission of 20% of the Gross Proceeds; and

 

(c) Distribution Expenses incurred by the Eros International Group, if any, and the Distribution Expenses reimbursed by EWW pursuant to clause 2.1.5 below.

 

2.1.5 The Distribution Expenses, if any, incurred by the Eros India Group and pre-approved by the Eros International Group, shall be reimbursed by EWW, on behalf of the Eros International Group, within ninety (90) days, or such further period as may be mutually agreed, of such request for reimbursement being made by the Eros India Group. In addition to the reimbursement of such Distribution Expenses, the Eros India Group shall be entitled to receive a markup of thirty percent (30%) of such pre-approved Distribution Expenses.

 

2.1.6 EWW and the applicable Eros India Group company shall enter into a Film Rights Acquisition Agreement for each Indian Film, in the form set forth in Exhibit A to this Agreement.

 

2.1.7 The validity of the Film Rights assigned and transferred to EWW shall be co-terminus with such rights held by the Eros India Group.

 

2.2 Non-Film Music Publishing Rights

 

2.2.1 With respect to Non-Film Music Publishing Rights outside the Territory, EWW hereby agrees to acquire such rights from EIML, and EIML agrees to grant and to cause other entities within the Eros India Group to grant to EIML such rights to enable it to assign and transfer such rights to EWW, absolutely and unconditionally, on an exclusive basis, with a right to further assign such Non-Film Music Publishing Rights to the other Eros International Group companies.

 

2.2.2 The Gross Proceeds received by the Eros International Group from the exploitation of the Non-Film Music Publishing Rights shall be shared between the Eros India Group on the one hand, and the Eros International Group on the other hand, in the ratio of seventy five per cent (75%) and twenty five per cent (25%), respectively, provided that the Eros International Group shall first be entitled to retain Distribution Expenses incurred by the Eros International Group in connection with such Music Publishing Rights, if any, and the Distribution Expenses reimbursed by EWW pursuant to clause 2.2.3 below. Where Non-Film Music Publishing Rights are distributed on a commission only basis, the Eros International Group will act as a sub-agent outside of India and retain the lower of 25% of Gross Proceeds or 75% of the commission due to Eros India Group.

 

2.2.3 The Distribution Expenses in respect of such Non-Film Music Publishing Rights, if any, incurred by the Eros India Group and pre-approved by the Eros International Group, shall be reimbursed by EWW, on behalf of the Eros International Group, within ninety (90) days, or such further period as may be mutually agreed, of such request for reimbursement being made by the Eros India Group. In addition to the reimbursement of such Distribution Expenses, the Eros India Group shall be entitled to receive a markup of thirty percent (30%) of such pre-approved Distribution Expenses.

 

4


3. Other expenses

EWW, on behalf of the Eros International Group, shall reimburse the Eros India Group for all pre-approved expenses incurred by the Eros India Group, on behalf of the Eros International Group from time to time, within ninety (90) days, or such further period as may be mutually agreed, of such request for reimbursement being made by the Eros India Group.

 

4. Withholding Taxes

If either Party is required to pay withholding or other taxes on any payments made pursuant to this Agreement, then such Party shall pay to the other Party an amount sufficient to gross-up such withholding or other tax so that the other Party’s net payments received under this Agreement are not diminished by any such taxes that are imposed with respect to such payments.

 

5. Non-Compete

Except in the manner contemplated in this Agreement and subject to any commitments to third parties existing as of the Effective Date, each of EWW and Eros plc agrees that neither it nor its subsidiaries or affiliates shall produce, co-produce or acquire Film Rights in any Indian Film and Tamil language films or any Non-Film Music Publishing Rights, for exploitation within the Territory in any manner or engage in developing, broadcasting or otherwise distributing content thereof (including, without limitation, any pre-production, production, post-production, animation, gaming or television broadcasting activities) (each, a “ Business Opportunity ”), unless they have first provided EIML the right to independently participate in, or acquire, as the case may be, such Business Opportunity. In the event EIML expresses in writing its intention not to participate in any such Business Opportunity, the Eros International Group shall be entitled to engage in such Business Opportunity; provided, however that, the applicable Film Rights and the India Television Rights for the Territory for such Indian Films or Non-Film Music Publishing Rights, as the case may be, shall first be offered to the Eros India Group. The non-compete provisions of this Agreement shall not apply to English language films. EIML further agrees that the Ayngaran Group shall only produce, co-produce and acquire Tamil language films, and shall not produce, co-produce or acquire Film Rights in any Indian Film(s).

 

6. Reporting, Accounting and Payment Procedures

 

6.1 Payments of Minimum Guarantee Fee, as provided in clause 2.1.3 of this Agreement, shall be made by EWW to EIML on the earlier of (i) delivery of the applicable Indian Films or relevant music recording(s) pursuant to this Agreement, or (ii) the expiry of the date stipulated in the invoice issued in respect of the relevant Film Rights or Non-Film Music Publishing Rights, which has been duly accepted by EWW.

 

6.2 EWW and EIML shall furnish (on behalf of the Eros International Group and the Eros India Group, respectively) to each other, on a quarterly basis, within forty five (45) days, or such further period as may be mutually agreed, from the end of each quarter, revenue and payment detail reports (the “ Payment Reports ”) for payments to be made pursuant to this Agreement, in a format approved by the other Party, which format may change from time to time on the basis of the other Party’s good faith and discretion. The Payment Reports shall (with respect to EWW), among other things, indicate with specificity, on a territory-by-territory basis, all Gross Proceeds with respect to each Indian Film and the payments and fees generated from, and attributable to, the exploitation of the Film Rights and Non-Film Music Publishing Rights outside the Territory, as per the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The Payment Reports may be corrected, adjusted or supplemented, from time-to-time to reflect adjustments, uncollectible amounts or errors. No Payment Reports need to be rendered for any accounting period during which there are no Gross Proceeds to be reported.

 

5


6.3 Payments as per the Payment Reports prepared and furnished as provided in clause 6.2 of this Agreement, i.e., excluding payments of the Minimum Guarantee Fee as per clause 6.1 of this Agreement, shall be made by each of EWW and EIML, respectively, as the case may be, within ten (10) days, or such further period as may be mutually agreed including by reason of any correction, adjustment or supplemented as specified in clause 6.2 of this Agreement, from the date of receipt by it of each such Payment Report.

 

6.4 Each of EWW or EIML may retain a mutually acceptable recognized independent auditor to review and audit the other party’s relevant records to confirm the performance of payment obligations in respect of Payment Reports prepared and furnished under this Agreement upon thirty (30) days prior written notice. Such audit shall: (a) be subject to the auditee’s reasonable security and confidentiality requirements including under this Agreement; (b) occur no more than once per year and not during the first or last three (3) weeks of a calendar quarter, and (c) transpire during the auditee’s normal business hours. If such audit shows an underpayment for any period of time, such auditee shall, within 30 days after completion of such audit, pay or credit such underpaid amounts to the auditing party and, in the event that such audit shows an underpayment to the auditing party of 10% or more, the auditee will reimburse the auditing party its reasonable costs actually incurred for carrying out such audit. If the audit shows an overpayment to the auditing party for any period of time, such auditing party shall, within 30 days after completion of such audit, pay such overpaid amounts to the auditee. Except as otherwise set forth above, all expenses associated with such audit shall be paid by the auditing party.

 

6.5 All amounts payable under this Agreement shall be subject to applicable transfer pricing laws, and shall be set-off against any amounts owed or payable at such time by EIML to EWW.

 

7. Local Currency

All amounts payable under this Agreement by EIML to EWW and / or the Eros International Group shall be paid in United States Dollars, as converted from Indian Rupees and all amounts payable by EWW and / or the Eros International Group to EIML and / or the Eros India Group shall be in United States Dollars, as converted from British Pound Sterling. All amounts shall be payable using the applicable exchange rate on the date of invoice and the Party receiving the payment shall bear all risk from fluctuation of such currencies.

 

8. Indemnity

The Parties mutually undertake to indemnify the other against all liabilities, claims, demands, actions, costs, damages or loss arising out of any breach by any Party of any of the terms of this Agreement.

 

9. Term

This Agreement shall be valid for an initial term of five (5) years, from the Effective Date. Thereafter, this Agreement shall be automatically renewed for successive two (2) year terms unless terminated by any Party by ninety (90) days written notice given to the other Parties on or before the commencement of any such renewal term, provided that the terms of this Agreement (including any renewed form thereof) may be reviewed on an annual basis as is reasonable and to the mutual satisfaction of the Parties for the purpose of determining the terms upon which this Agreement shall be so renewed.

 

10. Termination

Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in clause 9 above, each of the Parties shall be entitled, at any time, by giving thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other Parties, to terminate this Agreement forthwith in any of the following events:

 

  (a) if any Party commits a material breach of any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement and fails to remedy the same within thirty (30) days of being required in writing by the non-breaching Party / Parties so to do; or

 

6


  (b) if the shareholding of Eros plc, directly or indirectly, in EIML falls below 50.1%; or

 

  (c) if any of the Parties goes into voluntary or involuntary liquidation or where either of the Parties is declared insolvent either in bankruptcy proceedings or other legal proceedings.

Neither the expiration nor termination of this Agreement shall release any of the Parties from the obligation to perform any other duty or to discharge any other liability that had been incurred prior thereto. Upon termination of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall continue to apply to the Indian Films which have been delivered by the Eros India Group to the Eros International Group as of the date of such termination. Upon such termination, this Agreement shall terminate as to any of the Indian Films or relevant music recording(s), as the case may be, which have not been delivered to the Eros International Group as of the date of such termination, whether or not in development or production.

 

11. Confidentiality

Each Party undertakes that it shall not reveal, and shall use its best efforts to ensure that its representatives do not reveal to any third party, any Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the other Party. The provisions of this clause 11 shall not apply to:

 

  (a) disclosure of Confidential Information that is, or becomes generally available to the public, other than as a result of disclosure by or at the direction of a Party or any of its representatives in violation of this Agreement; or

 

  (b) disclosure by a Party to its representatives provided such representatives are bound by similar confidentiality obligations; or

 

  (c) disclosure, after giving prior notice to the other Parties to the extent required under law.

Provided that each Party hereby agrees and acknowledges that disclosure of this Agreement may be required in connection with the preparation of a prospectus, private placement memorandum / information memorandum or other similar securities offer document and not withstanding the confidentiality provisions contained herein, such disclosures are expressly permitted under this clause 11.

 

12. Miscellaneous

 

12.1 The Parties shall ensure that the respective companies procure all consents, authorizations, approvals, licenses and permits as may be required, from any regulatory, statutory and governmental authorities, and other relevant third parties, for consummation of the transactions contemplated herein.

 

12.2 This Agreement shall be governed and interpreted by, and construed in accordance with the law of the England and Wales and shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the courts in England.

 

12.3

In the event a dispute arises in connection with the validity, interpretation, implementation or breach of any provision of this Agreement, the Parties shall attempt, in the first instance, to resolve such dispute through negotiations within thirty (30) days from a Party making a written request there for. In the event that the dispute is not resolved through negotiations, or such negotiations do not commence within thirty (30) days of a written request in this behalf, either Party may refer the dispute to arbitration. Each of EIML on the one hand, and EWW and Eros plc on the other hand, shall nominate one arbitrator and in the event of any difference between the two arbitrators, a third arbitrator / umpire shall be appointed. The arbitration proceedings shall be in accordance with the Rules of Conciliation and Arbitration of the London Court of International Arbitration. The law governing the present arbitration agreement shall be the laws of United Kingdom. Proceedings in such arbitration shall be conducted in the English language. The arbitration award shall be substantiated in writing and shall be final and binding on the Parties. The venue of arbitration shall be London, United Kingdom. Each Party shall bear its own costs in connection with such arbitration. The existence of a dispute between the Parties, or the commencement or continuation of

 

7


  arbitration proceedings shall not, in any manner, prevent or postpone the performance of those obligations of Parties under this Agreement which are not in dispute, and the arbitrator(s) shall give due consideration to such performance, if any, in making their final award.

 

12.4 Any provision of this Agreement which shall be held invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any of the other provisions hereof and such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

 

12.5 Any notice between the Parties relating to this Agreement shall, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, be sent by hand delivery, by registered post or airmail, or by facsimile transmission addressed to the Parties at the following addresses and facsimile addresses:

If to the EIML or the Eros India Group:

Satya Dev Building, 2 nd Floor

Off New Link Road, Andheri West

Mumbai 400 053

India

Phone: +91 22 4053 8500

Fax: +91 22 4053 8540

If to Eros plc:

15-19 Athol Street

Douglas, Isle of Man, IM1 1LB

Phone: +44 8700 418 211

Fax: +44 8700 418 212

If to EWW:

529 Building No. 8

Dubai Media City

P.O. Box 502121

Phone: +971 4390 2825

Fax: +971 4390 8867

 

12.6 Except as may be provided in this Agreement, no Party shall assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of each of the other Parties. Any amendment or alteration to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by an authorized signatory of each Party; provided, however, that the Parties hereby agree that in the event that the Eros International Group enters into any agreement or other arrangement with a third party with respect to the exploitation of the Film Rights of Indian Films for a region outside the Territory, the Parties shall in good faith negotiate and seek to enter into an amendment to this Agreement providing such third party with the rights and obligations necessary to facilitate such exploitation of the Film Rights.

 

12.7 Neither Party shall be liable to the other for any breach of, or failure of performance under this Agreement caused by or resulting from any act of god, strikes, lock-outs, insurrection, war, riots, terrorist acts, man-made disasters or any other cause beyond its reasonable control (each an event of “ force majeure ”). If one Party is affected by an event of force majeure it shall forthwith notify the other of the occurrence of such event.

 

12.8 Nothing expressed or implied in this Agreement is intended, or shall be construed, to confer upon or give any person other than the Parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have signed and executed this Agreement on the day and date hereinabove written.

 

For and on behalf of Eros

International Media

Limited

     

For and on behalf of

Eros International plc

     

For and on behalf of Eros Worldwide

FZ LLC

/s/ Sunil Lulla       /s/ Dilip J. Thakkar       /s/ Surender Sadhwani

Authorised Signatory

Name:

Designation:

Date:

     

Authorised Signatory

Name: Dilip J. Thakkar

Designation: Director

Date:

     

Authorised Signatory

Name: Surender Sadhwani

Designation: Director

Date:

 

9


Exhibit A

Form of Film Rights Acquisition Agreement

FILM RIGHTS ACQUISITION AGREEMENT

This Agreement dated the 16 th Dec 2009 is made between

 

     Between

Eros International Media Limited

Satya Dev Building, 2nd Floor

Off New Link Road, Andheri West

Mumbai 400 053

India

Phone: +91 22 4053 8500

Fax: +91 22 4053 8540

  

Eros Worldwide FZ LLC

529 Building No. 8 Dubai Media City

P.O. Box 502121

Phone: +971 4390 2825

Fax: +971 4390 8867

The “ Owner ” which expression shall be deemed to include the successors in title and assigns of the assignor where the context so admits.    The “ Company ” which expression shall be deemed to include the successors in title and assigns of the Company where the context so admits.

WHEREAS

 

  1. EIML, Eros plc and EWW have entered into a relationship agreement dated [•], 2009 (the “ Relationship Agreement ”), to record the principle terms of their relationship and the manner in which their respective expertise and resources shall be shared.

 

  2. The Owner and the Company hereby wish to enter into this Film Rights Acquisition Agreement relating to the acquisition of the Film Rights, with respect to Indian Film(s), as detailed below.

 

  3. The capitalized terms used herein, but that are not defined, shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Relationship Agreement dated [•].

IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS: The Owner by its signature agrees to and assigns to the Company the Film Rights in the Indian Film as more particularly set out in this Agreement, the particulars, the Exhibits hereto and the attached Terms and Conditions.

The Owner acknowledges and confirms that the Owner has read and accepts the attached Terms and Conditions which shall together with the particulars set out in the Relationship Agreement, this Agreement and the Exhibits to this Agreement constitute a full and binding legal Agreement between the parties.

 

1. Particulars of the Indian Film(s)

 

Name of the Indian Film    :    _______________ Hindi (colour)
Name of the Producer    :   
Name of the Director    :   
Name of the Music Director    :   
Star cast    :   

 

10


2. Assigned Rights

 

  (i) All applicable Intellectual Property Rights and all other rights of any kind in, and to the Indian Film, including, screenplays, soundtracks and music for such Indian Film, including all footage shots in relation to such Indian Film;

 

  (ii) Sound Recording Rights associated with each Indian Film, where the Owner holds such rights; and

 

  (iii) Distribution Rights.

All the aforesaid rights shall be in all sizes, modes and formats, sub-titling in any language and shall include the existing and known rights and rights which may be discovered, invented, introduced or come into existence in future during the term of this Agreement

 

3) Assigned Territory    :    As set forth in the Relationship Agreement.
4) Term (No. of years)    :    [•] years from the date of this Agreement, subject to the attached Terms and Conditions of this Agreement.
5) Minimum Guarantee Fee    :    US$ [•].
6) Additional markup retained by EWW/ Group Company with respect to Film Rights    :    [•]% of the Minimum Guarantee Fee.

IN WITNESS THEREOF THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED THIS AGREEMENT AS A DEED

 

SIGNED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED     SIGNED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED
By [•]       By [•]  
       
AUTHORISED SIGNATORY     AUTHORISED SIGNATORY

 

11


TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1. Owner’s Warranties/obligations:

The Owner irrevocably agrees, affirms, declares, warrants and undertakes as follows:

 

  i. It owns the sole and exclusive, unencumbered and effective rights in and to the said Indian Film(s) for the Assigned Territory(ies) hereby granted and / or assigned and has not, prior to the signing of this Agreement, granted or in any way transferred the said rights to any other person, company or organization whatsoever.

 

  ii. It shall not during the period of this Agreement grant in any other way or transfer the rights to the said Indian Film(s) in the Assigned Territory(ies) to any other person, company or organization whatsoever, and acknowledges that the validity of the Film Rights assigned and transferred to EWW under this Agreement shall be co-terminus with such rights held by the Eros India Group.

 

  iii. To the best of its knowledge, nothing in the said Indian Film(s) infringes the copyright or any other right of any third party and there are no claims, actions or proceedings whether actual, pending or threatened affecting the Owner’s copyrights therein or thereto or otherwise in the said Indian Film(s);

 

  iv. The Owner hereby further unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that it shall not sell, dispose of, distribute, exhibit, exploit or deal or so cause to be so done in respect of the said Indian Film(s) in any manner whatsoever directly or indirectly in any part of the Assigned Territory(ies).

 

  v. The Company as against the Owner and all copyright owners (if any) of any other copyrights material included in the said Indian Film(s) shall have the right to defend or initiate any legal or arbitral proceedings to effect its sole and exclusive right to recover and receive any and all sums payable by way of damages or otherwise in respect of any infringement of copyright in such Indian Film(s) in the Assigned Territory(ies) during the Term to the extent such infringement involved the media in which the Company has been granted rights in this Agreement.

 

2. Indemnity:

The Parties undertake to keep each other at all times fully indemnified from and against all actions, proceedings, claims, demand costs, legal proceedings, and awards however arising, directly or indirectly, as a result of any beach or non-performance by them of any of their respective undertakings, warranties or obligations under this Agreement.

 

3. Company’s Warranties and Obligations:

The Company shall not distribute, exhibit and exploit the said Indian Film(s) outside the Assigned Territory(ies).

 

4. Further documents:

The Parties hereto agree to execute such further and other documents / instruments /declarations that may be necessary for the purpose of effectually carrying out the purpose and intendments of this Agreement.

 

5. Agreement Final and Complete:

This Agreement and the Relationship Agreement contain the full and complete understanding between the parties and supersede all other prior arrangements and understanding whether written or oral appertaining to the Indian Film(s) detailed in Clause I of this Film Rights Acquisition Agreement.

 

12


6. No Partnership:

The Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a partnership or joint venture or contract of employment between the Parties hereto.

 

7. Jurisdiction:

This Film Rights Acquisition Agreement shall be governed and interpreted by, and construed in accordance with the law of England and Wales and shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the courts in England.

 

8. Assignment:

The terms Owners and Company wherever used in the foregoing paragraphs are intended to mean and include and shall be read and understood respectively as their Assignors and Assignees.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED THIS AGREEMENT AS A DEED.

 

SIGNED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED BY [•]     SIGNED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED BY [•]
           
AUTHORISED SIGNATORY     AUTHORISED SIGNATORY

 

13

Exhibit 10.2

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

EROS MULTIMEDIA PRIVATE LIMITED

AND

THE GROUP

AND

BIGSCREEN ENTERTAINMENT PRIVATE LIMITED

Dated as of 13 th  January 2007

 

 

 


This Agreement is made this 13 th day of January 2007 by and Between Eros Multimedia Pvt. Ltd., a Company incorporated under Companies Act, 1956 having its Registered Office at 201, Kallash Plaza, Plot A-12, Opp.Laxmi Indl. Estate, Link Road, Andheri (W), Mumbai 400 053 hereinafter referred to as “EROS” which expression shall, unless repugnant to the subject or context thereof, include its successors, affiliates and permitted assigns; AND Big Screen Entertainment Pvt. Ltd. , a Company incorporated under Companies Act, 1956 having its Registered Office at 301-302/B, Brook Hill Tower, 3 rd Cross Lane, Lokhandwala Complex, Andheri (W), Mumbai 400 053 (hereinafter referred to as “ the Company ”, which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof be deemed to include its successors) AND (i) Kumar Mangat Pathak and (ii) Neelam Pathak, (iii) Abhishek Pathak, (iv) Amita Pathak and (v) Sanjeev Joshi, the shareholders of the Company, hereinafter jointly

 

2


INDEX

 

Sr. No.

  

Particulars

   Article    Page No.

1

  

Preliminary

   —     

2

  

Definitions

   I    4

3

  

Company and its Share Capital, Shareholdings and Completion

   II    5 – 6

4

  

Corporate Governance and Management of Company

   III    7 – 10

5.

  

Obligation of Shareholders

   IV    10 – 12

6.

  

Transfer of Shares

   V    14 – 14

7.

  

Financing

   VI    14 – 14

B.

  

Intention to List

   VII    15

8.

  

Representations, Warranties and Covenants

   VIII    15 – 16

9.

  

Term and Termination

   IX    16 – 17

10.

  

Miscellaneous

   X    17 – 21

11.

  

Schedule 1 – The Company

      22

12.

  

Schedule 2 – Deed of Adherence

      23

13.

  

Schedule 3 – Broad terms of Agreement

      24 – 25

 

3


referred to as “the Group” and individually as “KM”, “NP”, “Abhishek”, “Amita” and “Sanjeev” which expression shall, unless repugnant to the subject or context thereof, include its successors, affiliates and permitted assigns.

WHEREAS

 

(a) EROS is a Private Limited Company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 (limited by shares) the main object whereof is to carry on in all parts of the World the business of producing, co-producing, exhibiting, distributing and otherwise exploiting cinematograph and television films and motion pictures of all kinds including advertisement commercial films and to plan, prepare, estimate, develop, supply, execute and otherwise deal with Internet content, creation and delivery services, commerce, e-commerce, delivery systems, technology related development, audio and or visual, multimedia development , software and hardware development etc. as set out in its Memorandum of Association;

 

(b) The Company is a Private Limited Company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 (limited by shares) the main object whereof is to carry on in India or elsewhere the business to produce, promote, project, participate, manufacture, exhibit, make, remake, buy, sell, import, export of all kinds of big screen cine films, video films, tele films, documentary films, advertising films, feature films, animation films, tv serials, slides and other entertainment software in all languages prevailing in India and abroad with its entire shareholding being 10000 paid up equity shares held by the Group free from encumbrances as set out in Schedule 1.

 

(c) In accordance with the provision of this agreement the Group desires to sell 64% of its fully paid equity shares to EROS who has agreed to purchase the same at a mutually agreed price (“purchase price”) free from encumbrances, lien and charge of any nature whatsoever such that the entire management and control of the Company vests with EROS who shall have the exclusive right to appoint the Chairman, Managing Director and majority of Directors of the Company,

 

(d) The Parties prior to execution hereof have inter alia already entered into a Memorandum of Agreement dated 02.08.2006 wherein some of the terms of this Agreement have been incorporated.

ARTICLE I

 

  a. DEFINITIONS “Affiliate” shall mean with respect to each party a Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under joint control with such Party. As used herein, “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

  b. “Articles of Association” shall mean the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

4


  c. “Act” or the “said Act” means The Companies Act, 1958 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;

 

  d. “Deed of Adherence” means a deed of adherence to this Agreement substantially in the form contained in Schedule 2.

 

  e. “Interpretation and References” References to this Agreement shall include Recitals and schedules to this Agreement

 

  f. “Month” means a calendar month according to the English calendar,

 

  g. “Memorandum of Association” shall mean the Memorandum of Association of the Company.

 

  h. “Purchase Price” means the price per share, free from all claims, encumbrances, lien, charge or pledge, of the Company mutually agreed between the parties.

 

  i. “Share” means the equity shares of the Company having the face value of Rs. 10/- each constituting share Capital of the Company;

 

  j. “Share Capital” shall mean the entire share capital of the Company.

 

  k. “Shareholders” shall mean EROS and its promoters and the Group.

 

  l. “Year” means the calendar year

 

  m. Words importing the masculine gender also include the feminine gender;

 

  n. Words importing the singular number include, where the context admits or requires, the plural number and vice versa;

Save as aforesaid any words or expressions defined in the Act shall, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, bear the same meaning in this Agreement

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein, the parties hereby agree as follows.

ARTICLE II

 

1. THE COMPANY AND ITS SHARE CAPITAL

The Company “BIG SCREEN ENTERTAINMENT PRIVATE LIMITED” was incorporated as a Private Limited Company limited by shares registered under the Companies Act, 1956 with Authorized Share Capital of Rs. 10,00,000/- (Rupees Ten Lakhs only) divided into 1,00,000 (One Lakh Only) Equity Shares of Rs. 10/- (Rupees Ten Only) each. The Authorised Capital of the Company shall be increased to Rs.1,10,00,000/- (Rupees One Crore Ten Lakhs only) divided into 11,00,000 (Eleven Lakhs Only) Equity Shares of Rs. 10/- (Rupees Ten Only) each. The Paid-up Share Capital of the Company shall be Rs.1,01,00,000/- (Rupees One Crore One Lakh Only) divided into 10,10,000 (Ten Lakhs Ten Thousand) Equity Shares of Rs.10/- (Rupees Ten Only).

 

5


2. SHAREHOLDING

 

  (a) It is agreed between both the parties that EROS shall purchase the 64% of fully paid equity shams of the Company from the Group (which shall include the entire shareholding of “Amita” and “Sanjeev”) at a mutually agreed price (“purchase price’) free from encumbrances, lien and charge of any nature whatsoever consequent to which the Paid-up Share of the Company shall be held in the following proportion :

 

  (i) EROS - EA% of the Paid-up Share Capital divided into 8,400 Equity shares of Rs. 10/- each (hereinafter referred to as “EROS shareholding”) and the Company shall issue the same to EROS credited and fully Paid-up

 

  (ii) KM, NP and Abhishek - 36% of the Paid-up Share Capital divided into 3,600 Equity shares of Rs. 10/- each (hereinafter referred to as “the KM, NP and Abhishek shareholding”) and the Company shall issue the same to KM,NP and Abhishek credited and fully Paid-up

 

  (b) If at any time further shares are issued by the Company, same shall be first offered to each Party hereto, in proportion to the then existing shareholding ratio of the Parties with a right to each Party not to accept the shares so offered and in the event of any Party so not accepting the shares the other Party shall have the right to subscribe for the shares so not accepted at the price at which such shares were offered.

 

  (c) EROS has in furtherance of this Agreement already paid towards the Purchase Price of the 64% of the Paid up Share Capital of the Company a sum of Rs64,000/- to the Group, the receipt whereof the Grog admits and acknowledges.

 

3. COMPLETION

 

  (a) Completion shall take place immediately on signing of this Agreement with the Group in addition to their obligations in clause 15 hereto, undertaking and agreeing to do the following acts, deeds and things:

 

  (i) execute transfer in respect of 64% of all the shares of the Company as stated in clause 3 hereof in favour of EROS and their nominees as EROS may desire free from encumbrances, charge, lien, equity or third party rights

 

  (ii) deliver all relevant share Certificates and other documents of title and other benefits in respect of the shares together with the books of accounts and all other papers and record.

 

  (iii) sign the letters or intimation addressed to the Registrar of Companies in the prescribed forms intimating their transfer of shares in favour of EROS.

 

  (iv) (i) Amita and (ii) Sanjeev shall cease to be the Directors of the Company,

 

  (b) The Articles of Association of the Company reflects the transfer of 64% of Paid-up Share Capital in favour of EROS and other provisions contained herein with the Group directing their representatives on the Board of the Company to pass the necessary resolution adopting, confirming, ratifying and signing this Agreement.

 

6


ARTICLE III

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

 

4. POWERS AND COMPOSITION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

  a) Except as otherwise required by Indian law, this Agreement or the Articles of Association, all powers to manage, direct and control the Company shall vest the Board of Directors.

 

  b) The number of Directors shall not be less than 3 (three) and not more than 7 (Seven). The Company shall have 7 (Seven) directors as its First Directors of which 4 (four) Directors shall be nominated by EROS, and 3 (three) Directors shall be nominated by KM and NP. In the event the number of Directors of the Company are altered, changed or notified, the Directors shall be nominated in the same proportion as the initial nominations.

 

  c) is agreed between both the parties that, the following individuals shall hold the position of the first Board of Directors as the representatives of EROS:

 

  i. Mr. Sunil A Lulla as Chairman

 

  ii. Mr. Surender K Sood as Director

 

  iii. Mr. Vikram Rajani as Director

 

  iv. Mr. Bipinchandra K Talati as Director

 

  d) It is agreed between both the parties that, the following individuals shall hold the position of the first Board of Directors as the representatives of the Group:

 

  i. Mr. Kumar Mangat Pathak as Managing Director

 

  ii. Ms. Neelam Pathak as Director

 

  iii. Mr. Abhishek Pathak as Director

 

5. MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

  a) The Directors may meet together as a Board for dispatch of business from time to time, and shall so meet at least once in every three months and at least four such meetings shall be held in every year. The Directors may adjourn and other wise regulate their meetings as they think fit.

 

  b) At least fourteen days notice of every meeting of the Board shall be given in writing to every Director for the time being in India and at his usual address in India to every other Director provided however that in the case of a Director resident outside India, notice of every meeting of the Board shall also be given to such Director at his address outside India and to his alternate, if any, in India at his usual address in India Such notice shall be accompanied by the agenda setting out the business proposed to be transacted at the meeting of the Board.

 

7


Directors shall be entitled to a sitting fees in accordance with the Articles of Association, Companies (Central Government’s) Rules and Forms 1958 or in accordance with the Resolutions passed in the General Meeting of the Company.

 

6. QUORUM AND GENERAL ACTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

  (a) Subject to Section 287 of the Ad, the Quorum for a meeting of the 2oard shall be one-third of its total strength (excluding Directors, if any, whose place may be vacant at the time and any fraction contained in that one-third being rounded of as one) or four Directors, whichever is higher, provided,

 

  (b) Notwithstanding what is stated above, every board meeting shall consist of at least 3 (three) representatives of EROS

 

  (c) If a meeting of the Board could not be held for want of quorum then the meeting shall automatically stand adjourned to such other date and time (if any) as may be fixed by the Chairman not being later than seven days from the date originally fixed for the meeting.

 

7. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Subject to sections 291 and 292 of the Companies Act, the Board of Directors shall supervise the management and the proper arrangement of the operations of the Company and shall carry out such other functions as required under the Companies Act.

 

8. FUNDAMENTAL ACTIONS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The Company shall not, and the shareholders shall ensure that the Company does not take any action in connection with any of the following matters unless such matter is approved at a meeting of the Board of Directors where all the directors present and voting have voted affirmatively for such matter:

 

  I. the Project plan, business plan, and any interim material revisions thereto;

 

  II. Change in the authorized Share Capital of the Company;

 

  III. the authorization or issuance of any shares or other equity related Securities;

 

  IV. the transfer by the Company of any material business, assets or properties, including all Intellectual property rights, held by it;

 

  V. any purchase, redemption or acquisition by the Company of any shares or equity related securities of the Company;

 

  VI. any reorganization, re-capitalization or similar transaction, or the making of any petition under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law;

 

  VII. board shall do the borrowings as per the sanctions obtained at the Annual General meeting or the Extraordinary General meeting as the case may be.

 

8


  VIII. Amalgamation, Merger or dissolution of the company; and

 

  IX. the entering into by the Company of any contract that (i) has a value, an aggregate payment or a commitment in excess of Rs.5,00,000/- (Rupees five lace only ) (or its equivalent in any other currency), and (ii) continues over a period of more than we (1) year.

 

9. MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

The Company shall be managed and operated by the Managing Director and the management of the Company shall be supervised, monitored and subject to superintendence and control by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

10. MANAGING DIRECTOR

 

  a. EROS shall solely and exclusively have the power to appoint, from time to time any of its nominee as Managing Director or Managing Directors of the Company for a fixed term not exceeding five years at a time and upon such terms and conditions as the Board thinks fit. Likewise EROS shall have the sole and exclusive power and rights to suspend and remove the Managing Director/ Managing Directors Subject to the provisions of Articles of the Association the Board may by resolution vest in such Managing Director or Managing Directors such of the powers hereby vested in the Board generally as it thinks fit and such powers may be made exercisable for such period or periods and upon such conditions and subject to such restrictions as it may determine.

 

  b. The remuneration of a Managing Director may be by way of monthly payment, fee for such meeting or participation in profits or by any or all of these modes or any other mode not expressly prohibited by the Act.

 

  c. The Managing Director or Managing Directors shall not exercise the powers to do following things without a prior permission from the Board of Directors:

 

  I. make calls on shareholders in respect of money unpaid on the shares in the Company;

 

  II. issue debentures:

 

  d. Except to the extent mentioned in the resolution passed in the Board Meeting under section 292 of the Act, the Managing Director or Managing Directors shall not exercise the powers to:

 

  I. borrow money otherwise than on Debenture;

 

  II. invest the fund of the Company;

 

  III. take loans

 

9


11. RETIREMENT OF MANAGING DIRECTOR

In the event the Managing Director ceases to hold the office of Director, he shall ipso facto and immediately cease to be a Managing Director.

 

12 CHAIRMAN

 

  a. EROS shall have at all times the exclusive right to nominate the Chairman of the Board and Vice — Chairman of the Board. The First Chairman shall be Mr. Sunil Lulla.

 

  b. The Chairman of the Board shall be entitled to take the chair at every meeting of the Board. If at any meeting of the Board the Chairman shall not be present within fifteen minutes of the time appointed for holding the same or if he be unable or unwilling to take the chair then the Vice Chairman shall be entitled to take the chair at such Board Meeting, and failing him the Board may elect one of their members to act as the Chairman of that meeting

 

  c. The Chairman shall have the casting vote.

 

13. SHAREHOLDERS’ ACTIONS

Any of the Shareholders may authorize any person to act as its proxy at any meeting of the Shareholders, and such proxy shall be entitled to exercise all of the powers of such Shareholder on its behalf.

ARTICLE IV

OBLIGATIONS OF THE SHAREHOLDERS

 

14. OBLIGATIONS OF THE GROUP I THE COMPANY

The Group jointly, severally and covenant represent and warrant as follows:

 

  i. Out of the 10000 fully paid equity shares of the Company they hold 10000 equity shares fully paid free from encumbrances, charge, lien equity or third party rights.

 

  ii. There are no properties immoveable or moveable held by them or anybody else as benamidar for the Company and that there are no other debts and liabilities of the Company

 

  iii All income tax, sales tax, property tax excise duty and other taxes and dues payable to the Government or any local body have been paid up to the date hereof.

 

  iv. On execution and completion hereof execute transfer forms in respect of all the shares held by them in the Company in favour of EROS and their nominees as EROS may desire free from encumbrances, charge, lien, equity or third party rights and deliver all relevant share certificates and other documents of title and other benefits in respect of the shares together with the books of accounts and all other papers and record.

 

10


  v. Shall sign the letters or intimation addressed to the Registrar of Companies in the prescribed forms intimating their transfer of shares in favour of EROS.

 

  vi. In the event of it being found that the Company is indebted to any person whose liability is not disclosed including liability for payment of income tax and other taxes, the Group shall pay the same and agree hereby to indemnify and keep indemnified the company and EROS against any such liability If necessary the Group shall execute documents of indemnity for the same.

 

  vii. Shall pay the Capital Gains Tax, if any, in respect of the said shares transferred to EROS and shall indemnify and keep indemnified EROS against such liability.

 

  viii. Agree and undertake to execute all documents, assurances, papers, letters as may be necessary to give proper effect to the transfer of shares as aforesaid and consequential transfer of management and control including the change in the operation of the Bank accounts of the Company to Me Group.

 

  ix. If any Departing Shareholder fails to execute the relevant documents necessary to transfer his/her shares when such transfer has been agreed or is required under this Agreement then in such an event EROS or its nominees is hereby irrevocably appointed as his/her lawful attorney and authorized to do all things and execute all documents necessary to effect such transfer or sale in their favour with the acts of the attorney fully valid and binding on the departing shareholder as if the Departing shareholders had performed the same itself with the departing shareholder undertaking at all times to confirm and ratify the same.

 

  x. The Articles of Association of the Company reflects the transfer of 64% of Paid up Share Capital in favour of EROS and other provisions contained herein with the Group directing their representatives on the Board of the Company to pass the necessary resolution adopting, confining, ratifying and signing this Agreement complying with all laws, rules, regulations and notifications that are necessary to give effect to this agreement passing all resolutions that are necessary to give effect to this Agreement.

 

  xi. The Company shall deliver the loan Agreement to EROS duly signed.

 

  xii. KM shall deliver duly signed Service Agreements to the Company.

 

  xiii. KM agrees to provide exclusive services to the best of his skill and ability using best efforts, diligence in the production, completion and release of the said films and shall not do anything which is contrary to this Agreement, by reason whereof the rights of EROS is in any manner adversely, affected, impaired or prejudiced ensuring that there is no encumbrance, lien and charge on the said films.

 

  xiv. The Company undertakes with each of the other parties to this Agreement to be bound by and comply with the terms of this Agreement insofar as they relate to the Company and to act in all respects as contemplated by this Agreement insofar as it is able by law to do so.

 

11


  xv. The Company with the prior written approval of EROS shall exclusively produce all the cinematograph films and feature films for EROS or its subsidiaries/nominees with the entire cost of production and completion of the films up to production of positive films as per budget provided and borne by EROS stone with all the copyrights, intellectual property rights, audio rights and all rights of exhibition, broadcasting, distribution in respect thereof shall be exclusively assigned and transferred to EROS or its subsidiaries/nominees throughout the World at mutually agreed price with power to re-assign all or any of the rights.

 

  xvi. Broad terms relating to Budget, Cost of Production, Engagement of artistes, musicians, Directors, technicians, etc., Pre-production, Production Schedule, Cash Flow Schedule, Completion of film(s), Assignment, Sale, License, Distribution and exploitation of all copyrights, intellectual property and all other rights in the film including audio rights, Price and consideration of the rights including the Minimum Guarantee terms, recoupment of investment, cost, charges and expenses of distribution, Prints, Trailors, publicity, Commission, Re-assignment of rights, Profit sharing ratios etc. are set out in Schedule - 3 hereto.

 

15. OBLIGATIONS OF EROS

 

  (i) EROS shall pay to the Group the purchase price of Rs. 64,0001- towards the 64% of fully paid equity shares of the Company from the Group (which shall include the entire shareholding of “Amite” and “Sanjeev”) of Rs.10/- each free from all encumbrances, lien, charge, equity or third party claims.

 

  (ii) EROS shall bear and provide the entire cost of production and completion of the cinematograph films as per budget provided by the Company and duly approved by EROS with all audio rights and all rights of exhibition, broadcasting, distribution, re-assignment in respect thereof exclusively and irrevocably assigned and transferred to EROS or its subsidiaries/nominees throughout the World who shall exploit the same at a mutually agreed price for a specified period.

ARTICLE V

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

16. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

 

  a) In the event that the Group or any of them (referred to as “Offeror” for the purpose of this Article) herein above wishes to dispose off their shares, in part or as a whole, the said shares shall first be offered to Eros (referred to as “Offeree” for the purpose of this Article). Eros is entitled to offer its shares to any party of whatsoever kind and shall be entitled to determine the price of such shares in its sole discretion.

 

  b) The price of such shares shall be determined as under”

 

12


  i) If the Company is not listed, then based on Net Asset value Method decided by an independent valuer.

 

  ii) If the Company is listed, then on the basis of average of last six months as the price prevailing at the Stock Exchange.

 

  c) If Offeree does not wish to take up such additional shareholding in the Company, it shall inform the Offeror of such decision within a period of 90 (ninety) days, whereupon the Offeror may offer the shares to a third party on the same terms and conditions as had been presented to the Offeree. In case of failure to respond to the Offer from the Offeror within 90 days of the Offer, it shall be deemed that Offeror has waived his right of first refusal and Offeror may offer the shares to a third party on the same terms and conditions as had been presented to the Offeree.

 

17. PUT AND CALL OPTION

Under Put and Cali option, Eros has right but not the obligation to buy or sell its shares specific number of shares at the specific price

 

  a) PUT OPTION

The holder of the Shares shall have the right (the “ Put Option ”) to sell all or some of the of the Shares (the “ Put Shares ”) in the following manner:

 

  (iii) The Put Option shall be exercised by the holder of the shares through a written notice (the “ Put Notice ”) specifying their wish to exercise the Put Option at the fair market price of the Put Shares (for purposes of this Section, the “ Put Price ”). Upon receipt of the notice, the Recipient may exercise the option to buy the Put Shares.

 

  (iv) The Recipient shall within 60 days of receipt of the Put Notice shall intimate to the holder of the Shares offered for the Put Option, about their acceptance or denial of the Put Option.

 

  (v) The completion of the sale and purchase pursuant to the Put Notice shall take place not later than sixty (60) days after the date on which reply to Put Notice as per clause (i) is received by the holder of Shares.

 

  b) CALL OPTION

The holder of shares shall have the right (the “ Call Option ”) to buy all or some of the of the Shares (the “ Call Shares ”) in the following manner:

 

  (i) The Call Option shall be exercised by the holder of the shares through a written notice (the “ Call Notice ”) specifying their wish to exercise the Call Option at the fair market price of the Call Shares (for purposes of this Section, the “ Call Price ”). Upon receipt of the notice, the Recipient may exercise the option to buy the Call Shares.

 

13


  (ii) The Recipient shall within 60 days of receipt of the Call Notice shall intimate to the holder of the Shares offered for the Cali Option, about their acceptance or denial of the Call Option.

 

  (iii) The completion of the sale and purchase pursuant to the Call Notice shall take place not later than sixty (60) days after the date on which reply to Call Notice as per clause (ii) is received by the holder of Shares.

In the event the other Party fails to reply to the Put or Call Notice as specified in Clause (i) and (iii), then the other Party shall waive its right to exercise right to first refusal as per clause 7.

In case of simultaneous Put or Call options the price of the Higher Option shall prevail. In case, if the other Parties do not exercise their right under the abovementioned Options then the Shareholders making the put option will name prospective persons who are willing to buy the shares the same shall be approved by the remaining shareholders, unless compelling and legitimate reasons are given in writing within 15 (fifteen) days of receipt of such names, If the remaining shareholders fait to respond within 15 (fifteen) days (unless a mutually agreed extension is granted) deemed that the remaining shareholders have approved the prospective person.

ARTICLE VI

[FINANCING]

 

18. DISTRIBUTIONS BY THE COMPANY

All distributions pertaining to profits and other expenses from the Company to the Shareholders shall be made in accordance with each Shareholder’s Shareholding percentage at the time of distribution,

 

19. FINANCIAL AND BORROWING POWERS

 

  a. The Parties shall together cause the Directors of the Company to compile on a monthly basis, information concerning its finances, operations and accounts In particular, the Company shall compile a balance sheet and a profit and loss statement, all in sufficient detail to reflect accurately the financial position of the Company. All such information shall be provided to each Party within Forty Five (45) days of the conclusion of each month.

 

  b. Subject to the provisions of Sections 292 and 293 of the Act, the Board may, from time to time at its discretion by a resolution passed at a meeting of the Board, accept unsecured loans from members of the Company either in advance of calls or otherwise and generally from any source or raise for the purpose of the Company, borrow or secure the payment of such sums as it thinks fit.

 

14


ARTICLE VII

INTENTION TO LIST

 

20. It is agreed between all the Parties that the shares of the Company shall be listed on the Indian Stock Exchange as and when EROS proposed for listing of Shares.

 

21. It is further agreed that none of the Parties will directly or indirectly or through its representatives on the Board to cause to impede or obstruct the listing of the Company shares on the Stock Exchange

ARTICLE VIII

 

22. OBLIGATIONS, REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PARTIES

The Shareholders hereto represent and warrant that as of the date hereof:

 

  (a) This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation on them to perform their duties under this Agreement and is enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, except as limited by events such as bankruptcy and any other similar event and/or affecting its creditors’ rights generally and limitations on the availability of equitable remedies; and

 

  (b) all actions required to be taken by it to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by it have been property taken, and this Agreement constitutes its valid, legal and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and limitations on the availability of equitable remedies;

 

  (c) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by them will not:

 

  (i) conflict with or violate any applicable law, rule, regulation, order, injunction or decree of any governmental authority presently in effect, or

 

  (ii) result in a breach of, or constitute a default (or an event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, acceleration or cancellation of, or require any consent under, or result in the imposition or creation of any lien pursuant to, any provisions of any agreement or instrument to which they are a party or by which any of their properties or assets are bound,

 

23. NON-COMPETE

The Group agree and guarantee as under:

 

  a) that the Group is free to offer its services to Mr. Ajay Devgan or his related concerns in any manner and non compete clause shall not form part with respect to services being provided to Mr. Ajay Devgan and his related concerns

 

  b) that till the Group are the shareholder of the Company or

 

  c) that after the termination of this Agreement as per clause 26 and 27 or

 

15


  d) that from the date they have completely disposed of their Shares

 

  e) which ever is earlier, they shall not, directly or indirectly, except as stated in clause 24(a), or pen-nit their Affiliates to, as an individual, consultant, partner shareholder or in any other capacity, have an interest in any entity conducting film production business which is the same as or competitive for a period of 2 (two) years (at the time this non-competition obligation arose) with the business of the Company, without obtaining the prior written consent of the remaining EROS.

 

24. ACCOUNTING, REPORTING AND AUDITING

 

  a. The Shareholders shall cause the Company to maintain and keep all books, records and accounts in the English language as are required to he maintained by the Company under the Companies Act, 1956 and in accordance with all applicable laws.

ARTICLE IX

TERM AND TERMINATION

 

25. TERM

This Agreement shall come into effect upon the execution and shall continue in effect until:

 

  (a) One party owns hundred (100%) percent of the issued and outstanding Shares;

 

  (b) It is terminated pursuant to the provisions of Clause 27 this Agreement;

 

  (c) the dissolution and liquidation of the Company; or

 

  (d) terminated by mutual agreement of the Parties.

 

26. TERMINATION

 

  i) Termination by Effect:

It is agreed between the parties that this Agreement shall be terminated by any Party giving 15 (fifteen) days written notice to the other party in case:

 

  a) Any of the Party enters into liquidation, becomes insolvent, admits in writing his inability to pay his debts as they mature, or becomes party to a bankruptcy or similar proceeding brought against him;

 

  b) In the event of fraudulent, criminal or dishonest action of the representatives of Eros or the Group;

 

  c) In the event of occurrence of any of the events as depicted in clause 26.

 

16


  ii) Termination by cause:

It is agreed between the parties that this Agreement shall forthwith be terminated by any Party by giving 30 (thirty) days written notice to the other party in case there is material breach of the obligations of the Other Party (Breaching Party) as provided under this Agreement or any other Agreement entered into by the Parties hereto and such breath, if capable of remedy, has not been remedied to the reasonable satisfaction of the Party (Non Breathing Party) within a period of thirty (30) days following written notice to that effect having been served;

 

27. EFFECT OF TERMINATION

 

a) It is agreed between both the Parties that in the event of termination as per clause 27(i) and 27(ii), the Parties receiving terminating notice shall surrender its entire shareholding to the Company within 30 days of the receipt of the notice. The Company shall pay the price of the shares determined as under to the Party surrendering its Shares within 30 (thirty) days from the date of actual surrender of the Shares:

 

  i) if the Company is not listed, then based on Net Asset value Method, calculated by the independent valuer.

 

  ii) If the Company is listed, then on the basis of the six months average price at the Stock Exchange.

 

b) Its is agreed between both the parties , that in case the Party receiving the notice has failed to surrender its shares as per Clause 28(a) herein above, then the Party surrendering its shares shall waive its right to receive consideration for the surrender as per clause 28(a) herein above. It is further agreed between both the Parties that, the said shares held by the Party receiving the notice shall automatically be cancelled and these shares can be reissued to such other person as the Board of Directors, may deem fit.

 

28. SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS AFTER TERMINATION

If Either of the Party terminates this Agreement on the happening of any of the events mentioned in Clause 26 and 27 herein above, all obligations undertaken hereunder by the Parties under this Agreement shall cease with immediate effect, save and except:

 

  (i) Clause 27 and 28 [Term & termination]

 

  (ii) Clause 24 [Non-compete],

 

  (iii) Clause 33 [Confidentiality]

In case after the termination of the Agreement by any party, voluntarily or not, the remaining shareholder may change the name of the Company.

 

17


ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

 

29. NOTICES

 

  (a) notice given hereunder to either shareholders or the Company shalt be in writing and shall be served by hand, or shall be sent by facsimile transmission, prepaid post or courier with acknowledgement receipt to, the following addresses and numbers

 

  (1) If to EROS

 

 

[Address]   

Telephone:

   [•]

Facsimile:

   [•]

Attention:

   [•]

 

  (2) If to the Group:

 

[Address]   

Telephone:

   [•]

Facsimile:

   [•]

Attention:

   [•]

 

  (3) If to the Company

 

[Address]   

Telephone:

   [•]

Facsimile:

   [•]

Attention:

   [•]

 

  (b)

Any such notice shall be deemed to be served at the time of delivery (if delivered by hand), at the time of transmission (if sent by facsimile) or on the tenth (10 th ) Business Day immediately after the date of posting or courier (if sent by prepaid post or courier) Evidence that the notice was properly addressed, stamped and put into the post shall be conclusive evidence of posting Without prejudice to the effectiveness thereof, a notice sent by facsimile shell be confirmed promptly in writing delivered by hand or sent by prepaid post.

 

30. SALE OF SHARES

 

  a) It is agreed between both the parties that in case any of the shareholder desires to sell his shares not through public offering then it will first give the right to the existing Share Holders in the proportion of their Shareholding at that point of time,

 

18


  b) If in case any of the share holders decide not to opt to purchase the fresh issue the company then shall offer the same to the remaining share holders in the proportion of their shareholding, at that point of time.

 

  c) In the event during such private placements if the company has not been able to receive adequate capital from the existing share holder then the company shall have a right to offer such placement to a third party approved by both EROS and Big Screen Entertainment Private Limited.

 

31. THIRD PARTY TRANSACTIONS

It is agreed between all the parties that in case of fresh issue of shares or transfer of shares through private equity placement to any third party The said third party is required to sign this agreement and shall be bound by all the terms and conditions of this agreement.

 

32. CONFIDENTIALITY

All information, documentation and data disclosed or to be disclosed by one party to another in connection with this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereunder shall be kept confidential by the receiving party and shall not be used otherwise than in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except

 

  (a) to the extent that it was lawfully in the possession of the receiving party when received by the receiving party;

 

  (b) to the extent that it is obtained by the receiving party from other sources without such duty as to confidentiality or non-use;

 

  (b) to the extent such information is generally available to the public when received by the receiving party or thereafter becomes generally available to the public through no fault of the receiving party;

 

  (c) to the extent such duty as to confidentiality and non-use is waived by the disclosing party; or

 

  (d) as may be required by any governmental authority or by any regulations or rules of a governmental authority to which the receiving party is subject.

The foregoing obligation as to confidentiality and non-use shall survive any termination of this Agreement. Upon termination, each party shall use its best efforts to return to the other party or parties all documents (and all reproductions and copies thereof) that have been received from such other party or parties or that include information not within the exceptions contained in the first sentence of this Article; provided, however, that such obligation to return documents shall not be construed to prohibit a party from retaining copies of documents and information reasonably necessary to enable such party to respond to or comply with the requirements of applicable law or any Governmental Authority.

 

19


33. ACCESS TO ALL INFORMATION

Both parties shall have complete access to all documents, statements, financial reports and other records of the Company as and when they require.

 

34. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement and any attachments hereto shall, as of the date of execution hereof, supersede all previous representations, understandings or agreements, oral or written, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

35. AMENDMENT AND WAIVER

No amendment or waiver hereto shall be effective or binding on any of the parties hereto unless in writing and signed by each of the parties. Any waiver by any of the parties hereto of any right hereunder or any breach hereof by another party shall not constitute a waiver of any other right or any other breach by such other party, whether of a similar or different nature thereto.

 

36. SEVERABILITY

If any term or provision of this Agreement is for any reason found invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity of any remaining portion of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable portion was never a part of this Agreement when it was executed; provided, that in such event the parties shall use their reasonable efforts to achieve the purpose of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable portion by replacing it with a new legally valid and enforceable provision.

 

37. ASSIGNMENT

No party shall transfer all or any part of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the other parties. No assignment shall relieve, release or discharge the assigning party of its obligations under this Agreement, except as expressly provided in the written consent.

 

38. REMEDIES

In the event of any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement by any party hereto, the other parties shall be entitled to equitable relief through an injunction in addition to any other rights and remedies available to them.

 

39. EXPENSES

Each Party shall bear alt costs and expenses which it has incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

20


40. ARBITRATION

In case of any dispute or difference arising out of or in connection with this Agreement the same shall initially be resolved by mutual consultation failing which the same shall be referred to arbitration of a Sole Arbitrator appointed mutually by the Group and EROS (who shall be former Judge of the Supreme Court of India or Ex-Judge of the high Court of Judicature at Bombay), and such arbitration shall be governed by the provisions of Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 The Arbitration proceedings shall be in English and held in Mumbai and the Court in Mumbai alone shall have jurisdiction.

 

41. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement shall be construed and governed by the laws of India and shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts in Mumbai.

 

42. ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

  a) The Articles of Association of the Company shall incorporate all the provisions made in this Shareholders Agreement within two months from the date of execution of Shareholders Agreement, for the purpose of good governance of the Company.

 

  b) Each shareholder agrees that he/she will, if so requested by the other shareholders, exercise all rights available to him as a shareholder of the company to approve any necessary amendments to the Articles of remove this conflict.

 

43. TERMS

All terms not defined in this Agreement, but defined in the Articles of Association shall have the same meaning as the definition given to it in the Articles of Association

 

44. FORCE MAJEURE

Neither party shall be responsible to the other for non-performance of the obligations hereunder due to natural disasters, labour disruptions, any change in law, government policies or other causes beyond the control of the said party, PROVIDED, that the party so prevented from complying with its obligations shall promptly give notice thereof to the other party and continue to take all actions reasonably within its power to comply as fully as possible herein The party not so prevented may elect to terminate this Agreement it the non-performance of the other party continues for one (1) month or longer

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date and year first set forth above.

 

/s/ Sunil Lulla
For EROS MULTIMEDIA PRIVATE LIMITED
/s/ Kumar Mangat
For BIGSCREEN ENTERTAINMENT PRIVATE LIMITED
/s/Kumar Mangat    /s/Neelam Pathak    /s/Abhishek Pathak
KUMAR MANGAT PATHAK, NEELAM PATHAK AND ABHISHEK

 

21


SCHEDULE 1 — THE COMPANY

Part 1

 

Name of Company:    Big Screen Entertainment Pvt. Ltd.
Registered Number:   
Authorised Share Capital:    Rs. 10,00,000/- divided into 1,00,000 Ordinary Shares
Issued and Paid-up Share Capital:    Rs.1,00,000/- divided into 10,000 Ordinary Shares
Shareholders:   

Kumar Mangat Pathak

 

Neelam Pathak

 

Abhishek Pathak

 

Amita Pathak

 

Sanjeev Joshi

Registered Office:    301-302/B, Brook Hill Tower, 3 rd Cross Lane, Lokhandwala Complex, Andheri (W), Mumbai 400 053
Directors:   
Secretary:   
Accounting Reference pate:   

 

22


SCHEDULE 2 - DEED OF ADHERENCE

IT IS HEREBY AGREED between the Parties as follows:

 

1. Words and phrases defined in the Shareholders agreement shall have the same meaning when used in this Deed of Adherence.

 

2. EROS hereby undertakes to and covenants with all the parties to the Shareholders agreement to observe, perform and be bound by all the terms of the Shareholders’ Agreement which are capable of applying to EROS and which have not been performed at the date hereof to the intent and effect that EROS shall be deemed with effect from the date on which EROS is registered as a member of the Company to be a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement (as if named as a party to the Shareholders’ Agreement).

 

3. In case of any dispute or difference arising out of or in connection with this Adherence Agreement the same shall initially be resolved by mutual consultation failing which the same shall be referred to arbitration of a Sole Arbitrator appointed mutually by the Group and EROS (who shall be former Judge of the Supreme Court of India or Ex-Judge of the High Court of Judicature at Bombay), and such arbitration shall be governed by the provisions of Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. The Arbitration proceedings shall be in English and held in Mumbai and the Court in Mumbai alone shall have jurisdiction.

 

4. This Deed of Adherence shall be governed by and construed in accordance with laws of India and EROS hereby submits irrevocably to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts in Mumbai which shall be the Court of competent jurisdiction.

IN WITNESS thereof this Deed of Adherence has been duly executed as a deed by Eros Multimedia Pvt. Ltd. and by Kumar Mangat Pathak and Neelam Pathak on its behalf and as attorney for each of the other parties to the Shareholders’ Agreement on the date stated above.

 

Signed by within named

Eros Multimedia Pvt. Ltd.

  

)

)

  

/s/  Sunil Lulla

 

Signed by within named

Kumar Mangat Pathak

  

)

)

  

/s/  Kumar Mangat

Signed by within named

Neelam Pathak

  

)

)

  

/s/  Neelam Pathak

Signed by within named

Abhihek Pathak

  

)

)

  

/s/  Abhishek Pathak

 

23


SCHEDULE 3 — BROAD TERMS OF AGREEMENT

IT IS HEREBY AGREED between the Parties as follows:

 

1) The Company with the prior written approval and sanction of EROS shall produce all cinematograph films and feature films exclusively for EROS, its subsidiaries or nominees with the budget / entire cost of production and completion of the films (finance invested) being borne and provided by EROS alone.

 

2) All the sound track in the film, audio / visual rights and all rights of exhibition, broadcasting, distribution in the cinematograph and feature films in clause 1 hereof shall exclusively stated assigned / transferred to EROS or its subsidiaries/nominees throughout the World at a price and term mutually agreed between the parties for a specified period with EROS being absolute power to reassign all or any of the rights In the above films.

 

3) Separate Agreements shall be executed between EROS and the Company for each film aforesaid inter alia stipulating the Budget, Cost of Production, Cash Flow Schedule, Engagement of artistes, Directors, musicians, technicians etc., Production Schedule, Post Production, Accounts, Joint Production Account, Revenue Sharing, Completion of film(s), Assignment, Sale, License, Distribution and exploitation of all copyrights, intellectual property and all other rights in the film including audio/visual rights, Price / Minimum Guarantee terms, recoupment of investment, cost, charges and expenses of distribution, Prints, Trailors, publicity, Commission, Re-assignment of rights, Profit sharing ratios etc.

 

4) All distribution in the films for the Whole World shall exclusively vest with EROS on Minimum Guarantee Terms plus an additional 15%, 20% and 25% respectively (for big, medium and small budget films ) of the cost of production.

 

5) On approval and sanction of each of the film by EROS, EROS will, in accordance with the Production Schedule mutually agreed between the Parties, endeavour to punctiliously infuse funds in the production and completion of the film. With a view to firm up, commit and settle the project EROS may at its discretion however release lumpsum amounts for signing artistes, technicians, performers etc.

 

6) Further since EROS is also the distributor of the films throughout the World for the Company, EROS in its capacity as Distributor shall release funds under-production from time to time in favour of the Company to the extent of 25% of the cost of production against each film

 

7) EROS will not claim or demand any interest on finance invested in the Production and completion of the film(s) up to 50% of the total cost of each film. Thereafter, EROS shall charge and demand 12% p.a. simple interest and will form part of cost of production.

 

8) Publicity cost of each film for India shall be borne by EROS and the Company in the ratio of 50% - 50%.

 

24


9) The Company shall pay to KM and/or his nominees, director’s remuneration aggregating to Rs.5 Lakhs per month and / or his nominees for handling production and completion of the films for the company.

If the Company on or before 31.12.2009 attains, earns or makes a Pre tax Profit of Rs.25 to 30 Crores KM and/or his nominees will get a commission of Rs.5 Crores separately which will be first appropriated towards his advance, if any, unpaid on that date and balance amount paid to him by the Company.

Until recoupment of the entire funds and investment by EROS in the said films the negative rights of all the cinematograph films to be co-produced between EROS and the Company shall exclusively vest with EROS. Thereafter the negatives of the film shall vest jointly and equally in the names of EROS and KM in the ratio of 50% - 50% with laboratory being intimated accordingly;

KM has represented to EROS that he needs an advance of Rs.9.50 Crores agreeing that the said amount of Rs.9.50 be recouped as set out in clause 13 hereof from his share of profits from the exploitation of the rights of the films. EROS, while accepting the foregoing request of KM has out of advance of Rs.9.50 Crores, already paid a sum of Rs.6.72 Crores with the balance of Rs.0.78 Crores to be paid to KM as under:

 

  (i) Rs.0.78 Crores after signing of the Agreement and

 

  (ii) Rs.2 Crores to be released in suitable tranches

It is agreed that until the entire advance of Rs 9.51) Crores to KM shall be recouped by EROS out of KM’s share of profits from the films in the following manner:

 

  (i) First towards the sum of Rs.4.50 Crores being the share of profits of KM from the exploitation of the rights in the said film and until recoupment of the said sum of Rs 4.50 Crores KM shall not be claim much less be entitled to any amount from his share of profit from the Company.

 

  (ii) After recoupment of Rs.4 50 Crores as stated in clause 13(i) hereinabove, KM is entitled to withdraw 35% of his share of profit from the Company with the balance 65% shall be held by the Company till such time that the time entire advance of Rs.9.50 Crores is recouped and recovered either by appropriating as per clause 12 hereinabove or by repayment by KM.

 

25

Exhibit 10.3

 

DATED      11 JULY 2007   

BETWEEN:

  

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

-and-

DENKAL FINANCE INC

-and-

FILM BOND LIMITED

-and-

AYNGARAN INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

-and-

KUMARASAMY KARUNAMOORTHY

-and-

Dr JAYABALAN MURALI MANOHAR

 

 

Shareholders Agreement

-for-

AYNGARAN INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

 

 

 

T: + 44(0)2076324200
F: + 44 (0) 2078318171
E: atul@hcasols.com
DX: 356 CHANCERY LANE
Ref: ASA]/12198


THIS AGREEMENT is made the 11 day of July 2007 BETWEEN:

 

(1) EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC, a company registered in the Isle of Man with company number 116107 C and whose registered office address Athol Street, Douglas, Isle of Man, IM1 1LB;

(“Eros”);

 

(2) DENKAL FINANCE INC, a BVI Business Company registered in the British Virgin Islands under Number 1015366, whose address for service is at PO Box 1092, 12-14 Avenue Reverdil, CH-1260, Nyon 1, Switzerland;

(“DF);

 

(3) FILM BOND LIMITED, a company registered in England and Wales under Number 05310285, whose registered office is at the Penthouse, 14 Bickenhall Mansions, Bickenhall Street, London, W1U 6BR;

(“FB”);

 

(4) AYNGARAN INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, a company registered in Isle of Man with company number 117883C and whose registered office is at PO Box 203, St. George’s Court, Upper Church Street, Douglas, Isle of Man, IM99 1EE;

(“the Company”).

 

(5) KUMARASAMY KARUNAMOORTHY of 15 Palmer Avenue, Cheam, SM3 8EF, United Kingdom;

(“KK”); and

 

(6) Dr JAYABALAN MURALI MANOHAR of 8th Floor, Crown House, North Circular Road, London NW10 7PN;

(“JM”).

RECITALS:

 

(A) Eros, DF and FB (together “the Founders”) have agreed to co-operate in the establishment and management of the business of producers and distributors of Tamil films worldwide through the medium of the Company;

 

(B) The Founders have agreed to enter into this Agreement for the purpose of regulating their relationship with each other and certain aspects of the affairs of and their dealings with the Company;

 

(C) The Company has agreed with the Founders that it will comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement insofar as they relate to the Company.


NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1 Definitions and interpretation

In this Agreement (which expression shall be deemed to include the Schedules hereto):

 

  (1) unless there be something in the subject or context inconsistent therewith, the following expressions have the following meanings:

 

“the ‘A’ Directors”    means the directors of the Company appointed by Eros pursuant to Article 14(1) and holding office from time to time;
“the Additional Directors”    has the meaning attributed thereto in the Articles;
“agreed form”    means in the form previously agreed by or on behalf of the parties to this Agreement;
“the Articles”    means the articles of association from time to time of the Company (and any reference to an “Article” shall be a reference to that article of the Articles);
“Asset Sale”    means the completion of any transaction or series of transactions whereby any person or group of connected persons (as such expression is defined by section 119 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1970) purchases the Company or the whole or substantially the whole of the business and assets of the Company (including the whole or substantially the whole of the business and assets of any subsidiary of the Company);
“the ‘A’ Shareholders”    means all those persons holding “A” Shares and who are parties to this Agreement from time to time;
“the ‘A’ Shares”    means the “A” Shares of £1 each in the share capital of the Company from time to time having the rights set out in the Articles;
“Associate”   

means any of:

 

(i)       the husband, wife, father, mother, child or other lineal descendant; or

 

(ii)      the trustees of any settlement under which the relevant person and/or his spouse or children is or is capable of being a beneficiary; or

 

2


  

(iii)    any nominee or bare trustee for the relevant person or for any other Associate of the relevant person; or

 

(iv)     if the relevant person is a company, any subsidiary or holding company of the relevant person and any other subsidiary of any such holding company;

“the Auditors”    means the auditors from time to time of the Company;
“the ‘B’ Directors”    means the directors of the Company appointed by the “B” Shareholders pursuant to Article 14(2) and holding office from time to time;
“Bad Leaver”   

means either:-

 

(A)     a person who has ceased to be an employee of the Company in circumstances arising from:

 

(a)      any material breach by him of the terms of his service agreement or employment contract, which breach if capable of remedy, has not been remedied within a period of 30 days from the date on which notice of such breach was sent to such person;

 

(b)      his gross misconduct, fraud or other such action which would entitle the Company to terminate his service arrangements summarily; or

 

(c)      resignation of his own volition at any time save where the resignation is :

 

(i)       as a result of reaching the Company’s retirement age;

 

(ii)      as a direct result of a material breach by the Company of his service agreement or employment contract; or

 

(iii)    by prior written agreement of the Company (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

3


  

(B)     a corporation, which owns “B” Shares, which itself is the subject of any Change of Control (other than in respect of any Change of Control which has resulted from the death of any beneficial owner where the beneficial ownership has been transferred or passes to the deceased’s spouse or a trust for the sole benefit of such spouse and any issue of the deceased (including a discretionary trust for the benefit of such spouse and/or issue(s)), provided that such spouse and/or issue or issue upon the determination of such a trust (or trustees as the case may be) has duly executed a Deed of Adherence) without the prior written consent of the “A” Shareholders such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

“the Board Minutes”    means the minutes of a meeting of the board of directors of the Company in the agreed form;
“the ‘B’ Shareholders”    means all those persons holding “B” Shares and who are parties to this Agreement from time to time;
“the “B” Shares”    means the “B” Shares of £1 each in the share capital of the Company from time to time having the rights set out in the Articles;
“the Business Plan”    means the operating budget for the Company and each Subsidiary in the agreed form;
“Change of Control”   

means, in relation to any corporation, that situation where:

 

(a)      any person or group of connected persons not having control (as defined in section 416 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 and for section 119A of the Income Tax Act 1970 of the Isle of Man) of such a corporation on the date hereof acquiring such control; or

 

(b)      there is any change in the beneficial ownership of such corporation;

 

4


“Confidential Information”    information confidential to the Company and any company in the Group including but not limited to any information of a confidential type or which the recipient of the information is aware is confidential or that it should remain confidential, any intellectual property belonging to the Company or any company in the Group, or any customer and prospective customer information, or film or film producer information (including names addresses, contact names and addresses, telephone numbers and e-mail addresses) business plans, trade secrets, product specifications, market research, financial data and forecasts, capital strategy and capital raising activities (proposed and ongoing), business methods, marketing strategies, tenders and price sensitive information, fees, commission structure, feasibility figures and plans relating to contracts (actual and proposed), details of actual and proposed contracts, requirements of customers or prospective customers or film producers, information in respect of which the Company or any company in the Group is bound by an obligation of confidence to any third party;
“Companies Act”    means the Companies Act 1985;
“Completion”    means the performance by the parties of the obligations assumed by them respectively under clause 4 and “Completion Date” shall be the date upon which the final of such obligations is duly performed;
“Deed of Adherence”    means a deed, to be subject to the laws of England and Wales, duly executed by any new “A” or new “B” Shareholder pursuant to which such person undertakes to the Company and the remaining Shareholders to observe and be bound by the terms of this Agreement as if they had been named as a party to this Agreement;
“Deferred Purchase Agreement”    means the agreement to be entered into immediately on Completion between the Company and KK in the agreed form;
“the Directors”    means the directors from time to time of the Company;

 

5


“Emoluments”    means emoluments of every description including, without limitation, salaries, directors’ fees, bonuses, commissions, profit shares under any incentive scheme, pension contributions payable by any member of the Group and benefits in kind as quantified for income tax purposes;
“Encumbrance”    means and includes any interest, right or equity of any person (including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any right to acquire, option or right of pre-emption) or any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or assignment or any other encumbrance, priority or security interest or arrangement of whatsoever nature over or in the relevant property;
“group”    means, in relation to a company, that company and any company which is from time to time a holding company of that company or a subsidiary of that company or of such holding company;
“the Group”    means the Company and its subsidiaries (if any) from time to time;
“Indebtedness”    means any loan, bond, note, loan stock or debenture or other obligation for borrowed monies, any liability in respect of any acceptance credit or note or bill discounting facility, any amount of consideration left outstanding by way of loan under any agreement for the sale of assets and/or the supply of services and any guarantee or indemnity in respect of any of the foregoing, the amount thereof in each case being taken for this purpose to be the maximum amount capable of being outstanding from the Company thereunder whether or not then due or owing or advanced at the time of calculation;
“Listing”    means the admission of all or any of the Ordinary Shares or any securities of the Company to any recognised investment exchange or regulated market (as such expressions are defined in the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) for listed securities;
“Loan Agreement”    means, the loan agreement between the Company and Eros in the agreed form;
“Long Stop Date”    means, the [.....] day of [......] 2007;
“the New Memorandum and Articles    means the new memorandum and articles of association in the agreed form to be adopted by the Company on Completion;

 

6


“the Nominated Directors”    means the “A” Directors and the “B” Directors from time to time;
“the Ordinary Shares”    means the “A” Shares and/or the “B” Shares as applicable;
“Producer”    any person, firm, company or other organisation producing motion pictures with whom the Relevant Restricted Party has had dealings or of whom the Relevant Restricted Party was aware during twelve month period prior to the Termination Date and who had entered into contractual relations with the Company or the Group for the purpose of acting as a producer, agent, distributor, actor or who otherwise acted as a provider of services to the Company or the Group for the purpose of the Restricted Business;
“Project”    any type of business with which the Relevant Restricted Party has any dealings following the Termination Date which if it had been carried out prior to that date for the benefit of the Company or any Company in the Group in accordance with this agreement would have been regarded as Restricted Business, save that such business would not be for the benefit of the Company or the Group in accordance with this agreement would have been regarded as Restricted Business, save that such business would not be for the benefit of the Company or any company in the Group;
“Prospective Customer”    any person, firm, company or other organisation who or which was at the Termination Date in negotiations with the Company or any company in the Group with a view to dealing with the Company or any company in the Group as a customer;
“Prospective Producer”    any person, firm, company or other organisation with whom the Relevant Restricted Party had dealings during the twelve month period prior to the Termination Date with a view to their becoming either a Producer or, for the benefit of any Project, a person equivalent to a Producer save that their services will not be for the benefit of the Company or any company in the Group but for the benefit of a Project;

 

7


“Qualifying Shareholder”   

means any:

 

(a)      “B” Shareholder and/or

 

(b)      KK for such period as KK retains control of DF and so long as DF retains any “B” Shares and/or;

 

(c)      KK for so long as he remains an employee of the Company ;

 

(d)      JM for such period as JM retains control of FB and so long as FB retains any “B” Shares

“Recognised Investment Exchange”    the same meaning as in section 417 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;
“Relevant Restricted Party”    Has the meaning set out in Clause 16.1 of this Agreement
“Restricted Business”    the business of producing Tamil films including, selling, leasing, renting, distributing, advertising, publicising, marketing or otherwise exploiting Tamil films and/or any other business or activity of the Company or any company in the Group in which the Relevant Restricted Party had any involvement during the course of his ownership of the “B” Shares or, (and by way of addition for JM) in respect of JM during FB’s ownership of the “B” Shares . or (and by way of addition for KK) in respect of KK during DF’s ownership of the “B” Shares or in respect of KK’s employment with the Company, in respect of any business with which KK has had any involvement during the course of his employment or with which any employee of the Company under KK’s control had any involvement or dealings in the course of his duties at any time during the twelve month period on and prior to the Termination Date but excluding the KK Business (as that is defined in the service agreement for KK);
“Restricted Employee”    any employee or consultant or director of the Company or any company in the Group or such other person engaged by any company in the Group who either is employed at the Termination Date or who had been employed during the twelve month period prior to the Termination Date and who had access to Confidential Information and with whom the Relevant Restricted Party had personal dealings;

 

8


“Restricted Supplier”    any person, firm or company who at any time during the twelve month period prior to the Termination Date was (1) a supplier of the Company or any company in the Group and (2) being a person, firm or company with whom the Relevant Restricted Party personally dealt either on behalf of the Company or any company in the Group or by reason of the Relevant Restricted Party’s relationship with the Company or any company in the Group during the twelve month period prior to the Termination Date;
“Restricted Territory”    any country in which the Company or any company in the Group actively trades at the Termination Date or during the twelve month period prior to the Termination Date and where the Relevant Restricted Party had any involvement with the Restricted Business (other than involvement which was entirely minor or inconsequential);
“parties hereto”    means the Shareholders, JM, KK and the Company;
“the Service Agreement”    means the service agreement between Mr Kumarasamy Karunamoorthy (“KK”) and the Company in the agreed form;
“share”    means a share in the capital of the Company of whatever class;
“the Shareholders”    means the “A” Shareholders and the “B” Shareholders together (and the expression “Shareholder’ shall be construed accordingly);
the “Termination Date”    means in relation to each Relevant Restricted Party (as that term is used in Clause 16.1 of this Agreement) the date on which they first cease to be a Qualifying Shareholder; and
“the Written Resolution”    means the resolution in writing of members of the Company in the agreed form;

 

  (2) reference to any statute or statutory provision includes a reference to that statute or statutory provision as from time to time amended, extended, consolidated or re-enacted;

 

  (3) subject as herein otherwise expressly defined, words and phrases defined in the Companies Act (but excluding any statutory modification thereof not in force on the date of this Agreement) and in the Articles bear the same respective meanings;

 

9


  (4) references to a “subsidiary” or “holding company”“ shall have the meanings given to them by section 1 of the Companies Act 1974 of the Isle of Man;

 

  (5) unless otherwise specified, words importing the singular include (where appropriate) the plural, words importing any gender include (where appropriate) every gender, and words importing persons include bodies corporate and unincorporate; and (in each case) vice versa;

 

  (6) reference to clauses and other provisions are references to clauses and other provisions of this Agreement and any reference to a sub-clause is, unless otherwise stated, a reference to a sub-clause of the clause in which the reference appears;

 

  (7) all warranties, representations, indemnities, covenants, agreements and obligations given or entered into by more than one person are given or entered into jointly and severally unless otherwise specified;

 

  (8) the headings shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement;

 

  (9) the expressions “hereunder, “hereto”, “herein”, ‘hereof and similar expressions relate to this entire Agreement and not to any particular provision thereof;

 

  (10) any undertaking by any of the parties hereto not to do any act or thing shall be deemed to include an undertaking not to permit or suffer the doing of that act or thing;

 

  (11) references to this Agreement or any other document shall, where appropriate, be construed as references to this Agreement or such other document as varied, supplemented, novated and/or replaced in any manner from time to time;

 

  (12) references to any English legal or accounting term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, insolvency proceeding, event of incapacity, legal or accounting document, legal or accounting status, court, governmental or administrative authority or agency, accounting body, official or any legal or accounting concept practice or principle or thing shall in respect of any jurisdiction other than England be deemed to include what most approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal or accounting term concerned; and

 

  (13) where, in this Agreement, a party is required to act reasonably or without delay, such provisions shall be deemed to impose on the relevant party an obligation not to act unreasonably or with undue delay.

 

2 Consideration

In consideration of the mutual agreements and undertakings herein set out, the parties to this Agreement have granted the rights and accepted the obligations hereinafter appearing.

 

10


3 Warranties

 

  (1) DF and FB jointly and severally warrant to Eros that the Company:

 

  (a) is a private company limited by shares incorporated on 27 September 2006 under the Companies Act 1931 of the Isle of Man;

 

  (b) has an authorised share capital of £2,000 divided into 2000 shares of £1 each, of which 2 have been issued at par and is legally and beneficially owned by Company’s existing Isle of Man agents;

 

  (c) is not trading and has never traded nor incurred any liabilities or obligations (present or contingent) of any nature whatsoever other than its paid up share capital and those imposed on the Company by virtue of its incorporation and any changes in its officers and constitution since its incorporation;

 

  (d) has only two directors, being Oliver George Webster and John Michael Killip;

 

  (e) has no employees;

 

  (f) is not the owner of or interested in any assets whatsoever, including the share capital of any other body corporate; and

 

  (g) is not a party to any litigation or arbitration.

 

  (2) KK warrants and represents that DF is beneficially owned as to 85.7% by him and as to 14.3% by Srinivasan Venkatesh of 46 West Drayton, Park Avenue, West Drayton, UB7 7QB, and that he and DF are acting solely for their own account in respect of the subject matters of this Agreement and not on behalf of any other person.

 

  (3) JM warrants and represents that FB is beneficially owned as to 100% by himself and his wife, and that JM and FB are acting solely for their own account in respect of the subject matters of this Agreement and not on behalf of any other person.

 

  (4) Any breach of the warranties contained in clause 3(2) or 3(3) shall result in the relevant warrantor becoming a Bad Leaver, without prejudice to any other rights of the parties hereto.

 

  (5)

KK, who is a party to this agreement for the purpose of ensuring that this clause 3(5) is adhered to by himself and DF, agrees for his own account and on behalf DF (for the purposes of this clause a “KK Entity”) to ensure that prior to selling or otherwise transferring or otherwise alienating any beneficial interest in any asset forming a part of the KK business (for the purposes of this clause “the Asset”) anywhere in the world to an unconnected third party in the open market, he shall procure that the KK Entity shall first offer in writing, or procure the offer in writing, to the Company the right to acquire the Asset on the same terms as those proposed by the KK Entity with the unconnected third party. The Company will have a period of 30 Business

 

11


  Days within which to decide to accept such an offer and if the Company does not serve notice of such acceptance on KK within 30 Business Days of such offer then the KK Entity shall be under no restriction as to the disposal of such interest in the Asset. If the Company does accept such offer then it shall have a further period of 30 Business Days from notice of such decision to complete the acquisition of the Asset upon the terms indicated to it by the KK Entity (such terms, for the avoidance of doubt, being the same terms upon which the KK entity was prepared to sell such an interest). The parties hereto will use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the Company shall complete the acquisition of the Asset if it accepts the offer to be made hereunder however, if the Company fails or refuses to complete the acquisition of the Asset in accordance with the terms and conditions of this sub-clause (5) and subject to the parties hereto having used all reasonable endeavours as aforesaid then the KK Entity shall be relieved from all restrictions contained in this sub-clause (5) but only in relation to the Asset.

 

4 Completion

 

  (1) Completion shall take place at 201 Kailash Haze, Veera Desai Road, Andheri (west) Mumbai immediately after the execution of this Agreement.

 

  (2) On Completion:

 

  (a) each of the parties hereto shall procure that a meeting of the board of Directors shall be held, at which, inter alia, the following matters shall be considered, and, subject to the resolutions set out in the Written Resolution being passed, approved:

 

  (i) the reduction of the Company’s authorised share capital from £2,000 to £100 by the cancellation of 1,900 unissued ordinary shares of £1.00 each;

 

  (ii) the redesignation of the two issued ordinary shares of £1.00 each in the capital of the Company as 1 “A” ordinary share of £1.00 (being an ‘A’ Share) and 1 “B” ordinary share of £1.00 (being a ‘B’ Share);

 

  (iii) the redesignation of the remaining 98 unissued ordinary shares of £1.00 each as 50 “A” ordinary shares of £1.00 each (being ‘A’ Shares) and 48 “B” ordinary shares of £1.00 each (being ‘B’ Shares);

 

  (iv) the adoption of the New Memorandum and Articles;

 

  (v) the transfers and allotments of “A” ordinary shares and “B” ordinary shares as referred to in sub-clauses (c) (i) to (v) below; and

 

  (vi) the Company’s entry into this Agreement will be confirmed, approved and ratified, all as more particularly described in the Board Minutes;

 

12


  (b) the parties hereto shall procure that Equity Trustees One Limited and Equity Trustees Two Limited, both of 15-19 Athol Street, Isle of Man, as the holders of one ordinary share of £1.00 each in the capital of the Company, shall receive a copy of the Written Resolution for their consideration, and, if thought fit, execution, regarding the matters set out in sub-clause (a) immediately above and sub-clauses (c) (i) to (v) (inclusive) immediately below;

 

  (c) subject to the resolutions set out in the Written Resolution being passed:

 

  (i) Eros shall subscribe for and pay for a total of 50 ‘A’ shares at par;

 

  (ii) DF shall subscribe for and pay for a total of 43 ‘B’ shares at par;

 

  (iii) FB shall subscribe for and pay for a total of 5 ‘B’ shares at par;

 

  (iv) Equity Trustees One Limited shall transfer 1 ‘A’ Share to Eros at par;

 

  (v) Equity Trustees Two Limited shall transfer 1 ‘B’ Share to DF at par.

 

  (d) the parties hereto shall procure the following to be done:

 

  (i) KK shall enter into the Service Agreement with the Company;

 

  (ii) the documents and forms referred to in the Board Minutes therein shall be executed and filed at the Isle of Man Financial Supervisions Commissions Companies Registry; and

 

  (ii) the register of members of the Company shall be written up to reflect the redesignations, transfers, allotments and payments up referred to in paragraphs 4(2)(a) and 4(2)(c), and share certificates in respect of 51 “A” Shares and 43 “B” Shares and 5 “B” Shares shall be issued in favour of and delivered to Eros, DF and FB respectively.

 

  (e) The Directors shall pass such other resolutions and do such other things as are necessary in order to comply with the obligations of the parties hereunder.

 

  (f) The Company and KK shall enter into the Deferred Purchase Agreement.

 

  (g) The Company shall enter into the Loan Agreement.

 

13


  (3) The Shareholders undertake with each other that they shall procure that, within the time limits prescribed by statute, those documents and forms referred to in the Board Minutes which require filing at the Isle of Man Financial Supervision Commissions Companies Registry shall be so filed.

 

  (4) The Shareholders and the Company undertake with each other that they shall use all reasonable endeavours to as soon as possible following the date of this Agreement (and in respect of the matters contained or referred to in clause 4 (4) (a); (b) (i) and (ii) and (d) in any event on or before the Long Stop Date):

 

  (a) promote the formation of a wholly-owned subsidiary (incorporated in England) to be owned by the Company called respectively Ayngaran International (UK) Limited (“AUK 1”) (KK and Vijay Ahuja shall be appointed as directors of the company);

 

  (b) procure that the subsidiary nominated by the Company acquires the following assets:

 

  (i) for the sum of £1 million (less any sum paid pursuant to the Deferred Purchase Agreement) the Intellectual Property Rights (as defined in the Deferred Purchase Agreement) and in accordance with the provisions comprised within the Deferred Purchase Agreement in respect of the Films specified in the Deferred Purchase Agreement;

 

  (ii) for the sum of £1.00 on a going concern basis, the goodwill of the business (which shall include the trading name used by the business) carried on by KK under the name or style of “Ayngaran” together with the lease in respect of the premises at Unit 19, Riverside Business Park, Lyon Road, Wimbledon, London, SW19 2RL and fixtures and fittings situated at the premises; and

 

  (iii) immediately upon an Asset Sale or a Listing the Company shall pay in cash the sum of £500,000 by way of additional consideration for the acquisition of the assets referred to at clause 4.4 (b) (i);

 

  (c) promote the formation of a wholly owned subsidiary in the Republic of Mauritius called Ayngaran International (Mauritius) Limited.

 

  (5) Eros undertakes with the Founders and separately with the Company to advance to the Company an interest free loan of US$1,000,000 following satisfaction of the provisions governing the “Initial Films Transfer Drawing” of the Loan Agreement. Such loan (in addition and without prejudice to those conditions referred to in those provisions dealing with repayment in the Loan Agreement) is to be repayable immediately upon the Long Stop Date having passed without the conditions set out in clause 4 (4) (a); (b) (i); (b)(ii) and (c)having occurred in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

14


  (6) If, on or before the Long Stop Date any of the steps listed in clause 4 (4) (a); (b) (i); (b) (ii) and (c) above are not taken and subject to the Shareholders having complied with their respective obligations contained in this Agreement, then any of the Shareholders may by written notice to the others and to the Company rescind this Agreement whereupon each parties obligations hereunder shall cease and determine and the Company shall be wound up but without prejudice to any antecedent rights or obligations of any of the parties against the other(s) under this Agreement.

 

5 Auditors; bankers; registered office; accounting reference date; secretary

Unless otherwise agreed between the Shareholders in writing:

 

  (1) the auditors of the Company shall be Grant Thornton Isle of Man of 19/21 Circular Road, Douglas, Isle of Man IM99 2BE;

 

  (2) the bankers to the Company shall be Barclays Private Client International Limited of Barclays House, Victoria Street, Barclays, Isle of Man;

 

  (3) the registered office of the Company shall be at 15-19 Athol Street, Douglas, Isle of Man IM1 1LB;

 

  (4) the accounting reference date of the Company shall be 31st March in each year; and

 

  (5) the secretary of the Company shall be provided by Equity Limited of 15-19 Athol Street, Douglas, Isle of Man, IM1 1LB or such other person as may be selected by the Directors.

 

6 Application of subscription monies

Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Shareholders, the subscription monies and the loan referred to in clause 4 shall be applied by the Company solely for the purposes specified in the Business Plan.

 

7 Financing

Eros undertakes to DF and separately with FB that it will at all times procure that it and its Nominated Directors (so far as they are able) will take such action as is reasonably necessary including the passing of any resolutions to enable the facility provided by Eros under the Loan Agreement to be properly drawn down from time to time.

 

8 Dividend policy

The Dividend Policy of the Company from time to time shall be as determined by the Directors having regard to the Indebtedness at the time of any proposed declaration or payment of dividend.

 

15


9 The Company’s business

 

  (1) Except as the Shareholders may otherwise agree in writing or save as otherwise provided or contemplated in this Agreement or in the Business Plan, the Shareholders shall exercise their powers in relation to the Company so as to ensure that:

 

  (a) the Company carries on and conducts its business and affairs in a proper and efficient manner and for its own benefit and in accordance with the Business Plan;

 

  (b) the Company transacts all its business on arm’s length terms;

 

  (c) the Company shall not enter into any agreement or arrangement restricting its competitive freedom to provide and take goods and services by such means and from and to such persons as it may think fit;

 

  (d) all business of the Company shall be undertaken and transacted by the Directors save as provided in the Service Agreement;

 

  (e) subject to the Business Plan, the business of the Company shall be carried on pursuant to policies laid down from time to time by the Directors;

 

  (f) the Company shall maintain with a well-established and reputable insurer adequate insurance against all risks usually insured against by companies carrying on the same or a similar business and (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) for the full replacement or reinstatement value of all its assets of an insurable nature;

 

  (g) the Company allots and issues its shares and other securities at the best price reasonably obtainable in the circumstances;

 

  (h) the Company shall not acquire, dispose of, hire, lease, licence or receive licences of any assets, goods, rights or services otherwise than at the best price reasonably obtainable in the circumstances;

 

  (i) the Company shall keep full and proper books of account and therein make true and complete entries of all its dealings and transactions of and in relation to its business;

 

  (j) the Company shall provide each Shareholder within the accounting information specified in clause 4.2 of the Loan Agreement within the time limits specified in clause 4.2 thereof;

 

  (k) the Company shall prepare its annual accounts in accordance with all applicable accounting standards;

 

  (l) the Company shall prepare such accounts in respect of each accounting reference period as are required by statute and procure that such accounts are audited as soon as practicable and in any event not later than 3 months after the end of the relevant accounting reference period;

 

16


  (m) the Company shall keep all of the Shareholders fully informed as to all its financial and business affairs promptly upon written request from any such Shareholder;

 

  (n) if the Company requires any approval, consent or licence for the carrying on of its business in the places and in the manner in which it is from time to time carried on or proposed to be carried on, the Company will use its best endeavours to maintain the same in full force and effect;

 

  (o) the Company shall adopt and maintain in force bank mandates which require that each single cheque issued or bank transfer made is required to be signed by at least two authorised signatories where one of the authorised signatory shall be the Nominated Director appointed by the A Shareholder and the other authorised signatory shall be the Nominated Director appointed by the B Shareholder save that the managing director shall be authorised to sign cheques or procure a bank transfer on his signature alone for sums not exceeding $100,000;

 

  (p) the Board of Directors of the Company shall delegate to the managing director all functions in connection with the booking of actors and the production of motion pictures (in contrast to commissioning) in India and elsewhere in accordance with his Service Agreement.

 

  (2) The expression “the Company”, where used in sub-clause (1), shall be deemed to include each of the other companies in the Group (if any) from time to time to the intent and effect that the provisions of sub-clause (1) shall apply in relation to each such company as they apply in relation to the Company, save for those provisions which expressly or by implication relate only to the Company.

 

  (3) Each Shareholder shall use all reasonable and proper means in his power to maintain, improve and extend the business of the Group and to further the reputation and interests of the Group, provided always that the provisions of this sub-clause shall not require any Shareholder to place business with any company in the Group;

 

  (4) The “B” Shareholders shall procure that the “B” Directors shall prepare and make available to the “A” Directors and to the “A” Shareholders and notify them of such availability:

 

  (a) Operating Budget and Financial Plan:

Not later than 20 Business Days before the accounting reference date of the Company in each calendar year a detailed draft operating budget for the Company (including estimated major items of revenue and capital expenditure) for the following financial year, broken down on a monthly basis, and an accompanying cash-flow forecast (the “Annual Budget”);

 

17


  (b) Management Accounts:

Within 15 days after the end of each calendar month, unaudited Company management accounts, such accounts to include detailed profit and loss account and statement of the company’s cash position, actual and 12 month forecast cash flows, analysis of sales and other revenue and a review of the budget together with a reconciliation of results with revenue and capital budgets for the corresponding month and access to its books, records, auditors and premises (including copying facilities) at such times as may be reasonably requested;

 

  (5) If KK wishes to resign from his employment with the Company then in such circumstances (on the making of a written application by KK) the Company hereby agrees with KK that the Company shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent for such resignation.

 

10 Directors and chairman

 

  (1) Notwithstanding the provisions of the Articles, none of the Shareholders will appoint a Nominated Director, without reasonable prior consultation with the others with a view to reaching agreement on the person to be appointed save that if agreement can not be reached then such Shareholder will not be precluded from making such appointment as they deem fit;

 

  (2) Unless otherwise agreed by an “A” Director and a “B” Director in any particular case, every meeting of the Directors shall be held at the registered office of the Company;

 

  (3) The “A” Shareholders shall be entitled to appoint the Chairman of the Company (who shall be an “A” Director).

 

  (4) Any Shareholders removing a Nominated Director shall be responsible for and shall indemnify the other Shareholders and the Company (and any member of the Group) against any claim by such Nominated Director for unfair or wrongful dismissal or other compensation arising out of such removal.

 

  (5) Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the majority of the “B” Shareholders, the “A” Shareholders shall exercise their powers in relation to the Company so as to ensure that:

 

  (a) the Company does not terminate the service agreement of KK, save in circumstances where the Company is entitled to summarily dismiss him; and

 

  (b) if a “B” Director is removed from, or vacates his office (for whatever reason), the Company will enter into a service agreement with such replacement as the “B” Shareholders shall determine, (subject to the prior written consent of the “A” Shareholders, such consent not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), as nearly as may be on the same terms and conditions as those contained in the service agreement of the person being replaced.

 

18


  (6) The “A” Shareholders shall procure that the “A” Directors attend meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company and if passed sign such resolutions as are passed by the Board and the “B” Shareholders shall procure such matters mutatis mutandis in respect of the “B” Directors.

 

11 Shareholders’ protection

 

  (1) Matters requiring Directors’ approval

The Shareholders shall exercise their powers in relation to the Company to procure that, save as otherwise provided in this Agreement or in the Business Plan and save with the prior approval of a resolution of the Directors on which an “A” Director and a “B” Director has voted in favour or of a unanimous written resolution of the Directors, the Company will not and none of the other companies in the Group will:

 

  (a) vary the Emoluments of any of its Directors or of any Shareholder or of any Associate of a Director or Shareholder;

 

  (b) enter into any service agreement with any employee or Director which is not terminable without payment of compensation on not more than 3 months’ notice;

 

  (c) dismiss any of its senior employees (meaning an officer or an employee whose rate of gross contractual salary is £30,000 per annum or more), save in circumstances where the Company is entitled summarily to dismiss that employee or otherwise dismiss that person in accordance with applicable law or pursuant to such service agreement;

 

  (d) enter into or vary any contract or arrangement (whether legally binding or not) with any of its Directors or any Shareholder or with any associate of a Director or Shareholder;

 

  (e) incur any material expenditure or liability of a capital nature (including, for this purpose, the acquisition of any asset under lease or hire purchase) save in respect of office machinery and equipment reasonably required in the ordinary course of its business;

 

  (f) enter into any material contract or arrangement outside the ordinary course of its business or whereby any person would or might receive remuneration calculated by reference to its income or profits;

 

  (g) pay any remuneration or expenses to any person other than as proper remuneration for work done or services provided or as proper reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with its business;

 

  (h) except as provided in clause 19, commence any legal or arbitration proceedings (other than routine collection of trade debts);

 

19


  (i) give any guarantee, indemnity or security in respect of the obligations of any other person;

 

  (j) create or allow to subsist any Encumbrance over any of its assets;

 

  (k) borrow any money or obtain any advance or credit in any form other than normal trade credit or other than on normal banking terms for unsecured overdraft facilities or vary the terms and conditions of any borrowings or bank mandates;

 

  (l) lend any money to any person (otherwise than by way of deposit with a bank or other institution, the normal business of which includes the acceptance of deposits) or grant any credit to any person (except to its customers in the normal course of business);

 

  (m) sell, transfer, lease, licence or in any other way dispose of any of its assets otherwise than in the ordinary course of its business; or

 

  (n) factor or assign any of its book debts.

 

  (2) Matters requiring Shareholders’ approval

Unless otherwise agreed between the Shareholders in writing, the Shareholders shall exercise their powers in relation to the Company to procure that (save as otherwise provided in this Agreement or in the Business Plan) the Company will not and none of the other companies in the Group will:

 

  (a) issue, allot, redeem, purchase or grant options over any of its shares or other securities or reorganise its share capital in any way;

 

  (b) pay or make any dividend or other distribution;

 

  (c) make any distribution out of capital profits or capital reserves (including any share premium account or capital redemption reserve fund);

 

  (d) pass any resolution whereby its classification or status may be changed;

 

  (e) alter the provisions of its memorandum or articles of association or pass any resolution for winding up;

 

  (f) acquire or make any investment in another company or business or incorporate any subsidiary;

 

  (g) change the nature or scope of its business as carried on from time to time or commence any new business not being ancillary or incidental to such business;

 

  (h) enter into any partnership or joint venture with any other person;

 

  (i) make any early repayment of Loans;

 

20


  (j) make any claim, disclaimer, surrender, election or consent of a material nature for tax purposes;

 

  (k) in respect of any of the matters referred to in this sub-clause or in sub-clause (1) and subject always to the provisions of clause 9(1)(p), permit any power or authority of its directors to be delegated to any executive director or committee of directors or to any other person whatsoever (except in the proper performance of their duties under their Service Agreements).

 

12 Transfers of shares

 

  (1) None of the Shareholders shall transfer or dispose of, whether by way of sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of any legal, equitable or other interest or permit the creation of an Encumbrance or trust (a “Transfer”) over any of his Ordinary Shares in the Company except in accordance with, as permitted by and subject to the provisions of this Agreement or pursuant to paragraph 8(15) of the Articles of Association of the Company adopted pursuant to Clause 4(2) hereof.

 

  (2) The parties hereto shall procure that before any person (other than a person who is already a Shareholder) is registered as a holder of any share in the Company, such person shall enter into a a Deed of Adherence (in a form satisfactory to the Shareholders). The Company shall not register any such person as the holder of any share until such a deed has been executed. Upon being so registered, that person shall be deemed to be a party to this Agreement.

 

  (3) The Company shall not register any transfer made in breach of sub-clauses (1) or (2) and the shares comprised in any transfer so made shall carry no rights whatsoever unless and until, in each case, the breach is rectified.

 

  (4) The parties hereto will co-operate and will do and execute all other acts, deeds and things necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Agreement and the Articles concerning transfers of shares and the Shareholders will (so far as it is within their capacity so to do) procure that a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company is duly convened to approve and register each Transfer permitted or required by any provision of this Agreement or the Articles (subject to the same being duly stamped or adjudicated or certified nil duty payable).

 

13 Save for a Transfer made in accordance with clauses 13.4, 13.5, 13.6, 14 and 15, each Shareholder undertakes that it will not at any time make a Transfer except in accordance with clauses 13.2 or 13.3.

 

  13.1 Subject to the provisions of clauses 13.2 and 13.4 a Shareholder may sell its Shares provided that the rights of first refusal conferred in favour of the other Shareholders under clause 13.3 shall have been exhausted.

 

21


  13.2 Notwithstanding clause 13.1, a Shareholder may sell any of its Shares at any time with the prior written consent of and upon terms and conditions agreed by each of the other Shareholders.

 

  13.3 Subject to clause 14 following the period of 4 years following the Completion Date if any Shareholder wishes to transfer any of its Shares or any interest therein the following shall apply:

 

  13.3.1 that Shareholder (the “Vendor”) shall give a notice in writing to the Company (a “Transfer Notice”) stating the number of Shares (the “Offered Shares”) it wishes to transfer and the particulars of (including the price offered by) the person, if any, to whom it wishes to transfer the Offered Shares;

 

  13.3.2 the Offered Shares shall be offered in writing to each Shareholder (other than the Vendor) (for the purposes of this clause 13, the “Remaining Shareholders”) after the agreement or calculation of their price. Their price shall be as agreed between the Vendor and the Directors or, failing such agreement within 21 days of the date of the Transfer Notice, the Fair Value (in accordance with clause 13.7);

 

  13.3.3 the Remaining Shareholders shall have 30 days from the date of the Transfer Notice or, as the case may be, the determination of the Fair Value in accordance with clause 13.7 (the “Offer Period”) whichever shall be the later to decide and notify the Company in writing the maximum number (if any) of Offered Shares they wish to purchase (such Remaining Shareholders referred to as the “Purchasers”);

 

  13.3.4 the Offered Shares shall be allocated among the Purchasers as nearly as may be pro rata to their existing shareholdings and the Purchasers’ notification under clause 13.3.3 amounting to (for the avoidance of doubt) a contract between the Purchasers and the Vendor for the sale and purchase of the Offered Shares at the price stated in the Transfer Notice and shall be completed 30 days after receipt of the notification from the Purchasers;

 

  13.3.5 if notifications are not received in respect of all the Offered Shares under clause 13.3.3 above the remaining Offered Shares shall (at the end of the Offer Period) then be offered in writing by the Vendor to the Purchasers and the provisions of this clause 13.3.2, 13.3.3 and 13.3.4 shall apply to such offer mutatis mutandis. If notifications are not received from the Purchasers in respect of all the remaining Offered Shares within 21 days from the end of the Offer Period, the Vendor may (subject to clause 13.3.6 below), but only at any time after the 4th Anniversary of Completion sell any remaining Offered Shares to any person (the “Third Party Transferee”) approved in writing by those Remaining Shareholders holding, in aggregate, 50% of the total voting rights conferred on the Shares in issue (excluding the Shares held by the Vendor), such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, on terms which are no more favourable to the Third Party Transferee than the terms offered to the Remaining Shareholders or on such terms as the Remaining Shareholders shall approve in writing;

 

22


  13.3.6 the sale and purchase of the Offered Shares shall be completed 30 days after notifications are received in respect of all the Offered Shares;

 

  13.3.7 completion of the sale and purchase of the Offered Shares shall take place at the registered office of the Company whereupon:

 

  13.3.7.1 the Vendor shall deliver to the Third Party Transferee and/ or the Purchasers (as applicable) a duly executed transfer or transfers in favour of the Third Party Transferee or the Purchasers together with the relative share certificates in respect of the Offered Shares;

 

  13.3.7.2 against such delivery, the Purchasers and/ or the Third Party Transferee shall pay the price agreed or the Fair Value as determined in accordance with clause 13.7 (as the case may be) to the Vendor in cleared funds and for value on the relevant date of completion;

 

  13.3.7.3 the Remaining Shareholders shall each exercise their rights so as to enable the transfer(s) referred to in clause 13.3.7.2 to be registered; and

 

  13.3.7.4 the Vendor shall do all such other things and execute all such other documents as the Purchasers and/ or the Third Party Transferee may reasonably require to give effect to the sale and purchase of the Offered Shares; and

 

  13.3.7.5 all monies lent to the Company by EROS, pursuant to the Loan Agreement or otherwise, shall be repaid in full (together with any accrued interest prior to any share transfer being registered by the Company) .

 

  13.4 If a Shareholder (the “Departing Shareholder”):

 

  13.4.1 being an individual, dies;

 

  13.4.2 is a Bad Leaver;

 

  13.4.3 being an individual, is or becomes bankrupt;

 

  13.4.4 being a company, becomes insolvent, has a receiver or administrator or other encumbrance appointed over all or a substantial part of its assets, enters into an arrangement or compromise with its creditors, has a petition presented or resolution passed for its winding up or administration or is the subject of any analogous occurrence in any jurisdiction; or

 

23


  13.4.5 being a company (other than an A Shareholder) is subject to any change in its beneficial ownership or if there shall be any alteration to the ownership or control of any of the shares in the Shareholder or if the Shareholder is itself the subject to a Change of Control without the previous written approval of the A Shareholder;

then such Departing Shareholder shall be deemed to have notified the Directors that it has become a Departing Shareholder, giving full details, and any Director may declare that such Departing Shareholder shall be deemed to have given a Transfer Notice pursuant to clause 13.3 in respect of all of the shares held by it and the provisions of clause 13.3 shall apply accordingly to such shares as though they were the Offered Shares, save that their price shall be the Fair Value of such shares as calculated in accordance with clause 13.7 unless the Departing Shareholder is a Bad Leaver or if the Shareholder has become a Departing Shareholder by virtue of the provisions of clause 13.5, in which case, their price shall be the nominal value per Share and the transfer shall be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the relevant event set out in clause 13.4.

 

  13.5 If KK leaves the employment of the Company without the previous approval in writing of the Company in circumstances that, had he been a Shareholder, he would be deemed a Bad Leaver then DF shall also be deemed a Bad Leaver and immediately upon such determination such company(s) shall be deemed a Departing Shareholder for the purposes of this clause 13.5 and shall be deemed to have given a Transfer Notice in respect of all of their Shares and the Price applicable for such Transfer of Shares shall be the nominal value of all such shares registered in the name of DF.

 

  13.6 If any Departing Shareholder or Vendor fails to execute the relevant documents necessary to transfer its shares when such transfer has been agreed or is required under this clause 13 within 14 days of the required date under this clause 13, any other Shareholder may (and such Departing Shareholder or Vendor hereby appoints any other Shareholder to act as its attorney on its behalf) to do all things and execute all documents necessary to effect such transfer or sale.

 

  13.7 The Fair Value shall be the fair selling value of the relevant shares calculated pro rata to the value of the entire issued equity share capital of the Company as between a willing vendor and a willing purchaser at arm’s length on the assumption that the Company will continue in business as a going concern and without applying any discount for a minority holding or any premium for a majority holding and ignoring the rights of pre-emption set out in this agreement and the Articles. The Fair Value shall be calculated if the Shareholders shall so agree by the firm appointed as auditors for the time being of the Company or in default of such agreement an independent firm of chartered accountants agreed between the Shareholders within 21 days of notice from any Shareholder requiring such agreement or failing such agreement nominated on the request of any Shareholder by the President for the time being of the institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales. Such firm shall act as experts not arbitrators, their decision shall be final and binding on the parties and their costs shall be borne as determined by such firm.

 

24


  13.8 For the purpose of ensuring that no circumstances have arisen whereby clause 13 were to apply or for any other reason any Director may from time to time require any Shareholder or any person named as transferee in any proposed transfer to furnish to the Company such information and evidence as the Directors reasonably require.

 

14    (1) It is hereby acknowledged and agreed that the parties’ intention is to achieve a Listing of the Company at the earliest practical opportunity, and that the parties will, acting in good faith towards each other, use their reasonable endeavours to secure the same.

 

  (2) If at any time a third party (the “Buyer”) shall make a bona fide arm’s length offer to acquire the entire issued share capital of the Company (“the Offer”), upon terms and conditions which Eros (the “Acceptor”) wishes to accept, and for a consideration equal to or greater than the Fair Value, then the Acceptor shall by written notice to the holder or holders of the other shares (for the purposes of this clause 14, the “Remaining Shareholders”) require the Remaining Shareholders to either:

 

  (i) sell their shares upon like terms per share to the Buyer simultaneously with completion of the sale of the Acceptor’s shares to the Buyer; or

 

  (ii) give the Remaining Shareholders the right to purchase the Acceptor’s shares at the same price and upon the same terms as the Offer whereupon the provisions of clause 13.3.7 shall mutatis mutandis apply.

 

  (3) Written notice to sell from the Acceptor (or from the Remaining Shareholders to purchase) under this clause shall oblige the Remaining Shareholders or the Acceptor (as these may be) to deliver up to the Buyer (or the Remaining Shareholders as the case may be) an executed transfer of such shares and the certificates in respect of the same and to sign and execute all other relevant documents in connection with the sale. The provisions of Clause 13.3.7 shall apply mutatis mutandis to this clause 14.

 

15    (1) This clause shall apply if more than 48 months has elapsed since the date of this Agreement and one or more Shareholders (the “Proposed Transferors”) wishes to transfer all of its or their shares or any interest therein to a third party and if, as a result of the transfer, the transferee and its Associates would collectively hold 35 % or more of all the issued share capital of the Company.

 

  (2) Where this Clause 15(1) applies, the Proposed Transferors may not transfer any of its or their shares or any interest therein unless, at least 28 days prior to the date of the agreement to transfer, the transferee shall have made a written offer (“Clause 15 Offer”) to the other Shareholders (the “Offerees”) to purchase all of its or their shares at the same price per share (and otherwise on the same terms) as are applicable to the proposed sale of shares by the Proposed Transferors.

 

25


  (3) The Clause 15 Offer shall be on terms that it shall be open for acceptance by the Offerees for not less than 21 days and, if accepted, the sale of all of the Offerees’ shares shall be completed simultaneously with the completion of the sale of the Proposed Transferor’s shares and the provisions of clause 13.3 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

 

16    (1) Each of the “B” Shareholders, and KK and JM shall be subject to the provisions of this Clause 16 and in making reference to each of them they shall be referred to in this clause as the “Relevant Restricted Party”.

 

  (2) Each Relevant Restricted Party jointly and severally undertake to the Company (for the benefit of the Company and any company in the Group) that, subject to the proviso hereinafter contained, none of them shall, whilst they remain a Qualifying Shareholder and for 12 months after they cease to be a Qualifying Shareholder, whether on their own behalf or jointly with or as an executive, employee, adviser, consultant or agent for any other person directly or indirectly:

 

  (a) carry on or assist with, be employed by, be engaged by, hold a position with, be concerned in, interested in or control the carrying on of any activity or business which is the same as or competes with the Restricted Business anywhere in any Restricted Territory, (except as the holder of shares in a company whose shares are listed on a Recognised Investment Exchange which confer not more than 3% in total of the votes which could normally be cast at a general meeting of that company);

 

  (b) in relation to any business competing anywhere in any Restricted Territory which is the same as or in competition with the Restricted Business conduct any business, perform any services for or canvas, solicit or approach or cause to be canvassed or solicited or approached for the purpose of obtaining business, orders or custom, or otherwise deal with any person, firm, company or other organisation which was a client or customer of the Company or any company in the Group at the Termination Date or during the twelve month period prior to the Termination Date and with whom the Relevant Restricted Party had any dealings whilst a Qualifying Shareholder;

 

  (c) in relation to any business competing anywhere in any Restricted Territory which is the same as or in competition with the Restricted Business conduct any business, perform any services or supply goods to, canvas, solicit, deal or approach or cause to be canvassed, solicited or approached for the purpose of obtaining business, orders or custom of any Prospective Customer with whom the Relevant Restricted Party had any dealings whilst a Qualifying Shareholder;

 

  (d) In relation to any business competing anywhere in any Restricted Territory which is the same as or in competition with the Restricted Business conduct any business with, obtain services from, canvas, solicit, deal with or approach or cause to be canvassed, solicited or approached for the purpose of any Project or otherwise to deal with any person firm, company or other organisation which was a Producer or a Prospective Producer at the Termination Date or during the twelve month period prior to the Termination Date and with whom the Relevant Restricted Party had dealings;

 

26


  (e) solicit or endeavour to entice away from the Company or any company in the Group or offer employment to or employ or offer to or conclude a contract for services in the Restricted Territory with any Restricted Employee or procure or facilitate the making of such an offer;

 

  (f) seek to entice away from the Company or any company in the Group or otherwise solicit or interfere with the relationship between the Company and any Restricted Supplier or any company in the Group and any Restricted Supplier.

 

  (3) Each Relevant Restricted Party shall not at any time after the Termination Date:

 

  (a) directly or indirectly anywhere in any Restricted Territory carry on a business either alone or jointly with or as officer, manager, agent, consultant or employee of any person whether similar to any part of the business of the Company or any company in the Group (as conducted at any time) or otherwise under a title or name comprising or containing the word Ayngaran or any colourable imitations thereof and he will at all times procure that any company controlled by him will not carry out such business under any such title or names; and

 

  (b) say or do anything which is harmful to the reputation or goodwill of the Company or any company in the Group (or to any of their respective businesses) or which is likely to or is calculated to lead to any person, firm, company or other organisation to withdraw from or cease to continue to offer the Company or a company in the Group any rights of purchase, sale, import, distribution or agency enjoyed by it on substantially equivalent terms to those previously offered and which is to the detriment of the Company or any company in the Group or which is otherwise likely to lead such a person to refuse to engage with the Company or any company in the Group;

 

  (c) hold himself out falsely as being in anyway connected with any company in the Group;

 

  (d) solicit, entice or procure or endeavour to solicit, entice or procure any employee to breach his contract of employment with the Company or any company in the Group or any person to breach his contract for services with the Company or any company in the Group; or

 

  (e) cause or permit any person under the control of the Relevant Restricted Party to do any of the acts or things specified in this Clause 16.

 

  (4) To the extent relevant to a Relevant Restricted Party, the period of each of the above restrictions shall be reduced by the period, if any, during which any Relevant Restricted Party shall be placed on garden leave in accordance with his service agreement with the Company.

 

27


  (5) The Relevant Restricted Party agrees that each of the restrictions set out above constitutes an entirely separate, severable and independent covenant and restriction upon him the duration extent and application of each of which is no greater than is reasonably necessary for the protection of goodwill and the legitimate trade connections of the Restricted Business. Further, if a restriction on him contained in this agreement is found void but would be valid if some part of it were deleted or the period or area of application reduced such, the restriction shall apply with such modification as may be necessary to make it valid and effective,

 

  (6) In the event that Eros does not or refuses to provide funding in accordance with terms of the Loan Agreement, the restriction set out in this Clause 16 shall become voidable at the option of the Relevant Restricted Party whereupon the said restriction shall thereafter be unenforceable.

 

  (7) The “B” Shareholders, KK and JM shall comply in all respects with the share dealing code of Eros from time to time in force and notified to them.

 

17 Confidentiality

 

  (1) Each of the Shareholders, KK and JM undertakes to each of the other Shareholders and the Company that he will not at any time hereafter use or divulge or communicate to any person other than to officers or employees of the Group whose province it is to know the same or on the instructions of the Directors any confidential information (which shall include but not be limited to Confidential Information as defined in this Agreement) concerning the business, accounts, finance, contractual arrangements or intellectual property (whether owned or licensed by the Group) or other dealings, transactions, affairs or property of the Group which may come to his knowledge and he shall use all reasonable endeavours to prevent the publication or disclosure of any confidential information concerning such matters and so that these obligations shall continue to apply after that Shareholder (or KK or JM as appropriate) shall cease to be a party to this Agreement or otherwise involved in the affairs of the Group without limit in point of time but shall cease to apply to information which shall come into the public domain other than by a breach of this clause or which for any other reason, other than through the default of that Shareholder or KK or JM as the case may be, shall have ceased to be confidential.

 

  (2) Each of the parties hereto shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the Company and each other member of the Group observes and ensures that the officers, employees and agents of each of them observe a corresponding obligation of confidence to that set out in sub-clause (1) in relation to the Shareholders themselves.

 

  (3) No announcement or publicity concerning the terms of this Agreement or the interests of any Shareholder in the Company shall be made or issued by any of the parties hereto without the prior written approval of the other parties hereto other than as required by law or by the rules of any regulatory organisation to which any of the parties hereto is subject (in which case the Shareholders shall consult with each other on the form of the announcement).

 

28


18 Shareholders’ consent

Where this Agreement provides that any particular transaction or matter requires the consent, approval or agreement of any Shareholder, such consent, approval or agreement may be given subject to such terms and conditions as that Shareholder may impose and any breach of such terms and conditions by any person subject thereto shall ipso facto be deemed to be a breach of the terms of this Agreement.

 

19 The Articles

 

  (1) If, during the continuance of this Agreement, there shall be any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Articles then, during such period, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail as between the Shareholders over the Articles and, in the event of such conflict, the Shareholders shall procure at the request of any of the Shareholders such modification to the Articles as shall be necessary to cure such conflict.

 

  (2) Each of the parties hereto undertakes with each of the others to fully and promptly observe and comply with the provisions of the Articles to the intent and effect that each and every provision thereof shall be enforceable by the parties hereto inter se and in whatever capacity.

 

  (3) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute an amendment of the Articles or of any previous articles of association of the Company.

 

20 Parties bound

 

  (1) The Company undertakes with each of the Shareholders to be bound by and comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement insofar as the same relate to the Company and to act in all respects as contemplated by this Agreement.

 

  (2) The Shareholders undertake with each other to exercise their powers in relation to the Company so as to ensure that the Company fully and promptly observes, performs and complies with its obligations under this Agreement and the Articles.

 

  (3) Each Shareholder undertakes with each of the other parties hereto that, whilst he remains a party to this Agreement, he will not (except as expressly provided for in this Agreement) agree to cast any of the voting rights exercisable in respect of any of the shares held by him in accordance with the directions, or subject to the consent of, any other person (including another Shareholder).

 

29


21 Enforcement of the Company’s rights

 

  (1) If it appears that any “A” Shareholder or any associate of an “A” Shareholder (in whatever capacity) is in breach of any obligation which he owes to the Company (whether under this Agreement or otherwise) or has misapplied or retained or become liable or accountable for any money or property of the Company, or has been guilty of any misfeasance or breach of any fiduciary or other duty in relation to the Company or is under any obligation to indemnify the Company against any liability, then it is agreed that the prosecution of any right of action of the Company in respect thereof shall be passed to the “B” Directors, who shall have full authority on behalf of the Company to negotiate, litigate and settle any claim arising thereout and the “A” Shareholders shall take all steps within their power to give effect to the provisions of this sub-clause.

 

  (2) The provisions of sub-clause (1) shall apply mutatis mutandis in relation to any such default by any “B” Shareholder or any associate of a “B” Shareholder and the conduct of any claim by the “A” Directors.

 

  (3) The Company hereby covenants with each of the Shareholders that any monies or property which the Company may recover or receive as a result of the operation of the foregoing provisions of this clause shall be applied by it in a proper and efficient manner and for its own benefit.

 

22 Company’s Consent for Earlier Termination

In the event that either KK wishes to terminate his Service Agreement earlier than provided for in his Service Agreement he shall apply to the Company for its consent for such earlier termination then in such circumstances the Company undertakes with KK that the Company shall not withhold or delay its consent unreasonably.

 

23 General

 

  (1) Costs

The Founders and the Company shall pay their own costs and expenses incurred in relation to the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement.

 

  (2) Notices

All notices which are required to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent to the address of the recipient set out in this Agreement or in any Deed of Adherence any deed entered into pursuant to or such other address as the recipient may designate by notice given in accordance with the provisions of this sub-clause. Any such notice may be delivered personally or by first class prepaid letter or facsimile transmission and shall be deemed to have been served if by personal delivery when delivered, if by first class post 48 hours after posting and if by facsimile transmission when despatched. For the avoidance of doubt, notice given under this Agreement shall not be validly served if sent by e-mail.

 

30


  (3) Successors bound

This Agreement shall be binding on and shall enure for the benefit of the successors and assigns and personal representatives (as the case may be) of each of the parties hereto.

 

  (4) Assignment

None of the parties hereto may assign his rights or obligations in whole or in part hereunder without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, provided that this sub-clause shall not prevent a transfer of shares carried out in accordance with this Agreement.

 

  (5) Third Party Rights

A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Agreement but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act.

 

  (6) Continuing agreement

All provisions of this Agreement shall, so far as they are capable of being performed and observed, continue in full force and effect notwithstanding Completion, except in respect of those matters then already performed.

 

  (7) Further assurance

The parties hereto shall, and shall use their respective reasonable endeavours to procure that any necessary third parties shall, do, execute and perform all such further deeds, documents, assurances, acts and things as any of the parties hereto may reasonably require by notice in writing to the others to carry the provisions of this Agreement and the Articles into full force and effect.

 

  (8) Time of the essence

Any date or period mentioned in this Agreement may be extended by agreement between the parties hereto, failing which, as regards any such date or period, time shall be of the essence of this Agreement.

 

  (9) Entire agreement

This Agreement, together with the documents referred to herein, supersede any previous agreement between the parties hereto in relation to the matters dealt with herein, represent the entire agreement between the parties hereto in relation to such matters and may not be varied except by a written instrument signed by all the parties hereto. Each of the parties hereto hereby acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement it has not relied on any

 

31


representation or warranty save as expressly set out herein or in any document referred to herein, except that nothing in this sub-clause shall operate to limit or exclude any liability in respect of fraudulent or pre-contractual misrepresentation or fraudulent concealment.

 

  (10) Law

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and the parties hereto irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts in respect of any dispute or matter arising out of or connected with this Agreement.

 

  (11) No partnership

Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed to constitute a partnership between any of the parties hereto and none of them shall have any authority to bind the others in any way.

 

  (12) Duration

The provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect for so long as any of the Founders continues to hold shares but, in relation to a Shareholder who has transferred all of his shares as permitted by this Agreement and the Articles, they shall thereupon cease to have any further force and effect except as provided in sub-clause (13).

 

  (13) Termination

The termination of this Agreement however caused and the ceasing by any Shareholder to hold any shares shall be without prejudice to any obligations or rights of any of the parties hereto which have accrued prior to such termination or cesser and shall not affect any provision of this Agreement which is expressly or by implication provided to come into effect on or to continue in effect after such termination or cesser.

 

  (14) Waiver

 

  (a) No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising on the part of any of the parties hereto any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies otherwise provided by law.

 

  (b) Each of the parties hereto may release or compromise the liability of any of the other parties hereto under this Agreement or grant to such party time or other indulgence without affecting the liability of any other of the parties hereto under this Agreement.

 

32


  (15) Severability

 

  (a) Notwithstanding that the whole or any part of any provision of this Agreement may prove to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions of this Agreement and the remainder (if any) of the provision in question shall continue in full force and effect. In relation to any illegal or unenforceable part of this Agreement, the parties hereto agree to amend such part in such manner as may be requested from time to time by any of the parties hereto provided that such proposed amendment is legal and enforceable and to the maximum extent possible carries out the original intent of the parties in relation to that part.

 

  (b) If any part of this Agreement or the Articles shall be held by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable against or by the Company, such part shall be treated as being severable from the remainder of this Agreement or, as the case may be, the Articles and the Shareholders shall promptly exercise their powers in relation to the Company to procure (insofar as they have the power lawfully to do so) that the severable part is nevertheless put into or given effect in accordance with, or to the maximum extent possible in accordance with, the original intent of the parties hereto in relation to that part.

 

  (16) Exercise of powers

Where any of the parties hereto is required under this Agreement to exercise his or its powers in relation to any company in the Group to procure a particular matter or thing, such obligation shall be deemed to include an obligation to exercise his or its powers both as a shareholder and as a director (where applicable) of such company and to procure that any nominee of his or it or any director appointed by him or it shall procure such matter or thing but, in each case, only insofar as the person in question can lawfully do so.

EXECUTED and delivered as a deed the day and year first before written,

 

EXECUTED and

DELIVERED (but on the date

of this Deed) as a DEED by

Eros International Plc acting by:

  

)

)

)

)

)

  

DIRECTOR    /s/ Kishore Lulla

 

DIRECTOR    /s/ Jyoti Deshpande

EXECUTED and

DELIVERED (but on the date

of this Deed) as a DEED by

Denkal Finance Inc acting by:

  

)

)

)  /s/ Jay Valla [l] oh

)  and Chana[e]ry

)  Consultants Inc.

  

DIRECTOR    /s/ [illegible]

 

DIRECTOR    /s/ [illegible]

 

33


EXECUTED and

DELIVERED (but on the date

of this Deed) as a DEED by

Film Bond Limited acting by:

  

)

)

)

)

)

  

DIRECTOR /s/ J. Murali Manohar

 

DIRECTOR /s/ [illegible]

EXECUTED and

DELIVERED (but on the date

of this Deed) as a DEED by

Ayngaran International

Limited acting by:

  

)

)

)

)

)

)

  

DIRECTOR /s/ Ken Naz

 

DIRECTOR

 

34


EXECUTED and DELIVERED (but on the date of this can deed) as a DEED by the said Dr JAYABALAN MURALI MANOHAR in the presence of:  

)

)

)

)

)

  SIGNATURE /s/ J. Murali Manohar
Signature of witness   : /s/ [illegible]      
Name of witness   : Hugh Cartwright & Amin Solicitors      
Address of witness  

: 12 John Street

: London WC1N 2EB

     
Occupation        
SIGNED and DELIVERED (but on the date of this can deed) as a DEED by the said KUMARASAMY KARUNAMOORTHY in the presence of:  

)

)

)

)

)

)

  SIGNATURE /s/ K. Karunamoorthy
Signature of witness   : /s/ [illegible]      
Name of witness   : Hugh Cartwright & Amin Solicitors      
Address of witness  

: 12 John Street

: London WC1N 2EB

     
Occupation        

 

35


 

LOGO

 

36

Exhibit 10.4

[PICTURE OF CURRENCY]

[SEVERAL STAMPS]

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Employment Agreement”), dated as of the 29 day of September, 2009 between

 

1. EROS INTERNATIONAL MEDIA PRIVATE LIMITED, a private limited company incorporated under the Companies Act, 1956 and having its registered office at 201, Kailash Plaza, Near Laxmi Industrial Estate, Andheri(W), Mumbai 400053, India (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”) (which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof include its successors and administrators) of the ONE PART.

AND

 

2. SUNIL LULLA son of Mr. Arjan Lulla presently residing at Aumkar Bunglow 172, Dr Rajendra Jain Marg, Off Gandhi Gram Road, Juhu, Mumbai 400049 aged about 45 years (hereinafter referred to as the “ SL ”) of the ONE PART.

(Unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof the Company and SL are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Parties” and simply as “Party”).


WHEREAS

 

A. The Company is presently engaged in the business, inter alia, of Film Production and Distribution of Film Rights (the “Business”).

 

B. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has appointed by the resolution passed at its meeting held on September 29, 2009 SL as its Executive Vice Chairman for a term of three years subject to and on the terms and conditions setforth therein.

 

C. The SL having accepted the aforementioned appointment with the Company as its wholetime director with the designation of Executive Vice Chairman of the Company and having agreed to provide services relating to the Company (hereinafter referred to as the “ Employment ”), it is deemed necessary to record in writing the terms and conditions of the Employment of SL as Executive Vice Chairman of the Company by entering into this Employment Agreement.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED BY AND BETWEEN THE PARTIES AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. In consideration of payment of the remuneration and provision of the perquisites and employment benefits setforth in Schedule I hereto the SL agrees to and accepts the Employment with the designation and title Executive Vice Chairman on the terms and conditions set out herein. For removal of doubt it is expressly agreed that the employment benefits setforth in this Agreement including the Schedules hereto are in addition to and not in derogation of those contained in the applicable service rules of the Company unless contrary to or in consistent with the provisions of this Agreement. The remuneration of SL and his appointment shall always be subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956 and the Articles of Association of the Company (the “Articles”).

 

2. As the Executive Vice Chairman of the Company, SL shall be the Chief executive officer of the Company and shall perform all such duties and exercise all such powers in respect of management of the Company, as are consistent with his position as the chief executive officer and Executive Vice Chairman of the Company, under the control and superintendence of the Board. Without prejudice to the generality of the forgoing SL shall subject to the Companies Act, 1956, and the superintendence, control and direction of the Board of the Company, is vested with full power, responsibility and authority for operational management of the Company within the framework of the Strategic Business Plan and the Budget of the Company as approved by the Board from time to time.

 

2


The power, responsibility and authority of the Executive Vice Chairman of the Company shall not extend to decision-making on any matters which are expressly reserved to the shareholders or the Board of Directors of the Company but it shall be a part of the Executive Vice Chairman’s responsibility to formulate and propose for decision by the Board corporate strategy and policy for the Company and proposals on any other matter required to be decided by the Board.

To this end subject always to the approved Strategic Business Plan and Budgets and compliance with Company’s rules, regulations and policies from time to time in force, the Executive Vice Chairman shall have the responsibility (together with all powers necessary or incidental to discharging such responsibility) to:

 

  (a) direct and coordinate all departmental heads;

 

  (b) direct and coordinate all departmental functions namely:

FINANCIAL e.g. financial planning and budgeting, accounting, treasury, audit, taxation, working capital management, cost accounting and control;

PRODUCTION e.g. production of films

SALES e.g. sales strategy, trade management and incentivisation, distribution, management of receivables;

MARKETING e.g. marketing strategy, advertising, promotion, distribution, forecasting;

HUMAN RESOURCES e.g. manpower planning, recruitment, compensation and remuneration, training, employee relations;

 

  (c) prepare the Strategic Business Plan and Annual Budget for submission to and approval by the Board.

 

  (d) decide upon and implement all actions which he may consider necessary or desirable for the implementation or achievement of the Strategic Business Plan or the Budget provided that the Executive Vice Chairman may only implement any action which conflicts with either the Strategic Business Plan or the approved Budget after approval by the Board;

 

  (e) engage new employees of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and terminate the employment of any employee of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company provided that he shall consult with the Chairman before engaging or terminating the employment of any person reporting directly to him (whether within the Company or any or any subsidiary of the Company); and

 

3


  (f) decide upon and implement all other matters relating to the day-today management of the Company including its subsidiaries.

 

3. The SL shall during his Employment, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the Board, perform and discharge faithfully and to the best of his ability the duties, functions and responsibilities assigned to him including those which may hereafter be assigned from time to time by the Board as Executive Vice Chairman of the Company. Except during vacation periods and absences due to temporary illness, the SL as Executive Vice Chairman shall devote all his time, attention and energies to the business of the Company as is necessary, appropriate or advisable to carry out the duties, functions and responsibilities assigned to him.

 

4. The term of office of the SL during his Employment as Executive Vice Chairman shall be for a period of 3 (Three) years from the date of his appointment by the Board (hereinafter referred to as the “Term”). Provided however, if desired by the Company, the Term of the Employment shall be extended at the end of the Term at the sole option of the Company on mutually agreed terms and conditions.

 

5. The SL covenants and agrees that, except with the consent of the Company, during the Term of his Employment and thereafter for a period of 2 (two) years from the date of expiry of and/or sooner termination of his Employment, SL shall not disclose to any person for any purpose or use in any business or venture, either directly or indirectly through any person, firm, company or other body corporate in which the SL or his relatives hold in aggregate not less than 5% percent of its issued equity capital or otherwise controls the business of conduct of its affairs any or all (i) trade secrets, (ii) particulars of suppliers of raw materials and equipment, and customers, and (iii) all other information (including information contained in or derived from any intellectual property, management information systems, data disks, tapes and flowcharts) relating to the business of the Company. The obligation under this Clause shall survive the termination of this Employment Agreement.

 

6. The SL as Executive Vice Chairman agrees that during the Term of his Employment, he shall not indulge, participate, control and/or be involved in, any activity or business, directly or indirectly, whatsoever through any other entity competing with the business or activities of the Company. Nothing contained hereinabove and Clause 5 hereof shall apply to:

 

  (i) an investment made by the SL in the share capital of a public listed company; and

 

4


  (ii) to investments made by the SL as a passive investor in the share capital of any company or other body corporate which company or body corporate provided that such company or body corporate is controlled by a Relative (as defined in Section 2(41) of the Act) of SL.

 

7. The SL agrees from the date hereof he shall not use for himself or for the benefit of any third party or publish or disclose any company confidential information save and except for the business of the Company.

 

8. At any time after the date hereof, the SL shall not knowingly do anything that might be prejudicial to the business of the Company or its interest.

 

9. Each covenant contained in this Employment Agreement shall be construed as a separate covenant and if one or more of the covenants is held to be against public interest or unlawful or in any way an unreasonable restraint of trade, the remaining covenants shall continue to bind the SL.

 

10. If any covenant contained in this Employment Agreement would be void as drawn but would be valid if the period of application were reduced or if some part of the covenant were deleted, the covenant in question shall apply with such modification as may be necessary to make it valid and effective.

 

11. The SL agrees and undertakes that during the term of his Employment, SL shall assign to the Company, all intellectual property including all inventions, whether patented or not patented copyrights, design rights, trade marks obtained by him individually or on behalf of the Company in relation to the work carried on, discovered, invented designed and/or authored by him (hereinafter referred to as “Intellectual Properties” ) during his term of office as Executive Vice Chairman of the Company. Such Intellectual Properties shall constitute the absolute property of the Company and the SL shall not lay claim on any such Intellectual Properties during the term of his Employment or after expiry or sooner termination of such Employment.

 

12. The SL shall be bound by all the general terms and conditions applicable to employees of the Company not contrary to or inconsistent with the provisions of this Employment Agreement, or under any or all the applicable laws.

 

5


13. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Employment Agreement, in the event of termination of the Employment by the SL for any reason whatsoever, and in the event the SL has any pending entitlements to exercise the option to purchase the Shares of the Company, SL shall surrender or deemed to have surrendered his entitlements, stock options and warrants in this regard simultaneously with the resignation/termination except in the event of termination other than due to an Event of Breach after the expiry of two years from the date of this Agreement.

 

14. This Employment Agreement may not be assigned by any party hereto. Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Employment Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and sent by registered mail to:

SL: Aumkar Bunglow,

172, Dr Rajendra Jain Marg,

Off Gandhi Gram Road,

Juhu, Mumbai 400049.

The Company :

Eros International Media Private Limited

201 Kailash Plaza, Plot No A-12,

Opp Laxmi Industrial Estate,

Link Road, Andheri (W),

Mumbai 400053

Fax: 022-26732586

 

15. This Employment Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and arrangements relating to the subject matter hereof. It may be changed, modified and amended only by an agreement in writing and signed by the parties hereto. The parties hereto agree that in the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of this Employment Agreement and any other arrangement or agreement, including any employee stock option plan, the terms and conditions of this Employment Agreement shall prevail.

 

16. The Employment Agreement shall be terminated at the option of the Company by not less than [30 (thirty)] day notice in writing to SL in the event of material breach of any of the terms and conditions of this Employment Agreement by SL or occurrence of any of the Events of Default. Events of Defaults under this Employment Agreement ( “Events of Default” ) shall be the following:

 

  (i) an act of dishonesty or fraud by SL intended to result in gain or personal enrichment of SL;

 

6


  (ii) SL personally engaging in gross misconduct including willful disregard of the directions of the Board of which causes material harm or injury to the business of the Company;

 

  (iii) SL’s willful and continued failure to substantially perform the duties and obligations of his employment which are not remedied within twenty days after notice thereof from the Board of Directors;

 

  (iv) SL being convicted of a felony, or a misdemeanor or gross misdemeanor relating to an act of dishonesty or fraud against, or a misappropriation of property belonging to the Company;

 

  (v) SL’s engagement in a conduct which substantially impairs his ability to perform the duties and obligations of the Employment or is likely to cause material harm to the business or reputation of the Company which is not remedied within 15 (fifteen) days after notice thereof from the Company;

 

  (vi) SL personally engaging in any act of moral turpitude including misappropriation of any property of the Company or which causes or is likely to cause material harm to the business or reputation of the Company which is not remedied within 30 (thirty) days after notice thereof from the Company;

 

  (vii) SL breaching in any material respect the terms of this Employment Agreement (or any confidentiality agreement or invention or proprietary information agreement with the Company) which is not remedied within 30 (thirty) days after notice thereof from the Company.

 

17. The SL agrees and acknowledges that he is appointed as the Executive Vice Chairman by virtue of his employment as a whole time functional director of the Company and upon the ceasure of his employment as such on account of termination, resignation, superannuation or otherwise, he shall cease to be director of the Company.

 

18. In the event of termination of Employment of SL as the Executive Vice Chairman of the Company for any of the reasons setforth in Clause 16 above, the Executive Vice Chairman shall not be entitled to his salary and perquisites, for the balance period of the Term in accordance with Schedule I hereto.

 

19. The SL shall not be entitled to participate or vote on any resolution of the Board with respect to any matter in which he is, directly or indirectly, interested.

 

7


20(a) In the event any of any claim, controversy, dispute or difference between parties hereto, arising out of or in connection with or in relation to this Employment Agreement, either party will be entitled refer the same to binding arbitration in accordance with the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996, and the Rules made thereunder. The reference shall be to a sole arbitrator if the parties hereto agree upon a sole arbitrator; and failing such agreement, to three arbitrators, one to be appointed by company, the other to be appointed by the SL and the third to be appointed by the two arbitrators appointed by the Parties.

 

(b) The notice should accurately set out the disputes between the Parties, the intention of the aggrieved party to refer such disputes to arbitration as provided herein, the name of the person it seeks to appoint as an arbitrator with a request to the other party to agree to such arbitrator within 30 days from the receipt of the notice. All notices by one party to the other in connection with the arbitration shall be in writing and shall be made as provided in this Employment Agreement.

 

(c) The Arbitrators shall hold their sittings at Mumbai.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Employment Agreement as of the day and year first herein above written.

 

By: MR. SUNIL LULLA
/s/ Sunil Lulla
In the presence of:

1. Mr Farokh P Gandhi (CA)

EROS INTERNATIONAL MEDIA PRIVATE LIMITED

By:   /s/ Jyoti Deshpande
Name:   Mrs Jyoti Deshpande
Title:   Director

Authorised by Resolution of the Board

of Directors passed at its meeting held

on September 29, 2009 at Mumbai.

In the presence of:

2. Mr. Anand Shankar (Vice President-Finance)

 

8


SCHEDULE I

COMPENSATION STRUCTURE

 

Component of Compensation

   Annual in
Rupees
     Monthly in
Rupees
 

Basic Salary

     60,00,000         5,00,000   

Retirals—Gratuity at 15 days Basic Salary

     2,50,000         —     

Conveyance and Car Reimbursement

     15,00,000         1,25,000   

Medical Reimbursement*

     15,000         1,250   

Special Pay

     1,04,85,000         8,73,750   

Company Rent Accommodation**

     36,00,000         3,00,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

     2,18,50,000         18,00,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Medical Insurance for the Executive and his spouse shall be paid by the Company for an amount to be decided as per the Company’s policy in this regard.
** The Company shall pay to the lessor an interest free refundable deposit of Rs. 2,90,00,000/- ( Rupees Two Crore Ninety Lacs Only) and annual lease rental to the lessor @ Rs. 3,00,000/- per month (Rupees Three Lacs Only), subject to Tax deduction at source towards securing rented accommodation in Mumbai Suburbs to be provided to SL.

In addition, the Executive shall be eligible for the following:

 

  1. SL, will be provided with a club membership, taken by the company for the use of directors/executives of the company from any of the reputed clubs.

 

  2. All expenses relating to telephone at residence, mobile bills, PDA charges and other expenses incurred by the SL for the purpose of the business of the Company shall be reimbursed by the Company on actual.

 

  3. SL will be provided with company owned cars for the purpose of the business of the company.

 

  4. SL shall be entitled to leave including casual and sick leave in accordance with the Company’s applicable leave and service rules for the senior management employees of the company.

 

  5. SL shall be entitled to leave travel allowances in accordance with the company’s applicable leave travel allowances rules.

[SEVERAL STAMPS]

 

9

Exhibit 10.5

DATED 27 June 2006

(1) EROS NETWORK LIMITED

and

(2) ANDREW HEFFERNAN

 

 

SERVICE AGREEMENT

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

 

HOWARD KENNEDY

19 Cavendish Square

London WIA 2AW

DX 42748 Oxford Circus North

telephone +44(0)20 7636 1616

fax + 44 (0)20 7491 2899

Ref : 0266291000011H2599482.1

 

Page 1


THIS AGREEMENT is made on 27 June 2006

BETWEEN:

 

(1) EROS NETWORK LIMITED of Unit 23, Sovereign Park, Coronation Road, London NW10 7QP registered company number: 03934248 (the “Company”); and

 

(2) ANDREW HEFFERNAN of 22 Westbere Road, London NW2 3SR (the “Executive”)

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. Interpretation

 

1.1 In this agreement the following expressions have the following meanings:

 

“Appointment”    the employment of the Executive by the Company under this agreement;
“Board”    the board of directors of the Company from time to time or committee of directors of the Company as may be authorised by the board from time to time;
“Commencement Date”    1 April 2006;

 

Page 2


“Confidential Information”    information confidential to the Company and any Group Company including but not limited to Intellectual Property, customer and prospective customer information, film/film producer information (including names addresses, contact names and addresses, telephone numbers and e-mail addresses) business plans, trade secrets, product specifications, market research, financial data and forecasts, capital strategy and capital raising activities (proposed and ongoing), business methods, marketing strategies, tenders and price sensitive information, fees, commission structure, feasibility figures and plans relating to contracts (actual and proposed), details of actual and proposed contracts, requirements of customers or prospective customers or film producers, information in respect of which the Company or any Group Company is bound by an obligation of confidence to any third party and information notified to the Executive as being confidential;
“Group” or “Group Company”    the Company and any subsidiary or holding company of the Company or any affiliate of the Company for the time being or any other subsidiary or affiliate of the holding company of the Company for the time being. Both “subsidiary” and “holding company” shall have the meaning given in section 736 of the Companies Act 1985 and “affiliate” shall have the meaning given in section 259(5) of the Companies Act 1985;
“Intellectual Property”    includes letters patent, trade marks, service marks, copyrights, design rights, applications for registration of any of the foregoing and the right to apply for them in any part of the world, creations, arrangements, devices, inventions or improvements upon or additions to an invention, moral rights, confidential information, know-how and rights of a similar nature arising or subsisting anywhere in the world in relation to all of the foregoing whether registered or unregistered;

 

Page 3


“Prospective Customer”    any person, firm, company or other organisation who or which was at the Termination Date in negotiations with the Company or any Group Company with a view to dealing with the Company or any Group Company as a customer;
“Recognised Investment Exchange”    the same meaning as in section 417 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;
“Relevant Period”    the period of 12 months immediately preceding the earlier of the Termination Date or the date upon which the Executive is placed on garden leave in accordance with clause 3.5;
“Restricted Business”    the business of manufacturing, selling, leasing, renting, distributing, advertising, publicising, marketing or otherwise exploiting home video devices and/or any other business or activity of the Company in which the Executive had any involvement during the course of his employment or with which any employee of the Company under the Executive’s control had any involvement or dealings in the course of his duties at any time during the Relevant Period;
“Restricted Employee”    any employee or consultant or director of the Company or any Group Company as at the Termination Date or such other person engaged by any Group Company who had access to Confidential Information and/or with whom the Executive had personal dealings during the Relevant Period;

 

Page 4


“Restricted Supplier”    any person, firm or company who at any time during the Relevant Period was a supplier of the Company or any Group Company being a person, firm or company with whom or which the Executive personally dealt on behalf of the Company or any Group Company during the Relevant Period;
“Restricted Territory”    any country in which the Executive conducted Restricted Business on behalf of the Company;
“Review Date”    the anniversary of the date of this agreement;
“Termination Date”    the date of termination of the Appointment howsoever occurring.

 

1.2 Words denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa and words denoting gender include both genders.

 

1.3 References to any provisions or any statute shall be deemed to include a reference to all and every statutory amendment, modification, re-enactment and extension and to any regulation or orders made under any of them in force on or after the date of this agreement.

 

1.4 Save where otherwise appears, reference to a clause or schedule shall be deemed to be a reference to a clause or schedule of or to this agreement.

 

1.5 Headings to clauses are for the convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning or construction of anything contained in this agreement.

 

2. The Appointment

 

2.1 Subject to the terms of this agreement, the Company shall employ the Executive and the Executive shall serve as Chief Financial Officer of UK operations of the Group or such other capacity as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

Page 5


3. Term of Employment and Notice

 

3.1 Subject to earlier termination provided for in this agreement, the Appointment shall start on the Commencement Date and shall continue for an initial period of one year and thereafter until terminated by either party giving to the other not less than 12 (twelve) months’ prior written notice of termination.

 

3.2 The Company may at any time in its absolute discretion elect to terminate the Appointment immediately by paying to the Executive, in lieu of any period of notice or any part of it, an amount equivalent to the Executive’s basic salary (at the rate then payable under this agreement) for such period or part period including any bonus or benefits in kind. Such a payment shall be subject to such deductions for tax and employee’s national insurance as are required by law and to any other authorised deductions.

 

3.3 For the purposes of the Employment Rights Act 1996, the Executive’s period of continuous employment with the Company commenced on

 

3.4 The Appointment shall in any event automatically terminate without notice and without any sum payable by the Company whether by way of compensation or otherwise, upon the Executive’s sixty fifth birthday.

 

3.5 The Company shall not be obliged to provide work to the Executive at any time after notice of termination of the Appointment shall have been given by either party under any of the provisions of this agreement and the Company may in its absolute discretion take any one or more of the following steps in respect of all or part of an unexpired period of notice:-

 

  3.5.1 require the Executive to comply with such conditions as it may reasonably specify in relation to; (i) attending at or remaining away from the place(s) of business of the Company and/or (ii) contacting or refraining from contacting all or any employees, officers, customers, clients, agents or suppliers of the Company or any Group Company;

 

  3.5.2 perform part of his normal duties only or assign the Executive to duties other than his normal duties provided such duties are commensurate with his status under this agreement;

 

  3.5.3 withdraw any powers vested in, or duties assigned to the Executive; and

 

Page 6


  3.5.4 require the Executive to resign his directorship of any Group Company;

provided always that during any such period the Company shall continue to pay the Executive’s salary and all contractual benefits (unless and until this agreement shall be terminated). The Executive shall remain an employee of the Company and shall remain bound by all obligations owed to the Company under this agreement including, but not limited to, his obligations under clause 4.5 of this agreement.

 

4. Powers and duties

 

4.1 During the Appointment the Executive shall at all times:-

 

  4.1.1 exercise the powers and functions and perform the duties reasonably assigned to him from time to time by the Board in such manner as may be reasonably specified;

 

  4.1.2 well and faithfully serve the Company and use his utmost endeavours to promote and maintain the interests and reputation of the Company but so far as is reasonably practicable, not in any way which may conflict with the interests of any Group Company;

 

  4.1.3 render his services in a professional and competent manner and in willing co-operation with others;

 

  4.1.4 unless prevented by ill-health or other unavoidable cause, devote his whole working time, attention and abilities exclusively to carrying out his duties hereunder and such other time as is reasonably necessary for the proper performance of his duties;

 

  4.1.5 conform to the reasonable instructions or directions of the Board (or anyone duly authorised by it) and implement and apply the policies of the Company as determined by the Board from time to time; and

 

  4.1.6 comply with the rules and procedures of the Company and of any association or professional body to which the Company and/or the Executive may from time to time belong.

 

Page 7


4.2 The Executive shall report to the Board, or such other person as the Board may from time to time direct, as and when required and shall at all times keep the Board fully informed of his activities and shall promptly provide such information and explanations as may be requested from time to time by the Board.

 

4.3 The Executive shall not at any time, without the prior consent of the Board;

 

  4.3.1 incur on behalf of the Company any capital expenditure in excess of such sum as may be authorised from time to time by resolution of the Board;

 

  4.3.2 enter into on behalf of the Company any commitment, contract or arrangement which is otherwise than in the normal course of business or is outside the scope of his normal duties or is of an unusual or onerous or long term nature;

 

  4.3.3 engage any person on terms which vary from those established from time to time by resolution of the Board; or

 

  4.3.4 dismiss any employee of the Company without giving proper statutory or (if longer) contractual notice or without following the statutory disciplinary procedure and in any case the Executive shall immediately report any dismissal effected by him and the reason for it to the Board.

 

4.4 The Executive shall not at any time during the Appointment directly or indirectly enter into or be concerned in any trade or business or occupation whatsoever other than the business of the Company except with the prior written consent of the Board which may be given subject to any conditions or terms the Board considers appropriate. This clause shall not prevent the Executive from holding up to 3% of any class of shares, debentures or other securities in a company which is listed or dealt in on a Recognised Investment Exchange.

 

4.5 The Executive shall comply with all rules, regulations and codes of practice issued by the Company and the UK Listing Authority as shall from time to time be in force relating to transactions in securities and shall comply with all requirements, recommendations or regulations of the Financial Services Authority, the London Stock Exchange PIC, the UK Listing Authority and/or any other exchange on which securities of the Company (or other company in the Group) are from time to time listed or dealt in or any other authority or body authorised to regulate transactions in securities

 

Page 8


4.6 The Executive shall not contravene the provisions of Part V (Insider Dealing) of the Criminal Justice Act 1993.

 

4.7 In this clause the expression “occupation” includes membership of Parliament or of a local authority, council or other public or private work (whether for profit or otherwise) which, in the reasonable opinion of the Board, may hinder or otherwise interfere with the Executive’s ability to perform his duties under this agreement.

 

5. Place of Work and Travel

 

5.1 The Executive’s normal place of work shall be the Company’s premises at Unit 23, Sovereign Park, Coronation Road, London NW10 7QP or at any other location within the United Kingdom that may be agreed with the Executive.

 

5.2 If it is necessary for the Executive to move from his present address as a result of the Company requiring him to work permanently at a location other than as set out in clause 5.1 above, the Company will reimburse the Executive for all removal expenses directly and reasonably incurred as a result.

 

5.3 The Company may require the Executive to travel to such places within the United Kingdom as may reasonably be required for the proper performance of his duties.

 

6. Hours of Work

 

6.1 Normal working hours are from 9.00am to 5.00pm Monday to Friday inclusive. The Executive shall attend to the business of the Company during such other hours as may be necessary for the proper and efficient performance of his duties under this agreement. The Executive shall not be entitled to receive any remuneration for work done outside normal working hours.

 

6.2 As an Executive who has control of his own working hours the Executive hereby agrees that the maximum average weekly working time as set out in Regulation 4 of the Working Time Regulations 1998 (“WTR”) shall not apply to his employment under this agreement. The Executive shall be entitled to withdraw his agreement to opt out of the WTR by giving three months’ prior written notice to the Company.

 

Page 9


7. Remuneration

 

7.1 The Company shall pay the Executive during the continuation of the Appointment a basic gross annual salary of £ 110,000 (less statutory and voluntary deductions). The Executive’s basic salary shall accrue from day to day and will be payable in arrears by equal monthly instalments on or about the last working day of each month and shall be inclusive of any fees receivable by the Executive as a director of the Company.

 

7.2 The Executive’s basic salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board on the Review Date and may be increased at the Board’s entire discretion.

 

7.3 The Executive shall be eligible to participate in such share option scheme applicable to his position as the Company may introduce subject to the rules of the scheme and the Company’s discretion.

 

7.4 The Executive hereby consents to the deduction from his remuneration under this agreement of any sums owing by the Executive to the Company or to any Group Company at any time and he also agrees to make payment to the Company of any sums owed by him to the Company or any Group Company upon demand by the Company at any time. This sub clause is without prejudice to the right of the Company or any Group Company to recover any sums or balance of sums owed by the Executive to the Company or any Group Company by legal proceedings.

 

8. Bonus

 

8.1 The Executive shall be eligible to participate in any bonus scheme introduced by the Company applicable to him, subject to the rules of the scheme and the Company’s discretion. The Company may amend, withdraw or substitute any bonus scheme at any time at its entire discretion.

 

8.2 Subject to clause 8.1, any bonus in respect of any financial year will be paid to the Executive on the last working day of the month in which the Board meets to consider and determine the bonus provided that the Executive is still employed by the Company and not under notice.

 

Page 10


9. Pension

 

9.1 The Company shall contribute an annual sum representing between 5% and 10% of the Executive’s annual basic salary to the Executive’s approved personal pension plan as nominated by the Executive and notified to the Company in writing save that such contributions are subject to the maximum annual amount permitted by the HM Revenue and Customs from time to time.

 

9.2 There is no contracting out certificate in force in respect of the employment under the Pensions Schemes Act 1993.

 

10. Reimbursement of Business Expenses

 

10.1 The Company shall (on production of receipts or other evidence as it may require) repay or cause to be repaid to the Executive all travelling, hotel, entertainment, and other out-of-pocket expenses from time to time wholly, exclusively and necessarily incurred by him in the proper performance of his duties pursuant to his employment under this agreement.

 

11. Insurance

 

11.1 The Executive shall be eligible for cover under the Company’s Private Medical Insurance Scheme (“PMI Scheme”) along with his spouse or civil partner and his children under the age of eighteen and the Company’s Permanent Health Insurance Scheme (“PHI Scheme”).

 

11.2 The Executive’s entitlements under and eligibility for any PMI Scheme or PHI Scheme will be determined by the rules of the respective schemes (as amended from time to time) and will be subject to the Executive satisfying any requirements for eligibility imposed by the scheme providers and his acceptance at standard rates of premium.

 

11.3 The provision of these benefits shall be at the Company’s discretion. The Company may, on giving the Executive reasonable notice replace, change or withdraw the PMI Scheme and/or the PHI Scheme at any time as it thinks fit. The replacement or change in terms of a scheme may result in the reduction of the Executive’s entitlements or the loss or reduction of any benefit the Executive may be receiving or about to receive at the time and the Executive shall have no claim against the Company for any loss arising from such a change.

 

Page 11


11.4 It may be (or become) a term of the PMI Scheme and/or PHI Scheme that the Executive must remain employed by the Company to be entitled to benefits under the said schemes. If so, this will not limit the Company’s discretion to terminate the Executive’s Appointment on grounds of incapacity to work or any other ground. The Executive agrees and acknowledges that if the Appointment is so terminated, he may lose (without recourse to compensation against the Company or any Group Company) existing or prospective benefits under the PMI Scheme and/or PHI Scheme.

 

11.5 During the continuation of the Appointment, the Company shall, (subject to receipt of a medical report satisfactory to the life assurance company) and in accordance with the terms of the relevant policy from time to time in force, provide the Executive with life assurance which, in the event of his death while in service, shall provide a lump sum to the value of four times his basic salary (at the then annual rate).

 

11.6 Any benefits provided by the Company to the Executive or his family which are not expressly referred to in this agreement shall be regarded as ex-gratia and at the entire discretion of the Company and shall not form part of the Executive’s contract of employment.

 

12. Holiday

 

12.1 In addition to the usual statutory bank holidays in England, the Executive shall be entitled to 25 working days’ paid holiday for each complete calendar year worked (and pro rata for part of each calendar year worked) to be taken at such time or times as may be approved by the Board in advance. Holiday entitlement shall accrue from day to day.

 

12.2 Holiday entitlement may not be carried forward to the next calendar year save with the prior written agreement of the Board and no money will be paid in lieu of any such untaken holiday.

 

12.3 In the event that the Company or the Executive gives notice of termination of the Appointment, the Company may require the Executive to take any holidays which have or will have accrued by the Termination Date during the period of notice, in which case the Executive shall not be entitled to any payment in lieu of such holidays.

 

Page 12


12.4 On the termination of this agreement the Company shall pay the Executive for any accrued but untaken holiday. If the Executive shall have taken more days’ paid holiday than his accrued entitlement as at the Termination Date, the Executive shall repay to the Company the appropriate amount for each day’s paid holiday taken in excess of his accrued entitlement. A day’s pay shall be 1/260th of his basic salary and fractions of days shall be rounded to the nearest whole day.

 

13. Incapacity

 

13.1 When absent due to sickness or any other reason, the Executive must inform a member of the Board of the cause(s) of his absence as soon as possible on the first working day of absence unless there is a reasonable explanation as to why this is not possible. A self-certification form must be completed to cover up to the first seven days of absence. A doctor’s medical certificate must be provided for absences of eight consecutive days or more due to sickness, injury or other incapacity. Certificates must be provided to cover completely any subsequent and consecutive period of absence.

 

13.2 The Company has the right to require the Executive at any stage of absence to produce a medical certificate from a registered medical practitioner.

 

13.3 If required by the Board the Executive shall undergo examinations by a medical adviser to be appointed or approved by the Board and the Executive hereby authorises such medical adviser to disclose the results of any such examination (including any Sensitive Personal Data as defined in the Data Protection Act 1998) to the Board and discuss with it any matters arising from the examination as might impair the Executive in properly discharging his duties under this agreement.

 

13.4 Statutory sick pay will be paid by the Company according to the rates in force from time to time. The qualifying days for statutory sick pay purposes shall be Monday to Friday inclusive. Any payments which the Company may make to the Executive in addition to his entitlement to any statutory sick pay shall be at the absolute discretion of the Company and shall be inclusive of statutory sick pay and without prejudice to the Company’s right to terminate this agreement. The Executive shall be entitled to sick pay for a period or periods not exceeding an aggregate of 90 working days’ absence in any consecutive twelve month period. Any sick pay shall be paid at the rate of the Executive’s salary (less any deduction for statutory sick pay or other benefit or payments made under any PHI Scheme provided by the Company) and shall be made entirely at the discretion of the Company.

 

Page 13


13.5 The Company shall be entitled to deduct from any such remuneration the amount (if any) which the Executive is entitled to claim in consequence of his incapacity by way of state sickness related benefits or by way of income from any health insurance scheme operated by the Company for the benefit of the Executive whether or not a claim is made.

 

13.6 If the Executive is incapable of performing his duties by reason of any accident, illness or injury or other incapacity caused wholly or partly by any act or omission of any third party in relation to which the Executive may be or become entitled to recover damages or compensation, then all net payments made to the Executive under this clause 14 in respect of the said absence shall be loans to the Executive to be repaid if and to the extent that he recovers damages or compensation for loss of earnings from the said third party and/or from the Criminal Injuries Compensation Board or the Motor Insurers’ Bureau or any other similar body by action or otherwise. Where the Executive receives any damages or compensation for loss of earnings, he shall notify the Company in writing forthwith and shall repay the amount due to the Company under this clause within 28 days of receipt of the said damages or compensation.

 

13.7 The Company shall be entitled during any period during which the Executive is absent due to accident, illness or injury or other incapacity to appoint any other person or persons to perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Executive in his place on such terms and conditions as the Company shall see fit. On resuming office all powers are to be vested back to the Executive.

 

14. Confidentiality

 

14.1 The Executive acknowledges that during his employment by the Company he will receive and have access to Confidential Information.

 

14.2 All rights, title and interest in and to the Confidential Information shall remain the exclusive property of the Company or, where appropriate, any Group Company and the Executive shall not during the continuance of the Appointment (otherwise than in the proper performance of his duties) or at any time after the Termination Date directly or indirectly use, divulge, export or communicate to any person, firm, company or other organisation any Confidential Information for any purpose whatsoever and shall use his best endeavours to prevent its unauthorised publication, use or disclosure. This obligation shall be in addition to and not in substitution for any express or implied duty of confidentiality owed by the Executive to the Company or any Group Company.

 

Page 14


14.3 After the Termination Date, the restrictions at clause 14.2 shall not apply in respect of any Confidential Information:

 

  14.3.1 in the public domain, otherwise than as a result of any unauthorised act or omission on the part of the Executive; or

 

  14.3.2 which the Executive is required by law to disclose, provided that the Executive first notifies the Company in writing that he is required to disclose such Confidential Information.

Nothing in this agreement shall prevent the Executive from making a protected disclosure as defined in the Employment Rights Act 1996.

 

15. Intellectual Property

 

15.1 Should the Executive discover or participate in the making or discovery of Intellectual Property in the course of his employment under this agreement (irrespective of whether he was carrying out his normal duties or others specifically assigned to him) then all such Intellectual Property shall belong to the Company absolutely in accordance with the provisions of the Registered Designs Act 1949, the Patents Act 1977 and the Copyright, Designs and Patent Act 1988.

 

15.2 The Executive will forthwith notify to the Company full details of all Intellectual Property which he may make discover or participate in the making or discovery of whether or not in the course of his employment under this agreement, and will keep the Company appraised at all times of the stage that has been reached in relation to any improvement or creation of such Intellectual Property. If the Company requests (and at its expense) the Executive shall give and supply all such information, data, drawings and assistance as may be required to enable the Company to exploit the Intellectual Property to the best advantage.

 

15.3 At the Company’s expense but without payment to the Executive, the Executive shall take all steps and carry out all acts that may be necessary to ensure that title to the Intellectual Property is lawfully vested in the Company, including signing all applications and executing any other documents that may be necessary and will carry out such acts and steps with expedition on the instructions of the Company, in particular where the filing of any claim to such Intellectual Property right may give the Company priority.

 

Page 15


15.4 The Executive hereby irrevocably appoints the Company as his attorney in his name and on his behalf to execute any documents and generally to act and to use his name for the purpose of giving the full benefit of this clause to the Company (or its nominee). A certificate in writing signed by a director or the secretary of the Company that an instrument or act falls within the authority confirmed by this clause shall be conclusive evidence in favour of a third party that it is the case.

 

15.5 The Executive waives all of his moral rights as defined in the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 in relation to the Intellectual Property which is the property of the Company by virtue of clause 15.1.

 

15.6 If the Executive makes, discovers or participates in the making or discovery of any Intellectual Property during his Appointment under this agreement but which is not the property of the Company or any Group Company under clause 15.1, the Company shall, subject only to the provisions of the Patents Act 1977, have the right to acquire for itself or its nominee the Executive’s rights in the Intellectual Property within three months after disclosure under clause 15.2 on fair and reasonable terms to be agreed or settled by a single arbitrator.

 

15.7 The provisions of this clause 15 shall remain in force with regard to any Intellectual Property made or discovered during the Executive’s Appointment under this agreement and shall be binding upon his representatives notwithstanding the termination of the Appointment.

 

16. Termination

 

16.1 Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 3.1 above, the Company may terminate the Appointment at any time, immediately without notice and without any obligation to pay any further sums to the Executive whether by way of compensation, damages or otherwise in respect of or in lieu of any notice period or unexpired term of the agreement, and without prejudice to any other rights of the Company if the Executive:

 

  16.1.1 commits any repeated or continued material breach, or any serious breach of his obligations to the Company having first been given a reasonable opportunity to remedy the breach (provided it is capable of remedy) by notification from the Board in writing, but having failed to do so; or

 

Page 16


  16.1.2 is convicted of an serious criminal offence (other than an offence under road traffic legislation for which imprisonment is not a sanction); or

 

  16.1.3 becomes of unsound mind or a patient within the meaning of the Mental Health Act 1983; or

 

  16.1.4 acts in any manner which in the opinion of the Board brings or is likely to bring him, the Company or any Group Company into material disrepute; or

 

  16.1.5 fails or neglects efficiently and/or diligently to carry out his duties to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board; or

 

  16.1.6 is guilty of gross misconduct or any other conduct which, in the opinion of the Board is calculated or likely to materially affect prejudicially the interests of any Group Company whether or not such misconduct or other conduct occurs during or in the context of the Appointment; or

 

  16.1.7 is disqualified from being a director of a company by reason of an order made by a competent court or otherwise becomes prohibited by law from being a director of a company; or

 

  16.1.8 has an interim receiving order made against him, becomes bankrupt or makes a composition or enters into a deed of arrangement with his creditors; or

 

  16.1.9 is convicted of an offence under Part V of the Criminal Justice Act 1993 or under any other statutory enactment or regulations relating to insider dealing; or

 

  16.1.10 fails to comply with the Company’s rules in relation to compliance.

 

16.2

The rights of the Company under clause 16.1 are without prejudice to any other rights it might have under this agreement or at law to terminate the Appointment or to accept any breach of the agreement on the part of the Executive as having brought the agreement to an end. For the avoidance of

 

Page 17


  doubt, where there are no circumstances justifying summary dismissal under clause 16.1, the methods by which the Company may terminate the Appointment are not restricted to the giving of notice in accordance with clauses 3.1 (term of employment) or 16.3 (termination on account of illness or injury) or to the making of a payment in lieu of notice under clause 3.2 (payment in lieu of notice) and accordingly, if the Company terminates the Appointment without giving notice or without making a payment in lieu of notice, any damages to which the Executive may be entitled shall be calculated in accordance with ordinary common law principles including those relating to mitigation of loss and accelerated receipt.

 

16.3 Without prejudice to clauses 16.1 and 3.2, but notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, if the Executive shall become unable to perform his duties properly by reason of accident, illness or injury for a period or periods aggregating at least 120 days in any period of 12 consecutive calendar months (the “Period or Periods of Incapacity”) then the Company may, by not less than three months’ prior written notice to the Executive given at any time while the Executive is incapacitated by accident, illness or injury from performing his duties under the agreement, terminate the Appointment provided that the Company shall withdraw any such notice if during the currency of the notice the Executive returns to full time duties and provides a medical practitioner’s certificate satisfactory to the Board to the effect that he has fully recovered his health and that no recurrence of his illness or injury can reasonably be anticipated.

 

16.4 The Company may suspend the Executive on full pay at any time to investigate any allegations of misconduct relating to him and to hold a disciplinary hearing.

 

16.5 Upon termination of the Appointment howsoever caused or, if so requested by the Company, on notice being served by either party on the other to terminate the Appointment the Executive shall;

 

  16.5.1 immediately deliver up to the Company any property belonging to the Company or any Group Company and any document, computer disk or other data storage device containing any Confidential Information and shall cease to represent himself as being in any way connected with the Company or any Group Company;

 

Page 18


  16.5.2 irretrievably delete any information relating to the business of the Company or any Group Company stored on any magnetic or optical disk or memory and all matter derived therefrom (having first satisfied himself that the Company has copies thereof) which is in his possession, custody, care or control outside the premises of the Company or any Group Company and shall produce such evidence of compliance with this sub-paragraph as the Company may require; and

 

  16.5.3 at the request of the Board, immediately resign any directorship office or appointment held by him in the Company or any Group Company without any claim for compensation or damages for loss of such office or appointment and in the event of his failure to do so within five days of such request the Executive hereby irrevocably appoints the Company as his attorney to execute letters of resignation of such directorships, offices or appointments on his behalf and to take such other steps as are necessary to give effect to such resignations; and

 

  16.5.4 transfer to the Company, or as it may direct all shares held by him in the Company or in any Group Company as nominee or trustee for the Company and deliver to the Company the certificates therefor and the Executive hereby irrevocably appoints the Company his attorney to execute any such transfers on his behalf.

 

16.6 The termination of the Appointment shall not operate to affect those provisions of this agreement which are intended to have effect after the Termination Date.

 

17. Post Termination Restrictions

 

17.1 For a period of six months immediately following the Termination Date, the Executive shall not, whether by himself or by any servant or agent or otherwise howsoever, and whether on the Executive’s own account or on behalf of or in conjunction with any other person, firm, company or other organisation directly or indirectly:

 

  17.1.1 carry on or assist with, be employed by, be engaged by, hold a position with, be concerned in, interested in or control the carrying on of any activity or business which is the same as or competes with the Restricted Business anywhere in any Restricted Territory, (except as the holder of shares in a company whose shares are listed on a Recognised Investment Exchange which confer not more than 3% in total of the votes which could normally be cast at a general meeting of that company);

 

Page 19


  17.1.2 in relation to any business which is the same as or in competition with the Restricted Business conduct any business, perform any services for or canvas, solicit or approach or cause to be canvassed or solicited or approached for the purpose of obtaining business, orders or custom, or otherwise deal with any person, firm, company or other organisation which was a client or customer of the Company or any Group Company at the Termination Date or during the Relevant Period and with whom the Executive had any dealings or of whom the Executive was aware in the course of his employment;

 

  17.1.3 in relation to any business the same as or in competition with the Restricted Business conduct any business, perform any services or supply goods to, canvas, solicit or approach or cause to be canvassed, solicited or approached for the purpose of obtaining business, orders of custom any Prospective Customer with whom the Executive had any dealings in the course of his duties at any time in the Relevant Period.

 

17.2 For a period of twelve months immediately following the Termination Date, the Executive shall not, whether by himself or by any servant or agent or otherwise howsoever, and whether on the Executive’s own account or on behalf of or in conjunction with any other person, firm, company or other organisation directly or indirectly:

 

  17.2.1 offer employment to or employ or offer to or conclude a contract for services in the Restricted Territory with any Restricted Employee or procure or facilitate the making of such an offer;

 

  17.2.2 seek to entice away from the Company or any Group Company or otherwise solicit or interfere with the relationship between the Company and any Restricted Supplier or any Group Company and any Restricted Supplier.

 

Page 20


17.3 The Executive shall not at any time after the Termination Date;

 

  17.3.1 directly or indirectly anywhere in any Restricted Territory carry on a business either alone or jointly with or as officers, manager, agent, consultant or employee of any person whether similar to any part of the business of the Company or any Group Company (as conducted at any time) or otherwise under a title or name comprising or containing the word “Eros” or any colourable imitation thereof and he will at all times procure that any company controlled by him will not carry out such business under any such title or name; and

 

  17.3.2 say or do anything which is harmful to the reputation or goodwill of the Company or any Group Company or likely to or calculated to lead to any person, firm, company or other organisation to withdraw from or cease to continue to offer a Group Company any rights of purchase, sale, import, distribution or agency enjoyed by it;

 

  17.3.3 hold himself out falsely as being in anyway connected with any Group Company; and

 

  17.3.4 solicit, entice or procure or endeavour to solicit, entice or procure any employee to breach his contract of employment with the Company or any Group Company or any person to breach his contract for services with the Company or any Group Company.

 

17.4 The period of each of the above restrictions shall be reduced by the period, if any, during which the Company exercises its rights under Clause 3.5.

 

17.5 The Executive has had an opportunity to consider the restrictions prior to execution of this agreement and agrees that each of the restrictions set out above constitutes an entirely separate, severable and independent covenant and restriction upon him the duration extent and application of each of which is no greater than is reasonably necessary for the protection of goodwill and the legitimate trade connections of the Restricted Business.

 

Page 21


17.6 Further, if a restriction on him contained in this agreement is found void but would be valid if some part of it were deleted, the restriction shall apply with such deletion as may be necessary to make it valid and effective.

 

17.7 The Executive recognises that given his role with the Company and within the Group and the Group’s structure the Company has an interest in the business of the other Group Companies which it is legitimate for it to protect by the covenants set out above.

 

17.8 Notwithstanding and without prejudice to the foregoing of this clause it is acknowledged by the Executive that the Company holds the benefit of these covenants on trust for any Group Company as the Company may direct in substantially the same terms as the covenants the Executive has entered into with the Company. If so requested by the Company, the Executive shall enter into separate contracts with a Group Company.

 

17.9 The Executive shall show these restrictions to any firm, person, company or other organisation which is the same as or competes with or proposes or is likely to compete with the Restricted Business which offers his employment or a contract for services to him and which he accepts or is minded to accept.

 

18. Data Protection

 

18.1 The Executive shall at all times during the Appointment act in accordance with the Data Protection Act 1998 (the “DPA”) and shall comply with any policy introduced by the Company from time to time to comply with the DPA. Breach of this undertaking will constitute a disciplinary offence.

 

18.2 The Executive hereby consents to the Company holding and processing both electronically and manually the Personal Data it collects which relates to the Executive which is necessary or reasonably required for the proper performance of this agreement, for management, administrative and other employment related purposes (both during and after the Appointment) or for the conduct of the Group’s business or to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations (the “Authorised Purposes”) and the Executive agrees to provide the Group with all Personal Data relating to him which is necessary or reasonably required for the Authorised Purposes.

 

18.3 The Executive explicitly consents to the Company or any other Group Company processing his Personal Data, including his Sensitive Personal Data, where this is necessary or reasonably required to achieve one or more of the Authorised Purposes.

 

Page 22


18.4 The Executive acknowledges that the Company may, from time to time collect or disclose his Personal Data (including his Sensitive Personal Data) from and to third parties (including without limitation the Executive’s referees, any management consultants or computer maintenance companies engaged by the Company, the Company’s professional advisers, other Group Companies, any suppliers of goods or services to the Group and any potential purchasers of the business, the Company and/or the Group). The Executive consents to such collection and disclosure even where this involves the transfer of such data outside the European Economic Area where this is necessary or reasonably required to achieve one or more of the Authorised Purposes or is in the interests of the Company and/or its shareholders.

 

18.5 Further, the Executive consents to the transfer of Personal Data to any employee of the Company who has requested any Personal Data in an equal pay or other questionnaire served pursuant to statute provided that the transfer of Personal Data is limited to Personal Data lawfully requested and subject to the Company first receiving a written undertaken from the requesting employee to keep any disclosed Personal Data strictly confidential and not to use the disclosed Personal Data for any purpose other than pursuing legal proceedings in an Employment Tribunal.

 

18.6 The Company agrees to process any Personal Data made available to it by the Executive in accordance with the provisions of the DPA.

 

18.7 In this clause “Data Controller” “Personal Data” “processing” and “Sensitive Personal Data” shall have the meaning set out in sections 1 and 2 of the DPA.

 

19. Grievance and Disciplinary procedures

 

19.1 The Company shall comply with the statutory procedures in force from time to time in relation to any grievance or disciplinary matters involving the Executive.

 

19.2 If the Executive has any grievance relating to the Appointment he should raise it with the Managing Director either orally or in writing. If he is dissatisfied with that person’s decision he should refer the matter in writing to the Board, whose decision shall be final. In the event that the Executive’s grievance relates to the Managing Director, he should raise it with the Chairman initially, either orally or in writing and then the Board; if he is dissatisfied with the Chairman’s decision, the Board’s decision shall be final.

 

Page 23


19.3 Any disciplinary matters relating to the Executive shall be dealt with by the Board.

 

20. Capacity

 

20.1 The Executive warrants that in entering into this agreement and performing his obligations under it, he will not be in breach of any terms or obligations under any further or other employment or appointment and will not become precluded from entering into this agreement or fulfilling his obligations under it and he will indemnify the Company against any costs, claims or demands against it arising out of any such breach by him.

 

21. General

 

21.1 This agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive in connection with the Appointment and operates in substitution for and to the exclusion of any terms of employment, arrangements, or other agreements in force between the Company and the Executive or any Group Company and the Executive but without prejudice to any rights of action already accrued in respect of any breach of this agreement by the other party.

 

21.2 No agreement made between the Company and the Executive or any Group Company and the Executive nor any amendment to this agreement will be legally binding on the Company, any Group Company or the Executive unless and until that agreement or amendment is confirmed in writing by the Company or (as the case may be) any Group Company and the Executive.

 

21.3 The provisions of this agreement are severable and if any provision is held to be invalid or unenforceable by any court or body of competent jurisdiction then such invalidity or unenforceability shall not effect the remaining provisions of this agreement.

 

21.4 There are no collective agreements in place in relation to the Executive’s Appointment.

 

21.5

Any communication under this agreement shall be deemed served if, when addressed to the party, it is left at or sent by registered or recorded delivery post or by facsimile transmission or other electronic means of written

 

Page 24


  communication with confirmation by letter given by close of business on the next following business days to the addresses set out in this agreement or to such other addresses as maybe notified by the parties for the purpose of this clause. Any communication to the Company must be marked “For the attention of the Company Secretary”.

 

21.6 Communications which are sent or despatched as set out below shall be deemed to have been received by the addressed as follows:

 

  21.6.1 by post – 2 business days after despatch;

 

  21.6.2 by facsimile transmission or other electronic means of written communication - on the business day next following the day of which the communication was sent.

 

21.7 In proving service by post it shall only be necessary for a party to prove that the communication was in an envelope which was duly addressed, stamped and posted by registered or recorded delivery post.

 

21.8 For the purpose of this clause a “business day” means a day on which the clearing banks in the City of London are open for business. “Close of Business” means 18:00 hours local time in London.

 

21.9 This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales and each party to this agreement submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts.

 

21.10  Except as expressly provided for above, nothing in this agreement confers on any third party any benefits under the provisions of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have entered into this agreement as a Deed on the day and year first above written.

 

Page 25


EXECUTED as a DEED by    )  
EROS NETWORK LIMITED    )   /s/     Vijay Ahuja
acting by    )   Director
     /s/    Kishore Lulla
     Director/Secretary
SIGNED as a DEED by    )  
ANDREW HEFFERNAN    )  
in the presence of:    )  
Signed    /s/    A. Heffernan
Witness signature   /s/    P. Siddle
Witness Name   Paul Siddle
Witness Address   19 Cavendish Square
London W1A 2AW        
 
Witness occupation   Solicitor

 

Page 26

Exhibit 10.6

DATED 27 June 2006

(1) EROS NETWORK LIMITED

and

(2) KISHORE LULLA

 

 

SERVICE AGREEMENT

CHAIRMAN and CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

 

HOWARD KENNEDY

19 Cavendish Square

London W1A 2AW

DX 42748 Oxford Circus North

telephone +44(0)20 7636 1616

fax +44 (0)20 7491 2899

Ref : 026629/00001/H2572865.2

 

Page 1


THIS AGREEMENT is made on 27 June 2006

BETWEEN:-

 

(1) EROS NETWORK LIMITED of Unit 23, Sovereign Park, Coronation Road, London NW10 7QP registered company number: 03934248 (the “Company”); and

 

(2) KISHORE LULLA of Highcroft, 16 Totteridge Common, London N20 8NL (the “Executive”)

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. Interpretation

 

1.1 In this agreement the following expressions have the following meanings:

 

“Appointment”

   the employment of the Executive by the Company under this agreement;

“Board”

   the board of directors of the Company from time to time or committee of directors of the Company as may be authorised by the board from time to time;

“Commencement Date”

   1 April 2006;
“Confidential Information”    information confidential to the Company and any Group Company including but not limited to Intellectual Property, customer and prospective customer information, film/film producer information (including names addresses, contact names and addresses, telephone numbers and e-mail addresses) business plans, trade secrets, product specifications, market research, financial data and forecasts, capital strategy and capital raising activities (proposed and ongoing), business methods, marketing strategies, tenders and price sensitive information, fees, commission structure, feasibility figures and plans relating to contracts (actual and proposed), details of actual and proposed contracts, requirements of customers or prospective customers or film producers, information in respect of which the Company or any Group Company is bound by an obligation of confidence to any third party and information notified to the Executive as being confidential;

 

Page 2


“Group” or “Group Company”    the Company and any subsidiary or holding company of the Company or any affiliate of the Company for the time being or any other subsidiary or affiliate of the holding company of the Company for the time being. Both “subsidiary” and “holding company” shall have the meaning given in section 736 of the Companies Act 1985 and “affiliate” shall have the meaning given in section 259(5) of the Companies Act 1985;
“Intellectual Property”    includes letters patent, trade marks, service marks, copyrights, design rights, applications for registration of any of the foregoing and the right to apply for them in any part of the world, creations, arrangements, devices, inventions or improvements upon or additions to an invention, moral rights, confidential information, know-how and rights of a similar nature arising or subsisting anywhere in the world in relation to all of the foregoing whether registered or unregistered;
“Prospective Customer”    any person, firm, company or other organisation who or which was at the Termination Date in negotiations with the Company or any Group Company with a view to dealing with the Company or any Group Company as a customer;

 

Page 3


“Recognised Investment Exchange”    the same meaning as in section 417 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;

“Relevant Period”

   the period of 12 months immediately preceding the earlier of the Termination Date or the date upon which the Executive is placed on garden leave in accordance with clause 3.5;

“Restricted Business”

   the business of manufacturing, selling, leasing, renting, distributing, advertising, publicising, marketing or otherwise exploiting home video devices and/or any other business or activity of the Company in which the Executive had any involvement during the course of his employment or with which any employee of the Company under the Executive’s control had any involvement or dealings in the course of his duties at any time during the Relevant Period;

“Restricted Employee”

   any employee or consultant or director of the Company or any Group Company as at the Termination Date or such other person engaged by any Group Company who had access to Confidential Information and/or with whom the Executive had personal dealings during the Relevant Period;

“Restricted Supplier”

   any person, firm or company who at any time during the Relevant Period was a supplier of the Company or any Group Company being a person, firm or company with whom or which the Executive personally dealt on behalf of the Company or any Group Company during the Relevant Period;

“Restricted Territory”

   any country in which the Executive conducted Restricted Business on behalf of the Company;

“Review Date”

   the anniversary of the date of this agreement;

“Termination Date”

   the date of termination of the Appointment howsoever occurring.

 

Page 4


1.2 Words denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa and words denoting gender include both genders.

 

1.3 References to any provisions or any statute shall be deemed to include a reference to all and every statutory amendment, modification, re-enactment and extension and to any regulation or orders made under any of them in force on or after the date of this agreement.

 

1.4 Save where otherwise appears, reference to a clause or schedule shall be deemed to be a reference to a clause or schedule of or to this agreement.

 

1.5 Headings to clauses are for the convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning or construction of anything contained in this agreement.

 

2. The Appointment

 

2.1 Subject to the terms of this agreement, the Company shall employ the Executive and the Executive shall serve as Chairman of the Group and Chief Executive Officer of UK operations and as an executive director or such other capacity as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

3. Term of Employment and Notice

 

3.1 Subject to earlier termination provided for in this agreement, the Appointment shall start on the Commencement Date and shall continue for an initial period of one year and thereafter until terminated by either party giving to the other not less than 12 (twelve) months’ prior written notice of termination.

 

3.2 The Company may at any time in its absolute discretion elect to terminate the Appointment immediately by paying to the Executive, in lieu of any period of notice or any part of it, an amount equivalent to the Executive’s basic salary (at the rate then payable under this agreement) for such period or part period including any bonus or benefits in kind. Such a payment shall be subject to such deductions for tax and employee’s national insurance as are required by law and to any other authorised deductions.

 

Page 5


3.3 For the purposes of the Employment Rights Act 1996, the Executive’s period of continuous employment with the Company commenced on

 

3.4 The Appointment shall in any event automatically terminate without notice and without any sum payable by the Company whether by way of compensation or otherwise, upon the Executive’s sixty fifth birthday.

 

3.5 The Company shall not be obliged to provide work to the Executive at any time after notice of termination of the Appointment shall have been given by either party under any of the provisions of this agreement and the Company may in its absolute discretion take any one or more of the following steps in respect of all or part of an unexpired period of notice:-

 

  3.5.1 require the Executive to comply with such conditions as it may reasonably specify in relation to; (i) attending at or remaining away from the place(s) of business of the Company and/or (ii) contacting or refraining from contacting all or any employees, officers, customers, clients, agents or suppliers of the Company or any Group Company;

 

  3.5.2 perform part of his normal duties only or assign the Executive to duties other than his normal duties provided such duties are commensurate with his status under this agreement;

 

  3.5.3 withdraw any powers vested in, or duties assigned to the Executive; and

 

  3.5.4 require the Executive to resign his directorship of any Group Company;

provided always that during any such period the Company shall continue to pay the Executive’s salary and all contractual benefits (unless and until this agreement shall be terminated). The Executive shall remain an employee of the Company and shall remain bound by all obligations owed to the Company under this agreement including, but not limited to, his obligations under clause 4.5 of this agreement.

 

4. Powers and duties

 

4.1 During the Appointment the Executive shall at all times:-

 

  4.1.1 exercise the powers and functions and perform the duties reasonably assigned to him from time to time by the Board in such manner as may be reasonably specified;

 

Page 6


  4.1.2 well and faithfully serve the Company and use his utmost endeavours to promote and maintain the interests and reputation of the Company but so far as is reasonably practicable, not in any way which may conflict with the interests of any Group Company;

 

  4.1.3 render his services in a professional and competent manner and in willing co-operation with others;

 

  4.1.4 unless prevented by ill-health or other unavoidable cause, devote his whole working time, attention and abilities exclusively to carrying out his duties hereunder and such other time as is reasonably necessary for the proper performance of his duties;

 

  4.1.5 conform to the reasonable instructions or directions of the Board (or anyone duly authorised by it) and implement and apply the policies of the Company as determined by the Board from time to time; and

 

  4.1.6 comply with the rules and procedures of the Company and of any association or professional body to which the Company and/or the Executive may from time to time belong.

 

4.2 The Executive shall report to the Board, or such other person as the Board may from time to time direct, as and when required and shall at all times keep the Board fully informed of his activities and shall promptly provide such information and explanations as may be requested from time to time by the Board.

 

4.3 The Executive shall not at any time, without the prior consent of the Board;

 

  4.3.1 incur on behalf of the Company any capital expenditure in excess of such sum as may be authorised from time to time by resolution of the Board;

 

  4.3.2 enter into on behalf of the Company any commitment, contract or arrangement which is otherwise than in the normal course of business or is outside the scope of his normal duties or is of an unusual or onerous or long term nature;

 

  4.3.3 engage any person on terms which vary from those established from time to time by resolution of the Board; or

 

  4.3.4 dismiss any employee of the Company without giving proper statutory or (if longer) contractual notice or without following the statutory disciplinary procedure and in any case the Executive shall immediately report any dismissal effected by him and the reason for it to the Board.

 

Page 7


4.4 The Executive shall not at any time during the Appointment directly or indirectly enter into or be concerned in any trade or business or occupation whatsoever other than the business of the Company except with the prior written consent of the Board which may be given subject to any conditions or terms the Board considers appropriate. This clause shall not prevent the Executive from holding up to 3% of any class of shares, debentures or other securities in a company which is listed or dealt in on a Recognised Investment Exchange.

 

4.5 The Executive shall comply with the Listing Rules, Model Code and all other rules and regulations of the Company and the UK Listing Authority and every applicable rule of law in force from time to time in relation to his dealing in shares or other securities of the Company and the Group.

 

4.6 The Executive shall not contravene the provisions of Part V (Insider Dealing) of the Criminal Justice Act 1993.

 

4.7 In this clause the expression “occupation” includes membership of Parliament or of a local authority, council or other public or private work (whether for profit or otherwise) which, in the reasonable opinion of the Board, may hinder or otherwise interfere with the Executive’s ability to perform his duties under this agreement.

 

5. Place of Work and Travel

 

5.1 The Executive’s normal place of work shall be the Company’s premises at Unit 23, Sovereign Park, Coronation Road, London or at any other location within the United Kingdom that may be agreed with the Executive.

 

5.2 If it is necessary for the Executive to move from his present address as a result of the Company requiring him to work permanently at a location other than as set out in clause 5.1 above, the Company will reimburse the Executive for all removal expenses directly and reasonably incurred as a result.

 

5.3 The Company may require the Executive to travel to such places within the United Kingdom as may reasonably be required for the proper performance of his duties.

 

Page 8


6. Hours of Work

 

6.1 Normal working hours are from 9.00 am to 5.00 pm Monday to Friday inclusive. The Executive shall attend to the business of the Company during such other hours as may be necessary for the proper and efficient performance of his duties under this agreement. The Executive shall not be entitled to receive any remuneration for work done outside normal working hours.

 

6.2 As an Executive who has control of his own working hours the Executive hereby agrees that the maximum average weekly working time as set out in Regulation 4 of the Working Time Regulations 1998 (“WTR”) shall not apply to his employment under this agreement. The Executive shall be entitled to withdraw his agreement to opt out of the WTR by giving three months’ prior written notice to the Company.

 

7. Remuneration

 

7.1 The Company shall pay the Executive during the continuation of the Appointment a basic gross annual salary of £290,000 (less statutory and voluntary deductions). The Executive’s basic salary shall accrue from day to day and will be payable in arrears by equal monthly installments on or about the last working day of each month and shall be inclusive of any fees receivable by the Executive as a director of the Company.

 

7.2 The Executive’s basic salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board on the Review Date and may be increased at the Board’s entire discretion.

 

7.3 The Executive shall be eligible to participate in such share option scheme applicable to his position as the Company may introduce subject to the rules of the scheme and the Company’s discretion.

 

7.4 The Executive hereby consents to the deduction from his remuneration under this agreement of any sums owing by the Executive to the Company or to any Group Company at any time and he also agrees to make payment to the Company of any sums owed by him to the Company or any Group Company upon demand by the Company at any time. This sub clause is without prejudice to the right of the Company or any Group Company to recover any sums or balance of sums owed by the Executive to the Company or any Group Company by legal proceedings.

 

Page 9


8. Bonus

 

8.1 The Executive shall be eligible to participate in any bonus scheme introduced by the Company applicable to him, subject to the rules of the scheme and the Company’s discretion. The Company may amend, withdraw or substitute any bonus scheme at any time at its entire discretion.

 

8.2 Subject to clause 8.1, any bonus in respect of any financial year will be paid to the Executive on the last working day of the month in which the Board meets to consider and determine the bonus provided that the Executive is still employed by the Company and not under notice.

 

9. Pension

 

9.1 The Company shall contribute an annual sum representing 5% of the Executive’s annual basic salary to the Executive’s approved personal pension plan as nominated by the Executive and notified to the Company in writing save that such contributions are subject to the maximum annual amount permitted by the HM Revenue and Customs from time to time.

 

9.2 There is no contracting out certificate in force in respect of the employment under the Pensions Schemes Act 1993.

 

10. Reimbursement of Business Expenses

 

10.1 The Company shall (on production of receipts or other evidence as it may require) repay or cause to be repaid to the Executive all travelling, hotel, entertainment, and other out-of-pocket expenses from time to time wholly, exclusively and necessarily incurred by him in the proper performance of his duties pursuant to his employment under this agreement.

 

11. Insurance

 

11.1 The Executive shall be eligible for cover under the Company’s Private Medical Insurance Scheme (“PMI Scheme”) along with his spouse or civil partner and his children under the age of eighteen and the Company’s Permanent Health Insurance Scheme (“PHI Scheme”).

 

Page 10


11.2 The Executive’s entitlements under and eligibility for any PMI Scheme or PHI Scheme will be determined by the rules of the respective schemes (as amended from time to time) and will be subject to the Executive satisfying any requirements for eligibility imposed by the scheme providers and his acceptance at standard rates of premium.

 

11.3 The provision of these benefits shall be at the Company’s discretion. The Company may, on giving the Executive reasonable notice replace, change or withdraw the PMI Scheme and/or the PHI Scheme at any time as it thinks fit. The replacement or change in terms of a scheme may result in the reduction of the Executive’s entitlements or the loss or reduction of any benefit the Executive may be receiving or about to receive at the time and the Executive shall have no claim against the Company for any loss arising from such a change.

 

11.4 It may be (or become) a term of the PMI Scheme and/or PHI Scheme that the Executive must remain employed by the Company to be entitled to benefits under the said schemes. If so, this will not limit the Company’s discretion to terminate the Executive’s Appointment on grounds of incapacity to work or any other ground. The Executive agrees and acknowledges that if the Appointment is so terminated, he may lose (without recourse to compensation against the Company or any Group Company) existing or prospective benefits under the PMI Scheme and/or PHI Scheme.

 

11.5 During the continuation of the Appointment, the Company shall, (subject to receipt of a medical report satisfactory to the life assurance company) and in accordance with the terms of the relevant policy from time to time in force, provide the Executive with life assurance which, in the event of his death while in service, shall provide a lump sum to the value of four times his basic salary (at the then annual rate).

 

11.6 Any benefits provided by the Company to the Executive or his family which are not expressly referred to in this agreement shall be regarded as ex-gratia and at the entire discretion of the Company and shall not form part of the Executive’s contract of employment.

 

12. Holiday

 

12.1 In addition to the usual statutory bank holidays in England, the Executive shall be entitled to 25 working days’ paid holiday for each complete calendar year worked (and pro rata for part of each calendar year worked) to be taken at such time or times as may be approved by the Board in advance. Holiday entitlement shall accrue from day to day.

 

Page 11


12.2 Holiday entitlement may not be carried forward to the next calendar year save with the prior written agreement of the Board and no money will be paid in lieu of any such untaken holiday.

 

12.3 In the event that the Company or the Executive gives notice of termination of the Appointment, the Company may require the Executive to take any holidays which have or will have accrued by the Termination Date during the period of notice, in which case the Executive shall not be entitled to any payment in lieu of such holidays.

 

12.4 On the termination of this agreement the Company shall pay the Executive for any accrued but untaken holiday. If the Executive shall have taken more days’ paid holiday than his accrued entitlement as at the Termination Date, the Executive shall repay to the Company the appropriate amount for each day’s paid holiday taken in excess of his accrued entitlement. A day’s pay shall be 1/260th of his basic salary and fractions of days shall be rounded to the nearest whole day.

 

13. Incapacity

 

13.1 When absent due to sickness or any other reason, the Executive must inform a member of the Board of the cause(s) of his absence as soon as possible on the first working day of absence unless there is a reasonable explanation as to why this is not possible. A self-certification form must be completed to cover up to the first seven days of absence. A doctor’s medical certificate must be provided for absences of eight consecutive days or more due to sickness, injury or other incapacity. Certificates must be provided to cover completely any subsequent and consecutive period of absence.

 

13.2 The Company has the right to require the Executive at any stage of absence to produce a medical certificate from a registered medical practitioner.

 

13.3 If required by the Board the Executive shall undergo examinations by a medical adviser to be appointed or approved by the Board and the Executive hereby authorises such medical adviser to disclose the results of any such examination (including any Sensitive Personal Data as defined in the Data Protection Act 1998) to the Board and discuss with it any matters arising from the examination as might impair the Executive in properly discharging his duties under this agreement.

 

Page 12


13.4 Statutory sick pay will be paid by the Company according to the rates in force from time to time. The qualifying days for statutory sick pay purposes shall be Monday to Friday inclusive. Any payments which the Company may make to the Executive in addition to his entitlement to any statutory sick pay shall be at the absolute discretion of the Company and shall be inclusive of statutory sick pay and without prejudice to the Company’s right to terminate this agreement. The Executive shall be entitled to sick pay for a period or periods not exceeding an aggregate of 90 working days’ absence in any consecutive twelve month period. Any sick pay shall be paid at the rate of the Executive’s salary (less any deduction for statutory sick pay or other benefit or payments made under any PHI Scheme provided by the Company) and shall be made entirely at the discretion of the Company.

 

13.5 The Company shall be entitled to deduct from any such remuneration the amount (if any) which the Executive is entitled to claim in consequence of his incapacity by way of state sickness related benefits or by way of income from any health insurance scheme operated by the Company for the benefit of the Executive whether or not a claim is made.

 

13.6 If the Executive is incapable of performing his duties by reason of any accident, illness or injury or other incapacity caused wholly or partly by any act or omission of any third party in relation to which the Executive may be or become entitled to recover damages or compensation, then all net payments made to the Executive under this clause 13 in respect of the said absence shall be loans to the Executive to be repaid if and to the extent that he recovers damages or compensation for loss of earnings from the said third party and/or from the Criminal Injuries Compensation Board or the Motor Insurers’ Bureau or any other similar body by action or otherwise. Where the Executive receives any damages or compensation for loss of earnings, he shall notify the Company in writing forthwith and shall repay the amount due to the Company under this clause within 28 days of receipt of the said damages or compensation.

 

13.7 The Company shall be entitled during any period during which the Executive is absent due to accident, illness or injury or other incapacity to appoint any other person or persons to perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Executive in his place on such terms and conditions as the Company shall see fit. On resuming office all powers are to be vested back to the Executive.

 

Page 13


14. Confidentiality

 

14.1 The Executive acknowledges that during his employment by the Company he will receive and have access to Confidential Information.

 

14.2 All rights, title and interest in and to the Confidential Information shall remain the exclusive property of the Company or, where appropriate, any Group Company and the Executive shall not during the continuance of the Appointment (otherwise than in the proper performance of his duties) or at any time after the Termination Date directly or indirectly use, divulge, export or communicate to any person, firm, company or other organisation any Confidential Information for any purpose whatsoever and shall use his best endeavours to prevent its unauthorised publication, use or disclosure. This obligation shall be in addition to and not in substitution for any express or implied duty of confidentiality owed by the Executive to the Company or any Group Company.

 

14.3 After the Termination Date, the restrictions at clause 14.2 shall not apply in respect of any Confidential Information:

 

  14.3.1 in the public domain, otherwise than as a result of any unauthorised act or omission on the part of the Executive; or

 

  14.3.2 which the Executive is required by law to disclose, provided that the Executive first notifies the Company in writing that he is required to disclose such Confidential Information.

Nothing in this agreement shall prevent the Executive from making a protected disclosure as defined in the Employment Rights Act 1996.

 

15. Intellectual Property

 

15.1 Should the Executive discover or participate in the making or discovery of Intellectual Property in the course of his employment under this agreement (irrespective of whether he was carrying out his normal duties or others specifically assigned to him) then all such Intellectual Property shall belong to the Company absolutely in accordance with the provisions of the Registered Designs Act 1949, the Patents Act 1977 and the Copyright, Designs and Patent Act 1988.

 

Page 14


15.2 The Executive will forthwith notify to the Company full details of all Intellectual Property which he may make, discover or participate in the making or discovery of whether or not in the course of his employment under this agreement, and will keep the Company appraised at all times of the stage that has been reached in relation to any improvement or creation of such Intellectual Property. If the Company requests (and at its expense) the Executive shall give and supply all such information, data, drawings and assistance as may be required to enable the Company to exploit the Intellectual Property to the best advantage.

 

15.3 At the Company’s expense but without payment to the Executive, the Executive shall take all steps and carry out all acts that may be necessary to ensure that title to the Intellectual Property is lawfully vested in the Company, including signing all applications and executing any other documents that may be necessary and will carry out such acts and steps with expedition on the instructions of the Company, in particular where the filing of any claim to such Intellectual Property right may give the Company priority.

 

15.4 The Executive hereby irrevocably appoints the Company as his attorney in his name and on his behalf to execute any documents and generally to act and to use his name for the purpose of giving the full benefit of this clause to the Company (or its nominee). A certificate in writing signed by a director or the secretary of the Company that an instrument or act falls within the authority confirmed by this clause shall be conclusive evidence in favour of a third party that it is the case.

 

15.5 The Executive waives all of his moral rights as defined in the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 in relation to the Intellectual Property which is the property of the Company by virtue of clause 15.1.

 

15.6 If the Executive makes, discovers or participates in the making or discovery of any Intellectual Property during his Appointment under this agreement but which is not the property of the Company or any Group Company under clause 15.1, the Company shall, subject only to the provisions of the Patents Act 1977, have the right to acquire for itself or its nominee the Executive’s rights in the Intellectual Property within three months after disclosure under clause 15.2 on fair and reasonable terms to be agreed or settled by a single arbitrator.

 

15.7 The provisions of this clause 15 shall remain in force with regard to any Intellectual Property made or discovered during the Executive’s Appointment under this agreement and shall be binding upon his representatives notwithstanding the termination of the Appointment.

 

Page 15


16. Termination

 

16.1 The Company may terminate the Appointment immediately without notice and without any obligation to pay any further sums to the Executive whether by way of compensation, damages or otherwise in respect of or in lieu of any notice period or unexpired term of the agreement, and without prejudice to any other rights of the Company if the Executive:

 

  16.1.1 commits any repeated or continued material breach, or any serious breach of his obligations to the Company having first been given a reasonable opportunity to remedy the breach (provided it is capable of remedy) by notification from the Board in writing, but having failed to do so; or

 

  16.1.2 is convicted of a serious criminal offence (other than an offence under road traffic legislation for which imprisonment is not a sanction); or

 

  16.1.3 becomes of unsound mind or a patient within the meaning of the Mental Health Act 1983; or

 

  16.1.4 acts in any manner which in the opinion of the Board brings or is likely to bring him, the Company or any Group Company into material disrepute; or

 

  16.1.5 fails or neglects efficiently and/or diligently to carry out his duties to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board; or

 

  16.1.6 is guilty of gross misconduct or any other conduct which, in the opinion of the Board is calculated or likely to materially affect prejudicially the interests of any Group Company whether or not such misconduct or other conduct occurs during or in the context of the Appointment; or

 

  16.1.7 resigns as a director of the Company other than at the request of the Board; or

 

  16.1.8 is disqualified from being a director of a company by reason of an order made by a competent court; or

 

  16.1.9 has an interim receiving order made against him, becomes bankrupt or makes a composition or enters into a deed of arrangement with his creditors; or

 

Page 16


  16.1.10 is convicted of an offence under Part V of the Criminal Justice Act 1993 or under any other statutory enactment or regulations relating to insider dealing; or

 

  16.1.11 fails to comply with the Company’s rules in relation to compliance.

 

16.2 The rights of the Company under clause 16.1 are without prejudice to any other rights it might have under this agreement or at law to terminate the Appointment or to accept any breach of the agreement on the part of the Executive as having brought the agreement to an end. For the avoidance of doubt, where there are no circumstances justifying summary dismissal under clause 16.1, the methods by which the Company may terminate the Appointment are not restricted to the giving of notice in accordance with clauses 3.1 (term of employment) or 16.3 (termination on account of illness or injury) or to the making of a payment in lieu of notice under clause 3.2 (payment in lieu of notice) and accordingly, if the Company terminates the Appointment without giving notice or without making a payment in lieu of notice, any damages to which the Executive may be entitled shall be calculated in accordance with ordinary common law principles including those relating to mitigation of loss and accelerated receipt.

 

16.3 Without prejudice to clauses 16.1 and 3.2, but notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, if the Executive shall become unable to perform his duties properly by reason of accident, illness or injury for a period or periods aggregating at least 120 days in any period of 12 consecutive calendar months (the “Period or Periods of Incapacity”) then the Company may, by not less than six months’ prior written notice to the Executive given at any time while the Executive is incapacitated by accident, illness or injury from performing his duties under the agreement, terminate the Appointment provided that the Company shall withdraw any such notice if during the currency of the notice the Executive returns to full time duties and provides a medical practitioner’s certificate satisfactory to the Board to the effect that he has fully recovered his health and that no recurrence of his illness or injury can reasonably be anticipated.

 

16.4 The Company may suspend the Executive on full pay at any time to investigate any allegations of misconduct relating to him and to hold a disciplinary hearing.

 

Page 17


16.5 Upon termination of the Appointment howsoever caused or, if so requested by the Company, on notice being served by either party on the other to terminate the Appointment the Executive shall:

 

  16.5.1 immediately deliver up to the Company any property belonging to the Company or any Group Company and any document, computer disk or other data storage device containing any Confidential Information and shall cease to represent himself as being in any way connected with the Company or any Group Company;

 

  16.5.2 irretrievably delete any information relating to the business of the Company or any Group Company stored on any magnetic or optical disk or memory and all matter derived therefrom (having first satisfied himself that the Company has copies thereof) which is in his possession, custody, care or control outside the premises of the Company or any Group Company and shall produce such evidence of compliance with this sub-paragraph as the Company may require; and

 

  16.5.3 at the request of the Board, immediately resign any directorship office or appointment held by him in the Company or any Group Company without any claim for compensation or damages for loss of such office or appointment and in the event of his failure to do so within five days of such request the Executive hereby irrevocably appoints the Company as his attorney to execute letters of resignation of such directorships, offices or appointments on his behalf and to take such other steps as are necessary to give effect to such resignations; and

 

  16.5.4 transfer to the Company, or as it may direct all shares held by him in the Company or in any Group Company as nominee or trustee for the Company and deliver to the Company the certificates therefor and the Executive hereby irrevocably appoints the Company his attorney to execute any such transfers on his behalf.

 

16.6 The termination of the Appointment shall not operate to affect those provisions of this agreement which are intended to have effect after the Termination Date.

 

Page 18


17. Post Termination Restrictions

 

17.1 For a period of six months immediately following the Termination Date, the Executive shall not, whether by himself or by any servant or agent or otherwise howsoever, and whether on the Executive’s own account or on behalf of or in conjunction with any other person, firm, company or other organisation directly or indirectly:

 

  17.1.1 carry on or assist with, be employed by, be engaged by, hold a position with, be concerned in, interested in or control the carrying on of any activity or business which is the same as or competes with the Restricted Business anywhere in any Restricted Territory, (except as the holder of shares in a company whose shares are listed on a Recognised Investment Exchange which confer not more than 3% in total of the votes which could normally be cast at a general meeting of that company);

 

  17.1.2 in relation to any business which is the same as or in competition with the Restricted Business conduct any business, perform any services for or canvas, solicit or approach or cause to be canvassed or solicited or approached for the purpose of obtaining business, orders or custom, or otherwise deal with any person, firm, company or other organisation which was a client or customer of the Company or any Group Company at the Termination Date or during the Relevant Period and with whom the Executive had any dealings or of whom the Executive was aware in the course of his employment;

 

  17.1.3 in relation to any business the same as or in competition with the Restricted Business conduct any business, perform any services or supply goods to, canvas, solicit or approach or cause to be canvassed, solicited or approached for the purpose of obtaining business, orders of custom any Prospective Customer with whom the Executive had any dealings in the course of his duties at any time in the Relevant Period.

 

17.2 For a period of twelve months immediately following the Termination Date, the Executive shall not, whether by himself or by any servant or agent or otherwise howsoever, and whether on the Executive’s own account or on behalf of or in conjunction with any other person, firm, company or other organisation directly or indirectly:

 

Page 19


  17.2.1 offer employment to or employ or offer to or conclude a contract for services in the Restricted Territory with any Restricted Employee or procure or facilitate the making of such an offer;

 

  17.2.2 seek to entice away from the Company or any Group Company or otherwise solicit or interfere with the relationship between the Company and any Restricted Supplier or any Group Company and any Restricted Supplier.

 

17.3 The Executive shall not at any time after the Termination Date;

 

  17.3.1 directly or indirectly anywhere in any Restricted Territory carry on a business either alone or jointly with or as officers, manager, agent, consultant or employee of any person whether similar to any part of the business of the Company or any Group Company (as conducted at any time) or otherwise under a title or name comprising or containing the word “Eros” or any colourable imitation thereof and he will at all times procure that any company controlled by him will not carry out such business under any such title or name; and

 

  17.3.2 say or do anything which is harmful to the reputation or goodwill of the Company or any Group Company or likely to or calculated to lead to any person, firm, company or other organisation to withdraw from or cease to continue to offer a Group Company any rights of purchase, sale, import, distribution or agency enjoyed by it;

 

  17.3.3 hold himself out falsely as being in any way connected with any Group Company; and

 

  17.3.4 solicit, entice or procure or endeavour to solicit, entice or procure any employee to breach his contract of employment with the Company or any Group Company or any person to breach his contract for services with the Company or any Group Company.

 

17.4 The period of each of the above restrictions shall be reduced by the period, if any, during which the Company exercises its rights under clause 3.5.

 

Page 20


17.5 The Executive has had an opportunity to consider the restrictions prior to execution of this agreement and agrees that each of the restrictions set out above constitutes an entirely separate, severable and independent covenant and restriction upon him the duration, extent and application of each of which is no greater than is reasonably necessary for the protection of goodwill and the legitimate trade connections of the Restricted Business.

 

17.6 Further, if a restriction on him contained in this agreement is found void but would be valid if some part of it were deleted, the restriction shall apply with such deletion as may be necessary to make it valid and effective.

 

17.7 The Executive recognises that given his role with the Company and within the Group and the Group’s structure the Company has an interest in the business of the other Group Companies which it is legitimate for it to protect by the covenants set out above.

 

17.8 Notwithstanding and without prejudice to the foregoing of this clause it is acknowledged by the Executive that the Company holds the benefit of these covenants on trust for any Group Company as the Company may direct in substantially the same terms as the covenants the Executive has entered into with the Company. If so requested by the Company, the Executive shall enter into separate contracts with a Group Company.

 

17.9 The Executive shall show these restrictions to any firm, person, company or other organisation which is the same as or competes with or proposes or is likely to compete with the Restricted Business which offers his employment or a contract for services to him and which he accepts or is minded to accept.

 

18. Data Protection

 

18.1 The Executive shall at all times during the Appointment act in accordance with the Data Protection Act 1998 (the “DPA”) and shall comply with any policy introduced by the Company from time to time to comply with the DPA. Breach of this undertaking will constitute a disciplinary offence.

 

18.2 The Executive hereby consents to the Company holding and processing both electronically and manually the Personal Data it collects which relates to the Executive which is necessary or reasonably required for the proper performance of this agreement, for management, administrative and other employment related purposes (both during and after the Appointment) or for the conduct of the Group’s business or to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations (the “Authorised Purposes”) and the Executive agrees to provide the Group with all Personal Data relating to him which is necessary or reasonably required for the Authorised Purposes.

 

Page 21


18.3 The Executive explicitly consents to the Company or any other Group Company processing his Personal Data, including his Sensitive Personal Data, where this is necessary or reasonably required to achieve one or more of the Authorised Purposes.

 

18.4 The Executive acknowledges that the Company may, from time to time collect or disclose his Personal Data (including his Sensitive Personal Data) from and to third parties (including without limitation the Executive’s referees, any management consultants or computer maintenance companies engaged by the Company, the Company’s professional advisers, other Group Companies, any suppliers of goods or services to the Group and any potential purchasers of the business, the Company and/or the Group). The Executive consents to such collection and disclosure even where this involves the transfer of such data outside the European Economic Area where this is necessary or reasonably required to achieve one or more of the Authorised Purposes or is in the interests of the Company and/or its shareholders.

 

18.5 Further, the Executive consents to the transfer of Personal Data to any employee of the Company who has requested any Personal Data in an equal pay or other questionnaire served pursuant to statute provided that the transfer of Personal Data is limited to Personal Data lawfully requested and subject to the Company first receiving a written undertaken from the requesting employee to keep any disclosed Personal Data strictly confidential and not to use the disclosed Personal Data for any purpose other than pursuing legal proceedings in an Employment Tribunal.

 

18.6 The Company agrees to process any Personal Data made available to it by the Executive in accordance with the provisions of the DPA.

 

18.7 In this clause “Data Controller” “Personal Data” “processing” and “Sensitive Personal Data” shall have the meaning set out in sections 1 and 2 of the DPA.

 

19. Grievance and Disciplinary procedures

 

19.1 The Company shall comply with the statutory procedures in force from time to time in relation to any grievance or disciplinary matters involving the Executive.

 

Page 22


19.2 If the Executive has any grievance relating to the Appointment he should raise it with the Managing Director either orally or in writing. If he is dissatisfied with that person’s decision he should refer the matter in writing to the Board, whose decision shall be final. In the event that the Executive’s grievance relates to the Managing Director, he should raise it with the Chairman initially, either orally or in writing and then the Board; if he is dissatisfied with the Chairman’s decision, the Board’s decision shall be final.

 

19.3 Any disciplinary matters relating to the Executive shall be dealt with by the Board.

 

20. Capacity

 

20.1 The Executive warrants that in entering into this agreement and performing his obligations under it, he will not be in breach of any terms or obligations under any further or other employment or appointment and will not become precluded from entering into this agreement or fulfilling his obligations under it and he will indemnify the Company against any costs, claims or demands against it arising out of any such breach by him.

 

21. General

 

21.1 This agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive in connection with the Appointment and operates in substitution for and to the exclusion of any terms of employment, arrangements, or other agreements in force between the Company and the Executive or any Group Company and the Executive but without prejudice to any rights of action already accrued in respect of any breach of this agreement by the other party.

 

21.2 No agreement made between the Company and the Executive or any Group Company and the Executive nor any amendment to this agreement will be legally binding on the Company, any Group Company or the Executive unless and until that agreement or amendment is confirmed in writing by the Company or (as the case may be) any Group Company and the Executive.

 

21.3 The provisions of this agreement are severable and if any provision is held to be invalid or unenforceable by any court or body of competent jurisdiction then such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the remaining provisions of this agreement.

 

Page 23


21.4 There are no collective agreements in place in relation to the Executive’s Appointment.

 

21.5 Any communication under this agreement shall be deemed served if, when addressed to the party, it is left at or sent by registered or recorded delivery post or by facsimile transmission or other electronic means of written communication with confirmation by letter given by close of business on the next following business days to the addresses set out in this agreement or to such other addresses as may be notified by the parties for the purpose of this clause. Any communication to the Company must be marked “For the attention of the Company Secretary”.

 

21.6 Communications which are sent or despatched as set out below shall be deemed to have been received by the addressed as follows:

 

  21.6.1 by post – 2 business days after despatch;

 

  21.6.2 by facsimile transmission or other electronic means of written communication – on the business day next following the day on which the communication was sent.

 

21.7 In proving service by post it shall only be necessary for a party to prove that the communication was in an envelope which was duly addressed, stamped and posted by registered or recorded delivery post.

 

21.8 For the purpose of this clause a “business day” means a day on which the clearing banks in the City of London are open for business. “Close of Business” means 18:00 hours local time in London.

 

21.9 This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales and each party to this agreement submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts.

 

21.10 Except as expressly provided for above, nothing in this agreement confers on any third party any benefits under the provisions of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have entered into this agreement as a Deed on the day and year first above written.

 

Page 24


EXECUTED as a DEED by

   )   

EROS NETWORK LIMITED

   )    /s/ Vijay Ahuja

acting by

   )   

 

Director

       
       

 

Director/Secretary

       

SIGNED as a DEED by

   )   

KISHORE LULLA

   )    /s/ Vijay Ahuja

in the presence of:

   )    as attorney for Kishore Lulla
       
Signed        
Witness signature   /s/ D. Langford      
Witness name   Langford David      
Witness address   19 Cavendish Square      
  London      
  W1A 2AW      
Witness occupation  

Solicitor

      .

 

Page 25

Exhibit 10.7

DATED 27 June 2006

(1) EROS NETWORK LIMITED

and

(2) VIJAY AHUJA

 

 

SERVICE AGREEMENT

VICE CHAIRMAN AND PRESIDENT (INTERNATIONAL)

 

 

HOWARD KENNEDY

19 Cavendish Square

London W1A 2AW

DX 42748 Oxford Circus North

telephone +44(0)20 7636 1616

fax +44 (0)20 7491 2899

Ref : 026629/00001/H2698968.1


THIS AGREEMENT is made on June 2006

BETWEEN:-

 

(1) EROS NETWORK LIMITED of Unit 23, Sovereign Park, Coronation Road, London NW10 7QP registered company number 3934248 (the “Company); and

 

(2) VIJAY AHUJA of 5 Manor Hall Avenue, London NW4 1NY (the “Executive”).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. Interpretation

 

1.1 In this agreement the following expressions have the following meanings:

 

“Appointment”    the employment of the Executive by the Company under this agreement;
“Board”    the board of directors of the Company from time to time or committee of directors of the Company as may be authorised by the board from time to time;
“Commencement Date”    1 April 2006;
“Confidential Information”    information confidential to the Company and any Group Company including but not limited to. Intellectual Property, customer and prospective customer information, film/film producer information (including names addresses, contact names and addresses, telephone numbers and e-mail addresses) business plans, trade secrets, product specifications, market research, financial data and forecasts, capital strategy and capital raising activities (proposed and ongoing), business methods, marketing strategies, tenders and price sensitive information, fees, commission structure, feasibility figures and plans relating to contracts (actual and proposed), details of actual and proposed contracts, requirements of customers or prospective customers or film producers, information in respect of which the


   Company or any Group Company is bound by an obligation of confidence to any third party and information notified to the Executive as being confidential;

“Group” or “Group Company”

   the Company and any subsidiary or holding company of the Company or any affiliate of the Company for the time being or any other subsidiary or affiliate of the holding company of the Company for the time being. Both “subsidiary” and “holding company” shall have the meaning given in section 736 of the Companies Act 1985 and “affiliate” shall have the meaning given in section 259(5) of the Companies Act 1985;

“Intellectual Property”

   includes letters patent, trade marks, service marks, copyrights, design rights, applications for registration of any of the foregoing and the right to apply for them in any part of the world, creations, arrangements, devices, inventions or improvements upon or additions to an invention, moral rights, confidential information, know-how and rights of a similar nature arising or subsisting anywhere in the world in relation to all of the foregoing whether registered or unregistered;

“Prospective Customer”

   any person, firm, company or other organisation who or which was at the Termination Date in negotiations with the Company or any Group Company with a view to dealing with the Company or any Group Company as a customer;

“Recognised Investment

Exchange”

   the same meaning as in section 417 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;

“Relevant Period”

   the period of 12 months immediately preceding the earlier of the Termination Date or the date upon which the Executive is placed on garden leave in accordance with clause 3.5;

“Restricted Business”

   the business of manufacturing, selling, leasing, renting, distributing, advertising, publicising, marketing or otherwise exploiting home video devices and/or any other business or activity of the Company in which the Executive had any involvement during the course of his employment

 

3


     or with which any employee of the Company under the Executive’s control had any involvement or
dealings in the course of his duties at any time during the Relevant Period;

“Restricted Employee”

   any employee or consultant or director of the Company or any Group Company as at the Termination Date or such other person engaged by any Group Company who had access to Confidential Information and/or with whom the Executive had personal dealings during the Relevant Period;

“Restricted Supplier”

   any person, firm or company who at any time during the Relevant Period was a supplier of the Company or any Group Company being a person, firm or company with whom or which the Executive personally dealt on behalf of the Company or any Group Company during the Relevant Period;

“Restricted Territory”

   any country in which the Executive conducted Restricted Business on behalf of the Company;

“Review Date”

   the anniversary of the date of this agreement;

“Termination Date”

   the date of termination of the Appointment howsoever occurring.

 

1.2 Words denoting the singular include the plural and vice versa and words denoting gender include both genders.

 

1.3 References to any provisions or any statute shall be deemed to include a reference to all and every statutory amendment, modification, re-enactment and extension and to any regulation or orders made under any of them in force on or after the date of this agreement.

 

1.4 Save where otherwise appears, reference to a clause or schedule shall be deemed to be a reference to a clause or schedule of or to this agreement.

 

1.5 Headings to clauses are for the convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning or construction of anything contained in this agreement.

 

2. The Appointment

 

2.1 Subject to the terms of this agreement, the Company shall employ the Executive and the Executive shall serve as Vice Chairman of the Group and President (International) of the Group and as an executive director or such other capacity as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

4


3. Term of Employment and Notice

 

3.1 Subject to earlier termination provided for in this agreement, the Appointment shall start on the Commencement Date and shall continue for an initial period of one year and thereafter until terminated by either party giving to the other not less than 12 (twelve) months’ prior written notice of termination.

 

3.2 The Company may at any time in its absolute discretion elect to terminate the Appointment immediately by paying to the Executive, in lieu of any period of notice or any part of it, an amount equivalent to the Executive’s basic salary (at the rate then payable under this agreement) for such period or part period including any bonus or benefits in kind. Such a payment shall be subject to such deductions for tax and employee’s national insurance as are required by law and to any other authorised deductions.

 

3.3 For the purposes of the Employment Rights Act 1996, the Executive’s period of continuous employment with the Company commenced on

 

3.4 The Appointment shall in any event automatically terminate without notice and without any sum payable by the Company whether by way of compensation or otherwise, upon the Executive’s sixty fifth birthday.

 

3.5 The Company shall not be obliged to provide work to the Executive at any time after notice of termination of the Appointment shall have been given by either party under any of the provisions of this agreement and the Company may in its absolute discretion take any one or more of the following steps in respect of all or part of an unexpired period of notice:-

 

  3.5.1 require the Executive to comply with such conditions as it may reasonably specify in relation to; (1) attending at or remaining away from the place(s) of business of the Company and/or (ii) contacting or refraining from contacting all or any employees, officers, customers, clients, agents or suppliers of the Company or any Group Company;

 

  3.5.2 perform part of his normal duties only or assign the Executive to duties other than his normal duties provided such duties are commensurate with his status under this agreement;

 

  3.5.3 withdraw any powers vested in, or duties assigned to the Executive; and

 

  3.5.4 require the Executive to resign his directorship of any Group Company;

provided always that during any such period the Company shall continue to pay the Executive’s salary and all contractual benefits (unless and until this agreement shall be terminated). The Executive shall remain an employee of the Company and shall remain bound by all obligations owed to the Company under this agreement including, but not limited to, his obligations under clause 4.5 of this agreement.

 

5


4. Powers and duties

 

4.1 During the Appointment the Executive shall at all times:-

 

  4.1.1 exercise the powers and functions and perform the duties reasonably assigned to him from time to time by the Board in such manner as may be reasonably specified;

 

  4.1.2 well and faithfully serve the Company and use his utmost endeavours to promote and maintain the interests and reputation of the Company but so far as is reasonably practicable, not in any way which may conflict with the interests of any Group Company;

 

  4.1.3 render his services in a professional and competent manner and in willing co-operation with others;

 

  4.1.4 unless prevented by ill-health or other unavoidable cause, devote his whole working time, attention and abilities exclusively to carrying out his duties hereunder and such other time as is reasonably necessary for the proper performance of his duties;

 

  4.1.5 conform to the reasonable instructions or directions of the Board (or anyone duly authorised by it) and implement and apply the policies of the Company as determined by the Board from time to time; and

 

  4.1.6 comply with the rules and procedures of the Company and of any association or professional body to which the Company and/or the Executive may from time to time belong.

 

4.2 The Executive shall report to the Board, or such other person as the Board may from time to time direct, as and when required and shall at all times keep the Board fully informed of his activities and shall promptly provide such information and explanations as may be requested from time to time by the Board.

 

4.3 The Executive shall not at any time, without the prior consent of the Board;

 

  4.3.1 incur on behalf of the Company any capital expenditure in excess of such sum as may be authorised from time to time by resolution of the Board;

 

  4.3.2 enter into on behalf of the Company any commitment, contract or arrangement which is otherwise than in the normal course of business or is outside the scope of his normal duties or is of an unusual or onerous or long term nature;

 

  4.3.3 engage any person on terms which vary from those established from time to time by resolution of the Board; or

 

6


  4.3.4 dismiss any employee of the Company without giving proper statutory or (if longer) contractual notice or without following the statutory disciplinary procedure and in any case the Executive shall immediately report any dismissal effected by him and the reason for it to the Board.

 

4.4 The Executive shall not at any time during the Appointment directly or indirectly enter into or be concerned in any trade or business or occupation whatsoever other than the business of the Company except with the prior written consent of the Board which may be given subject to any conditions or terms the Board considers appropriate. This clause shall not prevent the Executive from holding up to 3% of any class of shares, debentures or other securities in a company which is listed or dealt in on a Recognised Investment Exchange.

 

4.5 The Executive shall comply with all rules, regulations and codes of practice issued by the Company and the UK Listing Authority as shall from time to time be in force relating to transactions in securities and shall comply with all requirements, recommendations or regulations of the Financial Services Authority, the London Stock Exchange Plc, the UK Listing Authority and/or any other exchange on which securities of the Company (or other company in the Group) are from time to time listed or dealt in or any other authority or body authorised to regulate transactions in securities.

 

4.6 The Executive shall not contravene the provisions of Part V (Insider Dealing) of the Criminal Justice Act 1993.

 

4.7 In this clause the expression “occupation” includes membership of Parliament or of a local authority, council or other public or private work (whether for profit or otherwise) which, in the reasonable opinion of the Board, may hinder or otherwise interfere with the Executive’s ability to perform his duties under this agreement.

 

5. Place of Work and Travel

 

5.1 The Executive’s normal place of work shall be the Company’s premises in Mumbai, India or at any other location that may be agreed with the Executive.

 

5.2 If it is necessary for the Executive to move from his present address as a result of the Company requiring him to work permanently at a location other than as set out in clause 5.1 above, the Company will reimburse the Executive for all removal expenses directly and reasonably incurred as a result.

 

5.3 The Company may require the Executive to travel to such places within the United Kingdom as may reasonably be required for the proper performance of his duties.

 

6. Hours of Work

 

6.1 Normal working hours are from 9.00am to 5.00pm Monday to Friday inclusive. The Executive shall attend to the business of the Company during such other hours as may be necessary for the proper and efficient performance of his duties under this agreement. The Executive shall not be entitled to receive any remuneration for work done outside normal working hours.

 

7


6.2 As an Executive who has control of his own working hours the Executive hereby agrees that the maximum average weekly working time as set out in Regulation 4 of the Working Time Regulations 1998 (“`WTR”) shall not apply to his employment under this agreement. The Executive shall be entitled to withdraw his agreement to opt out of the WTR by giving three months’ prior written notice to the Company.

 

7. Remuneration

 

7.1 The Company shall pay the Executive during the continuation of the Appointment a basic gross annual salary of £140,000 (less statutory and voluntary deductions). The Executive’s basic salary shall accrue from day to day and will be payable in arrears by equal monthly instalments on or about the last working day of each month and shall be inclusive of any fees receivable by the Executive as a director of the Company.

 

7.2 The Executive’s basic salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board on the Review Date and may be increased at the Board’s entire discretion.

 

7.3 The Executive shall be eligible to participate in such share option scheme applicable to his position as the Company may introduce subject to the rules of the scheme and the Company’s discretion.

 

7.4 The Executive hereby consents to the deduction from his remuneration under this agreement of any sums owing by the Executive to the Company or to any Group Company at any time and he also agrees to make payment to the Company of any sums owed by him to the Company or any Group Company upon demand by the Company at any time. This sub clause is without prejudice to the right of the Company or any Group Company to recover any sums or balance of sums owed by the Executive to the Company or any Group Company by legal proceedings.

 

8. Bonus

 

8.1 The Executive shall be eligible to participate in any bonus scheme introduced by the Company applicable to him, subject to the rules of the scheme and the Company’s discretion. The Company may amend, withdraw or substitute any bonus scheme at any time at its entire discretion.

 

8.2 Subject to clause 8.1, any bonus in respect of any financial year will be paid to the Executive on the last working day of the month in which the Board meets to consider and determine the bonus provided that the Executive is still employed by the Company and not under notice.

 

9. Pension

 

9.1

The Company shall contribute an annual sum representing between 5% and 10% of the Executive’s annual basic salary to the Executive’s approved personal pension plan as

 

8


  nominated by the Executive and notified to the Company in writing save that such contributions are subject to the maximum annual amount permitted by the HM Revenue and Customs from time to time.

 

9.2 There is no contracting out certificate in force in respect of the employment under the Pensions Schemes Act 1993.

 

10. Reimbursement of Business Expenses

 

10.1 The Company shall (on production of receipts or other evidence as it may require) repay or cause to be repaid to the Executive all travelling, hotel, entertainment, and other out-of-pocket expenses from time to time wholly, exclusively and necessarily incurred by him in the proper performance of his duties pursuant to his employment under this agreement.

 

11. Insurance

 

11.1 The Executive shall be eligible for cover under the Company’s Private Medical Insurance Scheme (“PMI Scheme”) along with his spouse or civil partner and his children under the age of eighteen and the Company’s Permanent Health Insurance Scheme (“PHI Scheme”).

 

11.2 The Executive’s entitlements under and eligibility for any PMI Scheme or PHI Scheme will be determined by the rules of the respective schemes (as amended from time to time) and will be subject to the Executive satisfying any requirements for eligibility imposed by the scheme providers and his acceptance at standard rates of premium.

 

11.3 The provision of these benefits shall be at the Company’s discretion. The Company may, on giving the Executive reasonable notice replace, change or withdraw the PMI Scheme and/or the PHI Scheme at any time as it thinks fit. The replacement or change in terms of a scheme may result in the reduction of the Executive’s entitlements or the loss or reduction of any benefit the Executive may be receiving or about to receive at the time and the Executive shall have no claim against the Company for any loss arising from such a change.

 

11.4 It may be (or become) a term of the PMI Scheme and/or PHI Scheme that the Executive must remain employed by the Company to be entitled to benefits under the said schemes. If so, this will not limit the Company’s discretion to terminate the Executive’s Appointment on grounds of incapacity to work or any other ground. The Executive agrees and acknowledges that if the Appointment is so terminated, he may lose (without recourse to compensation against the Company or any Group Company) existing or prospective benefits under the PMI Scheme and/or PHI Scheme.

 

11.5 During the continuation of the Appointment, the Company shall, (subject to receipt of a medical report satisfactory to the life assurance company) and in accordance with the terms of the relevant policy from time to time in force, provide the Executive with life assurance which, in the event of his death while in service, shall provide a lump sum to the value of four times his basic salary (at the then annual rate).

 

9


11.6 Any benefits provided by the Company to the Executive or his family which are not expressly referred to in this agreement shall be regarded as ex-gratia and at the entire discretion of the Company and shall not form part of the Executive’s contract of employment.

 

12. Holiday

 

12.1 In addition to the usual statutory bank holidays in England, the Executive shall be entitled to 25 working days’ paid holiday for each complete calendar year worked (and pro rata for part of each calendar year worked) to be taken at such time or times as may be approved by the Board in advance. Holiday entitlement shall accrue from day to day.

 

12.2 Holiday entitlement may not be carried forward to the next calendar year save with the prior written agreement of the Board and no money will be paid in lieu of any such untaken holiday.

 

12.3 In the event that the Company or the Executive gives notice of termination of the Appointment, the Company may require the Executive to take any holidays which have or will have accrued by the Termination Date during the period of notice, in which case the Executive shall not be entitled to any payment in lieu of such holidays.

 

12.4 On the termination of this agreement the Company shall pay the Executive for any accrued but untaken holiday. If the Executive shall have taken more days’ paid holiday than his accrued entitlement as at the Termination Date, the Executive shall repay to the Company the appropriate amount for each day’s paid holiday taken in excess of his accrued entitlement. A day’s pay shall be 1/260th of his basic salary and fractions of days shall be rounded to the nearest whole day.

 

13. Incapacity

 

13.1 When absent due to sickness or any other reason, the Executive must inform a member of the Board of the cause(s) of his absence as soon as possible on the first working day of absence unless there is a reasonable explanation as to why this is not possible. A self-certification form must be completed to cover up to the first seven days of absence. A doctor’s medical certificate must be provided for absences of eight consecutive days or more due to sickness, injury or other incapacity. Certificates must be provided to cover completely any subsequent and consecutive period of absence.

 

13.2 The Company has the right to require the Executive at any stage of absence to produce a medical certificate from a registered medical practitioner.

 

13.3 If required by the Board the Executive shall undergo examinations by a medical adviser to be appointed or approved by the Board and the Executive hereby authorises such medical adviser to disclose the results of any such examination (including any Sensitive Personal Data as defined in the Data Protection Act 1998) to the Board and discuss with it any matters arising from the examination as might impair the Executive in properly discharging his duties under this agreement.

 

10


13.4 Statutory sick pay will be paid by the Company according to the rates in force from time to time. The qualifying days for statutory sick pay purposes shall be Monday to Friday inclusive. Any payments which the Company may make to the Executive in addition to his entitlement to any statutory sick pay shall be at the absolute discretion of the Company and shall be inclusive of statutory sick pay and without prejudice to the Company’s right to terminate this agreement. The Executive shall be entitled to sick pay for a period or periods not exceeding an aggregate of 90 working days’ absence in any consecutive twelve month period. Any sick pay shall be paid at the rate of the Executive’s salary (less any deduction for statutory sick pay or other benefit or payments made under any PHI Scheme provided by the Company) and shall be made entirely at the discretion of the Company.

 

13.5 The Company shall be entitled to deduct from any such remuneration the amount (if any) which the Executive is entitled to claim in consequence of his incapacity by way of state sickness related benefits or by way of income from any health insurance scheme operated by the Company for the benefit of the Executive whether or not a claim is made.

 

13.6 If the Executive is incapable of performing his duties by reason of any accident, illness or injury or other incapacity caused wholly or partly by any act or omission of any third party in relation to which the Executive may be or become entitled to recover damages or compensation, then all net payments made to the Executive under this clause 13 in respect of the said absence shall be loans to the Executive to be repaid if and to the extent that he recovers damages or compensation for loss of earnings from the said third party and/or from the Criminal Injuries Compensation Board or the Motor Insurers’ Bureau or any other similar body by action or otherwise. Where the Executive receives any damages or compensation for loss of earnings, he shall notify the Company in writing forthwith and shall repay the amount due to the Company under this clause within 28 days of receipt of the said damages or compensation.

 

13.7 The Company shall be entitled during any period during which the Executive is absent due to accident, illness or injury or other incapacity to appoint any other person or persons to perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Executive in his place on such terms and conditions as the Company shall see fit. On resuming office all powers are to be vested back to the Executive.

 

14. Confidentiality

 

14.1 The Executive acknowledges that during his employment by the Company he will receive and have access to Confidential Information.

 

14.2 All rights, title and interest in and to the Confidential Information shall remain the exclusive property of the Company or, where appropriate, any Group Company and the Executive shall not during the continuance of the Appointment (otherwise than in the proper performance of his duties) or at any time after the Termination Date directly or indirectly use, divulge, export or communicate to any person, firm, company or other organisation any Confidential Information for any purpose whatsoever and shall use his best endeavours to prevent its unauthorised publication, use or disclosure. This obligation shall be in addition to and not in substitution for any express or implied duty of confidentiality owed by the Executive to the Company or any Group Company.

 

11


14.3 After the Termination Date, the restrictions at clause 14.2 shall not apply in respect of any Confidential Information:

 

  14.3.1 in the public domain, otherwise than as a result of any unauthorised act or omission on the part of the Executive; or

 

  14.3.2 which the Executive is required by law to disclose, provided that the Executive first notifies the Company in writing that he is required to disclose such Confidential information.

 

    Nothing in this agreement shall prevent the Executive from making a protected disclosure as defined in the Employment Rights Act 1996.

 

15. Intellectual Property

 

15.1 Should the Executive discover or participate in the making or discovery of Intellectual Property in the course of his employment under this agreement (irrespective of whether he was carrying out his normal duties or others specifically assigned to him) then all such Intellectual Property shall belong to the Company absolutely in accordance with the provisions of the Registered Designs Act 1949, the Patents Act 1977 and the Copyright, Designs and Patent Act 1988.

 

15.2 The Executive will forthwith notify to the Company full details of all Intellectual Property which he may make, discover or participate in the making or discovery during the Appointment whether or not in the course of his employment, under this agreement and will keep the Company appraised at all times of the stage that has been reached in relation to any improvement or creation of such Intellectual Property. If the Company requests (and at its expense) the Executive shall give and supply all such information, data, drawings and assistance as may be required to enable the Company to exploit the Intellectual Property to the best advantage.

 

15.3 At the Company’s expense but without payment to the Executive, the Executive shall take all steps and carry out all acts that may be necessary to ensure that title to the Intellectual Property is lawfully vested in the Company, including signing all applications and executing any other documents that may be necessary and will carry out such acts and steps with expedition on the instructions of the Company, in particular where the filing of any claim to such Intellectual Property right may give the Company priority.

 

15.4 The Executive hereby irrevocably appoints the Company as his attorney in his name and on his behalf to execute any documents and generally to act and to use his name for the purpose of giving the full benefit of this clause to the Company (or its nominee). A certificate in writing signed by a director or the secretary of the Company that an instrument or act falls within the authority confirmed by this clause shall be conclusive evidence in favour of a third party that it is the case.

 

12


15.5 The Executive waives all of his moral rights as defined in the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 in relation to the Intellectual Property which is the property of the Company by virtue of clause 15.1.

 

15.6 If the Executive makes, discovers or participates in the making or discovery of any Intellectual Property during his Appointment under this agreement but which is not the property of the Company or any Group Company under clause 15.1, the Company shall, subject only to the provisions of the Patents Act 1977, have the right to acquire for itself or its nominee the Executive’s rights in the Intellectual Property within three months after disclosure under clause 15.2 on fair and reasonable terms to be agreed or settled by a single arbitrator.

 

15.7 The provisions of this clause 15 shall remain in force with regard to any Intellectual Property made or discovered during the Executive’s Appointment under this agreement and shall be binding upon his representatives notwithstanding the termination of the Appointment.

 

16. Termination

 

16.1 Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 3.1 above, the Company may terminate the Appointment at any time, immediately without notice and without any obligation to pay any further sums to the Executive whether by way of compensation, damages or otherwise in respect of or in lieu of any notice period or unexpired term of the agreement, and without prejudice to any other rights of the Company if the Executive:

 

  16.1.1 commits any repeated or continued material breach, or any serious breach of his obligations to the Company having first been given a reasonable opportunity to remedy the breach (provided it is capable of remedy) by notification from the Board in writing, but having failed to do so; or

 

  16.1.2 is convicted of a serious criminal offence (other than an offence under road traffic legislation for which imprisonment is not a sanction); or

 

  16.1.3 becomes of unsound mind or a patient within the meaning of the Mental Health Act 1983; or

 

  16.1.4 acts in any manner which in the opinion of the Board brings or is likely to bring him, the Company or any Group Company into material disrepute; or

 

  16.1.5 fails or neglects efficiently and/or diligently to carry out his duties to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board; or

 

  16.1.6 is guilty of gross misconduct or any other conduct which, in the opinion of the Board is calculated or likely to materially affect prejudicially the interests of any Group Company whether or not such misconduct or other conduct occurs during or in the context of the Appointment; or

 

  16.1.7 resigns as a director of the Company other than at the request of the Board; or

 

13


  16.1.8 is disqualified from being a director of a company by reason of an order made by a competent court or otherwise becomes prohibited by law from being a director of a company; or

 

  16.1.9 has an interim receiving order made against him, becomes bankrupt or makes a composition or enters into a deed of arrangement with his creditors; or

 

  16.1.10 is convicted of an offence under Part V of the Criminal Justice Act 1993 or under any other statutory enactment or regulations relating to insider dealing.

 

  16.1.11 fails to comply with the Company’s rules in relation to compliance;

 

16.2 The rights of the Company under clause 16.1 are without prejudice to any other rights it might have under this agreement or at law to terminate the Appointment or to accept any breach of the agreement on the part of the Executive as having brought the agreement to an end. For the avoidance of doubt, where there are no circumstances justifying summary dismissal under clause 16.1, the methods by which the Company may terminate the Appointment are not restricted to the giving of notice in accordance with clauses 3.1 (term of employment) or 16.3 (termination on account of illness or injury) or to the making of a payment in lieu of notice under clause 3.2 (payment in lieu of notice) and accordingly, if the Company terminates the Appointment without giving notice or without making a payment in lieu of notice, any damages to which the Executive may be entitled shall be calculated in accordance with ordinary common law principles including those relating to mitigation of loss and accelerated receipt.

 

16.3 Without prejudice to clauses 16.1 and 3.2, but notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, if the Executive shall become unable to perform his duties properly by reason of accident, illness or injury for a period or periods aggregating at least 120 days in any period of 12 consecutive calendar months (the “Period or Periods of Incapacity”) then the Company may, by not less than six months’ prior written notice to the Executive given at any time while the Executive is incapacitated by accident, illness or injury from performing his duties under the agreement, terminate the Appointment provided that the Company shall withdraw any such notice if during the currency of the notice the Executive returns to full time duties and provides a medical practitioner’s certificate satisfactory to the Board to the effect that he has fully recovered his health and that no recurrence of his illness or injury can reasonably be anticipated.

 

16.4 The Company may suspend the Executive on full pay at any time to investigate any allegations of misconduct relating to him and to hold a disciplinary hearing.

 

16.5 Upon termination of the Appointment howsoever caused or, if so requested by the Company, on notice being served by either party on the other to terminate the Appointment the Executive shall;

 

  16.5.1 immediately deliver up to the Company any property belonging to the Company or any Group Company and any document, computer disk or other data storage device containing any Confidential Information and shall cease to represent herself as being in any way connected with the Company or any Group Company;

 

14


  16.5.2 irretrievably delete any information relating to the business of the Company or any Group Company stored on any magnetic or optical disk or memory and all matter derived therefrom which is in his possession, custody, care or control outside the premises of the Company or any Group Company and shall produce such evidence of compliance with this sub-paragraph as the Company may require; and

 

  16.5.3 at the request of the Board, immediately resign any directorship office or appointment held by him in the Company or any Group Company without any claim for compensation or damages for loss of such office or appointment and in the event of his failure to do so within five days of such request the Executive hereby irrevocably appoints the Company as his attorney to execute letters of resignation of such directorships, offices or appointments on his behalf and to take such other steps as are necessary to give effect to such resignations; and

 

  16.5.4 transfer to the Company, or as it may direct all shares held by him in the Company or in any Group Company as nominee or trustee for the Company and deliver to the Company the certificates therefor and the Executive hereby irrevocably appoints the Company his attorney to execute any such transfers on his behalf.

 

16.6 The termination of the Appointment shall not operate to affect those provisions of this agreement which are intended to have effect after the Termination Date.

 

17. Post Termination Restrictions

 

17.1 For a period of six months immediately following the Termination Date, the Executive shall not, whether by herself or by any servant or agent or otherwise howsoever, and whether on the Executive’s own account or on behalf of or in conjunction with any other person, firm, company or other organisation directly or indirectly:

 

  17.1.1 carry on or assist with, be employed by, be engaged by, hold a position with, be concerned in, interested in or control the carrying on of any activity or business which is the same as or competes with the Restricted Business anywhere in any Restricted Territory, (except as the holder of shares in a company whose shares are listed on a Recognised Investment Exchange which confer not more than 3% in total of the votes which could normally be cast at a general meeting of that company);

 

  17.1.2 in relation to any business which is the same as or in competition with the Restricted Business conduct any business, perform any services for or canvas, solicit or approach or cause to be canvassed or solicited or approached for the purpose of obtaining business, orders or custom, or otherwise deal with any person, firm, company or other organisation which was a client or customer of the Company or any Group Company at the Termination Date or during the Relevant Period and with whom the Executive had any dealings or of whom the Executive was aware in the course of his employment;

 

15


  17.1.3 in relation to any business the same as or in competition with the Restricted Business conduct any business, perform any services or supply goods to, canvas, solicit or approach or cause to be canvassed, solicited or approached for the purpose of obtaining business, orders of custom any Prospective Customer with whom the Executive had any dealings in the course of his duties at any time in the Relevant Period.

 

17.2 For a period of twelve months immediately following the Termination Date, the Executive shall not, whether by herself or by any servant or agent or otherwise howsoever, and whether on the Executive’s own account or on behalf of or in conjunction with any other person, firm, company or other organisation directly or indirectly:

 

  17.2.1 offer employment to or employ or offer to or conclude a contract for services in the Restricted Territory with any Restricted Employee or procure or facilitate the making of such an offer;

 

  17.2.2 seek to entice away from the Company or any Group Company or otherwise solicit or interfere with the relationship between the Company and any Restricted Supplier or any Group Company and any Restricted Supplier.

 

17.3 The Executive shall not at any time after the Termination Date;

 

  17.3.1 directly or indirectly anywhere in any Restricted Territory carry on a business either alone or jointly with or as officers, manager, agent, consultant or employee of any person whether similar to any part of the business of the Company or any Group Company (as conducted at any time) or otherwise under a title or name comprising or containing the word “Eros” or any colourable imitation thereof and he will at all times procure that any company controlled by him will not carry out such business under any such title or name; and

 

  17.3.2 say or do anything which is harmful to the reputation or goodwill of the Company or any Group Company or likely to or calculated to lead to any person, firm, company or other organisation to withdraw from or cease to continue to offer a Group Company any rights of purchase, sale, import, distribution or agency enjoyed by it;

 

  17.3.3 hold herself out falsely as being in any way connected with any Group Company; and

 

  17.3.4 solicit, entice or procure or endeavour to solicit, entice or procure any employee to breach his contract of employment with the Company or any Group Company or any person to breach his contract for services with the Company or any Group Company.

 

17.4 The period of each of the above restrictions shall be reduced by the period, if any, during which the Company exercises its rights under clause 3.5.

 

16


17.5 The Executive has had an opportunity to consider the restrictions prior to execution of this agreement and agrees that each of the restrictions set out above constitutes an entirely separate, severable and independent covenant and restriction upon him the duration, extent and application of each of which is no greater than is reasonably necessary for the protection of goodwill and the legitimate trade connections of the Restricted Business.

 

17.6 Further, if a restriction on him contained in this agreement is found void but would be valid if some part of it were deleted, the restriction shall apply with such deletion as may be necessary to make it valid and effective.

 

17.7 The Executive recognises that given his role with the Company and within the Group and the Group’s structure the Company has an interest in the business of the other Group Companies which it is legitimate for it to protect by the covenants set out above.

 

17.8 Notwithstanding and without prejudice to the foregoing of this clause it is acknowledged by the Executive that the Company holds the benefit of these covenants on trust for any Group Company as the Company may direct in substantially the same terms as the covenants the Executive has entered into with the Company. If so requested by the Company, the Executive shall enter into separate contracts with a Group Company.

 

17.9 The Executive shall show these restrictions to any firm, person, company or other organisation which is the same as or competes with or proposes or is likely to compete with the Restricted Business which offers him employment or a contract for services to him and which he accepts or is minded to accept.

 

18. Data Protection

 

18.1 The Executive shall at all times during the Appointment act in accordance with the Data Protection Act 1998 (the “DPA”) and shall comply with any policy introduced by the Company from time to time to comply with the DPA. Breach of this undertaking will constitute a disciplinary offence.

 

18.2 The Executive hereby consents to the Company holding and processing both electronically and manually the Personal Data it collects which relates to the Executive which is necessary or reasonably required for the proper performance of this agreement, for management, administrative and other employment related purposes (both during and after the Appointment) or for the conduct of the Group’s business or to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations (the “Authorised Purposes”) and the Executive agrees to provide the Group with all Personal Data relating to him which is necessary or reasonably required for the Authorised Purposes.

 

18.3 The Executive explicitly consents to the Company or any other Group Company processing his Personal Data, including his Sensitive Personal Data, where this is necessary or reasonably required to achieve one or more of the Authorised Purposes.

 

18.4

The Executive acknowledges that the Company may, from time to time collect or disclose his Personal Data (including his Sensitive Personal Data) from and to third parties (including without limitation the Executive’s referees, any management

 

17


  consultants or computer maintenance companies engaged by the Company, the Company’s professional advisers, other Group Companies, any suppliers of goods or services to the Group and any potential purchasers of the business, the Company and/or the Group). The Executive consents to such collection and disclosure even where this involves the transfer of such data outside the European Economic Area where this is necessary or reasonably required to achieve one or more of the Authorised Purposes or is in the interests of the Company and/or its shareholders.

 

18.5 Further, the Executive consents to the transfer of Personal Data to any employee of the Company who has requested any Personal Data in an equal pay or other questionnaire served pursuant to statute provided that the transfer of Personal Data is limited to Personal Data lawfully requested and subject to the Company first receiving a written undertaken from the requesting employee to keep any disclosed Personal Data strictly confidential and not to use the disclosed Personal Data for any purpose other than pursuing legal proceedings in an Employment Tribunal.

 

18.6 The Company agrees to process any Personal Data made available to it by the Executive in accordance with the provisions of the DPA.

 

18.7 In this clause “Data Controller” “Personal Data” “processing” and “Sensitive Personal Data” shall have the meaning set out in sections 1 and 2 of the DPA.

 

19. Grievance and Disciplinary procedures

 

19.1 The Company shall comply with the statutory procedures in force from time to time in relation to any grievance or disciplinary matters involving the Executive.

 

19.2 If the Executive has any grievance relating to the Appointment he should raise it with the Managing Director either orally or in writing. If he is dissatisfied with that person’s decision he should refer the matter in writing to the Board, whose decision shall be final. In the event that the Executive’s grievance relates to the Managing Director, he should raise it with the Chairman initially, either orally or in writing and then the Board; if he is dissatisfied with the Chairman’s decision, the Board’s decision shall be final.

 

19.3 Any disciplinary matters relating to the Executive shall be dealt with by the Board.

 

20. Capacity

 

20.1 The Executive warrants that in entering into this agreement and performing his obligations under it, he will not be in breach of any terms or obligations under any further or other employment or appointment and will not become precluded from entering into this agreement or fulfilling his obligations under it and he will indemnify the Company against any costs, claims or demands against it arising out of any such breach by him.

 

21. General

 

21.1

This agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive in connection with the Appointment and operates in substitution for and to the exclusion

 

18


  of any terms of employment, arrangements, or other agreements in force between the Company and the Executive or any Group Company and the Executive but without prejudice to any rights of action already accrued in respect of any breach of this agreement by the other party.

 

21.2 No agreement made between the Company and the Executive or any Group Company and the Executive nor any amendment to this agreement will be legally binding on the Company, any Group Company or the Executive unless and until that agreement or amendment is confirmed in writing by the Company or (as the case may be) any Group Company and the Executive.

 

21.3 The provisions of this agreement are severable and if any provision is held to be invalid or unenforceable by any court or body of competent jurisdiction then such invalidity or unenforceability shall not effect the remaining provisions of this agreement.

 

21.4 There are no collective agreements in place in relation to the Executive’s Appointment.

 

21.5 Any communication under this agreement shall be deemed served if, when addressed to the party, it is left at or sent by registered or recorded delivery post or by facsimile transmission or other electronic means of written communication with confirmation by letter given by close of business on the next following business days to the addresses set out in this agreement or to such other addresses as maybe notified by the parties for the purpose of this clause. Any communication to the Company must be marked “For the attention of the Company Secretary”.

 

21.6 Communications which are sent or despatched as set out below shall be deemed to have been received by the addressed as follows:

 

21.6.1 by post – 2 business days after despatch;

 

21.6.2 by facsimile transmission or other electronic means of written communication—on the business day next following the day of which the communication was sent.

 

21.7 In proving service by post it shall only be necessary for a party to prove that the communication was in an envelope which was duly addressed, stamped and posted by registered or recorded delivery post.

 

21.8 For the purpose of this clause a “business day” means a day on which the clearing banks in the City of London are open for business. “Close of Business” means 18:00 hours local time in London.

 

21.9 This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales and each party to this agreement submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts.

 

21.10 Except as expressly provided for above, nothing in this agreement confers on any third party any benefits under the provisions of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

19


IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have entered into this agreement as a Deed on the day and year first above written.

 

EXECUTED as a DEED by

 

EROS NETWORK LIMITED

 

acting by

    

 

 

 

 

)

 

)

 

)

  

 

  

 

  

  

/s/ Vijay Ahuja

Director

     

/s/ Kishore Lulla

Director/Secretary

SIGNED as a DEED by

 

VIJAY AHUJA

 

in the presence of:

    

 

 

 

 

)

 

)

 

)

  

 

  

 

  

  

/s/ Vijay Ahuja

 

 

 

 

Signed

         

Witness signature 

 

/s/ D. Langford

     

Witness name

 

D. Langford

     

Witness address

 

19 Cavendish Square

     
   

London

     
           

Witness occupation 

 

Solicitor

     

 

20

Exhibit 10.8

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

Rules of the

Eros International plc Bonus Share Plan

Unapproved Option Scheme 2006

(Established by resolution of the Board on 17 May 2006)

 

Page 1


INDEX

Rule

 

1    Interpretation      1   
2    Eligibility      4   
3    Grant of Options      4   
4    Relationship with Contract of Employment      5   
5    Non-transferability of Options      6   
6    Exercise Price      6   
7    Performance-Related Conditions of Exercise      6   
8    Exercise of Options      7   
9    Manner of Exercise of Options      8   
10    Overall Limit on the Granting of Options      9   
11    Individual Limits on the Granting of Options      10   
12    Demerger, Reconstruction or Winding-up      10   
13    Take-over      11   
14    Variation of Share Capital      12   
15    Alteration of Scheme      12   
16    Service of Documents      13   
17    Taxation      14   
18    Miscellaneous      15   

 

Page 2


Schedule

Option Certificate and Form of Acceptance

Notice of Exercise of Option

Explanatory Notes to Participants

 

Page 3


1. INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 In this Scheme (unless the context otherwise requires) the following words and phrases have the meanings given below:

 

‘AIM’    the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange;
‘Auditors’    the auditors of the Company for the time being;
‘Business Day’    a day on which clearing banks in the United Kingdom are open for business generally;
‘Committee’    the remuneration committee of the Directors;
‘Company’    Eros International plc (registered in the Isle of Man and whose registered office is at 15-19 Athol Street, Douglas, Isle of Man IM1 1 LB)
‘Control’    has the meaning ascribed to it in section 840 of the Taxes Act;
‘Date of Grant’    in relation to any Option, the date on which that Option is granted;
‘Directors’    the board of directors of the Company from time to time or a duly constituted Committee thereof;
‘Eligible Participants’    any person who is an employee or a director of any member of the Group;

 

Page 1


‘Exercise Price’    in relation to an Option, the price per Share payable upon the exercise of that Option;
‘Group’    the Company, any holding company of the Company and each and every company which is for the time being a Subsidiary of the Company or such holding company;
‘London Stock Exchange’    London Stock Exchange plc;
‘Option’    right to acquire Shares granted in accordance with and subject to the rules of this Scheme;
‘Optionholder’    person who has been granted an Option or, if that person has died, his Personal Representatives;
‘Option Tax Liability’    in relation to any Optionholder, any liability of the Company or any other member of the Group (excluding NIC payable by the Company or any other member of the Group) to account for any amount of income tax, National Insurance Contribution or other tax arising in relation to the grant, exercise or otherwise in relation to his Option;
‘Ordinary Share Capital’    issued share capital of the Company from time to time;

 

Page 2


‘Personal Representative’    in relation to an Optionholder, the legal personal representatives of the Optionholder (being either the executors of his will to whom a valid grant of probate has been made or if he dies intestate the duly appointed administrator(s) of his estate) who have provided to the Directors evidence of their appointment as such;
‘this Scheme’    The Eros International plc Bonus Share Plan Unapproved Option Scheme 2006 as set out in these rules and amended from time to time;
‘Shares’    fully paid ordinary shares in the capital of the Company;
‘Shareholder’    person who holds one or more shares in the Company and is thereby entitled to vote at general meetings of the Company
‘Subsidiary’    any company which is for the time being both a subsidiary (as defined in section 736 of the Companies Act 1985) of the Company and under the Control of the Company;
‘Taxes Act’    the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988; and
‘Value’    in relation to a Share on a given day, the prevailing mid market value as shall be determined by the Auditors.

 

Page 3


1.2 References to an Option vesting or being or becoming vested in respect of any number or proportion of the Shares over which it subsists are to be read as references to the Option becoming capable of being exercised either immediately or, subject to the Optionholder continuing to hold office or employment within the Group, at some future time.

 

1.3 References to Shares in respect of which an Option subsists at any time are to be read and construed as references to the Shares over which the Option is then held (and in respect of which it has not then lapsed and ceased to be exercisable).

 

1.4 Any reference to any enactment shall include any consolidation, modification, extension, amendment or re-enactment and to any subordinate legislation made under it for the time being in force.

 

1.5 Words denoting the masculine gender shall include the feminine.

 

1.6 Words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

1.7 References to rules are to the rules of this Scheme.

 

2. ELIGIBILITY

 

2.1 Subject to the following provisions of this rule 2, the Committee shall have absolute discretion as to the selection of persons to whom an Option is granted by the Company.

 

2.2 An Option shall not be granted to any person unless he is an Eligible Participant.

 

2.3 No Option shall be granted to any Eligible Participant within the period of one year ending on the date on which he is to reach the age of 65.

 

3. GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 An Option may only be granted:

 

  (a) at any time within the period of 42 days beginning with the date on which this Scheme is approved by the Committee; and

 

  (b) within a period of 14 days immediately after the person to whom it is granted first becomes an Eligible Participant.

 

Page 4


3.2 In the event of the Company being restricted by statute, order or regulation from granting an Option in accordance with rule 3.1, an Option may be granted within 42 days of the removal of such restriction.

 

3.3 No Option may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the Scheme being approved by Shareholders.

 

3.4 An Option shall be granted by the Company executing as a deed and issuing to the Optionholder an option certificate which contains an undertaking by the Optionholder (duly executed as a deed) to be bound by the rules of this Scheme and which specifies:-

 

  (a) the Date of Grant;

 

  (b) the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is granted;

 

  (c) the Exercise Price;

 

  (d) the earliest date on which the Option may be exercised by reason of rule 8.2;

 

  (e) that the exercise of the Option is subject to such performance-related conditions (if any) as are imposed pursuant to rule 7;

 

  (f) that the Optionholder agrees to indemnify the Company or other member of the Group, as the case may be, in respect of any Option Tax Liability

and is otherwise in such form as the Committee may from time to time determine.

 

4. CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIP

 

4.1 The grant of an Option does not form part of the Optionholder’s entitlement to remuneration or benefits pursuant to any member of the Group nor does any such contract give such person any right or entitlement to have an Option granted to him in respect of any number of Shares or any expectation that an Option might be granted to him whether subject to any conditions or at all.

 

4.2 The rights and obligations of an Optionholder under the terms of any contract with a member of the Group shall not be affected by the grant of an Option.

 

4.3 The rights granted to an Optionholder upon the grant of an Option shall not afford the Optionholder any rights or additional rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the loss or termination of his office or employment with a member of the Group.

 

Page 5


4.4 An Optionholder shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages for any loss or potential loss which he may suffer by reason of being or becoming unable to exercise an Option in consequence of the loss or termination of his office or employment with a member of the Group for any reason (including, without limitation, any breach of contract by an employer) or in any other circumstances whatsoever.

 

5. NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS

 

5.1 During his lifetime only the individual to whom an Option is granted may exercise that Option.

 

5.2 An Option shall immediately cease to be exercisable if:

 

  (a) it is purported to be transferred or assigned (other than to his Personal Representatives upon the death of the Optionholder), mortgaged, charged or otherwise disposed of by the Optionholder; or

 

  (b) the Optionholder is adjudicated bankrupt or a bankruptcy order is made against the Optionholder; or

 

  (c) the Optionholder is deprived (otherwise than on death) of the legal or beneficial ownership of the Option by operation of law or by the Optionholder doing or omitting to do anything which causes him to be so deprived.

 

6. EXERCISE PRICE

 

6.1 The Exercise Price shall be determined by the Committee but shall not be less than the greater of the Value of a Share on the Date of Grant or the nominal value of a Share.

 

7. PERFORMANCE-RELATED CONDITIONS OF EXERCISE

 

7.1 Subject to rule 7.4, the exercise of an Option may be conditional upon the performance of the Company and/or the performance of another member of the Group over such period and measured against such objective criterion as shall be determined by the Committee and notified to the Optionholder when the Option is granted.

 

Page 6


7.2 Any such condition may provide that the Option shall become vested in respect of a given number or proportion of the Shares over which it subsists according to whether, and the extent to which, any given performance target is met or exceeded.

 

7.3 After an Option has been granted the Committee may, in appropriate circumstances, amend any such performance-related condition of exercise of an Option provided that no such amendment shall be made unless such amendment will afford a more effective incentive to the Optionholder and will be no more difficult to satisfy than were the original conditions when first set.

 

7.4 If, in consequence of a performance-related condition being met, an Option becomes vested in respect of some but not all of the number of Shares over which it subsists, it shall thereupon lapse and cease to be exercisable in respect of the balance of the Shares over which it was held.

 

7.5 Until further notification by the Committee, no performance criteria shall apply to Options granted pursuant to this Scheme.

 

8. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

8.1 An Option may not in any event be exercised later than 30 June 2016.

 

8.2 An Option shall not be exercised earlier than such period as may be specified by the Committee at the relevant Date of Grant, save as provided in rules 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 12 and 13.

 

8.3 If an Optionholder dies in service an Option granted to him may be exercised by his Personal Representatives within the period of 12 months beginning with the date of his death, and if not then exercised shall lapse and cease to be exercisable at the end of that period.

 

8.4 If an Optionholder dies after ceasing to hold office or employment within the Group an Option granted to him which has not already lapsed may, within the period of 12 months beginning with the date of death, be exercised by his Personal Representatives, and if not then exercised shall lapse and cease to be exercisable at the end of that period of 12 months.

 

Page 7


8.5 If an Optionholder ceases to hold office or employment within the Group by reason of:

 

  (a) injury, ill-health or disability (evidenced to the satisfaction of the Committee); or

 

  (b) dismissal by reason of redundancy (within the meaning of the Employment Rights Act 1996); or

 

  (c) retirement on reaching 65 years or any other earlier age at which he is bound to retire in accordance with the terms of his contractor of employment; or

 

  (d) the company with which he holds office or employment by virtue of which he is eligible to participate in this Scheme ceasing to be an Associated Company or a member of the Group; or

 

  (e) the fact that the office or employment by virtue of which he is eligible to participate in this Scheme relates to a business or part of a business which is transferred to a company which is not a member of the Group;

then, subject to rule 8.4, an Option granted to him may only be exercised within the period of 12 months beginning with the date on which the Optionholder so ceases and if not then exercised shall lapse and cease to be exercisable at the end of that period of 12 months.

 

8.6 If an Optionholder:

 

  (a) gives or receives notice to terminate the office or employment by virtue of which he was granted an Option; or

 

  (b) ceases to hold office or employment with any member of the Group for any reason other than those set out in rules 8.3 and 8.5 then an Option granted to him shall lapse and cease when he ceases to hold such office or employment.

 

8.7 For the purposes of this rule 8 an Optionholder shall not be treated as having ceased to hold office or employment within the Group unless and until he no longer holds any office or employment with any member of the Group.

 

9. MANNER OF EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

9.1 An Option shall be exercised only by the Optionholder serving a written notice upon the Company which:

 

  (a) specifies the number of Shares in respect of which that Option is exercised;

 

Page 8


  (b) is accompanied by payment of an amount equal to the product of the number of Shares specified in the notice and the Exercise Price; and

 

  (c) unless the Committee otherwise permit, is accompanied by the Option Certificate in respect of that Option

and is otherwise in such form as the Committee may from time to time determine. The notice of exercise shall be treated as served on the Company on the date upon which it is received by the Company.

 

9.2 Within the period of 30 days beginning with the date on which the requirements of rule 9.1 are satisfied, the Company shall allot to the Optionholder (or such other person as the Optionholder may direct) the Shares specified in the notice.

 

9.3 As soon as reasonably practicable after the allotment or transfer of any Shares pursuant to rule 9.2, the Company shall issue to the Optionholder (or other person as directed by the Optionholder) a definitive share certificate or such acknowledgement of shareholding as is prescribed from time to time in respect of the Shares so allotted or transferred.

 

9.4 The allotment or transfer of any Shares under this Scheme shall be subject to the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company and to any necessary consents of any governmental or other authorities under any enactments or regulations from time to time in force and it shall be the responsibility of the Optionholder to comply with any requirements to be fulfilled in order to obtain or obviate the necessity of any such consent.

 

9.5 All Shares allotted or transferred under this Scheme shall rank equally in all respects with the Shares for the time being in issue save as regards any rights attaching to such Shares by reference to a record date prior to the date of such allotment or transfer.

 

10. OVERALL LIMIT ON THE GRANTING OF OPTIONS

 

10.1 The aggregate number of Shares in respect of which Options may be granted (both exercised and those which remain exercisable and have not lapsed), but excluding those have lapsed and cancelled, taken together with options already granted under this Scheme, or any other share option or share incentive scheme adopted by the Company within the preceding ten years shall not exceed 10% of the Ordinary Share Capital as at the Date of Grant.

 

Page 9


11. INDIVIDUAL LIMITS ON THE GRANTING OF OPTIONS

 

11.1 No Option shall be granted to any Eligible Participant if or insofar as it would cause the aggregate market value of Shares over which options granted in any 12 month period to that Eligible Participant, whether under the Scheme, or any other share option or share incentive scheme adopted by the Company to exceed an amount that is greater than 10 times the amount of the emoluments (which, without limitation, excludes pension benefits and benefits in kind but includes bonus entitlement) expressed as an annual rate then payable to the Eligible Participant by the Group. For the purposes of this rule, the market value of a share in respect of which rights to subscribe for shares have been or are to be granted shall be taken as the price payable upon the exercise of such rights.

 

12. DEMERGER, RECONSTRUCTION OR WINDING-UP

 

12.1 Subject to rule 8.1, in the event that notice is given to shareholders of the Company of a proposed demerger of the Company the Committee may give notice to Optionholders that Options may then be exercised in respect of all the Shares over which they subsist (subject to any performance-related condition or other objective criterion attaching to Options being satisfied) within such period (not exceeding 30 days) as the Committee may specify in such notice to Optionholders, save that no such notice to Optionholders shall be given unless the Auditors have confirmed in writing to the Committee that the interests of Optionholders would or might be substantially prejudiced if before the proposed demerger has effect Optionholders could not exercise their Options and be registered as the holders of the Shares thereupon acquired.

 

12.2 Subject to rule 8.1, if the court sanctions a compromise or arrangement proposed for the purposes of or in connection with a scheme for the reconstruction of the Company or its amalgamation pursuant to section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 the Optionholder shall be entitled to exercise his Option during the period of 6 months commencing on the date on which the court sanctions the compromise or arrangement (subject to any performance-related condition or other objective criterion attaching to Options being satisfied) and thereafter the Option shall lapse and cease to be exercisable.

 

Page 10


12.3 In the event of notice being given to holders of Shares of a resolution for the voluntary winding-up of the Company, an Option may, subject to rule 8.1, be exercised at any time before the commencement of the winding-up (subject to any performance-related condition or other objective criterion attaching to Options being satisfied) and thereafter the Option shall lapse and cease to be exercisable.

 

12.4 All Options shall immediately lapse and cease to be exercisable upon the commencement of a winding-up of the Company.

 

13. TAKE-OVER

 

13.1 Subject to rule 8.1, if, as a result of either:

 

  (a) a general offer to acquire the whole of the Ordinary Share Capital which is made on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer will have Control of the Company; or

 

  (b) a general offer to acquire all the shares in the Company of the same class as the Shares

the Company shall come under the Control of another person or persons, the Optionholder shall (subject to any performance-related condition or other objective criterion attaching to Options being satisfied) be entitled to exercise his Option within the period of 6 months of the date when the person making the offer has obtained Control of the Company and any condition subject to which the offer is made has been satisfied or waived and to the extent that the Option is not then exercised it shall upon the expiration of that period lapse and ceased to be exercisable.

 

13.2 Subject to rule 8.1, if at any time before an Option has lapsed any person becomes entitled or bound to acquire shares in the Company under sections 428 to 430F (inclusive) of the Companies Act 1985 the Optionholder shall (subject to any performance-related condition or other objective criterion attaching to Options being satisfied) be entitled to exercise his Option at any time when that person remains so entitled or bound and to the extent that the Option is not then exercised it shall upon the expiration of that period lapse and cease to be exercisable.

 

Page 11


13.3 For the purposes of this rule 13, a person shall be deemed to have Control of a company if he and others acting in concert with him have together obtained Control of it.

 

14. VARIATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

14.1 In the event of any alteration of the Ordinary Share Capital by way of capitalisation or rights issue, or sub-division, consolidation or reduction or any other variation in the share capital of the Company, the Committee will make such adjustment:

 

  (a) to the aggregate number or amount of Shares subject to any Option, and/or

 

  (b) to the Exercise Price payable for each Share under any such Option, and/or

 

  (c) where an Option to subscribe for Shares has been exercised but no Shares have been allotted in accordance with rule 9.2, to the number of Shares which may be so allotted and the Exercise Price payable for each Such Share.

PROVIDED THAT

 

  (i) except in the case of a capitalisation issue, any such adjustment is confirmed in writing by the Auditors to be in their opinion fair and reasonable; and

 

  (ii) except insofar as the Committee (on behalf of the Company) agrees to capitalise the Company’s reserves and apply the same at the time of exercise of the Option in paying up the difference between the Exercise Price and the nominal value of the Shares, the Exercise Price in relation to any Option to subscribe for shares is not reduced below the nominal value of a Share.

 

14.2 As soon as reasonably practicable after any such adjustment has effect in relation to any Option the Company shall give notice in writing to the Optionholder.

 

15. ALTERATION OF SCHEME

 

15.1 The Committee may at any time alter or add to any of the provisions of this Scheme in any respect PROVIDED THAT:

 

  (a) no such alteration or addition shall detrimentally affect Optionholders with regard to their subsisting Options except with the consent of Optionholders who, assuming they exercise their Options in full, would become entitled to not less than three quarters of the nominal number of Shares the subject of such Options; and

 

Page 12


  (b) the Committee must obtain approval of the shareholders of the Company in general meeting where a variation seeks to extend the class of persons eligible for the grant of Options, or alter to the advantage of Optionholders rules relating to the grant of Options, Scheme limits, the adjustment of Options, and the subscription price, save for minor amendments to benefit the administration of the Scheme to comply or take account of any proposed or existing legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for Optionholders.

 

15.2 As soon as reasonably practicable after making any alteration or addition under this rule 15, the Committee shall give notice in writing thereof to any Optionholder affected.

 

16. SERVICE OF DOCUMENTS

 

16.1 Except as otherwise provided in this Scheme, any notice or document to be given by, or on behalf of, the Company to any person in accordance or in connection with this Scheme shall be duly given:

 

  (a) if he is a director or employee of any member of the Group by delivering it to him at his place of work; or

 

  (b) by sending it through the post in a pre-paid envelope to the address last known to the Company to be his address and, if so sent, it shall be deemed to have been duly given on the date of posting; or

 

  (c) if he holds office or employment with any member of the Group, by sending a facsimile transmission or any other electronic communication to a current facsimile or electronic communication number addressed to him at his place of work or his address last known to the Company and if so sent it shall be deemed to have been duly given at the time of transmission.

 

16.2 Any notice or document so sent to an Eligible Participant and/or Optionholder shall be deemed to have been duly given notwithstanding that such person is then deceased (and whether or not the Company has notice of his death) except where his Personal Representatives have established their title to the satisfaction of the Company and supplied to the Company an address to which documents are to be sent.

 

Page 13


16.3 Any notice in writing or document to be submitted or given to any of the Directors or the Company in accordance or in connection with this Scheme may be delivered, sent by post, or facsimile transmission but shall not in any event be duly given unless it is actually received by the secretary of the Company or such other individual as may from time to time be nominated by the Committee and whose name and address is notified to Optionholders.

 

17. TAXATION

 

17.1 If an Option Tax Liability arises in respect of an Option the Company shall be entitled to the extent permitted by law to deduct such amount(s) from any payment due to be made by the Company or any Associated Company to or in respect of the Optionholder in respect of that Option during the same calendar month or other relevant period in which the event occurs or in any subsequent calendar month or such relevant period in order to satisfy and discharge the Option Tax Liability whether or not such payment is of an income or capital nature.

 

17.2 If and to the extent that the Option Tax Liability referred to in rule 17.1 is of income tax which exceeds the amount from which deductions in respect thereof can be made in any one period referred to in rule 17.1 in respect of the Optionholder concerned, that Optionholder shall pay or reimburse the Company for the amount of the excess on demand or within such period as may be specified in any written notice given by the Company.

 

17.3 Where an Option Tax Liability arises in respect of the exercise of an Option the Committee may, without prejudice to the Company’s rights under rule 17.1, by written notice to the Optionholder concerned nominate as his bare trustee any person (“the Bare Trustee”) to sell such number of shares issued upon the exercise of the Option as may be required in order to discharge the Option Tax Liability and any other liability (including costs) connected with the said sale and the Bare Trustee shall pay an amount equal to the Option Tax Liability to the Company and otherwise discharge any other said liability to the extent that the net proceeds from the said sale permit.

 

Page 14


18. MISCELLANEOUS

 

18.1 The Company shall at all times keep available sufficient authorised but unissued Shares to satisfy the exercise in full of all Options to subscribe for Shares for the time being remaining capable of being exercised under this Scheme.

 

18.2 The Committee may from time to time make and vary such rules and regulations not inconsistent herewith and establish such procedures for the administration and implementation of this Scheme as they think fit and in the event of any dispute or disagreement as to the interpretation of this Scheme or of any such rules, regulations or procedures or as to any question or right arising from or related to this Scheme, the decision of the Committee shall (except as regards any matter required to be determined by the Auditors hereunder) be final and binding upon all persons.

 

18.3 In any matter in which they are required to act hereunder, the Auditors shall be deemed to be acting as experts and not as arbitrators.

 

18.4 The costs of the administration and implementation of this Scheme shall be borne by the Company.

 

18.5 Optionholders shall not by reason of the Option be entitled to receive copies of any documents sent to holders of Shares nor have any right to attend general meetings of the Company.

 

Page 15


Schedule

The Eros International plc Bonus Share Plan Unapproved Option

Scheme 2006

Option Certificate

 

Name of Optionholder:

 
     

Address of Optionholder:

 
     
     
     
     
     

Date of Grant:

   
     

Maximum Number of Shares:

 
     

Exercise Price:

   
     

Conditions to which the Option is Subject

 
     

 

Page 16


Eros International plc HEREBY GRANTS to the Optionholder named above an Option to subscribe for a maximum of              ordinary shares in the Company at a price per share of              p.

The Option is exercisable subject to and in accordance with the rules of the Eros International plc Bonus Share Plan Unapproved Option Scheme 2006 as they are amended from time to time. In accordance with rule 8.1, the Option may not in any event be exercised later than 30 June 2016.

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED by EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC acting by:

Director__________________________________
Secretary/Director__________________________

FORM OF ACCEPTANCE

I HEREBY AGREE to accept the grant of this Option and be bound by the terms and conditions set out in the rules of the Eros International plc Bonus Share Plan Unapproved Option Scheme 2006 and the performance-related condition(s) of exercise set out in this Option Certificate.

I understand that I may be required to account for an Option Tax Liability as set out in rule 17 of the Scheme and hereby indemnify the Company and each member of the Group in respect of such Option Tax Liability.

SIGNED and DELIVERED as a DEED by

   
in the presence of:
   
(Optionholder signature)

 

Page 17


Witness signature: _________________________
Witness name: (print): _____________________
Address: _________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
Occupation: ______________________________

 

Page 18


The Eros International plc Bonus Share Plan

Unapproved Option Scheme 2006

Notice of Exercise of Option

 

To: Company Secretary, Eros International plc, 15-19 Athol Street, Douglas, Isle of Man IM1 1 LB

I hereby exercise the Option referred to overleaf in respect of all/                  * of the shares over which the Option may be exercised, and request the allotment or transfer to me of those shares in accordance with the rules of the Scheme and the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company.

I enclose a cheque made payable to Eros International plc in the sum of £          being the aggregate Exercise Price of such shares and warrant that such cheque will be honoured on first presentation.

 

    Signature
Name (block letters):    
       
       

Address:

     
       
       
        Date
       

Notes:

 

1. This form must be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for the shares in respect of which the Option is exercised.

 

Page 19


2 Where the Option is exercised by personal representatives, an office copy of the Probate or Letters of Administration should accompany the form.

 

3 The Scheme has not been approved by the Inland Revenue. Under current tax rules a charge to tax will arise on the exercise of the Option on the difference between the market value of the shares at the date of exercise and the price paid for them.

 

4 IMPORTANT. Neither the Company nor the Company’s advisers undertakes to advise you on the tax consequences of exercising your Option. If you are unsure of the tax liabilities which may arise, you should take appropriate professional advice before exercising your Option.

 

* Delete/insert number as appropriate .

 

Page 20


EXPLANATORY NOTES TO PARTICIPANTS

(These notes are meant for guidance only and in no way affect the rights of participants under the rules of the scheme. In the event of any conflict, the rules of the Scheme shall override these notes. The notes are of general application only, and independent professional advice should be sought where appropriate).

Introduction

A share option is a binding arrangement entered into between the employee or director concerned and the Company. It provides the Option holder with a right to buy shares in the Company at a time in the future at a predetermined price, and which may be subject to performance conditions. If, over a period of time, the value of the shares rise and any conditions are met, the option holder may then wish to exercise the option to buy the shares at the predetermined price. The Optionholder need not of course exercise the option and our advice is that he should consults his professional advisers before doing so.

Workings of the Scheme

The Committee selects from amongst Eligible Participants those who are to be granted a share option and the number of shares to be put under option to them.

Options will be granted by the Company, by means of an option certificate. No payment is required for their grant. The option certificate will show the number of shares allocated, the price at which they may be purchased, the date from which the option can be exercised and the condition that is required to be satisfied. Should the recipient not wish to accept the option, in whole or in part, he may disclaim the unwanted shares.

There is a limit on the total market value of shares, which any one optionholder can obtain in a year. This is four times his annual emoluments including bonus (but excluding pension benefits and benefits in kind).

Options cannot be transferred. They will be exercisable subject to any performance conditions being satisfied. Options will lapse, if not already exercised, no later than 30 June 2016. Options will also lapse under the Rules on termination of employment (unless the Committee determines otherwise) or following a takeover or winding up of the Company or if the Optionholder becomes bankrupt.

 

Page 21


There are exceptions to the rule relating to the exercise of options referred to above:

 

   

cessation of employment when the Directors agree to early exercise;

 

   

cessation of employment due to injury or disability;

 

   

if the company is taken over or voluntarily wound up.

To exercise an option, notice should be given in the form supplied with the option certificate. Partial exercise is possible and a revised option certificate will then be issued for any balance remaining exercisable.

After options are exercised and shares acquired, the rights to dividends will be identical to that of ordinary shareholders in proportion to the issued nominal share value. Dividends arising on a date preceding the date of exercise of an option will not however be payable to the Optionholder.

If the share capital of the company is changed, there is provision in the scheme to amend the number and acquisition price of shares under option in an equitable manner. A revised option certificate would be provided. There is provision also for amendment of the scheme rule but no amendment may be made to the disadvantage of an Optionholder without prior written consent. Option holders will be advised of relevant charges.

Conditions of Exercise

Options may not be exercised and shares acquired unless any conditions as may be set out in the Option Certificate are fulfilled.

Tax Implications

Tax legislation can vary substantially from year to year and professional advice should be sought in cases of doubt.

 

Page 22

Exhibit 10.9

EXECUTION VERSION

AGREEMENT

DATED

5 January 2012

US$125,000,000

CREDIT FACILITY

for

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

arranged by

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH, LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC and THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

with

LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC

as Facility Agent

ALLEN & OVERY

Allen & Overy LLP


CONTENTS

 

Clause        Page  

1.

  Interpretation      1   

2.

  Facility      18   

3.

  Purpose      22   

4.

  Conditions Precedent      22   

5.

  Utilisation - Loans      22   

6.

  Optional Currencies      23   

7.

  Repayment      25   

8.

  Prepayment and Cancellation      26   

9.

  Interest      29   

10.

  Terms      31   

11.

  Market Disruption      32   

12.

  Taxes      33   

13.

  Increased Costs      40   

14.

  Mitigation      41   

15.

  Payments      42   

16.

  Guarantee and Indemnity      44   

17.

  Representations and Warranties      48   

18.

  Information Covenants      53   

19.

  Financial Covenants      56   

20.

  General Covenants      63   

21.

  Default      69   

22.

  The Administrative Parties      73   

23.

  Evidence and Calculations      80   

24.

  Fees      80   

25.

  Indemnities and Break Costs      81   

26.

  Expenses      82   

27.

  Amendments And Waivers      83   

28.

  Changes to the Obligors      84   

29.

  Changes to the Lenders      86   

30.

  Disclosure of Information      91   

31.

  Set-Off      93   

32.

  Pro Rata Sharing      93   

33.

  Severability      94   

34.

  Counterparts      94   

35.

  Notices      95   

36.

  Language      98   

37.

  Governing Law      98   

38.

  Enforcement      98   

39.

  Complete agreement      100   

40.

  US PATRIOT ACT      100   


Schedules    Page  

1.

  Original Parties      101   

2.

  Conditions Precedent Documents      102   

3.

  Form of Request      105   

4.

  Calculation of the Mandatory Cost      106   

5.

  Form of Transfer Certificate      109   

6.

  Form of Compliance Certificate      111   

7.

  Form of Accession Agreement      112   

8.

  Form of Resignation Request      113   

9.

  Existing Security      114   

10.

  Form of Increase Confirmation      118   


THIS AGREEMENT dated 5 January 2012 and is made BETWEEN :

 

(1) EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC , a company incorporated in the Isle of Man with registered number 116107C (the Parent );

 

(2) THE COMPANIES listed in Part 1 of Schedule 1 (Original Parties) as the original borrowers (together with the Parent, the Original Borrowers and each an Original Borrower );

 

(3) THE COMPANIES listed in Part 2 of Schedule 1 (Original Parties) as the original guarantors (together with the Parent, the Original Guarantors and each an Original Guarantor );

 

(4) CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH, LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC and THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC as mandated lead arrangers (the Arrangers );

 

(5) THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part 3 of Schedule 1 (Original Parties) as original lenders (the Original Lenders , and each an Original Lender ); and

 

(6) LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC as facility agent (in this capacity the Facility Agent ).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Agreement:

Acceptable Bank means a commercial bank or trust company which has a rating of A- or higher by S&P or Fitch or A3 or higher by Moody s or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency for its long-term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations or has been approved by the Majority Lenders.

Accession Agreement means a letter, substantially in the form of Schedule 7 (Form of Accession Agreement), with such amendments as the Facility Agent and the Parent may agree.

Additional Borrower means a member of the Group which becomes an Additional Borrower in accordance with Clause 28.2 (Additional Borrowers).

Additional Guarantor means a member of the Group which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 28.4 (Additional Guarantor).

Additional Obligor means an Additional Borrower or an Additional Guarantor.

Adjusted Group means the Group excluding the Indian Group.

Administrative Party means an Arranger or the Facility Agent.

Affiliate means:

 

  (a) a Subsidiary or a Holding Company of a person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company; and


  (b) notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, in relation to The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, the term “Affiliate” shall not include (i) the UK government or any member or instrumentality thereof, including Her Majesty s Treasury and UK Financial Investments Limited (or any directors, officers, employees or entities of them) or (ii) any persons or entities controlled by or under common control with the UK government or any member or instrumentality of it (including Her Majesty’s Treasury and UK Financial Investments Limited) and which are not part of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc and its subsidiaries or subsidiary undertakings.

Availability Period means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date falling 30 days prior to the Final Maturity Date.

Available Commitment means a Lender’s Commitment under the Facility minus :

 

  (a) the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans under that Facility; and

 

  (b) in relation to any proposed Loan, the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any other Loan that are due to be made under the Facility on or before the proposed Utilisation Date provided that the Lender’s participation in any Loans that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date shall not be deducted from that Lender’s Commitment.

Available Facility means the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment.

Base Currency means US Dollars.

Base Currency Amount means the amount specified in the Request delivered by a Borrower for a Loan (or, if the amount requested is not denominated in the Base Currency, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the Facility Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is three Business Days before the Utilisation Date or, if later, on the date the Facility Agent receives the Request in accordance with the terms of this Agreement).

Borrower means:

 

  (a) an Original Borrower; or

 

  (b) an Additional Borrower.

Break Costs means the amount (if any) which a Lender is entitled to receive under Clause 25.3 (Break Costs).

Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, Singapore and:

 

  (a) if on that day a payment in or a purchase of a currency (other than Euro) is to be made, the principal financial centre of the country of that currency; or

 

  (b) if on that day a payment in or a purchase of Euro is to be made, which is also a TARGET Day.

Code means, at any date, the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (or any successor legislation thereto) as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and the rulings issued thereunder, all as the same may be in effect at such date.


Commitment means:

 

  (a) for an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Part 3 of Schedule 1 (Original Parties) under the heading Commitments and the amount of any other Commitment it acquires; and

 

  (b) for any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment it acquires,

and, in each case, the amount of any Commitment assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase — for Defaulting Lender or illegality) or Clause 2.3 (Voluntary Increase), to the extent not cancelled, transferred or reduced under this Agreement.

Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form of Schedule 6 (Form of Compliance Certificate) setting out, among other things, calculations of the financial covenants.

Debt Purchase Transaction means, in relation to a person, a transaction where that person:

 

  (a) purchases by way of assignment or transfer;

 

  (b) enters into any sub-participation in respect of; or

 

  (c) enters into any other agreement or arrangement having an economic effect substantially similar to a sub-participation in respect of,

any Commitment or amount outstanding under this Agreement.

Default means:

 

  (a) an Event of Default; or

 

  (b) an event or circumstance which would be (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice or the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of them) an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender means any Lender:

 

  (a) which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available or has notified the Facility Agent that it will not make its participation in a Loan available by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Advance of Loan);

 

  (b) which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or

 

  (c) with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

  (i) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A) administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B) a Disruption Event; and

payment is made within five (5) Business Days of its due date; or


  (ii) the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

Disruption Event means:

 

  (a) a material disruption to the payment or communications systems or to the financial markets which are required to operate in order for payments to be made (or other transactions to be carried out) in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, which is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

  (b) the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing it, or any other Party from:

 

  (i) performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii) communicating with other Parties under the Finance Documents,

and which is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

EIML means Eros International Media Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of India.

Employee Plan means an employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which a US Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

ERISA means, at any date, the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (or any successor legislation thereto) as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder, all as the same may be in effect at such date.

ERISA Affiliate means any person that for purposes of Title I and Title IV of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code would be deemed at any relevant time to be a single employer with an Obligor, pursuant to Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

ERISA Event means

 

  (a) any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA, with respect to an Employee Plan, as to which PBGC has not by regulation waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified of such event;

 

  (b) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate any Employee Plan, if such termination would require material additional contributions in order to be considered a standard termination within the meaning of Section 4041(b) of ERISA (as modified by the Pension Act), the filing under Section 4041(c) of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate any Employee Plan or the termination of any Employee Plan under Section 4041(c) of ERISA (as modified by the Pension Act);

 

  (c) the institution of proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA by the PBGC for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Employee Plan;


  (d) prior to the effective date of the applicable provisions of the Pension Act, the existence with respect to any Employee Plan of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), or, on and after the effective date of the applicable provisions of the Pension Act, any failure by any Employee Plan to satisfy the minimum funding requirements of Sections 412 and 430 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA applicable to such Employee Plan, in each case whether or not waived;

 

  (e) the failure to make a required contribution to any Employee Plan that would result in the imposition of an encumbrance under Section 412 or 430 of the Code or at any time prior to date hereof, a filing under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA of any request for a minimum funding variance with respect to any Employee Plan or Multiemployer Plan;

 

  (f) an engagement in a non-exempt prohibited transaction within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA;

 

  (g) the complete or partial withdrawal of any US Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan;

 

  (h) an Obligor or an ERISA Affiliate incurring any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Employee Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); and

 

  (i) on and after the effective date of the applicable provisions of the Pension Act, a determination that any Employee Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at risk” status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4) of the Code.

EURIBOR means for a Term of any Loan or overdue amount denominated in Euro:

 

  (a) the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  (b) if no Screen Rate is available for that Term of that Loan or overdue amount, the arithmetic mean (rounded upward to four decimal places) of the rates as supplied to the Facility Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the European interbank market,

as of 11.00 a.m. (Brussels time) on the Rate Fixing Day for the offering of deposits in Euro for a period comparable to that Term and, if any such rate is below zero, EURIBOR will be deemed to be zero.

Euro means the single currency of the Participating Member States.

Event of Default means an event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 21 (Default).

Existing Facilities means the revolving credit facilities made available under each Existing Facility Agreement.

Existing Facility Agreement means each of the:

 

  (a) US$20,000,000 revolving loan facility agreement dated 16 December 2010 between, among others, Eros Worldwide FZ LLC, as borrower, and Lloyds TSB Bank plc, as facility agent;


  (b) US$25,000,000 revolving loan facility agreement dated 14 December 2009 between, among others, Eros Worldwide FZ LLC, as borrower, and Lloyds TSB Bank plc, as facility agent;

 

  (c) US$100,000,000 revolving loan facility agreement dated 22 August 2007, as amended on 28 March 2008 and 14 December 2009, between, among others, Eros Worldwide FZ LLC, as borrower, and Citibank International plc, as facility agent; and

 

  (d) US$10,000,000 uncommitted short term credit facility agreement dated 4 March 2010 between Eros Worldwide FZ LLC, as borrower, and Citbank N.A., Jersey (Channel Islands).

Facility means the revolving credit facility made available under this Agreement.

Facility Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange means the Facility Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of the relevant currency in the London foreign exchange market with US Dollars as of 11.00 a.m. on a particular day.

Facility Office means the office(s) notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent:

 

  (a) on or before the date it becomes a Lender; or

 

  (b) by not less than five Business Days’ notice,

as the office(s) through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

Fee Letter means any letter or letters entered into by reference to this Agreement between one or more Administrative Parties and the Parent setting out the amount of certain fees referred to in this Agreement.

Final Maturity Date means the fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement, or if that day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day.

Finance Document means:

 

  (a) this Agreement;

 

  (b) any Fee Letter;

 

  (c) a Transfer Certificate;

 

  (d) a Resignation Request;

 

  (e) an Accession Agreement; or

 

  (f) any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Parent.

Finance Party means a Lender or an Administrative Party.

Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

  (a) moneys borrowed;

 

  (b) any acceptance credit (including any dematerialised equivalent);


  (c) any bond, note, debenture, loan stock or other similar instrument;

 

  (d) any redeemable preference share;

 

  (e) any agreement treated as a finance or capital lease in accordance with GAAP;

 

  (f) receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

  (g) the acquisition cost of any asset or service to the extent payable before or after its acquisition or possession by the party liable where the advance or deferred payment:

 

  (i) is arranged primarily as a method of raising finance or of financing the acquisition of that asset or service or the construction of that asset or service; or

 

  (ii) involves a period of more than six months before or after the date of acquisition or supply;

 

  (h) any derivative transaction protecting against or benefiting from fluctuations in any rate or price (and, except for non-payment of an amount, the then mark-to-market value of the derivative transaction will be used to calculate its amount);

 

  (i) any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) which has the commercial effect of a borrowing;

 

  (j) any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of any guarantee, indemnity, bond, letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; or

 

  (k) any guarantee, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss of any person in respect of any item referred to in the above paragraphs.

and so that no amount shall be included more than once.

Fitch means Fitch Ratings Limited or any successor to its ratings business.

GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles in the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant Obligor (if any) including IFRS to the extent applicable to that Obligors’ financial statements.

Group means the Parent and its Subsidiaries, other than any Production SPV.

Guarantor means:

 

  (a) an Original Guarantor; or

 

  (b) an Additional Guarantor.

Holding Company of any other person, means a person in respect of which that other person is a Subsidiary.

IFRS means International Financial Reporting Standards from time to time published by the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor body acceptable to the Majority Lenders.

Impaired Agent means the Facility Agent at any time when:


  (a) it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;

 

  (b) the Facility Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document;

 

  (c) (if the Facility Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition of “Defaulting Lender”; or

 

  (d) an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Facility Agent,

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

  (i) its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A) administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B) a Disruption Event; and

payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or

 

  (ii) the Facility Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

Increase Confirmation means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 10 (Form of Increase Confirmation), with such amendments as the Facility Agent and the Parent may agree.

Increased Cost means:

 

  (a) an additional or increased cost;

 

  (b) a reduction in the rate of return from a Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital; or

 

  (c) a reduction of an amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates but only to the extent attributable to that Finance Party having entered into any Finance Document or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

Indian Group means each of Eros Digital Private Limited, India and EIML and their respective Subsidiaries.

Insolvency Event in relation to a Finance Party means that the Finance Party:

 

  (a) is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (b) becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

  (c) makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

  (d)

institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home


  office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

 

  (e) has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:

 

  (i) results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or

 

  (ii) is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;

 

  (f) has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (g) seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets;

 

  (h) has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

  (i) causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (h) above; or

 

  (j) takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

Intellectual Property means:

 

  (a) any patents, trade marks, service marks, designs, business names, copyrights, design rights, moral rights, inventions, confidential information, know-how and other intellectual property rights and interests, whether registered or unregistered; and

 

  (b) the benefit of all applications and rights to use such assets.

Lender means:

 

  (a) an Original Lender; or

 

  (b) any person which becomes a Party in accordance with Clause 29.1 (Assignments and transfers by Lenders).

LIBOR means for a Term of any Loan or overdue amount denominated in a currency other than Euro;


  (a) the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

  (b) if no Screen Rate is available for the relevant currency or Term of that Loan or overdue amount, the arithmetic mean (rounded upward to four decimal places) of the rates, as supplied to the Facility Agent at its request, quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the London interbank market,

as of 11.00 a.m. on the Rate Fixing Day for the offering of deposits in the currency of that Loan or overdue amount for a period comparable to that Term and, if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero.

Loan means, unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, the principal amount of each borrowing under this Agreement or the principal amount outstanding of that borrowing.

Majority Lenders means, at any time, Lenders:

 

  (a)

whose share in the outstanding Loans and whose undrawn Commitments then aggregate 66  2 / 3  per cent. or more of the aggregate of all the outstanding Loans and the undrawn Commitments of all the Lenders;

 

  (b)

if there is no Loan then outstanding, whose undrawn Commitments then aggregate 66  2 / 3  per cent. or more of the Total Commitments; or

 

  (c)

if there is no Loan then outstanding and the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, whose Commitments aggregated 66  2 / 3  per cent. or more of the Total Commitments immediately before the reduction.

Mandatory Cost means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Facility Agent in accordance with Schedule 4 (Calculation of the Mandatory Cost).

Margin means the percentage rate per annum determined in accordance with Clause 9.3 (Margin adjustment).

Margin Regulations means Regulations T, U and X issued by the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System.

Margin Stock means “margin stock” or “margin securities” as defined in the Margin Regulations.

Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on:

 

  (a) the business, prospects or financial condition of any Obligor or the Group as a whole;

 

  (b) the ability of any Obligor to perform its obligations under any Finance Document;

 

  (c) the validity or enforceability of any Finance Document; or

 

  (d) any right or remedy of a Finance Party in respect of a Finance Document.

Material Company means, at any time:

 

  (a) an Obligor; or

 

  (b) any member of the Adjusted Group which (when consolidated with its Subsidiaries, if any) has EBITDA (as defined in Clause 19.1 (Definitions)), gross assets or turnover (excluding intra-Group items) representing 5 per cent. or more of those of the Adjusted Group (on a consolidated basis).


Compliance with the conditions set out in paragraph (b) shall be determined by reference to the most recent Compliance Certificate supplied by the Parent and the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Group (but excluding the India Group). However, if a Subsidiary that is not a member of the Indian Group has been acquired since the date as at which the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Group were prepared, the financial statements shall be deemed to be adjusted in order to take into account the acquisition of that Subsidiary (that adjustment being certified by the Group’s auditors as representing an accurate reflection of the revised EBITDA (as defined in Clause 19.1 (definitions)), gross assets, or turnover of the Adjusted Group).

A report by the auditors of the Parent that a Subsidiary is or is not a Material Company shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

Maturity Date means the last day of the Term of a Loan.

Moody’s means Moody’s Investors Service Limited or any successor to its ratings business.

Multiemployer Plan means a “multiemployer plan” (as defined in Section (3)(37) of ERISA) that is subject to Title IV of ERISA contributed to for any employees of a US Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate.

Obligor means a Borrower or a Guarantor.

Obligors’ Agent means the Parent, appointed to act on behalf of each Obligor in relation to the Finance Documents pursuant to Clause 2.4 (Obligors’ Agent).

Optional Currency means any currency (other than US Dollars) in which a Loan may be denominated under this Agreement.

Original Financial Statements means the audited consolidated financial statements of the Parent for the year ended 31 March, 2011.

Original Obligor means each Original Borrower and each Original Guarantor.

Participating Member State means a member state of the European Communities that adopts or has adopted the Euro as its lawful currency under the legislation of the European Community for Economic Monetary Union.

Party means a party to this Agreement.

PBGC means the US Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any entity succeeding to all or any of its functions under ERISA.

Pension Act means the Pension Protection Act of 2006.

Permitted Financial Indebtedness means Financial Indebtedness:

 

  (a) arising under the Finance Documents up to US$125,000,000;

 

  (b) arising on account of any trade credit extended to any member of the Group by any person on normal commercial terms and in the ordinary course of that member’s trading activities;


  (c) to which the Majority Lenders have given their prior written consent;

 

  (d) arising under any loan made by an Obligor to another Obligor;

 

  (e) arising under any loan made by an Obligor to a member of the Group which is not an Obligor so long as the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness under all such loans does not exceed US$60,000,000 (or its equivalent) at any time, although such amount to exclude the aggregate value of any proceeds of any issue of ordinary shares by the Parent loaned to any other member of the Group which is not an Obligor;

 

  (f) arising under any loan made by any person not a member of the Group to a member of the Indian Group so long as the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness under all such loans does not exceed US$42,649,000 (or its Indian Rupee equivalent calculated at a rate of INR52.49:US$1) at any time;

 

  (g) arising under any loan made by any person not a member of the Group to Eros International Limited (and not permitted under paragraph (a) above) so long as the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness under all such loans does not exceed US$27,500,000 (or its Indian Rupee equivalent calculated at a rate of INR52.49:US$1) at any time;

 

  (h) arising under a Permitted Treasury Transaction;

 

  (i) of any person acquired by a member of the Group after the date of this Agreement which is incurred under arrangements in existence at the date of acquisition, but not incurred or increased or having its maturity date extended in contemplation of, or since, that acquisition, and outstanding only for a period of six Months following the date of acquisition;

 

  (j) under finance or capital leases of vehicles, plant, equipment or computers, provided that the aggregate capital value of all such items so leased under outstanding leases by members of the Group does not exceed US$5,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) at any time; and

 

  (k) not permitted by the preceding paragraphs or as a Permitted Transaction and the outstanding principal amount of which does not exceed US$95,000,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate for the Group at any time, and of which not more than US$75,000,000 (or its equivalent) in aggregate principal amount is outstanding in favour of the Adjusted Group at any time.

Permitted Treasury Transaction means (i) an interest rate swap transaction or (ii) a foreign exchange transaction for spot or forward delivery entered into in connection with protection against fluctuation in interest rates or, as the case may be, currency rates where that interest rate or, as the case may be, foreign exchange exposure arises in the ordinary course of trade or (in the case of a foreign exchange exposure) in respect of Loans made in Optional Currencies, but not any interest rate or foreign exchange transaction for investment or speculative purposes.

Permitted Transaction means:

 

  (a) any disposal required, Financial Indebtedness incurred, guarantee, indemnity or Security Interest or Quasi-Security given, or other transaction arising, under the Finance Documents;


  (b) the solvent liquidation or reorganisation of any member of the Group which is not an Obligor so long as any payments or assets distributed as a result of such liquidation or reorganisation are distributed to other members of the Group; or

 

  (c) transactions (other than (i) any sale, lease, license, transfer or other disposal and (ii) the granting or creation of any Security Interest or the incurring or permitting to subsist of Financial Indebtedness) conducted in the ordinary course of trading on arm’s length terms.

Production SPV means any Subsidiary of the Parent which is a special purpose entity established for the purposes of (a) producing one or more films and/or carrying on merchandising and/or related activities with respect to one or more films or (b) producing computer and/or internet-based games and/or other forms of entertainment for application on computer or mobile telephone technology or (c) facilitating the financing of one or more films and/or any other form of media-based entertainment referred to in (b) above produced by another Subsidiary of the Parent or (d) raising finance for and investing in one or more films or any other form of media-based entertainment referred to in (b) above, in any such case without any guarantee or security from or any other recourse to any member of the Group or its assets.

Pro Rata Share means:

 

  (a) for the purpose of determining a Lender’s share in a utilisation of the Facility, the proportion which its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments; and

 

  (b) for any other purpose on a particular date:

 

  (i) the proportion which a Lender’s share of the Loans (if any) bears to all the Loans;

 

  (ii) if there is no Loan outstanding on that date, the proportion which its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments on that date; or

 

  (iii) if the Total Commitments have been cancelled, the proportion which its Commitment bore to the Total Commitments immediately before being cancelled.

Rate Fixing Day means:

 

  (a) the first day of a Term for a Loan denominated in Sterling;

 

  (b) the second TARGET Day before the first day of a Term for a Loan denominated in Euro; or

 

  (c) the second Business Day before the first day of a Term for a Loan denominated in any other currency,

unless market practice for the relevant currency differs, in which case, the Rate Fixing Day for such currency will be such other day as the Facility Agent determines is generally treated as the rate fixing day by market practice in the relevant interbank market (and, if quotations would normally be given by lending banks in the relevant interbank market on more than one day, the Rate Fixing Day will be the last of those days).


Reference Banks means:

 

  (a) in relation to LIBOR, the principal London offices of Lloyds TSB Bank plc, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc and Citibank, N.A., London Branch; or

 

  (b) in relation to EURIBOR, the principal London offices of Lloyds TSB Bank plc,The Royal Bank of Scotland plc and Citibank, N.A., London Branch,

and any other bank or financial institution appointed as such by the Facility Agent in accordance with this Agreement.

Register has the meaning given to it in Clause 22.10(g) (Information).

Relationship Agreement means an English law relationship agreement between the Parent, Eros Worldwide FZ LLC and EIML dated 16 December 2009, detailing and governing the ongoing commercial relationship between the operations of the parties.

Repeating Representations means at any time the representations and warranties which are then made or deemed to be repeated under Clause 17.20 (Times for making representations and warranties) or under any other Finance Document.

Representative means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

Request means a request for a Loan, substantially in the form of Schedule 3 (Form of Request).

Related Fund in relation to a fund (the first fund ), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

Resignation Request means a letter in the form of Schedule 8 (Form of Resignation Request), with such amendments as the Facility Agent and the Parent may agree.

Restricted Party means a person that is (i) listed on, or owned or controlled by a person listed on, or acting on behalf of a person listed on any Sanctions List; (ii) located in, incorporated under the laws of, or acting on behalf of a person located in or organized under the laws of any country or territory that is the target of country-wide Sanctions (which shall currently include Cuba, Burma / Myanmar, Iran, North Korea, Libya, Sudan and Syria); or (iii) otherwise a target of Sanctions.

Rollover Loan means one or more Loans:

 

  (a) to be made on the same day that a maturing Loan is due to be repaid;

 

  (b) the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the maturing Loan;

 

  (c) in the same currency as the maturing Loan; and

 

  (d) to be made to the same Borrower for the purpose of refinancing a maturing Loan.

Sanctions means the economic sanctions laws, regulations, rules or restrictive measures administered, enacted or enforced by Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of Treasury, the United States Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, any United Nations Security Council Sanctions Committee, Her Majesty’s Treasury or the European Union.


Sanctions List means the “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” list maintained by OFAC or any similar list maintained by, or public announcement of Sanctions designation made by, the United States Department of State or any other U.S. government entity, the United Nations Security Council, any United Nations Security Council Sanctions Committee, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury.

S&P means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. or any successor to its ratings business.

Screen Rate means:

 

  (a) for LIBOR, the British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate; and

 

  (b) for EURIBOR, the percentage rate per annum determined by the Banking Federation of the European Union,

for the relevant currency and Term displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen selected by the Facility Agent. If the relevant page is replaced or the service ceases to be available, the Facility Agent (after consultation with the Parent and the Lenders) may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate.

Security Interest means any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, assignment, hypothecation or security interest or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

Subsidiary means an entity of which a person has direct or indirect control or owns directly or indirectly more than 50 per cent. of the voting capital or similar right of ownership and control for this purpose means the power to direct the management and the policies of the entity whether through the ownership of voting capital, by contract or otherwise.

TARGET2 means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilises a single shared platform and which was launched on 19 November 2007.

TARGET Day means a day on which TARGET2 is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.

Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any related penalty or interest).

Tax Deduction means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document.

Tax Payment means a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party in any way relating to a Tax Deduction or under any indemnity given by that Obligor in respect of Tax under any Finance Document.

Term means each period determined under this Agreement by reference to which interest on a Loan or an overdue amount is calculated.

Total Commitments means the aggregate of the Commitments of all the Lenders.


Transfer Certificate means a certificate, substantially in the form of Schedule 5 (Form of Transfer Certificate), with such amendments as the Facility Agent may approve or reasonably require or any other form agreed between the Facility Agent and the Parent.

UK means the United Kingdom.

Unfunded Pension Liabilities means the excess of an Employee Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Employee Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.

US Bankruptcy Law means the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other United States Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency or similarlaw.

US Borrower means any Borrower that is incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State of the United States of America (including the District of Columbia).

US Debtor means an Obligor that is incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State of the United States of America (including the District of Columbia) or that has a place of business or property in the United States of America.

US Guarantor means any Guarantor that is incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State of the United States of America (including the District of Columbia) or that has a place of business or property in the United States of America.

US Obligor means an Obligor that is incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State of the United States of America (including the District of Columbia).

US Patriot Act means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56 (commonly known as the US Patriot Act).

Utilisation Date means each date on which the Facility is utilised.

Wider Group means the Parent and its Subsidiaries.

 

1.2 Construction

 

  (a) In this Agreement, unless the contrary intention appears, a reference to:

 

  (i) an amendment includes a supplement, novation, extension (whether of maturity or otherwise), restatement, re-enactment or replacement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) and amended will be construed accordingly;

 

  (ii) assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

  (iii) an authorisation includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, permit, licence, exemption, filing, registration or notarisation;


  (iv) disposal means a sale, transfer, assignment, grant, lease, licence, declaration of trust or other disposal, whether voluntary or involuntary, and dispose will be construed accordingly;

 

  (v) indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety and whether present or future, actual or contingent) for the payment or repayment of money;

 

  (vi) “know your customer” requirements are to the identification checks that a Finance Party requests in order to meet its obligations under any applicable law or regulation to identify a person who is (or is to become) its customer;

 

  (vii) a person includes any individual, company, corporation, unincorporated association or body (including a partnership, trust, fund, joint venture or consortium), government, state, agency, organisation or other entity whether or not having separate legal personality;

 

  (viii) a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but, if not having the force of law, being of a type with which any person to which it applies is accustomed to comply) of any governmental, inter-governmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

  (ix) a currency is a reference to the lawful currency for the time being of the relevant country;

 

  (x) a Default being outstanding means that it has not been remedied or waived;

 

  (xi) a provision of law is a reference to that provision as extended, applied, amended or re-enacted and includes any subordinate legislation;

 

  (xii) a Clause, a Subclause or a Schedule is a reference to a clause or subclause of, or a schedule to, this Agreement;

 

  (xiii) a Party or any other person includes its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees;

 

  (xiv) a Finance Document or other document or security includes (without prejudice to any prohibition on amendments) any amendment to that Finance Document or other document or security, including any change in the purpose of, any extension for or any increase in the amount of a facility or any additional facility; and

 

  (xv) a time of day is a reference to London time.

 

  (b) Unless the contrary intention appears, a reference to a month or months is a reference to a period starting on one day in a calendar month determined in accordance with the Gregorian calendar and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month or the calendar month in which it is to end, except that:

 

  (i) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, the period will end on the next Business Day in that month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not);


  (ii) if there is no numerically corresponding day in that month, that period will end on the last Business Day in that month; and

 

  (iii) notwithstanding subparagraph (i) above, a period which commences on the last Business Day of a month will end on the last Business Day in the next month or the calendar month in which it is to end, as appropriate.

 

  (c) Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a party to a Finance Document may not enforce any of its terms under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 and, notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, no consent of any third party is required for any amendment (including any release or compromise of any liability) or termination of any Finance Document.

 

  (d) Unless the contrary intention appears:

 

  (i) a reference to a Party will not include that Party if it has ceased to be a Party under this Agreement;

 

  (ii) a word or expression used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement; and

 

  (iii) any obligation of an Obligor under the Finance Documents which is not a payment obligation remains in force for so long as any payment obligation of any Obligor is, may be or is capable of becoming outstanding under the Finance Documents.

 

  (e) The headings in this Agreement do not affect its interpretation.

 

2. FACILITY

 

2.1 Facility

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers a revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commitments.

 

2.2 Increase — for Defaulting Lender or illegality

 

  (a) The Parent may by giving prior notice to the Facility Agent by no later than the date falling 5 Business Days after the effective date of a cancellation of:

 

  (i) the Available Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with Clause 8.7 (Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender); or

 

  (ii) the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with Clause 8.1 (Illegality),

request that the Total Commitments be increased (and the Total Commitments under that Facility shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount in the Base Currency of up to the amount of the Available Commitments or Commitments so cancelled. In that event:

 

  (A)

the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other banks, financial institutions, trusts, funds or other entities (each an Increase Lender ) selected by the Parent (none of which may be an Affiliate or a member of the Group and which, if not a Lender immediately prior to the


  relevant increase, satisfies all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks applied by the Facility Agent in accordance with paragraph (b)(ii) below) and each of which confirms in the Increase Confirmation its willingness to assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender;

 

  (B) each of the Obligors and any Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

  (C) each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”, and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

  (D) the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and

 

  (E) any increase in the Total Commitments shall take effect on the date specified by the Parent in the notice referred to above or any later date on which the conditions set out in paragraph (b) below are satisfied.

 

  (b) An increase in the Total Commitments will only be effective on:

 

  (i) the execution by the Facility Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender (which the Facility Agent shall do promptly upon being able to);

 

  (ii) in relation to an Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase, the performance by the Facility Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender, the completion of which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify to the Parent and the Increase Lender.

 

  (c) Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms that the Facility Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective.

 

  (d) Unless the Facility Agent otherwise agrees or the increased Commitment is assumed by an existing Lender, the Increase Lender must pay to the Facility Agent for its own account, on or before the date on which the increase takes effect, a fee of £2,000.

 

  (e) The Parent shall promptly on demand pay the Facility Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by it in connection with any increase in Commitments under this Clause 2.2.

 

  (f) The Parent may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Parent and the Increase Lender in a Fee Letter.


  (g) Clause 29.6 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lender) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this Clause 2.2 in relation to an Increase Lender as if references in that Clause to:

 

  (i) an “ Existing Lende r” were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase;

 

  (ii) the “ New Lender ” were references to that “ Increase Lender ”; and

 

  (iii) a “ re-transfer ” and “ re-assignment ” were references to respectively a “ transfer ” and “ assignment ”.

 

2.3 Voluntary increase

 

  (a) The Parent may, at any time from the date of this Agreement by giving five Business Days prior written notice to the Facility Agent, request that the Total Commitments be increased (and the Total Commitments shall be so increased) by an aggregate amount not exceeding US$75,000,000. In that event:

 

  (i) the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other banks, financial institutions, trusts, funds or other entities (each an Accordion Bank ) agreed to by the Parent (none of which may be a member of the Group or an affiliate of a member of the Group) and which confirms in the Increase Confirmation its willingness to assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender;

 

  (ii) each of the Obligors and each Accordion Bank shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and each Accordion Bank would have assumed and/or acquired had that Accordion Bank been an Original Lender;

 

  (iii) each Accordion Bank shall become a Party as a “Lender”, and each Accordion Bank and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Accordion Bank and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had that Accordion Bank been an Original Lender;

 

  (iv) the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and

 

  (v) any increase in the Total Commitments shall take effect on the date specified by the Parent in the notice referred to above or any later date on which the conditions set out in paragraph (b) below are satisfied.

 

  (b) An increase in the Total Commitments will only be effective:

 

  (i) on the execution by the Facility Agent of an Increase Confirmation from an Accordion Bank (which the Facility Agent shall do promptly upon being able to);

 

  (ii) if the Parent has confirmed, in the written notice delivered under paragraph (a) above, that no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Increase Confirmation by the Facility Agent; and


  (iii) in relation to an Accordion Bank which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase, on the performance by the Facility Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Accordion Bank, the completion of which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify to the Parent and the Accordion Bank.

 

  (c) Unless the Facility Agent otherwise agrees or the increased Commitment is assumed by an existing Lender, the Accordion Bank must pay to the Facility Agent for its own account, on or before the date on which the increase takes effect, a fee of £2,000.

 

  (d) The Parent shall promptly on demand pay the Facility Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by it in connection with any increase in Commitments under this Clause 2.3.

 

  (e) The Parent may pay to the Accordion Bank a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Parent and the Accordion Bank in a Fee Letter.

 

2.4 Nature of a Finance Party’s rights and obligations

Unless all the Finance Parties agree otherwise:

 

  (a) the obligations of a Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several;

 

  (b) failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations does not affect the obligations of any other person under the Finance Documents;

 

  (c) no Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents;

 

  (d) the rights of a Finance Party under the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights;

 

  (e) a Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce those rights; and

 

  (f) a debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party is a separate and independent debt.

 

2.5 Joint and several liability of the Obligors

The obligations of the Obligors under the Finance Documents are, unless an Obligor has been released from its obligations under the Finance Documents by the Finance Parties, joint and several.

 

2.6 Obligors’ agent

 

  (a) Each Obligor (other than the Parent) by its execution of this Agreement or an Accession Agreement irrevocably appoints the Parent to act on its behalf as its agent in relation to the Finance Documents and irrevocably authorises:

 

  (i) the Parent on its behalf to supply all information concerning itself contemplated by this Agreement to the Finance Parties and to give all notices and instructions (including, in the case of a Borrower, Requests), to execute on its behalf any Accession Agreement, to make such agreements and to effect the relevant amendments, supplements and variations capable of being given, made or effected by any Obligor notwithstanding that they may affect the Obligor, without further reference to or the consent of that Obligor; and


  (ii) each Finance Party to give any notice, demand or other communication to that Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents to the Parent,

and in each case the Obligor shall be bound as though the Obligor itself had given the notices and instructions (including, without limitation, any Requests) or executed or made the agreements or effected the amendments, supplements or variations, or received the relevant notice, demand or other communication.

 

  (b) Every act, omission, agreement, undertaking, settlement, waiver, amendment, supplement, variation, notice or other communication given or made by the Obligors’ Agent or given to the Obligors’ Agent under any Finance Document on behalf of another Obligor or in connection with any Finance Document (whether or not known to any other Obligor and whether occurring before or after such other Obligor became an Obligor under any Finance Document) shall be binding for all purposes on that Obligor as if that Obligor had expressly made, given or concurred with it. In the event of any conflict between any notices or other communications of the Obligors’ Agent and any other Obligor, those of the Obligors’ Agent shall prevail.

 

3. PURPOSE

 

3.1 Loans

Each Loan may be used to repay the Existing Facilities and for the general corporate purposes of the Group.

 

3.2 No obligation to monitor

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the utilisation of the Facility.

 

4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

4.1 Conditions precedent documents

 

  (a) A Request may not be given until the Facility Agent has notified the Borrowers and the Lenders that it has received all of the documents and evidence set out in Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent Documents) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

  (b) The Facility Agent must give this notification to the Borrowers and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

 

4.2 Further conditions precedent

The obligations of each Lender to participate in any Loan are subject to the further conditions precedent that on both the date of the Request and the proposed Utilisation Date for that Loan:

 

  (a) the Repeating Representations are correct in all material respects; and

 

  (b) no Default or, in the case of a Rollover Loan, no Event of Default is outstanding or would result from the Loan.


5. UTILISATION - LOANS

 

5.1 Giving of Requests

 

  (a) A Borrower may borrow a Loan by giving to the Facility Agent a duly completed Request.

 

  (b) Unless the Facility Agent otherwise agrees, the latest time for receipt by the Facility Agent of a duly completed Request is 9.30 a.m. (i) one Business Day (for a Loan denominated in Sterling) and (ii) three Business Days (for a Loan denominated in any other currency), in each case, before the Utilisation Date for the proposed borrowing.

 

  (c) Each Request is irrevocable.

 

5.2 Completion of Requests

A Request for a Loan will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

  (a) it identifies the Borrower;

 

  (b) the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day falling within the Availability Period;

 

  (c) the amount of the Loan requested is:

 

  (i) a minimum of US$1,000,000 or its equivalent in accordance with Clause 6 (Optional Currencies) and an integral multiple of 1,000,000 units of the requested currency;

 

  (ii) the maximum undrawn amount available under the Facility on the proposed Utilisation Date; or

 

  (iii) such other amount as the Facility Agent may agree; and

 

  (d) the proposed currency and Term comply with this Agreement.

Only one Loan may be requested in a Request.

 

5.3 Maximum number

Unless the Facility Agent agrees, a Request may not be given if, as a result, there would be more than ten Loans outstanding.

 

5.4 Advance of Loan

 

  (a) The Facility Agent must promptly notify each Lender of the details of the requested Loan and the amount of its share in that Loan.

 

  (b) The amount of each Lender’s share of the requested Loan will be its Pro Rata Share on the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

  (c) No Lender is obliged to participate in a Loan if, as a result:

 

  (i) its share in the Loans would exceed its Commitment; or

 

  (ii) the Loans would exceed the Total Commitments.


  (d) If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender must make its share in the requested Loan available to the Facility Agent for the relevant Borrower through its Facility Office on the Utilisation Date.

 

6. OPTIONAL CURRENCIES

 

6.1 General

In this Clause:

US Dollar Amount of a Loan or part of a Loan means:

 

  (a) if the Loan is denominated in US Dollars, its amount; or

 

  (b) if the Loan is denominated in an Optional Currency, its equivalent in US Dollars calculated on the basis of the Facility Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange one Business Day before the Rate Fixing Day for that Term.

 

6.2 Selection

 

  (a) The Borrower must select the currency of a Loan in its Request.

 

  (b) Unless the Facility Agent otherwise agrees, the Loans may not be denominated at any one time in more than four currencies.

 

6.3 Conditions relating to Optional Currencies

 

  (a) A Loan may be denominated in an Optional Currency for a Term if:

 

  (i) that Optional Currency is readily available in the amount required and freely convertible into US Dollars in the relevant interbank market on the Rate Fixing Day and the first day of that Term; and

 

  (ii) that Optional Currency is Sterling or Euros or has been previously approved by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders).

 

  (b) If the Facility Agent has received a request from the Parent for a currency to be approved as an Optional Currency, the Facility Agent must, within five Business Days, confirm to the Parent:

 

  (i) whether or not the Lenders have given their approval; and

 

  (ii) if approval has been given, the minimum amount (and, if required, integral multiples) for any Loan in that currency.

 

6.4 Revocation of currency

 

  (a) Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, if before 12.00 noon on any Rate Fixing Day the Facility Agent receives notice from a Lender that:

 

  (i) the Optional Currency requested is not readily available to it in the relevant interbank market in the amount and for the period required; or

 

  (ii) participating in a Loan in the proposed Optional Currency might contravene any law or regulation applicable to it,


the Facility Agent must give notice to the relevant Borrower to that effect promptly and in any event before 1.00 p.m. on that day.

 

  (b) In this event:

 

  (i) that Lender must participate in the Loan in US Dollars; and

 

  (ii) the share of that Lender in the Loan and any other similarly affected Lender(s) will be treated as a separate Loan denominated in US Dollars during that Term.

 

  (c) Any part of a Loan treated as a separate Loan under this Subclause will not be taken into account for the purposes of any limit on the number of Loans or currencies outstanding at any one time.

 

  (d) A Loan will still be treated as a Rollover Loan if it is not denominated in the same currency as the maturing Loan by reason only of the operation of this Subclause.

 

6.5 Optional Currency equivalents

The equivalent in US Dollars of a Loan or part of a Loan in an Optional Currency for the purposes of calculating:

 

  (a) whether any limit under this Agreement has been exceeded;

 

  (b) the amount of a Loan;

 

  (c) the share of a Lender in a Loan;

 

  (d) the amount of any repayment or prepayment of a Loan; or

 

  (e) the undrawn amount of a Lender’s Commitment, is its US Dollar Amount.

 

6.6 Notification

The Facility Agent must notify the Lenders and the Parent of the relevant US Dollar Amount (and the applicable Facility Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange) promptly after they are ascertained.

 

7. REPAYMENT

 

7.1 Repayment of Facility

 

  (a) Each Borrower must repay each Loan made to it in full on its Maturity Date.

 

  (b) Subject to the other terms of this Agreement, any amounts repaid under paragraph (a) above may be re-borrowed.

 

7.2 Repayment of Loans of Defaulting Lender

 

  (a) If a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the maturity date of each of the participations of that Lender in the Loans then outstanding will be automatically extended to the Final Maturity Date and these Loans will be treated as separate Loans (the Separate Loans ) denominated in the currency in which the relevant participations are outstanding.


  (b) A Borrower to whom a Separate Loan is outstanding may prepay that Loan by giving ten Business Days’ prior notice to the Facility Agent. The Facility Agent will forward a copy of a prepayment notice received in accordance with this paragraph (b) to the Defaulting Lender concerned as soon as practicable on receipt.

 

  (c) Interest in respect of a Separate Loan will accrue for successive Terms selected by the Borrower by the time and date specified by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) and will be payable by that Borrower to the Defaulting Lender on the last day of each Term of that Loan.

 

  (d) The terms of this Agreement relating to Loans generally shall continue to apply to Separate Loans other than to the extent inconsistent with paragraphs (a) to (c) above, in which case those paragraphs shall prevail in respect of any Separate Loan.

 

7.3 Reduction of Facility

 

  (a) On the date falling eighteen months after the date of this Agreement and on each date falling at six monthly intervals thereafter, the Total Commitments will automatically be reduced by 5 per cent. of the aggregate of:

 

  (i) the Total Commitments on the date of this Agreement; and

 

  (ii) the amount of any increase in the Total Commitments pursuant to Clause 2.3 (Voluntary increase).

 

  (b) The Parent must ensure that on any date on which the Total Commitments are reduced under paragraph (a) above, the aggregate amount of the Loans in US Dollars does not exceed the Total Commitments as so reduced.

 

8. PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

8.1 Mandatory prepayment — illegality

 

  (a) A Lender must notify the Facility Agent and the Parent promptly if it becomes aware that it is unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for that Lender to perform any of its obligations under a Finance Document or to fund or maintain its share in any Loan.

 

  (b) After notification under paragraph (a) above the Facility Agent must notify the Parent promptly that:

 

  (i) each Borrower must repay or prepay the share of that Lender in each Loan made to it on the date specified in paragraph (c) below; and

 

  (ii) the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled.

 

  (c) The date for repayment or prepayment of a Lender’s share in a Loan will be:

 

  (i) the last day of the current Term of that Loan; or

 

  (ii) if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notification under paragraph (a) above and which must not be earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period allowed by law.


8.2 Mandatory prepayment — capital markets issue

 

  (a) In this Clause 8.2:

capital markets issue means any public or private bond or other debt capital markets issue by or related to a member of the Group; and

net proceeds means all amounts received by a member of the Group as a result of or in relation to a capital markets issue less all Taxes and reasonable costs and expenses incurred by that member of the Group in connection with that capital markets issue.

 

  (b) Upon the occurrence of any capital markets issue, the Parent shall ensure that all net proceeds received by any member of the Group from, or in relation to, that capital markets issue in excess of an amount that would constitute Permitted Financial Indebtedness are applied in and towards the prepayment of all outstanding Loans, and a corresponding amount of the Total Commitments shall automatically be cancelled. Such prepayments and cancellations shall apply to each Lender’s Pro Rata Share in the Loans and the Total Commitments as applicable.

 

8.3 Mandatory prepayment — change of control

 

  (a) For the purposes of this Subclause:

a change of control occurs if:

 

  (i) Mr Kishore Lulla and his family cease to be discretionary beneficiaries of Beech Investments Limited;

 

  (ii) Beech Investments Limited ceases to control the Parent or to be the beneficial owner of 30 per cent. or more of the issued share capital of the Parent; or

 

  (iii) any other person or party, except for Beech Investments Limited, gains control of the Parent.

control means the power or the ability to direct the management and policies of an entity, whether through the ownership of voting capital, by contract or otherwise.

 

  (b) The Parent must promptly notify the Facility Agent if it becomes aware of any change of control.

 

  (c) After a change of control:

 

  (i) a Lender shall not be obliged to fund a Loan (except for a Rollover Loan); and

 

  (ii) if a Lender so requires and notifies the Facility Agent within 10 days of the Parent notifying the Facility Agent of the change of control, the Facility Agent shall, by not less than 30 days notice to the Parent, cancel the Commitment of that Lender and declare the participation of that Lender in all outstanding Loans, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents, to be immediately due and payable. Any such notice will take effect in accordance with its terms.

 

8.4 Voluntary prepayment

 

  (a) The Parent may, by giving not less than three Business Days’ prior written notice to the Facility Agent, prepay any Loan at any time in whole or in part.


  (b) A prepayment of part of a Loan must be in a minimum amount and an integral multiple of US$1,000,000 (or its equivalent in any Optional Currency).

 

8.5 Automatic cancellation

The Commitment of each Lender will be automatically cancelled at the close of business on the last day of the Availability Period.

 

8.6 Voluntary cancellation

 

  (a) The Parent may, by giving not less than seven Business Days’ prior notice to the Facility Agent, cancel the unutilised amount of the Total Commitments in whole or in part.

 

  (b) Partial cancellation of the Total Commitments must be in a minimum amount and an integral multiple of US$1,000,000 (or its equivalent in any Optional Currency).

 

  (c) Any cancellation in part will be applied against the Commitment of each Lender pro rata.

 

8.7 Right of repayment and cancellation of a single Lender

 

  (a) If a Borrower is, or will be, required to pay to a Lender:

 

  (i) a Tax Payment; or

 

  (ii) an Increased Cost,

the relevant Borrower may, while the requirement continues, give notice to the Facility Agent:

 

  (iii) (if such circumstances relate to a Lender) of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to prepay that Lender’s share of the Loans; or

 

  (b) After notification under paragraph (a) above:

 

  (i) the Parent must repay or prepay that Lender’s share in each Loan made to it on the date specified in paragraph (c) below; and

 

  (ii) the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled.

 

  (c) The date for repayment or prepayment of a Lender’s share in a Loan will be:

 

  (i) the last day of the Term for that Loan which ends after the relevant Borrower has given notice under paragraph (a) above; or

 

  (ii) if earlier, the date specified by that Borrower in its notification.

 

8.8 Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender

 

(a) If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Parent may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Facility Agent five Business Days’ notice of cancellation of each Available Commitment of that Lender.

 

(b) On the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above becoming effective, each Available Commitment of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.


(c) The Facility Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above, notify all the Lenders.

 

8.9 Re-borrowing of Loans

Any voluntary prepayment of a Loan under Clause 8.4 (Voluntary prepayment) may be re-borrowed on the terms of this Agreement. Any other prepayment of a Loan may not be re-borrowed.

 

8.10 Miscellaneous provisions

 

  (a) Any notice of prepayment and/or cancellation under this Agreement is irrevocable and must specify the relevant date(s) and the affected Loans and Commitments. The Facility Agent must notify the Lenders promptly of receipt of any such notice.

 

  (b) All prepayments under this Agreement must be made with accrued interest on the amount prepaid. No premium or penalty is payable in respect of any prepayment except for Break Costs.

 

  (c) The Majority Lenders may agree a shorter notice period for a voluntary prepayment or a voluntary cancellation.

 

  (d) No prepayment or cancellation is allowed except in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement.

 

  (e) No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may subsequently be reinstated.

 

9. INTEREST

 

9.1 Calculation of interest

The rate of interest on each Loan for each Term is the percentage rate per annum equal to the aggregate of the applicable:

 

  (a) Margin;

 

  (b) EURIBOR (for a Loan in Euro) or LIBOR (for any other Loan); and

 

  (c) Mandatory Cost.

 

9.2 Payment of interest

Except where it is provided to the contrary in this Agreement, each Borrower must pay accrued interest on each Loan made to it on the last day of each Term and also, if the Term is longer than six months, on the dates falling at six-monthly intervals after the first day of that Term.

 

9.3 Margin adjustments

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraphs (c) (d) and (e) below, (i) the initial Margin will be as set out in the Compliance Certificate (and the corresponding financial statements) delivered in accordance with Clause 4.1(a) (Conditions precedent documents) or, if no such Compliance Certificate is so delivered within 3 months of the date of this Agreement, 2.9% per annum, and (ii) the subsequent Margin applicable to each Loan shall be calculated by reference to the Leverage ratio (as determined in accordance with


Clause 21.3 (Leverage)) set out in the most recent Compliance Certificate (and the financial statements with which it is required by this Agreement to be delivered) received by the Facility Agent, and the rate per annum specified opposite the relevant range set out in the following table in which the Leverage ratio falls:

 

Leverage

   Margin (% per annum)  

less than 1.0

     1.9   

greater than or equal to 1.0 but less than 1.5

     2.1   

greater than or equal to 1.5 but less than 2.0

     2.3   

greater than or equal to 2.0 but less than 2.5

     2.6   

greater than or equal to 2.5

     2.9   

 

  (b) Any adjustment to the Margin under paragraph (a) above shall take effect on the date falling two Business Days after receipt by the Facility Agent of a Compliance Certificate (and the financial statements with which it is required by this Agreement to be delivered) in accordance with Clause 20.3 (Compliance Certificate).

 

  (c) If any annual financial statements delivered under Clause 20.1 (Financial statements) demonstrate that the Margin :

 

  (i) should have been increased in accordance with this Clause 11.3 when (in reliance on the corresponding Compliance Certificate) it has not been; or

 

  (ii) should not have been decreased in accordance with this Clause 11.3 when (in reliance on the corresponding Compliance Certificate) it has been,

the appropriate change to the relevant Margin will be made with retrospective effect and the relevant Borrowers must, within three Business Days of receipt of written notification from the Facility Agent confirming the same, make additional payments of interest and commitment fees in such amount as the Facility Agent shall determine is necessary to give effect to the correct variation in the Margin as demonstrated by the annual financial statements.

 

  (d) For so long as:

 

  (i) the Parent is in default of its obligation under this Agreement to provide a Compliance Certificate; or

 

  (ii) an Event of Default is outstanding,

the Margin will be the highest applicable rate, being 2.9% per annum plus any additional Margin resulting from paragraph (e) below.

 

  (e) The applicable Margin in respect of any Loan shall be increased by:


  (i) 0.10 per cent. per annum, if and for as long as the aggregate amount of the outstanding Loans exceeds 33.3% of the Total Commitments; and

 

  (ii) a further 0.10 per cent. per annum (in addition to that applied by paragraph (a) above), if and for as long as the aggregate amount of the outstanding Loans exceeds 66.6% of the Total Commitments.

 

9.4 Interest on overdue amounts

 

  (a) If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under the Finance Documents, it must immediately on demand by the Facility Agent pay interest on the overdue amount from its due date up to the date of actual payment, both before, on and after judgment.

 

  (b) Interest on an overdue amount is payable at a rate determined by the Facility Agent to be one per cent. per annum above the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount. For this purpose, the Facility Agent may (acting reasonably):

 

  (i) select successive Terms of any duration of up to three months; and

 

  (ii) determine the appropriate Rate Fixing Day for that Term.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) above, if the overdue amount is a principal amount of a Loan and becomes due and payable before the last day of its current Term, then:

 

  (i) the first Term for that overdue amount will be the unexpired portion of that Term; and

 

  (ii) the rate of interest on the overdue amount for that first Term will be one per cent. per annum above the rate then payable on that Loan.

After the expiry of the first Term for that overdue amount, the rate on the overdue amount will be calculated in accordance with paragraph (b) above.

 

  (d) Interest (if unpaid) on an overdue amount will be compounded with that overdue amount at the end of each of its Terms but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

9.5 Notification of rates of interest

The Facility Agent must promptly notify each relevant Party of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

10. TERMS

 

10.1 Selection

 

  (a) Each Loan has one Term only, commencing on its Utilisation Date.

 

  (b) The relevant Borrower must select the Term for a Loan in the relevant Request.

 

  (c) Subject to the following provisions of this Clause, each Term for a Loan will be one, three or six months or any other period agreed by the relevant Borrower and the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders).


10.2 No overrunning the Final Maturity Date

If a Term would otherwise overrun the Final Maturity Date, it will be shortened so that it ends on the Final Maturity Date.

 

10.3 Notification

The Facility Agent must notify each relevant Party of the duration of each Term promptly after ascertaining its duration.

 

11. MARKET DISRUPTION

 

11.1 Failure of a Reference Bank to supply a rate

If LIBOR or EURIBOR is to be calculated by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a rate by 12.00 noon on a Rate Fixing Day, the applicable LIBOR or EURIBOR will, subject as provided below, be calculated on the basis of the rates of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

11.2 Market disruption

 

  (a) In this Clause, each of the following events is a market disruption event :

 

  (i) LIBOR or EURIBOR is to be calculated by reference to the Reference Banks but no, or (where there is more than one Reference Bank) only one, Reference Bank supplies a rate by 12.00 noon on the Rate Fixing Day; or

 

  (ii) the Facility Agent receives by close of business on the Rate Fixing Day notification from Lenders whose shares in the relevant Loan exceed 35 per cent. of that Loan that the cost to them of obtaining matching deposits in the relevant interbank market is in excess of LIBOR or EURIBOR (as applicable) for the relevant currency and Term.

 

  (b) The Facility Agent must promptly notify the Parent and the Lenders of a market disruption event.

 

  (c) After notification under paragraph (b) above, the rate of interest on each Lender’s share in the affected Loan for the relevant Term will be the aggregate of the applicable:

 

  (i) Margin;

 

  (ii) rate notified to the Facility Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable, and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Term, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its share in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select; and

 

  (iii) Mandatory Cost.

 

11.3 Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

  (a) If a market disruption event occurs and the Facility Agent or the Parent so requires, the Parent and the Facility Agent must enter into negotiations for a period of not more than 30 days with a view to agreeing an alternative basis for determining the rate of interest and/or funding for the affected Loan.


  (b) Any alternative basis agreed will be, with the prior consent of all the Lenders, binding on all the Parties.

 

12. TAXES

 

12.1 General

In this Clause:

CTA means the Corporation Tax Act 2009.

FATCA means sections 1471 to 1474 (inclusive) of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor versions thereof that are substantially similar and not materially more onerous to comply with), and any current or future regulations or authoritative guidance promulgated thereunder.

IRS means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

ITA means the Income Tax Act 2007.

Qualifying Lender means a Lender which is:

 

  (a) a UK Lender;

 

  (b) a Treaty Lender; or

 

  (c) in respect of payments made by or on behalf of US Borrower, a Lender that is a US Qualifying Lender.

Tax Credit means a credit against any Tax or any relief or remission for Tax (or its repayment).

Treaty Lender means a Lender which:

 

  (a) is treated as a resident of a Treaty State for the purposes of the Treaty;

 

  (b) does not carry on a business in the UK through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Loans is effectively connected; and

 

  (c) meets all other conditions in the Treaty for full exemption from UK taxation on interest which relate to the Lender (including its tax status), the manner in which or the period for which it holds any rights under this Agreement, the reasons or purposes for its acquisition of such rights and the nature of any arrangements by which it disposes of or otherwise turns to account such rights, provided that for these purposes, it shall be assumed that the following are satisfied: (a) any condition for the exemption to apply which is not satisfied due to or on account of: any reason outside the control of the Lender; there being a special relationship (or absence thereof) between any Obligor (or any member of the Group) and the Lender; or the amount of any Loan or the terms of this Agreement; and (b) any procedural formalities.

Treaty State means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a Treaty ) with the UK which makes provision for full exemption from Tax imposed by the UK on interest.


UK Lender means:

 

  (a) a Lender (other than a Lender within paragraph (ii) below) which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document and is:

 

  (i) a Lender:

 

  (A) which is a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document; or

 

  (B) in respect of an advance made under a Finance Document by a person that was a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) at the time that that advance was made,

and which is within the charge to UK corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance; or

 

  (ii) a Lender which is:

 

  (A) a company resident in the UK for UK tax purposes;

 

  (B) a partnership each member of which is:

 

  (1) a company so resident in the UK; or

 

  (2) a company not so resident in the UK which carries on a trade in the UK through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of Section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

  (C) a company not so resident in the UK which carries on a trade in the UK through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of Section 19 of the CTA) of that company; or

 

  (b) a building society (as defined for the purpose of section 880 of the ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document.

US Qualifying Lender means in respect of each payment made by or on behalf of a US Borrower, a Lender that prior to such payment has supplied to the Facility Agent for transmission to the US Borrower or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor:

 

  (a) two original copies of a valid and effective IRS Form W-9 (or any successor form) either directly or under cover of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor form) certifying its status as a United States person;

 

  (b) two original copies of a valid and effective IRS Form W-8BEN (or any successor form) either directly or under cover of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor form) certifying its entitlement to receive such payments without any deduction or withholding in respect of United States Tax under a treaty with the United States;

 

  (c) two original copies of a valid and effective IRS Form W-8ECI (or any successor form) either directly or under cover of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor form) certifying that such payments are effectively connected with the conduct by that Lender of a trade or business within the United States;


  (d) two original copies of a valid and effective IRS Form W-8BEN (or any successor form) either directly or under cover of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor form) and a certification that the beneficial owner (A) is not a “bank” described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) is not a “10 per cent shareholder” of the relevant US Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code and (C) is not a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code with respect to which the relevant US Borrower is a “United States shareholder”;

 

  (e) two original copies of such other applicable form prescribed by the IRS certifying as to such Lender’s entitlement to receive such payments without deduction or withholding of any United States Tax; or

 

  (f) in case of a New Lender, valid and effective certification that such New Lender would have been a Qualifying Lender under paragraphs (a) to (e) above but for a change in law occurring after the date of this Agreement and prior the date on which such New Lender became a party to this Agreement;

provided that for purposes of this definition of US Qualifying Lender, the term United States Tax shall not include any Tax that is imposed under FATCA and also for purposes of this definition of US Qualifying Lender, in the case of a Lender that is not treated as the beneficial owner of the payment (or a portion thereof) under the Code, the term “Lender” shall mean the person who is so treated as the beneficial owner of the payment (or portion thereof).

VAT means:

 

  (a) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

  (b) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.

 

12.2 Tax gross-up

 

  (a) Each Obligor must make all payments to be made by it under the Finance Documents without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

  (b) If:

 

  (i) a Lender is not, or ceases to be, a Qualifying Lender; or

 

  (ii) an Obligor or a Lender (in respect of a payment payable to that Lender) is aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is a change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction),

it must promptly notify the Facility Agent. The Facility Agent must then promptly notify the affected Parties.

 

  (c) Except as provided below, if a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor or the Facility Agent, the amount of the payment due from the Obligor will be increased to an amount which (after making the Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.


  (d) A payment shall not be increased under paragraph (c) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the UK or the United States of America, if on the date on which the payment falls due:

 

  (i) the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any law or Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority;

 

  (ii) the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (a)(ii) of the definition of UK Lender and:

 

  (A) an officer of HMRC has given (and not revoked) a direction (a Direction ) under section 931 of the ITA which relates to the payment and that Lender has received from the Obligor making the payment or from the Parent a certified copy of that Direction; and

 

  (B) the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if that Direction had not been made; or

 

  (iii) the relevant Lender is a Treaty Lender and the Obligor making the payment is able to demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the Lender without the Tax Deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations under paragraph (g) below; or

 

  (iv) with respect to a payment made by or on behalf of a US Borrower, the relevant Lender would have been subject to such Tax on such payment on the date of the Agreement.

 

  (e) If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor must make the minimum Tax Deduction and must make any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction in the minimum amount required by law and within the time allowed by law.

 

  (f) Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or a payment required in connection with a Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction or payment must deliver to the Facility Agent for the relevant Finance Party entitled to that payment a statement under section 975 of the ITA or other evidence satisfactory to that Finance Party (acting reasonably) that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) the appropriate payment has been paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

  (g)      (i) Subject to paragraph (ii) below, a Treaty Lender and each Obligor which makes a payment to which that Treaty Lender is entitled shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for that Obligor to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction.

 

  (ii) Nothing in paragraph (i) above shall require a Treaty Lender to:

 

  (A) register under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme;


  (B) apply the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme to any Loan if it has so registered; or

 

  (C) file Treaty forms if it has included an indication to the effect that it wishes the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme to apply to this Agreement in accordance with paragraph (h) below or paragraph (a) of Clause 12.8 (HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme confirmation) and the Obligor making that payment has not complied with its obligations under paragraph (i) below or paragraph (b) of Clause 12.8 (HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme confirmation).

 

  (h) A Treaty Lender which becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall include an indication to that effect (for the benefit of the Facility Agent and without liability to any Obligor) by including its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence opposite its name in Schedule 1 (The Original Parties).

 

  (i) Where a Lender includes the indication described in paragraph (h) above in Schedule 1 (The Original Parties):

 

  (i) each Original Borrower shall file a duly completed form DTTP2 in respect of such Lender with HMRC within 30 days of the date of this Agreement and shall promptly provide the Lender with a copy of that filing; and

 

  (ii) each Additional Borrower shall file a duly completed form DTTP2 in respect of such Lender with HMRC within 30 days of becoming an Additional Borrower and shall promptly provide the Lender with a copy of that filing.

 

  (j) If a Lender has not included an indication to the effect that it wishes the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme to apply to this Agreement in accordance with paragraph (h) above or paragraph (a) of Clause 12.8 (HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme confirmation), no Obligor shall file any form relating to the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme in respect of that Lender’s Commitment(s) or its participation in any Loan.

 

12.3 Tax indemnity

 

  (a) Except as provided below, the Parent must pay to a Finance Party the amount equal to any loss liability or cost which that Finance Party (in its absolute discretion) determines will be or has been suffered (directly or indirectly) by that Finance Party for or on account of Tax in relation to a payment received or receivable (or any payment deemed to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

 

  (b) Paragraph (a) above does not apply to:

 

  (i) any Tax assessed on a Finance Party under the laws of the jurisdiction in which:

 

  (A) that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

  (B) that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,


if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable by that Finance Party. However, any payment deemed to be received or receivable, including any amount treated as income but not actually received by the Finance Party, such as a Tax Deduction, will not be treated as net income received or receivable for this purpose; and

 

  (ii) to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

  (A) is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up); or

 

  (B) would have been compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) but was not so compensated solely because one of the exclusions in Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) applied.

 

  (c) A Finance Party making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above must promptly notify the Facility Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim following which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Parent.

 

  (d) A Finance Party shall on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 12.3, notify the Facility Agent.

 

12.4 Tax Credit

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party (in its absolute discretion) determines that:

 

  (a) a Tax Credit is attributable to that Tax Payment; and

 

  (b) it has obtained, used and fully retained that Tax Credit on an affiliated group basis,

the Finance Party must pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines (in its absolute discretion) will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-tax position as it would have been if the Tax Payment had not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

12.5 Stamp taxes

The Parent must pay and indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that the Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, stamp duty land tax, registration or other similar Tax payable in connection with the entry into, performance or enforcement of any Finance Document, except for any such Tax payable in connection with the entry into a Transfer Certificate.

 

12.6 Value added taxes

 

  (a) All amounts set out or expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is or becomes chargeable on such supply, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and that Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party shall pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party).


  (b) If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “ Supplier ”) to any other Finance Party (the “ Recipient ”) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the “ Relevant Party ”) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

  (i) (where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and

 

  (ii) (where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

  (c) Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

  (d) Any reference in this Clause 12.6 to any Party shall, at any time when that Party is treated as a member of a group or unity (or fiscal unity) for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated at that time as making the supply, or (as appropriate) receiving the supply, under the grouping rules (provided for in Article 11 of Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union) so that a reference to a Party shall be construed as a reference to that Party or the relevant group or unity (or fiscal unity) of which that Party is a member for VAT purposes at the relevant time or the relevant representative member (or representative or head) of that group or unity at the relevant time (as the case may be).

 

  (e) In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party’s VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

 

12.7 Lender Status Confirmation

Each Lender which becomes a Party to this Agreement after the date of this Agreement shall indicate, in the Transfer Certificate which it executes on becoming a Party, and for the benefit of the Facility Agent and without liability to any Obligor, which of the following categories it falls in:

 

  (a) a UK Lender;


  (b) a Treaty Lender; or

 

  (c) a US Qualifying Lender

If a New Lenders fails to indicate its status in accordance with this Clause 12.7 then said New Lender shall be treated for the purposes of this Agreement (including by each Obligor) as if it is not a Qualifying Lender until such time as it notifies the Facility Agent which category applies (and the Facility Agent, upon receipt of such notification, shall inform the Parent). A Transfer Certificate shall not be invalidated by any failure of a Lender to comply with this Clause 12.7.

 

12.8 HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme confirmation

 

  (a) A New Lender (as defined in Clause 29.1 (Assignments and transfers by Lenders) that is a Treaty Lender that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall include an indication to that effect (for the benefit of the Facility Agent and without liability to any Obligor) in the Transfer Certificate which it executes by including its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in that Transfer Certificate.

 

  (b) Where a New Lender (as defined in Clause 29.1 (Assignments and transfers by Lenders) includes the indication described in paragraph (a) above in the relevant Transfer Certificate:

 

  (i) each Borrower which is a Borrower as at the relevant Transfer Date (as defined in Clause 29.5 (Procedure for transfer using a Transfer Certificate)) shall, to the extent that that New Lender becomes a Lender under a Facility which is made available to that Borrower pursuant to Clause 2.1 (Facility), file a duly completed form DTTP2 in respect of such Lender with HMRC within 30 days of that Transfer Date and shall promptly provide the Lender with a copy of that filing; and

 

  (ii) each Additional Borrower which becomes an Additional Borrower after the relevant Transfer Date (as defined in Clause 29.5 (Procedure for transfer using a Transfer Certificate)) shall, to the extent that that New Lender (as defined in Clause 29.1 (Assignments and transfers by Lenders)) is a Lender under a Facility which is made available to that Additional Borrower pursuant to Clause 2.1 (Facility), file a duly completed form DTTP2 in respect of such Lender with HMRC within 30 days of becoming an Additional Borrower and shall promptly provide the Lender with a copy of that filing.

 

13. INCREASED COSTS

 

13.1 Increased Costs

Except as provided below in this Clause, the Borrowers must pay to a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Cost incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

 

  (a) the introduction of, or any change in, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application of, any law or regulation; or

 

  (b) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement.


13.2 Exceptions

The Borrowers need not make any payment for an Increased Cost to the extent that the Increased Cost is:

 

  (a) compensated for under another Clause or would have been but for an exception to that Clause;

 

  (b) attributable to a Finance Party or its Affiliate wilfully failing to comply with any law or regulation; or

 

  (c) compensated for by payment of the Mandatory Cost.

 

13.3 Claims

 

  (a) A Finance Party intending to make a claim for an Increased Cost must notify the Facility Agent of the circumstances giving rise to and the amount of the claim, following which the Facility Agent will promptly notify the Borrowers.

 

  (b) Each Finance Party must, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Cost.

 

14. MITIGATION

 

14.1 Mitigation

 

  (a) Each Finance Party must, in consultation with the Borrowers, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which result or would result in:

 

  (i) any Tax Payment or Increased Cost being payable to that Finance Party;

 

  (ii) that Finance Party being able to exercise any right of prepayment and/or cancellation under this Agreement by reason of any illegality; or

 

  (iii) that Finance Party incurring any cost of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank,

including transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to an Affiliate or changing its Facility Office.

 

  (b) Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

  (c) The Parent must indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of any step taken by it under this Subclause.

 

  (d) A Finance Party is not obliged to take any step under this Subclause if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

14.2 Conduct of business by a Finance Party

No term of any Finance Document will:

 

  (a) interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (Tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;


  (b) oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it in respect of Tax or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

  (c) oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (Tax or otherwise) or any computation in respect of Tax.

 

15. PAYMENTS

 

15.1 Place

Unless a Finance Document specifies that payments under it are to be made in another manner, all payments by a Party (other than the Facility Agent) under the Finance Documents must be made to the Facility Agent to its account at such office or bank:

 

  (a) in the principal financial centre of the country of the relevant currency; or

 

  (b) in the case of Euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London,

as it may notify to that Party for this purpose by not less than five Business Days’ prior notice.

 

15.2 Funds

Unless a contrary indication appears in any Finance Document, payments under the Finance Documents to the Facility Agent must be made for value on the due date at such times and in such funds as the Facility Agent may specify to the Party concerned as being customary at the time for the settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place for payment.

 

15.3 Distribution

 

  (a) Each payment received by the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party must, except as provided below, be made available by the Facility Agent to that Party by payment (as soon as practicable after receipt) to its account with such office or bank:

 

  (i) in the principal financial centre of the country of the relevant currency; or

 

  (ii) in the case of Euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London,

as it may notify to the Facility Agent for this purpose by not less than five Business Days’ prior notice.

 

  (b) The Facility Agent may apply any amount received by it for an Obligor in or towards payment (as soon as practicable after receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents; or in or towards the purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

  (c)

Where a sum is paid to the Facility Agent under this Agreement for another Party, the Facility Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that Party until it has established that it has actually received it. However, the Facility Agent may assume that the sum has been paid to it, and, in reliance on that assumption, make available to that Party a corresponding amount. If it transpires that the sum has not been received by the


  Facility Agent, that Party must immediately on demand by the Facility Agent refund any corresponding amount made available to it together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Facility Agent at a rate calculated by the Facility Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

15.4 Currency

 

  (a) Unless a Finance Document specifies that payments under it are to be made in a different manner, the currency of each amount payable under the Finance Documents is determined under this Subclause.

 

  (b) Interest is payable in the currency in which the relevant amount in respect of which it is payable is denominated.

 

  (c) A repayment or prepayment of any principal amount is payable in the currency in which that principal amount is denominated on its due date.

 

  (d) Amounts payable in respect of Taxes, fees, costs and expenses are payable in the currency in which they are incurred.

 

  (e) Each other amount payable under the Finance Documents is payable in US Dollars.

 

15.5 No set-off or counterclaim

All payments made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents must be calculated and made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

15.6 Business Days

 

  (a) If a payment under the Finance Documents is due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date for that payment will instead be the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not) or whatever day the Facility Agent determines (acting reasonably) is market practice.

 

  (b) During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal under this Agreement interest is payable on that principal at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

15.7 Partial payments

 

  (a) If the Facility Agent receives a payment insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent must apply that payment towards the obligations of the Obligors under the Finance Documents in the following order:

 

  (i) first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Administrative Parties under the Finance Documents;

 

  (ii) secondly , in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest or fee due but unpaid under this Agreement;

 

  (iii) thirdly , in or towards payment pro rata of any principal amount due but unpaid under this Agreement; and

 

  (iv) fourthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.


  (b) The Facility Agent must, if so directed by the Lenders, vary the order set out in sub-paragraphs (a)(ii) to (iv) above.

 

  (c) This Subclause will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

15.8 Disruption to payment systems

 

  (a) If the Facility Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or a Borrower notifies the Facility Agent that a Disruption Event has occurred, the Facility Agent:

 

  (i) may, and must if requested by that Borrower, enter into discussions with the Parent for a period of not more than five Business Days with a view to agreeing any changes to the operation or administration of the Facility ( changes ) as the Facility Agent may decide is necessary;

 

  (ii) is not obliged to enter into discussions with the Parent in relation to any changes if, in its opinion, it is not practicable so to do, and has no obligation to agree to any changes;

 

  (iii) may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes but is not obliged so to do if, in its opinion, it is not practicable in the circumstances; and

 

  (iv) must notify the Finance Parties of any changes agreed under this Subclause.

 

  (b) Any agreement between the Facility Agent and the Parent will be, (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred), binding on the Parties notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 27 (Amendments and Waivers).

 

  (c) The Facility Agent accepts the discretions given to it by this Subclause only on the basis that it will not be liable (either in contract or tort) for any damages, costs or losses of any kind which any Party may incur or sustain as a result of the Facility Agent taking or not taking any action under this Subclause.

 

  (d) If the Facility Agent makes any payment to any person in respect of a liability incurred as a result of taking or not taking any action under this Subclause, the amount of that payment is an amount in respect of which each Lender must indemnify the Facility Agent for that Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent under this Subclause (unless the Facility Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor under a Finance Document).

 

  (e) Paragraph (d) above applies notwithstanding:

 

  (i) any other term of any Finance Document (including any term in Clause 22 (The Administrative Parties); and

 

  (ii) irrespective of whether the payment was made as a result of actual or alleged negligence or gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Facility Agent but so that the Facility Agent has no indemnity for claims against it which arise as a result of fraud by the Facility Agent.


15.9 Timing of payments

If a Finance Document does not provide for when a particular payment is due, that payment will be due within three Business Days of demand by the relevant Finance Party.

 

16. GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

16.1 Guarantee and indemnity

Each Guarantor jointly and severally and irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

  (a) guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each Borrower of all its obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  (b) undertakes with each Finance Party that, whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, it must immediately on demand by the Facility Agent pay that amount as if it were the principal obligor in respect of that amount; and

 

  (c) agrees with each Finance Party that if, any amount claimed by a Finance Party under this Clause is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal then that Guarantor will be liable as a principal debtor and primary obligor to indemnify that Finance Party in respect of any loss it incurs as a result of a Borrower failing to pay any amount expressed to be payable by it under a Finance Document on the date when it ought to have been paid. The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause had the amount claimed been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

16.2 Continuing guarantee

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of all sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

16.3 Reinstatement

 

  (a) If any discharge (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) or arrangement is made in whole or in part on the faith of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored on insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise without limitation, the liability of each Guarantor under this Clause will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge or arrangement had not occurred.

 

  (b) Each Finance Party may concede or compromise any claim that any payment, security or other disposition is liable to avoidance or restoration.

 

16.4 Waiver of defences

The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause will not be affected by any act, omission or thing (whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) which, but for this provision, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause. This includes:

 

  (a) any time or waiver granted to, or composition with, any person;

 

  (b) any release of any person under the terms of any composition or arrangement;


  (c) the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any person;

 

  (d) any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

  (e) any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of any person;

 

  (f) any amendment of a Finance Document or any other document or security;

 

  (g) any unenforceability, illegality, invalidity or non-provability of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  (h) any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

16.5 Immediate recourse

 

  (a) Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other right or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause.

 

  (b) This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

16.6 Appropriations

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may without affecting the liability of any Guarantor under this Clause:

 

(a)    (i)    refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) against those amounts; or
   (ii)    apply and enforce them in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise); and

 

  (b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of that Guarantor’s liability under this Clause.

 

16.7 Non-competition

Unless:

 

  (a) all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full; or

 

  (b) the Facility Agent otherwise directs,

no Guarantor will, after a claim has been made or by virtue of any payment or performance by it under this Clause:


  (i) be subrogated to any rights, security or moneys held, received or receivable by any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf);

 

  (ii) be entitled to any right of contribution or indemnity in respect of any payment made or moneys received on account of that Guarantor’s liability under this Clause;

 

  (iii) claim, rank, prove or vote as a creditor of any Obligor or its estate in competition with any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf); or

 

  (iv) receive, claim or have the benefit of any payment, distribution or security from or on account of any Obligor, or exercise any right of set-off as against any Obligor.

Each Guarantor must hold in trust for and immediately pay or transfer to the Facility Agent for the Finance Parties any payment or distribution or benefit of security received by it contrary to this Clause or in accordance with any directions given by the Facility Agent under this Clause.

 

16.8 Release of Guarantors’ right of contribution

If any Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents:

 

  (a) that Guarantor will be released by each other Guarantor from any liability whatsoever to make a contribution to such other Guarantor arising by reason of the performance by such other Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (b) each other Guarantor will waive any rights it may have by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any right of any Finance Party under any Finance Document or of any other security taken under, or in connection with, any Finance Document where the rights or security are granted by or in relation to the assets of the retiring Guarantor.

 

16.9 US Guarantors

 

  (a) In this sub-Clause:

fraudulent transfer law means any applicable United States of America bankruptcy and State fraudulent transfer and conveyance statute and any related case law.

 

  (b) Each US Guarantor acknowledges that:

 

  (i) it will receive valuable direct or indirect benefits as a result of the transactions financed by the Finance Documents;

 

  (ii) those benefits will constitute reasonably equivalent value and fair consideration for the purpose of any fraudulent transfer law; and

 

  (iii) each Finance Party has acted in good faith in connection with the guarantee given by that US Guarantor and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.


  (c) Each Finance Party agrees that each US Guarantor’s liability under this sub-Clause is limited so that no obligation of, or transfer by, any US Guarantor under this sub-Clause is subject to avoidance and turnover under any fraudulent transfer law.

 

16.10 Additional security

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

 

16.11 Limitations

 

  (a) This guarantee does not apply to any liability to the extent it would result in this guarantee constituting unlawful financial assistance under any applicable laws.

 

  (b) The obligations of any Additional Guarantor are subject to the limitations (if any) set out in the Accession Agreement executed by that Additional Guarantor.

 

17. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

17.1 Representations and warranties

Unless otherwise stated, the representations and warranties set out in this Clause are made by each Obligor to each Finance Party.

 

17.2 Status

 

  (a) It is a limited liability company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

  (b) It and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

17.3 Powers and authority

It has the power to enter into and perform, and has taken all necessary action to authorise the entry into and performance of, the Finance Documents to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

 

17.4 Legal validity

 

  (a) Subject to any general principles of law limiting its obligations and referred to in any legal opinion required under this Agreement, each Finance Document to which it is a party is its legally binding, valid and enforceable obligation.

 

  (b) Subject to translations into Arabic, each Finance Document to which it is a party is in the proper form for its admissibility in evidence and/or enforcement in the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

 

17.5 Non-conflict

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents do not conflict with:

 

  (a) any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

  (b) its constitutional documents; or


  (c) any document which is binding upon it or any of its assets.

 

17.6 No default

 

  (a) No Default is outstanding or will result from the entry into of, or the performance of any transaction contemplated by, any Finance Document; and

 

  (b) no other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any document which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or its Subsidiaries’ assets to an extent or in a manner which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

17.7 Authorisations

All authorisations required by it in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents have been obtained or effected (as appropriate) and are in full force and effect.

 

17.8 Financial statements

Its audited financial statements most recently delivered to the Facility Agent, and on the date of this Agreement the Original Financial Statements:

 

  (a) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied; and

 

  (b) give a true and fair view of its financial condition (or, in the case of the Original Financial Statements, the financial condition of the Group) as at the date to which they were drawn up,

except, in each case, as disclosed to the contrary in those financial statements.

 

17.9 No material adverse change

There has been no material adverse change in the business, consolidated financial condition, or operations of the Group (taken as a whole) since the date to which the Original Financial Statements were drawn up.

 

17.10 Litigation

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings against any member of the Group are current or, to its knowledge, pending or threatened, which have or, if adversely determined, are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

17.11 Intellectual Property

 

  (a) It:

 

  (i) is the sole legal and beneficial owner of or has licensed to it on normal commercial terms all the Intellectual Property which is material in the context of its business and which is required by it in order to carry on its business;

 

  (ii) has taken all formal or procedural actions (including payment of fees) required to maintain that Intellectual Property; and

 

  (iii) does not, in carrying on its business, infringe any Intellectual Property of any third party in any respect which has a Material Adverse Effect.


  (b) None of its Intellectual Property is being infringed, nor (to its knowledge) is there any threatened infringement of any of that Intellectual Property, in any material respect.

 

17.12 Information

 

  (a) All written information supplied by or on behalf of it to the Finance Parties in connection with the Finance Documents (including the documents and certificates specified in Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent Documents)) was true and accurate in all material respects as at its date or (if appropriate) as at the date (if any) at which it is stated to be given.

 

  (b) The financial projections supplied by or on behalf of it to the Finance Parties in connection with the Finance Documents have been prepared as at their date, on the basis of most recent historical information and assumptions believed by the Parent to be fair and reasonable.

 

  (c) It has not omitted to supply any information which, if disclosed, would make the information supplied by it untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

  (d) As at the date of this Agreement, nothing has occurred since the date of any information supplied by or on behalf of it to the Finance Parties which, if disclosed, would make the information supplied by it untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

17.13 Taxes on payments

As at the date of this Agreement, all amounts payable by it under the Finance Documents to a Qualifying Lender (except for amounts payable to a Lender that is a Qualifying Lender by reason of paragraph (d) of the definition of US Qualifying Lender under Clause 12.1 (General)) may be made without any Tax Deduction (except for any Tax Deduction imposed by FATCA (as defined under Clause 12.1 (General)).

 

17.14 Stamp duties

As at the date of this Agreement

 

  (a) no stamp or registration duty or similar Tax or charge is payable in its jurisdiction of incorporation in respect of any Finance Document; and

 

  (b) under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation it is not necessary that any Finance Document be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction.

 

17.15 No adverse consequences

 

  (a) It is not necessary under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation:

 

  (i) in order to enable any Finance Party to enforce its rights under any Finance Document; or

 

  (ii) by reason of the entry into of any Finance Document or the performance by it of its obligations under any Finance Document,

that any Finance Party should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in its jurisdiction of incorporation; and


  (b) no Finance Party is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in its jurisdiction of incorporation by reason only of the entry into, performance and/or enforcement of any Finance Document.

 

17.16 Pari passu ranking

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

17.17 Jurisdiction and governing law

Subject to any reservations as to matters of law set out in the legal opinions referred to in Part 1 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent Documents):

 

  (a) its:

 

  (i) irrevocable submission under this Agreement to the jurisdiction of the courts of England;

 

  (ii) agreement that this Agreement is governed by English law; and

 

  (iii) agreement not to claim any immunity to which it or its assets may be entitled, are legal, valid and binding under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation; and

 

  (b) any judgment obtained in England will be recognised and be enforceable by the courts of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

17.18 US Guarantors

Each US Guarantor represents and warrants to each Finance Party that:

 

  (a) the aggregate amount of its debts (including its obligations under the Finance Documents) is less than the aggregate value (being the lesser of fair valuation and present fair saleable value) of its assets;

 

  (b) its capital is not unreasonably small to carry on its business as it is being conducted;

 

  (c) it has not incurred and does not intend to incur debts beyond its ability to pay as they mature; and

 

  (d) it has not made a transfer or incurred any obligation under any Finance Document with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud any of its present or future creditors.

 

17.19 ERISA and Multiemployer Plans

Each US Obligor represents and warrants to each Finance Party that:

 

  (a) each Employee Plan is in compliance in form and operation with ERISA and the Code and all other applicable laws and regulations save where any failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (b)

each Employee Plan which is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has been determined by the IRS to be so qualified or is in the process of being submitted to the IRS for approval or will be so submitted during the applicable


  remedial amendment period, and, nothing has occurred since the date of such determination that would adversely affect such determination (or, in the case of an Employee Plan with no determination, nothing has occurred that would adversely affect such qualification), except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (c) there exists no Unfunded Pension Liabilities with respect to Employee Plans in the aggregate, taking into account only Employee Plans with positive Unfunded Pension Liabilities, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (d) neither any US Obligor nor any ERISA Affiliate is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions or has within any of the five calendar years immediately preceding the date of this Agreement made or accrued an obligation to make contributions to any Multiemployer Plan, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (e) there are no actions, suits or claims pending against or involving an Employee Plan (other than routine claims for benefits) or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, any US Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate, threatened, which would reasonably be expected to be asserted successfully against any Employee Plan and, if so asserted successfully, would reasonably be expected, either singly or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (f) each US Obligor and any ERISA Affiliate has made all material contributions to or under each such Employee Plan required by law within the applicable time limits prescribed thereby, the terms of such Employee Plan, or any contract or agreement requiring contributions to an Employee Plan save where any failure to comply, either singly or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (g) neither any US Obligor nor any ERISA Affiliate has ceased operations at a facility so as to become subject to the provisions of Section 4068(a) of ERISA, withdrawn as a substantial employer so as to become subject to the provisions of Section 4063 of ERISA or ceased making contributions to any Employee Plan subject to Section 4064(a) of ERISA to which it made contributions, save where any such failure would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

  (h) neither any US Obligor nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any liability to PBGC save for any liability for premiums due in the ordinary course or other liability which would not reasonably be expected to have, either singly or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

17.20 United States laws

No Obligor is required to be registered as an investment company (as defined in the United States Investment Company Act of 1940) or is subject to regulation under the United States Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

17.21 Sanctions

 

  (a) No member of the Group (i) is a Restricted Party or (ii) has engaged in any transaction or conduct that would reasonably be expected to result in it becoming a Restricted Party.


  (b) The operations of each member of the Group are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with all anti-money laundering laws and all applicable financial record keeping and reporting requirements, rules, regulations and guidelines applicable to such member of the Group (collectively, Money Laundering Laws ) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving any member of the Group with respect to Money Laundering Laws is pending and, to the best of the Obligors’ knowledge, no such actions, suits or proceedings are threatened or contemplated.

 

  (c) No member of the Group, nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees or affiliates nor, to the best of their collective knowledge after due inquiry, any agents or other persons acting on behalf of any of the foregoing, directly or indirectly, has (i) violated or is in violation of any provision of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or the UK Bribery Act 2010; (ii) violated or is in violation of any applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law or regulation enacted in any jurisdiction, whether in connection with or arising from the OECD Convention Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions or otherwise; (iii) made, offered to make, promised to make or authorised the payment or giving of or requested, agreed to receive or accepted, directly or indirectly, any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, facilitation payment, kickback or other unlawful payment or gift of money or anything of value prohibited under any applicable law or regulation (any such payment, a Prohibited Payment ); or (iv) been subject to any investigation by any governmental entity with regard to any actual or alleged Prohibited Payment.

 

17.22 Times for making representations and warranties

 

  (a) The representations and warranties set out in this Clause are made by each Obligor on the date of this Agreement.

 

  (b) Unless a representation and warranty is expressed to be given at a specific date, each representation and warranty is deemed to be repeated by each Obligor:

 

  (i) on the date of each Accession Agreement; and

 

  (ii) on the date of each Request and the first day of each Term.

 

  (c) When a representation and warranty in Clause 19.6(a) (No Default) is repeated on a Request for a Rollover Loan or the first day of a Term for a Rollover Loan, the reference to a Default will be construed as a reference to an Event of Default.

 

  (d) When a representation and warranty is repeated, it is applied to the circumstances existing at the time of repetition.

 

18. INFORMATION COVENANTS

 

18.1 Financial statements

 

  (a) The Parent must supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

 

  (i) the audited consolidated financial statements for each Obligor (including the Parent), for each of their financial years;

 

  (ii) for each of its financial years, a statement from its auditors identifying any items in its audited consolidated accounts for that financial year which would be eliminated if those financial statements did not consolidate results of the members of the Wider Group which are not members of the Group;


  (iii) for each financial quarter of each of their financial years, a set of the unaudited consolidated management accounts of each Obligor (including the Parent); and

 

  (iv) for the first half of each of their financial years, a set of the unaudited interim financial consolidated statements of each Obligor (including the Parent);

 

  (v) for each of the first half of its financial years, a statement from the chief financial officer of the Parent identifying any items in its unaudited interim financial consolidated statements which would be eliminated if those financial statements did not consolidate results of the members of the Wider Group which were not members of the Group; and

 

  (vi) in respect of EIML;

 

  (A) for each of its financial years, its audited consolidated financial statements (to the extent available); and

 

  (B) for the first half of each of its financial years, a set of its unaudited interim financial consolidated statements (to the extent available).

 

  (b) All financial statements must be supplied as soon as they are available and:

 

  (i) in the case of any Obligor’s audited consolidated financial statements, the Parent’s auditor’s statement in respect of the audited consolidated financial statements of the Parent and the audited consolidated financial statements of EIML (to the extent available), within 180 days;

 

  (ii) in the case of any Obligor’s interim unaudited consolidated financial statements or the interim unaudited consolidated financial statements of EIML (to the extent available), within 90 days; and

 

  (iii) in the case of any Obligor’s unaudited consolidated quarterly management accounts, within 45 days,

of the end of the relevant financial period.

 

18.2 Form of financial statements

 

  (a) The Parent must ensure that each set of financial statements supplied under this Agreement gives (if audited) a true and fair view of, or (if unaudited) fairly represents, the financial condition (consolidated or otherwise) of the relevant person as at the date to which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

  (b) The Parent must notify the Facility Agent of any change to the manner in which its audited consolidated financial statements are prepared.

 

  (c) If requested by the Facility Agent, the Parent must supply to the Facility Agent:

 

  (i) a full description of any change notified under paragraph (b) above; and

 

  (ii)

sufficient information to enable the Finance Parties to make a proper comparison between the financial position shown by the set of financial


  statements prepared on the changed basis and the most recent audited consolidated financial statements of the Parent delivered to the Facility Agent under this Agreement.

 

  (d) If requested by the Facility Agent, the Parent must enter into discussions for a period of not more than 30 days with a view to agreeing any amendments required to be made to this Agreement to place the Parent and the Lenders in the same position as they would have been in if the change had not happened. Any agreement between the Parent and the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) will be binding on all the Parties.

 

  (e) If no agreement is reached under paragraph (d) above on the required amendments to this Agreement, the Parent must supply with each set of its financial statements another set of its financial statements prepared on the same basis as the Original Financial Statements.

 

18.3 Compliance Certificate

 

  (a) The Parent must supply to the Facility Agent a Compliance Certificate with each set of its consolidated financial statements under Clauses 18.1(a)(i), (iii) and (iv) sent to the Facility Agent under this Agreement.

 

  (b) A Compliance Certificate must be signed by two authorised signatories of the Parent, one of which must be the finance director, and, in the case of a Compliance Certificate supplied with its annual audited consolidated financial statements, its auditors.

 

18.4 Information - miscellaneous

The Parent must supply to the Facility Agent, in sufficient copies for all the Lenders if the Facility Agent so requests:

 

  (a) copies of all documents despatched by the Parent to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally or any class of them at the same time as they are despatched;

 

  (b) promptly upon becoming aware of them, details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings against any member of the Group which are current, threatened or pending and which have or might, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (c) promptly on written request, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group (including, but not limited to, additional financial statements providing a detailed breakdown of the EBITDA ((as defined in Clause 21 (Financial Covenants)), gross assets and turnover of both the Adjusted Group and the Indian Group) as any Finance Party through the Facility Agent may reasonably request at appropriate and reasonable times;

 

  (d) promptly upon receipt, a copy of any written notice of any termination, amendment or waiver request proposed or executed by any person in relation to the Relationship Agreement, along with such documents and additional information as the Facility Agent may require to fully understand the scope, extent and consequences of any such proposed amendment or waiver; and


  (e) promptly on request, and with each set of annual financial statements delivered under Clause 18.1(a)(i) (Financial statements), a list of the then current Material Companies.

 

18.5 Notification of Default

 

  (a) Unless the Facility Agent has already been so notified by another Obligor, each Obligor must notify the Facility Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence.

 

  (b) Promptly on request by the Facility Agent, the Parent must supply to the Facility Agent a certificate, signed by two of its authorised signatories on its behalf, certifying that no Default is outstanding or, if a Default is outstanding, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it.

 

18.6 Year end

No Borrower may change its financial year end without the prior consent of the Facility Agent.

 

18.7 “Know your customer” requirements

 

  (a) If:

 

  (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, application or administration of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (ii) any change in the status of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (iii) a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer;

obliges the Facility Agent or any Lender (or in the case of paragraph (iii) above any prospective Lender) to comply with any “know your customer” requirements in circumstances where the necessary information is not readily available to it, each Obligor must promptly on the request of any Finance Party supply to that Finance Party any documentation or other evidence which is reasonably requested by that Finance Party (whether for itself, on behalf of any Finance Party or any prospective new Lender) to enable a Finance Party or prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all applicable “know your customer” requirements.

 

  (b) Each Lender must promptly on the request of the Facility Agent supply to the Facility Agent any documentation or other evidence which is reasonably required by the Facility Agent to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all “know your customer” requirements.

 

  (c) The Parent shall, by not less than ten Business Days’ prior written notice to the Facility Agent, notify the Facility Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Obligor pursuant to Clause 30 (Changes to the Obligors).

 

  (d)

Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (c) above, if the accession of such Additional Obligor obliges the Facility Agent or any Lender to comply with


  “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Parent shall promptly upon the request of the Facility Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Facility Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Facility Agent or such Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the accession of such Subsidiary to this Agreement as an Additional Obligor.

 

19. FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

19.1 Definitions

In this Clause:

Accounting Principles means generally accepted accounting principles in the jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant Obligor, including IFRS.

Adjusted EBITDA means, in relation to a Measurement Period, Consolidated EBITDA for the period adjusted by:

 

  (a) including the EBITDA attributable to a business or assets acquired by any member of the Group during the Measurement Period for that part of the Measurement Period when such business or assets were not owned by a member of the Group; and

 

  (b) excluding the EBITDA attributable to a business or asset disposed of by any member of the Group during that Measurement Period.

Cashflow means, in respect of any Measurement Period, EBITDA for that Measurement Period after:

 

  (a) adding the amount of any decrease (and deducting the amount of any increase) in Working Capital for that Measurement Period;

 

  (b) adding the amount of any cash receipts (and deducting the amount of any cash payments) during that Measurement Period in respect of any Exceptional Items not already taken account of in calculating EBITDA for any Measurement Period;

 

  (c) deducting the amount of any cash payments made by any member of the Adjusted Group to any member of the Wider Group during that Measurement Period for, or in relation to, capital expenditure to the extent not already taken account of in calculating EBITDA for any Measurement Period;

 

  (d) adding the amount of any cash receipts during that Measurement Period in respect of any Tax rebates or credits and deducting the amount actually paid or due and payable in respect of Taxes during that Measurement Period by any member of the Adjusted Group;

 

  (e) adding (to the extent not already taken into account in determining EBITDA) the amount of any dividends or other profit distributions received in cash by any member of the Adjusted Group during that Measurement Period from any entity which is itself not a member of the Adjusted Group and deducting (to the extent not already deducted in determining EBITDA) the amount of any dividends paid in cash during the Measurement Period to minority shareholders in members of the Adjusted Group;


  (f) adding the amount of any cash paid to a member of the Adjusted Group in the Measurement Period that represents repayment of any loan made to any member of the Wider Group;

 

  (g) adding the amount of any increase in provisions, other non-cash debits and other non-cash charges (which are not Current Assets or Current Liabilities) and deducting the amount of any non-cash credits (which are not Current Assets or Current Liabilities) in each case to the extent taken into account in establishing EBITDA;

and so that no amount shall be added (or deducted) more than once.

Consolidated EBITDA means the EBITDA of all members of the Group (or the Adjusted Group when calculating the ratio of Cashflow to Debt Service) on a consolidated basis.

Current Assets means the aggregate (on a consolidated basis) of all inventory, work in progress, trade and other receivables of each member of the Adjusted Group including prepayments in relation to operating items and sundry debtors (but excluding Eligible Cash and Cash Equivalents) expected to be realised within twelve months from the date of computation but excluding amounts in respect of:

 

  (a) receivables in relation to Tax;

 

  (b) Exceptional Items and other non-operating items;

 

  (c) insurance claims; and

 

  (d) any interest owing to any member of the Adjusted Group.

Current Liabilities means the aggregate (on a consolidated basis) of all liabilities (including trade creditors, accruals and provisions) of each member of the Adjusted Group expected to be settled within twelve months from the date of computation but excluding amounts in respect of:

 

  (a) liabilities for Total Borrowings and Finance Costs;

 

  (b) liabilities for Tax;

 

  (c) Exceptional Items and other non-operating items;

 

  (d) insurance claims; and

 

  (e) liabilities in relation to dividends declared but not paid by the Parent or by a member of the Adjusted Group in favour of a person which is not a member of the Group.

Debt Service means, in respect of any Measurement Period, the aggregate of:

 

  (a) Finance Costs for that Measurement Period;

 

  (b) the aggregate of all scheduled and mandatory repayments of Total Borrowings falling due and any voluntary prepayments made during that Measurement Period but excluding:

 

  (i) any amounts falling due under any overdraft or revolving facility and which were available for simultaneous redrawing according to the terms of that facility;


  (ii) any such obligations owed to any member of the Adjusted Group; and

 

  (iii) any prepayment of Total Borrowings existing on the date of this Agreement which is required to be repaid under the terms of this Agreement;

 

  (c) the amount of any cash dividends or distributions paid or made by the Parent in respect of that Measurement Period; and

 

  (d) the amount of the capital element of any payments in respect of that Measurement Period payable under any Finance Lease entered into by any member of the Adjusted Group,

and so that no amount shall be included more than once.

EBITDA means, in relation to a Measurement Period, the aggregate of consolidated operating profits (including the results from discontinued operations) before finance costs and tax for that Measurement Period, adjusted by:

 

  (a) taking no account of any material items which represent gains or losses arising on:

 

  (i) restructurings of the activities of an entity and reversals of any provisions for the costs of restructuring;

 

  (ii) disposals of non-current assets;

 

  (iii) the disposal of assets associated with discontinued operations; or

 

  (iv) other exceptional or extraordinary items;

 

  (b) taking no account of any unrealised gains or losses on any derivative instrument which is reported through the income statement;

 

  (c) taking no account of any income or charge attributable to a post-employment benefit scheme other than the current service costs attributable to the scheme;

 

  (d) adding back any depreciation of tangible assets and amortisation of intangible assets;

 

  (e) taking no account of any charge for impairment or any reversal of any previous impairment charge made in the period.

 

  (f) taking no account of accrued interest owing and unpaid to any member of the Group; and

 

  (g) deducting all non-periodic fees, costs and expenses, stamp, registration and other Taxes incurred by any member of the Group (or the Adjusted Group when calculating the ratio of Cashflow to Debt Service) in connection with the acquisition of another person or asset, to the extent that such costs have not been capitalised.

Eligible Cash and Cash Equivalents means, at any time:

 

  (a) cash in hand or on deposit with any Acceptable Bank;


  (b) certificates of deposit, maturing within one year after the relevant date of calculation, issued by an Acceptable Bank;

 

  (c) any investment in marketable obligations issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States of America, the UK, any member state of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State or by an instrumentality or agency of any of them in each case having a credit rating for its long term unsecured and unsubordinated debt of AA or higher by S&P or Fitch or Aa2 or higher by Moody’s which:

 

  (i) matures within one year after the date of the relevant calculation; and

 

  (ii) is not convertible to any other security;

 

  (d) open market commercial paper not convertible to any other security:

 

  (i) for which a recognised trading market exists;

 

  (ii) issued in the United States of America, the UK, any member of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State;

 

  (iii) which matures within one year after the relevant date of calculation; and

 

  (iv) which has a credit rating of either A-1 by S&P or Fitch or P-1 by Moody’s, or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its long-term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating;

 

  (e) Sterling bills of exchange eligible for rediscount at the Bank of England and accepted by an Acceptable Bank (or any dematerialised equivalent);

 

  (f) investments accessible within 30 days in money market funds which:

 

  (i) have a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by S&P or Fitch or P-1 or higher by Moody’s; and

 

  (ii) invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in paragraphs (b) to (e) above; or

 

  (g) any other debt, security or investment approved by the Majority Lenders,

in each case, to which any member of the Group (or the Adjusted Group when calculating the ratio of Cashflow to Debt Service) is beneficially entitled (but shall not include any cash deposited by a Subsidiary under a cash pooling arrangement) at that time and which is capable of being applied against Total Borrowings.

Exceptional Items means any material items of an unusual or non-recurring nature which represent gains or losses including those arising on:

 

  (a) the restructuring of the activities of an entity and reversals of any provisions for the cost of restructuring;

 

  (b) disposals, revaluations or impairment of non-current assets; and

 

  (c) disposals of assets associated with discontinued operations.


Finance Costs means, in relation to a Measurement Period, the aggregate of all interest, commission, fees, discounts, premiums, charges and other finance costs (whether paid, payable or added to principal) incurred by the Group (or the Adjusted Group when calculating the ratio of Cashflow to Debt Service) during that period (calculated on a consolidated basis).

Finance Lease means any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with the Accounting Principles, be treated as a finance or capital lease.

Measurement Period means each period of 12 months ending on the last day of a financial quarter-year of the Parent.

Net Finance Costs means, for any Measurement Period, the Finance Costs for that Measurement Period after deducting any interest payable in that Measurement Period to any member of the Group on any Eligible Cash and Cash Equivalents.

New Shareholder Injections means the aggregate amount subscribed for and paid to the Parent in cash by any person (other than a member of the Group) for any ordinary share capital of the Parent or by way of Financial Indebtedness of the Parent owing to any person other than a member of the Group which is subordinated on terms acceptable to the Majority Lenders.

Total Borrowings means, in respect of the Group (or the Adjusted Group when calculating the ratio of Cashflow to Debt Service), at any time, the aggregate of the following liabilities calculated at the nominal, principal or other amount at which the liabilities would be carried in the consolidated balance sheet of the Parent drawn up at that time (or in the case of any guarantee, indemnity or similar assurance referred to in paragraph (i) below, the maximum liability under the relevant instrument):

 

  (a) any moneys borrowed;

 

  (b) any redeemable preference shares;

 

  (c) any acceptance under any acceptance credit (including any dematerialised equivalent);

 

  (d) any bond, note, debenture, loan stock or other similar instrument;

 

  (e) any indebtedness under a finance or capital lease;

 

  (f) any moneys owing in connection with the sale or discounting of receivables (except to the extent that there is no recourse);

 

  (g) any indebtedness arising from any deferred payment agreements arranged primarily as a method of raising finance or financing the acquisition of an asset;

 

  (h) any indebtedness arising in connection with any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) which has the commercial effect of a borrowing; and

 

  (i) any indebtedness of any person of a type referred to in the above paragraphs which is the subject of a guarantee, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss given by a member of the Group.

Total Net Borrowings means at any time Total Borrowings of the Group (or the Adjusted Group when calculating the ratio of Cashflow to Debt Service) less Eligible Cash and Cash Equivalents of the Group (or the Adjusted Group when calculating the ratio of Cashflow to Debt Service).


Working Capital means, on any date, Current Assets less Current Liabilities.

 

19.2 Interpretation

 

  (a) Except as provided to the contrary in this Agreement, an accounting term used in this Clause is to be construed in accordance with the principles applied in connection with the Original Financial Statements.

 

  (b) Any amount in a currency other than US Dollars is to be taken into account at its US Dollar equivalent calculated on the basis of:

 

  (i) the Facility Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange for the purchase of the relevant currency in the London foreign exchange market with US Dollars at or about 11.00 a.m. on the day the relevant amount falls to be calculated; or

 

  (ii) if the amount is to be calculated on the last day of a financial period of the Parent, the relevant rates of exchange used by the Parent in, or in connection with, its financial statements for that period.

 

  (c) No item must be credited or deducted more than once in any calculation under this Clause.

 

19.3 Leverage

The Parent must ensure that Total Net Borrowings do not, at the end of any Measurement Period, equal or exceed 3 times Adjusted EBITDA for that Measurement Period.

 

19.4 Interest cover

The Parent must ensure that the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Net Finance Costs is not, for any Measurement Period, equal to or less than 4 to 1.

 

19.5 Debt Service Cover Ratio

The Parent must ensure that the ratio of Cashflow to Debt Service for the Adjusted Group, for any Measurement Period, is not less than 1.1.

 

19.6 Equity cure right

 

  (a) If, as at the last day of any Measurement Period (the Relevant Measurement Period ), the Parent is in breach of its obligations under Clause 19.5 (Debt Service Cover Ratio), the Parent may apply the proceeds of a New Shareholder Injection in accordance with this Clause 19.6.

 

  (b) Any New Shareholder Injections must, within 15 Business Days of the date of delivery to the Facility Agent of the financial statements of the Parent and the Compliance Certificate in respect of the Relevant Measurement Period:

 

  (i) be received by the Parent;

 

  (ii) only be for the minimum amount necessary to cure the relevant breach; and


  (iii) be applied in prepayment of the Loans and simultaneous cancellation of an equivalent amount of the Total Commitments.

 

  (c) The Parent may not apply the proceeds of New Shareholder Injections pursuant to this Clause 19.6:

 

  (i) more than three times over the life of the Facilities;

 

  (ii) more than twice in any 12 month period; or

 

  (iii) in respect of two consecutive Measurement Periods.

 

  (d) If a New Shareholder Injection is provided pursuant to this Clause 19.6, then solely for the purposes of measuring compliance with Clause 19.5 (Debt Service Cover Ratio):

 

  (i) Total Net Borrowings shall be deemed to be decreased by an amount equal to the amount of that New Shareholder Injection; and

 

  (ii) Net Finance Costs and Debt Service shall be recalculated to reflect the amounts which would, in the opinion of the Parent supported by appropriate calculations delivered to the Facility Agent and acceptable to the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably), have been incurred as Net Finance Costs and Debt Service if the New Shareholder Injection had been applied to repay Total Borrowings on the first day of the Relevant Measurement Period.

This recalculation shall apply to the Relevant Measurement Period and any other Measurement Period which includes the last day of the Relevant Measurement Period.

 

20. GENERAL COVENANTS

 

20.1 General

Each Obligor agrees to be bound by the covenants set out in this Clause relating to it and, where the covenant is expressed to apply to any other member of the Group, each Obligor must ensure that those members of the Group perform that covenant.

 

20.2 Authorisations

Each Obligor must promptly:

 

  (a) obtain, maintain and comply with the terms; and

 

  (b) supply certified copies to the Facility Agent,

of any authorisation required under any law or regulation to enable it to perform its obligations under, or for the validity or enforceability of, any Finance Document.

 

20.3 Compliance with laws

Each member of the Group must comply in all respects with all laws to which it is subject where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.


20.4 Pari passu ranking

Each Obligor must ensure that its payment obligations under the Finance Documents at all times rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured payment obligations, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

20.5 Negative pledge

 

  (a) Except as provided below, no member of the Group may create or allow to exist any Security Interest on any of its assets.

 

  (b) No member of the Group may:

 

  (i) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms where it is or may be leased to or re-acquired or acquired by a member of the Group or any of its related entities;

 

  (ii) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

  (iii) enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

  (iv) enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

in circumstances where the transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset (collectively Quasi Security ).

 

  (c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to:

 

  (i) any Security Interest set out in Schedule 9 (Existing Security) except to the extent the principal amount secured by that Security Interest exceeds the amount stated in that Schedule;

 

  (ii) any Security Interest comprising a netting or set-off arrangement entered into by a member of the Group in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;

 

  (iii) any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (iv) any Security Interest or Quasi Security on an asset, or an asset of any person, acquired by a member of the Group after the date of this Agreement but only for the period of 6 months from the date of acquisition and to the extent that the principal amount secured by that Security Interest has not been incurred or increased in contemplation of, or since, the acquisition;

 

  (v) any Security Interest under a Finance Document;

 

  (vi) any Quasi-Security arising as a result of a disposal which is permitted under Clause 20.6 (Disposals);

 

  (vii) any Security Interest created with the consent of the Majority Lenders; and


  (viii) any Security Interest not allowed under the preceding sub-paragraphs securing indebtedness of the Group the outstanding principal amount of which (when aggregated with the outstanding principal amount of any other indebtedness which has the benefit of a Security Interest not allowed under the preceding sub-paragraphs) does not exceed, at any time, $40,000,000 (of which not more than $20,000,000 shall be attributable to any Security Interest securing indebtedness of the Adjusted Group).

 

20.6 Disposals

 

  (a) Except as provided below, no member of the Group may, either in a single transaction or in a series of transactions and whether related or not, dispose of all or any part of its assets.

 

  (b) Paragraph (a) does not apply to any disposal:

 

  (i) made in the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity;

 

  (ii) of assets (other than shares or interests in a business) in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality; or

 

  (iii) constituted by a licence of Intellectual Property on normal commercial terms and in the ordinary course of the Group’s business;

 

  (iv) approved by the Majority Lenders;

 

  (v) of any shares held, directly or indirectly by Eros Worldwide FZ LLC in EIML, provided that:

 

  (A) at no time may the aggregate direct or indirect shareholding of Eros Worldwide FZ LLC in EIML fall below 60 per cent.; and

 

  (B) with respect to any disposal of shares that results in the aggregate direct or indirect shareholding of Eros Worldwide FZ LLC in EIML being between 60 to 70 per cent., the aggregate amount of all proceeds from any such disposal in excess of the aggregate amount of the proceeds of any disposal that takes the direct or indirect shareholding of Eros Worldwide FZ LLC in EIML to 70 per cent. (less all Taxes and reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with any such disposal) must, within a period not exceeding 12 months from the date of any such disposal, be applied either:

 

  I. in the acquisition of any cash generating asset approved in writing by the Majority Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and purchased by any member of the Group on bona fide arm’s length commercial terms; or

 

  II.

in and towards the prepayment of all outstanding Loans (including any related interest, charges or Break Costs falling due as a consequence of such prepayment) and the immediate cancellation of a corresponding amount of the Total Commitments starting with the Available Commitments, to the extent applicable and possible. In each


  case, such prepayments and cancellations are to be applied by the Facility Agent between the Lenders according to each Lender’s Pro Rata Share in the Total Commitments).

 

20.7 Arms’ length basis

No Obligor may be a creditor in respect of any indebtedness or enter into any transaction with any person, other than (in each case) on arms’ length terms in the ordinary course of commercial operations.

 

20.8 Financial Indebtedness

 

  (a) Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that no member of the Group will) incur or allow to remain outstanding any Financial Indebtedness.

 

  (b) Paragraph (a) above does not apply to Financial Indebtedness which is:

 

  (i) Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

 

  (ii) a Permitted Transaction; or

 

  (iii) that portion of the net proceeds ((as defined under Clause 8.2 (Mandatory prepayment – capital markets issue)) of any capital markets issue (as defined under Clause 8.2 (Mandatory prepayment — capital markets issue)) that does not constitute Permitted Financial Indebtedness, provided that the Parent shall promptly comply with its mandatory prepayment obligations in respect of that portion as set out under Clause 8.2 (Mandatory prepayment — capital markets issue).

 

20.9 Treasury Transactions

No Obligor may enter into any derivative transactions in connection with protection against or benefit from any fluctuation in any rate or price, other than a Permitted Treasury Transaction.

 

20.10 Change of business

The Parent must ensure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Parent or the Group from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

20.11 Mergers

No Obligor may enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger or reconstruction except on a solvent basis where the resulting entity is at all times bound by the Finance Documents in the same manner and to the same extent as the Obligor was prior to the merger or other event.

 

20.12 Intellectual Property

Each Obligor must maintain and preserve all Intellectual Property which is material to its business including:

 

  (a) payment of any fee or other amount which is necessary to maintain the Intellectual Property;

 

  (b) recording its interest in that Intellectual Property;


  (c) taking such steps as are necessary and commercially reasonable (including the institution of legal proceedings) to prevent third parties infringing that Intellectual Property; and

 

  (d) not entering into licence arrangements in respect of that Intellectual Property other than on normal commercial terms and in the ordinary course of its business.

in each case, to such an extent as companies engaged in the same or a substantially similar business.

 

20.13 Insurance

Each Obligor must insure its business and assets with insurance companies to such an extent and against such risks as companies engaged in the same or a substantially similar business normally insure.

 

20.14 Guarantors

 

  (a) The Parent shall ensure that at all times:

 

  (i) the aggregate of the earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as EBITDA, as defined in Clause 19 (Financial Covenants));

 

  (ii) the aggregate of the gross assets; and

 

  (iii) the aggregate of the turnover,

of the Guarantors (in each case calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-group items and investments in Subsidiaries of any member of the Group) represents not less than 90% of the EBITDA (as defined in Clause 19 (Financial Covenants), aggregate gross assets and aggregate turnover, respectively, of the Adjusted Group.

 

  (b) The Parent shall ensure that each Material Company which is not a Guarantor becomes a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 30.4 (Additional Guarantors) within 10 Business Days of becoming a Material Company.

 

  (c) The Parent need not perform their obligations under paragraphs (a) and/or (b) above if:

 

  (i) it is unlawful for the relevant person to become a Guarantor and that person becoming a Guarantor would result in a personal liability for the directors of that person;

 

  (ii) where the relevant person is a joint venture entity, the relevant person is prohibited from becoming a Guarantor under the provisions of any agreement governing such joint venture; or

 

  (iii) where the relevant person is a joint venture entity, the approval of any other joint venture partner is required for that relevant person to become a Guarantor under the provisions of any agreement governing that joint venture and such approval is refused by the concerned joint venture partner(s).


  (d) Each Obligor must use, and procure that the relevant person uses, all reasonable endeavours (including, if necessary, agreeing to a limit on any amount guaranteed but not including the payment of any material amounts) lawfully available to:

 

  (i) avoid any such unlawfulness or personal liability; or

 

  (ii) procure the removal of or exemption from prohibitions from becoming a Guarantor under the applicable agreement(s) or procure the approval of the relevant joint venture partner(s).

 

20.15 Acquisitions

 

  (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) below, no member of the Group may:

 

  (i) acquire or subscribe for shares or other ownership interest or securities of any company or other person; or

 

  (ii) acquire any business.

(any such acquisition or subscription being referred to in this Clause 20.15 as an acquisition ).

 

  (b) Paragraph (a) does not apply to any acquisition where:

 

  (i) the acquired company or other person (or any such business), and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, is engaged in a similar business as that of the Group as at the date of this Agreement; and

 

  (ii) any of the following are true:

 

  (A) :

 

  I. the aggregate of the consideration (including costs and associated expenses) for the acquisition and any Financial Indebtedness or other assumed actual and contingent liability remaining in the acquired company, other person or business at the date of such acquisition does not exceed US$25,000,000; and

 

  II. the Parent delivers to the Facility Agent a certificate confirming that on a pro forma basis taking into account the proposed acquisition and on the basis of the most recent financial statements delivered under this Agreement, Consolidated EBITDA is not projected to be adversely affected as a result of the acquisition for the two Measurement Periods immediately following the acquisition;

 

  (B) the acquisition is made pursuant to Clause 20.6(b)(v)(B)I (Disposals); or

 

  (C) the Majority Lenders have consented to such acquisition (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).


20.16 United States laws

No Obligor may:

 

  (i) extend credit for the purpose, directly or indirectly, of buying or carrying Margin Stock; or

 

  (ii) use any Loan, directly or indirectly, to buy or carry Margin Stock or for any other purpose in violation of the Margin Regulations or

 

  (iii) use any part of any Loan to acquire any security in a transaction that is subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 14 of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

20.17 Compliance with ERISA

No Obligor may:

 

  (i) allow, or permit any of its ERISA Affiliates to allow, (i) the termination of any Employee Plan with respect to which any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate may have any liability, (ii) any Obligor or ERISA Affiliates to withdraw from any Employee Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (iii) any ERISA Event to occur with respect to any Employee Plan, or (iv) any Employee Plan to fail to satisfy the minimum funding requirements of Section 302 of ERISA and Sections 412 and 430 of the Code, whether or not waived, to exist involving any of its Employee Plans; to the extent that any of the events described in (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), singly or in the aggregate, would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (ii) allow, or permit any of its ERISA Affiliates to allow, (i) the aggregate amount of Unfunded Pension Liabilities among all Employee Plans (taking into account only Employee Plans with positive Unfunded Pension Liabilities) at any time to exist where such amount could have a Material Adverse Effect; or (ii) the aggregate potential withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA, if the Parent and its ERISA Affiliates were to completely or partially withdraw from all Multiemployer Plans, to exist where such amount could have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

  (iii) fail, or permit any of its ERISA Affiliates to fail, to comply in any material respect with ERISA or the related provisions of the Code, if any such non-compliance, singly or in the aggregate, would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

20.18 Sanctions

No Obligor shall, and shall ensure that no member of the Group shall, directly or indirectly, use all or any part of the proceeds of the transaction, or lend, make payments, contribute or otherwise make available all or part of such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity to fund any activities or business with any Restricted Party or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as Lender, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions, which Sanctions are in effect at the time such use, lending, payment, contribution, funding or making funds available.

 

20.19 Restrictions on Debt Purchase Transactions

The Parent shall not, and shall procure that no other member of the Group shall, enter into any Debt Purchase Transaction or beneficially own all or any part of the share capital of a company that is a Lender or a party to a Debt Purchase Transaction of the type referred to in paragraphs (b) or (c) of the definition of Debt Purchase Transaction in Clause 1.1 (Definitions).


21. DEFAULT

 

21.1 Events of Default

 

  (a) Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause (other than Clause 21.16 (Acceleration)) is an Event of Default.

 

  (b) In this Clause:

Permitted Transaction means a transaction agreed to by the Majority Lenders.

 

21.2 Non-payment

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable by it under the Finance Documents in the manner required under the Finance Documents, unless the non-payment:

 

  (a) is caused by technical or administrative error and is remedied within three Business Days of the due date; or

 

  (b) is caused by a Disruption Event and is remedied within five Business Days of the due date.

 

21.3 Breach of other obligations

 

  (a) An Obligor does not comply with any term of Clause 19 (Financial Covenants) (after allowing for the operation of Clause 19.6 (Equity cure)), Clause 20.5 (Negative Pledge), Clause 20.6 (Disposals) or Clause 22.8 (Financial Indebtedness); or

 

  (b) An Obligor does not comply with any term of the Finance Documents (other than any term referred to in Clause 21.2 (Non-payment) or in paragraph (a) above), unless the non-compliance:

 

  (i) is capable of remedy; and

 

  (ii) is remedied within 14 days of the earlier of the Facility Agent giving notice of the breach to the Parent or any Obligor becoming aware of the non-compliance.

 

21.4 Misrepresentation

A representation or warranty made or deemed to be repeated by an Obligor in any Finance Document or in any document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under any Finance Document is incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be repeated, unless the circumstances giving rise to the misrepresentation or breach of warranty:

 

  (a) are capable of remedy; and

 

  (b) are remedied within 21 days of the earlier of the Facility Agent giving notice of the misrepresentation or breach of warranty to the Parent or any Obligor becoming aware of the misrepresentation or breach of warranty.

 

21.5 Cross-default

Any of the following occurs in respect of a member of the Group:

 

  (a) any of its Financial Indebtedness is not paid when due (after the expiry of any originally applicable grace period);


  (b) any of its Financial Indebtedness:

 

  (i) becomes prematurely due and payable;

 

  (ii) is placed on demand; or

 

  (iii) is capable of being declared by or on behalf of a creditor to be prematurely due and payable or of being placed on demand,

 

     in each case, as a result of an event of default or any provision having a similar effect (howsoever described); or

 

  (c) any commitment for its Financial Indebtedness is cancelled or suspended as a result of an event of default or any provision having a similar effect (howsoever described),

unless the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness falling within all or any of paragraphs (a) to (c) above is less than US$5,000,000 or its equivalent.

 

21.6 Insolvency

Any of the following occurs in respect of a member of the Group:

 

  (a) it is, or is deemed for the purposes of any applicable law to be, unable to pay its debts as they fall due or insolvent;

 

  (b) it admits its inability to pay its debts as they fall due;

 

  (c) it suspends making payments on any of its debts or announces an intention to do so;

 

  (d) by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, it begins negotiations with any creditor for the rescheduling or restructuring of any of its indebtedness;

 

  (e) the value of its assets is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities); or

 

  (f) any of its indebtedness is subject to a moratorium.

 

21.7 Insolvency proceedings

 

  (a) Except as provided below, any of the following occurs in respect of a member of the Group:

 

  (i) any step is taken with a view to a moratorium or a composition, assignment or similar arrangement with any of its creditors;

 

  (ii) a meeting of its shareholders, directors or other officers is convened for the purpose of considering any resolution for, to petition for or to file documents with a court or any registrar for, its winding-up, administration or dissolution or any such resolution is passed;

 

  (iii) any person presents a petition, or files documents with a court or any registrar, for its winding-up, administration, dissolution or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise);


  (iv) any Security Interest is enforced over any of its assets;

 

  (v) an order for its winding-up, administration or dissolution is made;

 

  (vi) any liquidator, trustee in bankruptcy, judicial custodian, compulsory manager, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or similar officer is appointed in respect of it or any of its assets;

 

  (vii) its shareholders, directors or other officers request the appointment of, or give notice of their intention to appoint, a liquidator, trustee in bankruptcy, judicial custodian, compulsory manager, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or similar officer; or

 

  (viii) any other analogous step or procedure is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

  (b) Paragraph (a) above does not apply to:

 

  (i) any step or procedure which is part of a Permitted Transaction;

 

  (ii) solvent liquidation or reorganisation of any member of the Group which is not an Obligor so long as any payments or assets distributed as a result of such liquidation or reorganisation are distributed to other members of the Group; or

 

  (iii) a petition for winding-up presented by a creditor which is being contested in good faith and with due diligence and is discharged or struck out within 14 days or, in the case of a member of the Group incorporated in India, 90 days.

 

21.8 Creditors’ process

Any attachment, sequestration, distress, execution or analogous event affects any asset(s) of a member of the Group, having an aggregate value of at least US$200,000 and is not discharged within 14 days or, in the case of a member of the Group incorporated in India, 90 days.

 

21.9 Cessation of business

Any member of the Group ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on business except:

 

  (a) as part of a Permitted Transaction; or

 

  (b) as a result of any disposal allowed under this Agreement.

 

21.10 Effectiveness of Finance Documents

 

  (a) It is or becomes unlawful for any Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

  (b) Any provision of any Finance Document is not effective in accordance with its terms or any Finance Document is alleged by an Obligor to be ineffective in accordance with its terms.

 

  (c) An Obligor repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to repudiate a Finance Document.


21.11 Ownership of the Obligors

An Obligor ceases to be a wholly-owned and direct Subsidiary of the Parent.

 

21.12 Material adverse change

Any event or series of events occurs which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on:

 

  (a) the ability of the Parent to perform its obligations under any Finance Document;

 

  (b) the validity or enforceability of any Finance Document; or

 

  (c) any right or remedy of a Finance Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

21.13 Relationship Agreement

If:

 

  (a) any event or circumstance specified under paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of Clause 10 (Termination) of the Relationship Agreement occurs or exists at any time (provided that such event or circumstance is not remedied within any applicable grace period); or

 

  (b) any cancellation, amendment or waiver is granted in respect of the Relationship Agreement that would, upon effect and in the opinion of the Facility Agent (acting reasonably, on the instructions of the Majority Lenders and determined within 14 days of receipt by the Facility Agent of the executed documentation, and supporting information, required to be delivered in accordance with Clause 18.4(d) (Information – miscellaneous)), be likely to have, or result in, a Material Adverse Effect, unless the cancellation, amendment or waiver is:

 

  (i) capable of remedy; and

 

  (ii) remedied within 14 days of the Facility Agent giving written notice to the Parent of its determination that the relevant cancellation, amendment or waiver, if allowed to remain in effect, would be likely to have, or result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.14 United States Bankruptcy Laws

Any of the following occurs in respect of a US Debtor:

 

  (i) it makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

  (ii) it commences a voluntary case or proceeding under any US Bankruptcy Law;

 

  (iii) an involuntary case under any US Bankruptcy Law is commenced against it and is not controverted within 20 days or is not dismissed or stayed within 60 days after commencement of the case; or

 

  (iv) an order for relief or other order approving any case or proceeding is entered under any US Bankruptcy Law.


21.15 Acceleration

 

  (a) If an Event of Default described in Subclause 21.14 (United States Bankruptcy Laws) occurs, the Total Commitments will, if not already cancelled under this Agreement, be immediately and automatically cancelled and all amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents will be immediately and automatically due and payable, without the requirement of notice or any other formality.

 

  (b) If any Event of Default is outstanding, the Facility Agent may, and must if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Parent:

 

  (i) if not already cancelled under paragraph (a) above, cancel the Total Commitments; and/or

 

  (ii) declare that all or part of any amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents are:

 

  (A) immediately due and payable; and/or

 

  (B) payable on demand by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

Any notice given under this Subclause will take effect in accordance with its terms.

 

22. THE ADMINISTRATIVE PARTIES

 

22.1 Appointment and duties of the Facility Agent

 

  (a) Each Finance Party (other than the Facility Agent) irrevocably appoints the Facility Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

  (b) Each Finance Party irrevocably authorises the Facility Agent to:

 

  (i) perform the duties and to exercise the rights, powers and discretions that are specifically given to it under the Finance Documents, together with any other incidental rights, powers and discretions; and

 

  (ii) enter into and deliver each Finance Document expressed to be entered into by the Facility Agent.

 

  (c) The Facility Agent has only those duties which are expressly specified in the Finance Documents. Those duties are solely of a mechanical and administrative nature.

 

  (d) Upon request at any time while the Facility Agent is an Impaired Agent, the Parent shall provide a copy of the list of all the Lenders to each Finance Party.

 

22.2 Role of the Arrangers

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arrangers have no obligations of any kind to any other Party in connection with any Finance Document.

 

22.3 No fiduciary duties

 

  (a) Nothing in the Finance Documents makes an Administrative Party a trustee or fiduciary for any other Party or any other person; and


  (b) no Administrative Party need hold in trust any moneys paid to it or recovered by it for a Party in connection with the Finance Documents or be liable to account for interest on those moneys.

 

22.4 Individual position of an Administrative Party

 

  (a) If it is also a Lender, each Administrative Party has the same rights and powers under the Finance Documents as any other Lender and may exercise those rights and powers as though it were not an Administrative Party.

 

  (b) Each Administrative Party may:

 

  (i) carry on any business with an Obligor or its related entities (including acting as an agent or a trustee for any other financing); and

 

  (ii) retain any profits or remuneration it receives under the Finance Documents or in relation to any other business it carries on with an Obligor or its related entities.

 

22.5 Reliance

The Facility Agent may:

 

  (a) rely on any notice or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed by, or with the authority of, the proper person;

 

  (b) rely on any statement made by any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify;

 

  (c) assume, unless the context otherwise requires, that any communication made by an Obligor is made on the behalf of and with the consent of each Obligor;

 

  (d) disclose the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the other Finance Parties and the Parent and shall disclose the same upon the written request of the Parent or the Majority Lenders;

 

  (e) engage, pay for and rely on professional advisers selected by it (including those representing a Party other than the Facility Agent); and

 

  (f) act under the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.

 

22.6 Majority Lenders’ instructions

 

  (a) The Facility Agent is fully protected if it acts on the instructions of the Majority Lenders in the exercise of any right, power or discretion or any matter not expressly provided for in the Finance Documents. Any such instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Lenders. In the absence of instructions, the Facility Agent may act as it considers to be in the best interests of all the Lenders.

 

  (b) The Facility Agent may assume that unless it has received notice to the contrary, any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised.

 

  (c) The Facility Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received security satisfactory to it, whether by way of payment in advance or otherwise, against any liability or loss which it may incur in complying with the instructions.


  (d) The Facility Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings in connection with any Finance Document.

 

22.7 Responsibility

 

  (a) No Administrative Party is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any statement or information (whether written or oral) made in or supplied in connection with any Finance Document.

 

  (b) No Administrative Party is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy, completeness or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other document.

 

  (c) Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms that it:

 

  (i) has made, and will continue to make, its own independent appraisal of all risks arising under or in connection with the Finance Documents (including the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities and the nature and extent of any recourse against any Party or its assets); and

 

  (ii) has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by any Administrative Party in connection with any Finance Document or agreement entered into in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

22.8 Exclusion of liability

 

  (a) No Administrative Party is liable or responsible to any other Finance Party for any action taken or not taken by it in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

  (b) No Party (other than the relevant Administrative Party) may take any proceedings against any officers, employees or agents of an Administrative Party in respect of any claim it might have against that Administrative Party or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in connection with any Finance Document. Any officer, employee or agent of an Administrative Party may rely on this Subclause and enforce its terms under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

  (c) The Facility Agent is not liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Facility Agent if the Facility Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Facility Agent for that purpose.

 

(d)      (i)    Nothing in this Agreement will oblige any Administrative Party to satisfy any “know your customer” requirement in relation to the identity of any person on behalf of any Finance Party.


  (ii) Each Finance Party confirms to each Administrative Party that it is solely responsible for any “know your customer” requirements it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to those requirements made by any other person.

 

22.9 Default

 

  (a) The Facility Agent is not obliged to monitor or enquire whether a Default has occurred. The Facility Agent is not deemed to have knowledge of the occurrence of a Default.

 

  (b) If the Facility Agent:

 

  (i) receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the event is a Default; or

 

  (ii) is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest or fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Facility Agent or /the Arrangers) under this Agreement,

it must promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

22.10 Information

 

  (a) The Facility Agent must promptly forward to the person concerned the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Facility Agent by a Party for that person.

 

  (b) Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Facility Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

  (c) Except as provided above, the Facility Agent has no duty:

 

  (i) either initially or on a continuing basis to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the risks arising under or in connection with the Finance Documents (including any information relating to the financial condition or affairs of any Obligor or its related entities or the nature or extent of recourse against any Party or its assets) whether coming into its possession before, on or after the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (ii) unless specifically requested to do so by a Lender in accordance with a Finance Document, to request any certificate or other document from any Obligor.

 

  (d) In acting as the Facility Agent, the Facility Agent will be regarded as acting through its agency division which will be treated as a separate entity from its other divisions and departments. Any information acquired by the Facility Agent which, in its opinion, is acquired by another division or department or otherwise than in its capacity as the Facility Agent may be treated as confidential by the Facility Agent and will not be treated as information possessed by the Facility Agent in its capacity as such.

 

  (e) The Facility Agent is not obliged to disclose to any person any confidential information supplied to it by or on behalf of a member of the Group solely for the purpose of evaluating whether any waiver or amendment is required in respect of any term of the Finance Documents.


  (f) Each Obligor irrevocably authorises the Facility Agent to disclose to the other Finance Parties any information which, in its opinion, is received by it in its capacity as the Facility Agent.

 

  (g) The Facility Agent, acting on behalf of each Party, shall, at one of its offices, keep a copy of each duly completed executed Transfer Certificate and/or written confirmation delivered to it in accordance with Clause 29.5 (Procedure for transfer using a Transfer Certificate) or Clause 29.4 (Procedure for assignments of rights), respectively, and maintain a register (the Register ) of the names and addresses of each Lender and the Commitments of and obligations owing to each Lender. Absent manifest error, the entries in the Register shall be conclusive.

 

22.11 Indemnities

 

  (a) Without limiting the liability of any Obligor under the Finance Documents, each Lender must indemnify the Facility Agent for that Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent in acting as the Facility Agent (unless the Facility Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor under a Finance Document), except to the extent that the loss or liability is caused by the Facility Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

  (b) If a Party owes an amount to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent may, after giving notice to that Party:

 

  (i) deduct from any amount received by it for that Party any amount due to the Facility Agent from that Party under a Finance Document but unpaid; and

 

  (ii) apply that amount in or towards satisfaction of the owed amount.

That Party will be regarded as having received the amount so deducted.

 

22.12 Compliance

Each Administrative Party may refrain from doing anything (including disclosing any information) which might, in its opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or be otherwise actionable at the suit of any person, and may do anything which, in its opinion, is necessary or desirable to comply with any law or regulation.

 

22.13 Resignation of the Facility Agent

 

  (a) The Facility Agent may resign and appoint any of its Affiliates as successor Facility Agent by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Parent.

 

  (b) Alternatively, the Facility Agent may resign by giving notice to the Finance Parties and the Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Facility Agent.

 

  (c) If no successor Facility Agent has been appointed under paragraph (b) above within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the Facility Agent may appoint a successor Facility Agent.


  (d) The person(s) appointing a successor Facility Agent must, if practicable, consult with the Parent prior to the appointment. Any successor Facility Agent must have an office in the UK

 

  (e) The resignation of the Facility Agent and the appointment of any successor Facility Agent will both become effective only when the successor Facility Agent notifies all the Parties that it accepts its appointment.

 

  (f) On giving the notification the successor Facility Agent will succeed to the position of the Facility Agent and the term Facility Agent will mean the successor Facility Agent.

 

  (g) The retiring Facility Agent must, at its own cost:

 

  (i) make available to the successor Facility Agent those documents and records and provide any assistance as the successor Facility Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (ii) enter into and deliver to the successor Facility Agent those documents and effect any registrations as may be required for the transfer or assignment of all of its rights and benefits under the Finance Documents to the successor Facility Agent.

 

  (h) Upon its resignation becoming effective, this Clause will continue to benefit the retiring Facility Agent in respect of any action taken or not taken by it in connection with the Finance Documents while it was the Facility Agent, and, subject to paragraph (g) above, it will have no further obligations under any Finance Document.

 

  (i) The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Facility Agent, require it to resign under paragraph (b) above.

 

22.14 Replacement of the Facility Agent

 

  (a) After consultation with the Parent, the Majority Lenders may, by giving 30 days’ notice to the Facility Agent (or, at any time the Facility Agent is an Impaired Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) replace the Facility Agent by appointing a successor Facility Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

 

  (b) The retiring Facility Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor Facility Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Facility Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

  (c) The appointment of the successor Facility Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the retiring Facility Agent. As from this date, the retiring Facility Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 22 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Facility Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date).


  (d) Any successor Facility Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

22.15 Impaired Agent

 

  (a) If, at any time, the Facility Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, an Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Facility Agent in accordance with this Agreement may instead either pay that amount direct to the required recipient or pay that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank, as agreed with the recipient, and in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Obligor or the Lender making the payment and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents. In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.

 

  (b) All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of any trust account created under paragraph (a) above shall be for the benefit of the beneficiaries of that trust account pro rata to their respective entitlements.

 

  (c) A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this paragraph (a) above shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account.

 

  (d) The Majority Lenders may promptly appoint a successor Facility Agent and each Party which has made a payment to a trust account in accordance with paragraph (a) above shall give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Facility Agent for distribution in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

22.16 Communication when Facility Agent is Impaired Agent

If the Facility Agent is an Impaired Agent the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Facility Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while the Facility Agent is an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the Facility Agent shall be varied so that communications may be made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly. This provision shall not operate after a replacement Facility Agent has been appointed.

 

22.17 Relationship with Lenders

 

  (a) The Facility Agent may treat each Lender as a Lender, entitled to payments under this Agreement and as acting through its Facility Office(s) until it has received not less than five Business Days’ prior notice from that Lender to the contrary.

 

  (b) The Facility Agent may at any time, and must if requested to do so by the Majority Lenders, convene a meeting of the Lenders.

 

  (c) The Facility Agent must keep a record of all the Parties and supply any other Party with a copy of the record on request. The record will include each Lender’s Facility Office(s) and contact details for the purposes of this Agreement.


22.18 Facility Agent’s management time

If the Facility Agent requires, any amount payable to the Facility Agent by any Party under any indemnity or in respect of any costs or expenses incurred by the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents after the date of this Agreement may include the cost of using its management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Facility Agent may notify to the relevant Party. This is in addition to any amount in respect of fees or expenses paid or payable to the Facility Agent under any other term of the Finance Documents.

 

22.19 Notice period

Where this Agreement specifies a minimum period of notice to be given to the Facility Agent, the Facility Agent may, at its discretion, accept a shorter notice period.

 

23. EVIDENCE AND CALCULATIONS

 

23.1 Accounts

Accounts maintained by a Finance Party in connection with this Agreement are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate for the purpose of any litigation or arbitration proceedings.

 

23.2 Certificates and determinations

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under the Finance Documents will be, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

23.3 Calculations

Any interest or fee accruing under this Agreement accrues from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 365 days (for a Loan in Sterling) or 360 days (for Loan in any other currency) or otherwise, depending on what the Facility Agent determines is market practice for the relevant currency.

 

24. FEES

 

24.1 Commitment Fees

 

  (a) During the Availability Period, the Parent must pay to the Facility Agent for each Lender a commitment fee computed at the rate of 50 per cent. of the Margin on the undrawn, uncancelled amount of each Lender’s Commitment. The commitment fee shall accrue from the date of this Agreement and be calculated on the Margin determined in accordance with Clause 9 (Margin adjustments). To the extent necessary, the initial Margin shall be applied with retrospective effect from the date is it confirmed pursuant to part (i) of Clause 9.3(a) (Margin adjustments) as if it had been confirmed on the date of this Agreement.

 

  (b) Accrued commitment fee is payable quarterly in arrear. Accrued commitment fee is also payable to the Facility Agent for a Lender on the last day of the Availability Period and the date its Commitment is cancelled in full.


  (c) No commitment fee is payable to the Facility Agent (for the account of a Lender) on any Available Commitment of that Lender for any day on which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

 

24.2 Agency Fee

The Parent shall pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times set out in a Fee Letter.

 

24.3 Arrangement Fee

The Parent shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of the Arrangers) an arrangement fee in the amount and at the times set out in a Fee Letter.

 

25. INDEMNITIES AND BREAK COSTS

 

25.1 Currency indemnity

 

  (a) Each Borrower must, as an independent obligation, indemnify each Finance Party against any loss or liability which that Finance Party incurs as a consequence of:

 

  (i) that Finance Party receiving an amount in respect of an Obligor’s liability under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii) that liability being converted into a claim, proof, judgment or order,

in a currency other than the currency in which the amount is expressed to be payable under the relevant Finance Document.

 

  (b) Unless otherwise required by law, each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

25.2 Other indemnities

 

  (a) Each Borrower must indemnify each Finance Party against any loss or liability which that Finance Party incurs as a consequence of:

 

  (i) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

  (ii) any failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including any resulting from any distribution or redistribution of any amount among the Lenders under this Agreement;

 

  (iii) (other than by reason of negligence or default by that Finance Party) a Loan not being made after a Request has been delivered for that Loan; or

 

  (iv) a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with this Agreement when required under this Agreement.

Each Borrower’s liability in each case includes any loss or expense on account of funds borrowed, contracted for or utilised to fund any amount payable under any Finance Document or any Loan.


  (b) Each Borrower must indemnify the Facility Agent against any loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent as a result of:

 

  (i) investigating any event which the Facility Agent reasonably believes to be a Default; or

 

  (ii) acting or relying on any notice which the Facility Agent reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.

 

25.3 Break Costs

 

  (a) Each Borrower must pay to each Lender its Break Costs if a Loan or an overdue amount is repaid or prepaid otherwise than on the last day of any Term applicable to it.

 

  (b) Break Costs are the amount (if any) determined by the relevant Lender by which:

 

  (i) the interest which that Lender would have received for the period from the date of receipt of any part of its share in a Loan or an overdue amount to the last day of the applicable Term for that Loan or overdue amount if the principal or overdue amount received had been paid on the last day of that Term;

exceeds

 

  (ii) the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the amount received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the appropriate interbank market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt and ending on the last day of the applicable Term.

 

  (c) Each Lender must supply to the Facility Agent for the Parent details of the amount of any Break Costs claimed by it under this Subclause.

 

26. EXPENSES

 

26.1 Initial costs

The Parent must pay to each Administrative Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees (subject to any applicable caps)) reasonably incurred by it in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, entry into and syndication of the Finance Documents.

 

26.2 Subsequent costs

The Parent must promptly on demand pay to the Facility Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by any Administrative Party in connection with:

 

  (a) the negotiation, preparation, printing and entry into of any Finance Document (other than a Transfer Certificate) entered into after the date of this Agreement; and

 

  (b) any amendment, waiver or consent requested by or on behalf of an Obligor or specifically allowed by a Finance Document.

 

26.3 Enforcement costs

The Parent must pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by it in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.


27. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

27.1 Procedure

 

  (a) Except as provided in this Clause, any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived with the agreement of the Parent and the Majority Lenders. The Facility Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, an amendment or waiver allowed under this Clause.

 

  (b) The Facility Agent must promptly notify the other Parties of any amendment or waiver effected by it under paragraph (a) above. Any such amendment or waiver is binding on all the Parties.

 

  (c) Each Obligor agrees to any amendment or waiver allowed by this Clause which is agreed to by the Parent. This includes any amendment or waiver which would, but for this paragraph, require the consent of each Guarantor if the guarantee under the Finance Documents is to remain in full force and effect.

 

27.2 Exceptions

 

  (a) An amendment or waiver which relates to:

 

  (i) the definition of Majority Lenders in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);

 

  (ii) the nature or scope of the guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 16 (Guarantee and Indemnity);

 

  (iii) an extension of the date of payment of any amount to a Lender under the Finance Documents;

 

  (iv) a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fee or other amount payable to a Lender under the Finance Documents;

 

  (v) an increase in, or an extension of, a Commitment or the Total Commitments;

 

  (vi) a release of an Obligor other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

 

  (vii) a term of a Finance Document which expressly requires the consent of each Lender;

 

  (viii) the right of a Lender to assign or transfer its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ix) this Clause,

may only be made with the consent of all the Lenders.

 

  (b) An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of an Administrative Party may only be made with the consent of that Administrative Party.

 

27.3 Change of currency

If a change in any currency of a country occurs (including where there is more than one currency or currency unit recognised at the same time as the lawful currency of a country), the Finance Documents will be amended to the extent the Facility Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Parent) determines is necessary to reflect the change.


27.4 Waivers and remedies cumulative

The rights of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents:

 

  (a) may be exercised as often as necessary;

 

  (b) are cumulative and not exclusive of its rights under the general law; and

 

  (c) may be waived only in writing and specifically.

Delay in exercising or non-exercise of any right is not a waiver of that right.

 

28. CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

 

28.1 Assignments and transfers by an Obligor

No Obligor may assign or transfer any of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

28.2 Additional Borrowers

 

  (a) Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 18.7 (“Know your customer” requirements), the Parent may request that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Borrower. That Subsidiary shall become an Additional Borrower if:

 

  (i) it is incorporated in the same jurisdiction as an existing Borrower and the Majority Lenders approve the addition of that Subsidiary, or otherwise if all the Lenders approve the addition of that Subsidiary;

 

  (ii) the Parent and that Subsidiary deliver to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Agreement;

 

  (iii) the Subsidiary is (or becomes) a Guarantor prior to becoming an Additional Borrower;

 

  (iv) the Parent confirms that no Default is continuing or would occur as a result of that Subsidiary becoming an Additional Borrower; and

 

  (v) the Facility Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent Documents) in relation to that Additional Borrower, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

  (b) The Facility Agent shall notify the Parent and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent Documents).

 

28.3 Resignation of a Borrower

 

  (a) The Parent may request that a Borrower (other than the Parent) ceases to be a Borrower by delivering to the Facility Agent a duly completed Resignation Request.


  (b) The Facility Agent shall accept a Resignation Request from a Borrower and notify the Parent and the other Finance Parties of its acceptance if:

 

  (i) the Parent has confirmed that no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Request;

 

  (ii) the relevant Borrower is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower under any Finance Documents; and

 

  (iii) where the relevant Borrower is also a Guarantor (unless its resignation has been accepted in accordance with Clause 28.5 (Resignation of a Guarantor)), its obligations in its capacity as a Guarantor continue to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable and in full force and effect and the amount guaranteed by it as a Guarantor is not decreased (and the Parent has confirmed this is the case),

whereupon that company shall cease to be a Borrower and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

28.4 Additional Guarantors

 

  (a) Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 18.7 (“Know your customer” requirements) and paragraph (b) below, the Parent may request that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Guarantor. That Subsidiary shall become an Additional Guarantor if:

 

  (i) the Majority Lenders approve to the addition of that Subsidiary;

 

  (ii) the Parent and the proposed Additional Guarantor deliver to the Facility Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Agreement; and

 

  (iii) the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent Documents) in relation to that Additional Guarantor, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

 

  (b) The Parent shall procure that any member of the Group which is a Material Company shall, as soon as possible but in any event not later than 10 Business Days after becoming a Material Company, become an Additional Guarantor.

 

  (c) The Facility Agent shall notify the Parent and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent Documents).

 

28.5 Resignation of a Guarantor

 

  (a) The Parent may request that a Guarantor (other than the Parent) ceases to be a Guarantor by delivering to the Facility Agent a duly completed Resignation Request.

 

  (b) The Facility Agent shall accept a Resignation Request and notify the Parent and the Lenders of its acceptance if:

 

  (i) the Parent has confirmed that no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Request;


  (ii) all the Lenders have consented to the Parent’s request;

 

  (iii) no payment is due from the Guarantor under Clause 16.1 (Guarantee and indemnity); and

 

  (iv) where the Guarantor is also a Borrower, it is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower and has resigned and ceased to be a Borrower under Clause 28.3 (Resignation of a Borrower).

 

28.6 Repetition of Representations

Delivery of an Accession Agreement constitutes confirmation by the relevant Subsidiary that the representations and warranties referred to in paragraph (b) of Clause 17.17 (Time for making representations and warranties) are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

29. CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

 

29.1 Assignments and transfers by Lenders

Subject to the following provisions of this Clause, a Lender (the Existing Lender ) may at any time:

 

  (i) assign any of its rights; or

 

  (ii) transfer by way of novation any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement,

to any other bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the New Lender ).

 

29.2 Conditions to assignment or transfers - consents

 

  (a) The consent of the Parent is required for any assignment or transfer unless the New Lender is another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Event of Default is outstanding. The consent of the Parent (if required) must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Parent will be deemed to have given its consent five Business Days after the Parent is given notice of the request by the Facility Agent unless it is expressly refused by the Parent within that time.

 

  (b) The Parent may not withhold its consent solely because the assignment or transfer might increase the Mandatory Cost.

 

29.3 Other conditions to assignment or transfer

 

  (a) Unless the Parent and the Facility Agent otherwise agree, a transfer of part of a Commitment or part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement by the Existing Lender must be in a minimum amount of, and be in an amount such that the Existing Lender retains a Commitment in a minimum amount of, US$5,000,000.

 

  (b) The Facility Agent is not obliged to enter into a Transfer Certificate or otherwise give effect to an assignment or transfer until it has completed all “know your customer” requirements to its satisfaction. The Facility Agent must promptly notify the Existing Lender and the New Lender if there are any such requirements.


  (c) If the consent of the Parent is required for any assignment or transfer (irrespective of whether it may be unreasonably withheld or not), the Facility Agent is not obliged to enter into a Transfer Certificate if the Parent withholds its consent.

 

  (d) Unless the Facility Agent otherwise agrees, the New Lender must pay to the Facility Agent for its own account, on or before the date any assignment or transfer occurs, a fee of £2,000.

 

  (e) Any reference in this Agreement to a Lender includes a New Lender but excludes a Lender if no amount is or may be owed to or by it under this Agreement.

 

29.4 Procedure for assignment of rights

An assignment of rights will only be effective on receipt by the Facility Agent of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent) that the New Lender will, in relation to the assigned rights, assume obligations to the other Finance Parties equivalent to those it would have been under if it had been an Original Lender.

 

29.5 Procedure for transfer using a Transfer Certificate

 

  (a) In this Subclause:

Transfer Date means, in relation to a transfer, the later of:

 

  (i) the proposed Transfer Date specified in that Transfer Certificate; and

 

  (ii) the date on which the Facility Agent executes that Transfer Certificate.

 

  (b) A transfer of rights or obligations using a Transfer Certificate will be effective if:

 

  (i) the Existing Lender and the New Lender deliver to the Facility Agent a duly completed Transfer Certificate; and

 

  (ii) the Facility Agent enters into it.

 

  (c) On the Transfer Date:

 

  (i) the New Lender will assume the rights and obligations of the Existing Lender expressed to be the subject of the novation in the Transfer Certificate in substitution for the Existing Lender;

 

  (ii) the Existing Lender will be released from those obligations and cease to have those rights; and

 

  (iii) the New Lender will become a Lender under this Agreement and be bound by the terms of this Agreement

 

  (d) The Facility Agent must enter into a Transfer Certificate delivered to it and which appears on its face to be in order and make a corresponding entry in the Register pursuant to Clause 22.10(g) (Information) as soon as reasonably practicable and, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has entered into a Transfer Certificate, send a copy of that Transfer Certificate to the Parent.


  (e) Each Party (other than the Existing Lender and the New Lender) irrevocably authorises the Facility Agent to enter into and deliver any duly completed Transfer Certificate on its behalf.

 

29.6 Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lender

 

  (a) Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

  (i) the financial condition of an Obligor; or

 

  (ii) the legality, validity, effectiveness, enforceability, adequacy, accuracy, completeness or performance of:

 

  (A) any Finance Document or any other document;

 

  (B) any statement or information (whether written or oral) made in or supplied in connection with any Finance Document; or

 

  (C) any observance by any Obligor of its obligations under any Finance Document or any other document,

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

  (b) Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

 

  (i) has made, and will continue to make, its own independent appraisal of all risks arising under or in connection with the Finance Documents (including the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities and the nature and extent of any recourse against any Party or its assets) in connection with its participation in this Agreement; and

 

  (ii) has not relied exclusively on any information supplied to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document.

 

  (c) Nothing in any Finance Document requires an Existing Lender to:

 

  (i) accept a re-transfer from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause; or

 

  (ii) support any losses incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under any Finance Document or otherwise.

 

29.7 Costs resulting from change of Lender or Facility Office

If:

 

  (a) a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

  (b) as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to pay a Tax Payment or an Increased Cost, then the Obligor need only pay that Tax Payment or Increased Cost to the same extent that it would have been obliged to if no assignment, transfer or change had occurred.


29.8 Changes to the Reference Banks

 

  (a) If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Facility Agent must (in consultation with the Parent) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.

 

  (b) If at any time there are fewer than three Reference Banks, the Facility Agent may (in consultation with the Parent) appoint a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender as an additional Reference Bank.

 

29.9 Security over Lender’s rights

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 29, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign by way of security or otherwise create a Security Interest in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

  (a) any charge, assignment or other Security Interest to secure obligations to a federal reserve, a central bank or a governmental authority, department or agency (including, but not limited to, HMRC); and

 

  (b) in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security Interest granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

except that no such charge, assignment or Security Interest shall:

 

  (i) release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security Interest for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii) require any payments to be made by an Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

29.10 Affiliates of Lenders

 

  (a) Each Lender may fulfil its obligations in respect of any Loan through an Affiliate if:

 

  (i) the relevant Affiliate is specified in this Agreement as a Lender or becomes a Lender by means of a Transfer Certificate in accordance with this Agreement; and

 

  (ii) the Loans in which that Affiliate will participate are specified in this Agreement or in a notice given by that Lender to the Facility Agent and the Parent.

In this event, the Lender and the Affiliate will participate in Loans in the manner provided for in sub-paragraph (ii) above.


  (b) If paragraph (a) above applies, the Lender and its Affiliate will be treated as having a single Commitment and a single vote, but, for all other purposes, will be treated as separate Lenders.

 

29.11 Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

 

  (a) For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Available Commitment, in ascertaining the Majority Lenders or whether any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender’s Commitments will be reduced by the amount of its Available Commitments.

 

  (b) For the purposes of this Clause 29.11, the Facility Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

 

  (i) any Lender which has notified the Facility Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender;

 

  (ii) any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of “ Defaulting Lender ” has occurred,

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Facility Agent) or the Facility Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

 

29.12 Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

  (a) The Parent may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Facility Agent and such Lender:

 

  (i) replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 29 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement; or

 

  (ii) require such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 29 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of the undrawn Commitment of the Lender;,

to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Parent, and which (unless the Facility Agent is an Impaired Agent) is acceptable to the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) and which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations or unfunded participations (as the case may be) on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest and/or Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

  (b) Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (i) the Parent shall have no right to replace the Facility Agent in its capacity as such (save where Clause 22.15 (Impaired Agent) applies);


  (ii) neither the Facility Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Parent to find a Replacement Lender;

 

  (iii) the transfer must take place no later than 20 days after the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above; and

 

  (iv) in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

30. DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION

 

  (a) Each Finance Party must keep confidential any information supplied to it by or on behalf of any Obligor in connection with the Finance Documents. However, a Finance Party is entitled to disclose information:

 

  (i) which is publicly available, other than as a result of a breach by that Finance Party of this Clause;

 

  (ii) in connection with any legal or arbitration proceedings;

 

  (iii) if required to do so under any law or regulation;

 

  (iv) to a governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority;

 

  (v) to its head office and other branch offices as necessary;

 

  (vi) to any of its officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners or Representatives;

 

  (vii) to any Affiliate or Related Fund and that Affiliate’s or Related Fund’s officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners or Representatives;

 

  (viii) to any rating agency (or their professional advisers);

 

  (ix) to the extent allowed under paragraph (b) below;

 

  (x) to another Obligor or any other member of the Group; or

 

  (xi) with the agreement of the relevant Obligor.

 

  (b) A Finance Party may disclose to:

 

  (i) any person with (or through) whom that Finance Party enters into (or may enter into) any kind of transfer, participation or hedge agreement in relation to this Agreement or any other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to this Agreement or any Obligor;

 

  (ii) any person who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (i) above;


  (iii) any person to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates a Security Interest (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 29.9 (Security over Lender’s rights);

 

  (iv) any person who invests (or may invest) in a securitisation (or similar transaction of broadly equivalent economic effect) of that Finance Party’s rights or obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

  (v) any person with the consent of the Parent; or

 

  (vi) any person appointed by that Finance Party or appointed by any person entering into any transaction referred to in paragraph (i) above, to receive communications, notice and information or provide administrative and/or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents,

a copy of any Finance Document and any information which that Finance Party, or appointing person (in the case of paragraph (vi) above), has acquired under or in connection with any Finance Document.

However, before a person may receive any confidential information, it must agree with the relevant Finance Party to keep that information confidential on the terms of paragraph (a) above.

 

  (c) This Clause supersedes any previous confidentiality undertaking given by a Finance Party in connection with this Agreement prior to it becoming a Party.

 

  (d) Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors the following information:

 

  (i) names of Obligors;

 

  (ii) country of domicile of Obligors;

 

  (iii) place of incorporation of Obligors;

 

  (iv) date of this Agreement;

 

  (v) the names of the Agent and the Arrangers;

 

  (vi) date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

  (vii) amount of Total Commitments;

 

  (viii) currencies of the Facilities;

 

  (ix) type of Facilities;

 

  (x) ranking of Facilities;

 

  (xi) Final Maturity Date for Facilities;

 

  (xii) changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (xi) above; and


  (xiii) such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Parent,

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

  (e) The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

  (f) Each Obligor represents that none of the information set out in paragraphs (i) to (xiii) of paragraph (d) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

 

  (g) The Facility Agent shall notify the Parent and the other Finance Parties of:

 

  (i) the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Facility Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors; and

 

  (ii) the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facilities and/or one or more Obligors by such numbering service provider.

 

31. SET-OFF

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation owed to it by an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any obligation (whether or not matured) owed by that Finance Party to an Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off For the purposes of this Clause the term “Finance Party” includes each of the Affiliates of the relevant Finance Party.

 

32. PRO RATA SHARING

 

32.1 Redistribution

If a Finance Party (the recovering Finance Party ) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with this Agreement (a recovery ) and applies that amount to a payment due under a Finance Document, then:

 

  (a) the recovering Finance Party must, within three Business Days, supply details of the recovery to the Facility Agent;

 

  (b) the Facility Agent must calculate whether the recovery is in excess of the amount which the recovering Finance Party would have received if the recovery had been received and distributed by the Facility Agent in accordance with this Agreement without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Facility Agent in relation to a recovery or distribution; and

 

  (c) the recovering Finance Party must pay to the Facility Agent an amount equal to the excess (the redistribution ).


32.2 Effect of redistribution

 

  (a) The Facility Agent must treat a redistribution as if it were a payment by the relevant Obligor under this Agreement and distribute it among the Finance Parties, other than the recovering Finance Party, accordingly.

 

  (b) When the Facility Agent makes a distribution under paragraph (a) above, the recovering Finance Party will be subrogated to the rights of the Finance Parties which have shared in that redistribution.

 

  (c) If arid to the extent that the recovering Finance Party is not able to rely on any rights of subrogation under paragraph (b) above, the relevant Obligor will owe the recovering Finance Party a debt which is equal to the redistribution, immediately payable and of the type originally discharged.

 

  (d) If:

 

  (i) a recovering Finance Party must subsequently return a recovery, or an amount measured by reference to a recovery, to an. Obligor; and

 

  (ii) the recovering Finance Party has paid a redistribution in relation to that recovery,

each Finance Party, on the request of the Facility Agent, must reimburse the recovering Finance Party all or the appropriate portion of the redistribution paid to that Finance Party, together with interest for the period while it held the redistribution. In this event, the subrogation in paragraph (b) above will operate in reverse to the extent of the reimbursement.

 

32.3 Exceptions

Notwithstanding any other term of this Clause, a recovering Finance Party need not pay a redistribution to the extent that:

 

  (a) it would not, after the payment, have a valid claim against the relevant Obligor in the amount of the redistribution; or

 

  (b) it would be sharing with another Finance Party any amount which the recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of legal or arbitration proceedings, where:

 

  (i) the recovering Finance Party notified the Facility Agent of those proceedings; and

 

  (ii) the other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those proceedings but did not do so or did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings as soon as reasonably practicable after receiving notice of them.

 

33. SEVERABILITY

If a term of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any jurisdiction, that will not affect:

 

  (a) the legality, validity or enforceability in that jurisdiction of any other term of the Finance Documents; or


  (b) the legality, validity or enforceability in other jurisdictions of that or any other term of the Finance Documents.

 

34. COUNTERPARTS

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts. This has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

35. NOTICES

 

35.1 In writing

 

  (a) Any communication in connection with a Finance Document must be in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be given:

 

  (i) in person, by post or fax; or

 

  (ii) to the extent agreed by the Parties making and receiving communication, by e-mail or other electronic communication.

 

  (b) For the purpose of the Finance Documents, an electronic communication will be treated as being in writing.

 

  (c) Unless it is agreed to the contrary, any consent or agreement required under a Finance Document must be given in writing.

 

35.2 Contact details

 

  (a) Except as provided below, the contact details of each Party for all communications in connection with the Finance Documents are those notified by that Party for this purpose to the Facility Agent on or before the date it becomes a Party.

 

  (b) The contact details of the Parent for this purpose are:

 

Address:    Eros International Plc, Fort Anne, Douglas, Isle of Man IM1 5PD
Fax number:    +44 (0) 1624 638333
E-mail:    oliver.webster@cains.com
Attention:    Oliver Webster

 

  (c) The contact details of each Original Guarantor for this purpose are:

 

  (i) Eros Worldwide FZ LLC:

 

Address:    Eros Worldwide FZ LLC, 529 Building No. 8, Dubai Media City,
   P.O. Box No: 502121, Dubai, United Arab Emirates.
Fax number:    +971 423 50847
E-mail:    erosdubai@gmail.com
Attention:    Surender Kuman Nari Sadhwani
With a copy to:   
Fax number:    +44 207 935 5656
E-mail:    ajay.mavinkurve@erosintl.com
Attention:    Ajay Mavinkurve


  (ii) Eros International USA Inc.:

 

Address:    Milner House, 13 Manchester Square, London, England W1U 3PP
Fax number:    +44 207 935 5656
E-mail:    andrew.heffernan@erosintl.com
Attention:    Andrew Heffernan

 

  (d) The contact details of the Facility Agent for this purpose are:

For operational matters:

 

Address:   

Lloyds TSB Bank plc, CityMark, 150 Fountainbridge

Edinburgh, EH3 9PE

Fax number:    +44 (0)20 7158 3204
Attention:    Wholesale Loans Servicing Agency Operations

For non-operational matters:

 

Address:    Lloyds TSB Bank plc, 10 Gresham Street, London, EC2V 7AE
Fax number:    +44 (0)20 7158 3198
Attention:    Wholesale Loans Agency

 

  (e) Any Party may change its contact details by giving five Business Days’ notice to the Facility Agent or (in the case of the Facility Agent) to the other Parties.

 

  (f) Where a Party nominates a particular department or officer to receive a communication, a communication will not be effective if it fails to specify that department or officer.

 

35.3 Effectiveness

 

  (a) Except as provided below, any communication in connection with a Finance Document will be deemed to be given as follows:

 

  (i) if delivered in person, at the time of delivery;

 

  (ii) if posted, five days after being deposited in the post, postage prepaid, in a correctly addressed envelope;

 

  (iii) if by fax, when received in legible form; and

 

  (iv) if by e-mail or any other electronic communication, when received in legible form.

 

  (b) A communication given under paragraph (a) above but received on a non-working day or after business hours in the place of receipt will only be deemed to be given on the next working day in that place.

 

  (c) A communication to the Facility Agent will only be effective on actual receipt by it.

 

35.4 Use of websites

 

  (a) Except as provided below, the Parent may deliver any information under this Agreement to a Lender by posting it on to an electronic website if:

 

  (i) the Parent and the Facility Agent designate an electronic website for this purpose;


  (ii) the Parent notifies the Facility Agent of the address of and password for the website; and

 

  (iii) the information posted is in a format agreed between the Parent and the Facility Agent.

The Facility Agent must supply each relevant Lender with the address of and password for the website.

 

  (b) The Parent must, promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence, notify the Facility Agent if:

 

  (i) the website cannot be accessed;

 

  (ii) the website or any information on the website is infected by any electronic virus or similar software;

 

  (iii) the password for the website is changed; or

 

  (iv) any information to be supplied under this Agreement is posted on the website or amended after being posted.

If the circumstances in sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii) above occur, the Parent must supply any information required under this Agreement in paper form until the Facility Agent is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

35.5 ERISA-Related Information

The Parent shall supply to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Facility Agent so requests):

 

  (i) promptly and in any event within 15 days after any US Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate files a Schedule SB (or such other schedule as contains actuarial information) to IRS Form 5500 in respect of an Employee Plan with Unfunded Pension Liabilities which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, a copy of such IRS Form 5500 (including the Schedule SB);

 

  (ii) promptly and in any event within 30 days after any US Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that any ERISA Event which, individually or when aggregated with any other ERISA Event, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has occurred, the written statement of the Chief Financial Officer of such US Obligor or ERISA Affiliate, as applicable, describing such ERISA Event and the action, if any, which it proposes to take with respect to such ERISA Event and a copy of any notice filed with the PBGC or the IRS pertaining to such ERISA Event; provided that, in the case of ERISA Events under paragraph (e) of the definition thereof, the 30-day period set forth above shall be a 10-day period, and, in the case of ERISA Events under paragraph (b) of the definition thereof, in no event shall notice be given later than the occurrence of the ERISA Event; and

 

  (iii)

promptly, and in any event within 30 days, after becoming aware that there has been (i) an increase in Unfunded Pension Liabilities, taking into account only Employee Plans with positive Unfunded Pension Liabilities; (ii) the existence of a potential withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA, if the Parent and its ERISA Affiliates were to completely or partially withdraw from all Multiemployer Plans;


  (iii) the adoption of, or the commencement of contributions to, any Employee Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate; or (iv) the adoption of any amendment to an Employee Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code which results in an increase in contribution obligations of any Obligor, and which, to the extent that any of the events described in (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) singularly or in aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, a detailed written description thereof from the Chief Financial Officer of each affected US Obligor or ERISA Affiliate, as applicable.

 

35.6 Obligors

 

  (a) All communications under the Finance Documents to or from an Obligor must be sent through the Facility Agent.

 

  (b) All communications under the Finance Documents to or from an Obligor (other than the Parent) must be sent through the Parent.

 

  (c) Any communication given to the Parent in connection with a Finance Document will be deemed to have been given also to the other Obligors.

 

  (d) Each Finance Party may assume that any communication made by the Parent is made with the consent of each other Obligor.

 

36. LANGUAGE

 

  (a) Any notice given in connection with a Finance Document must be in English.

 

  (b) Any other document provided in connection with a Finance Document must be:

 

  (i) in English; or

 

  (ii) (unless the Facility Agent otherwise agrees) accompanied by a certified English translation. In this case, the English translation prevails unless the document is a statutory or other official document.

 

37. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in relation with it are governed by English law.

 

38. ENFORCEMENT

 

38.1 Arbitration

 

  (a) Subject to Clause 37.2 (Option to litigate), the Parties agree that any dispute, claim, difference or controversy arising out of, relating to or having any connection with this Agreement and/or a Finance Document, including any question regarding the existence, validity, interpretation, performance or termination of this Agreement and/or a Finance Document (a Dispute ) shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration under the Arbitration Rules of the London Court of International Arbitration (the LCIA ) (for the purposes of this Clause, the Rules ).

 

  (b) The Rules are incorporated by reference into this Clause and capitalised terms used in this Clause 37.1 which are not otherwise defined in this Agreement, have the meaning given to them in the Rules.


  (c) Three arbitrators shall be appointed. No arbitrator shall have the same nationality as any Borrower. The Obligors shall nominate, together, one arbitrator for appointment by the LCIA Court. The Facility Agent (on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) shall nominate one arbitrator for appointment by the LCIA Court. The LCIA Court shall appoint the chairman.

 

  (d) Each Obligor expressly agrees and consents to this procedure for nominating and appointing the Arbitral Tribunal.

 

  (e) The seat, or legal place of arbitration, shall be Paris, France or such other legal place as determined by the Majority Lenders. The language used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English.

 

  (f) All documents submitted in connection with the proceedings shall be in the English language or, if in another language, accompanied by an English translation.

 

  (g) The Arbitral Tribunal shall produce a final and binding award within six months of service of the Claimant’s Statement of Case, the Parties shall use all reasonable efforts to assist the Arbitral Tribunal in achieving this objective, and the Parties agree that this six-month period shall only be extended in exceptional circumstances, which are to be determined by the Arbitral Tribunal in its absolute discretion.

 

  (h) To the extent permissible by law, the Parties waive irrevocably their right to any form of appeal, review or recourse against the award to any court or other judicial authority.

 

  (i) Service of any Request for Arbitration made pursuant to this Clause must be by registered post at the address given for the sending of notices, in respect to the Obligors and the Facility Agent, under Clause 34 (Notices) of the Agreement.

 

38.2 Option to litigate

 

  (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 37.1 (Arbitration), the Facility Agent (on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) may, not later than 30 Business Days after service of a Request for Arbitration on any Obligor, serve written notice on such Obligor (an Election Notice ) requiring a Dispute to be resolved in accordance with this Clause 37.2, in which case the English courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle that Dispute.

 

  (b) If a notice is served pursuant to paragraph (a) above, requiring a Dispute to be resolved in accordance with this Clause 37.2, then each Party irrevocably agrees to the resolution of that Dispute in accordance with this Clause 37.2 and that any arbitration commenced in relation to that Dispute under Clause 37.1 (Arbitration) shall be withdrawn immediately.

 

  (c) The English courts are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle any such dispute in connection with this Agreement. Each Obligor agrees not to argue to the contrary and waives objection to those courts on the grounds of inconvenient forum or otherwise in relation to proceedings in connection with this Agreement.

 

  (d) This Clause is for the benefit of the Lenders only. To the extent allowed by law, the Lenders may take:

 

  (i) proceedings in any other court; and


  (ii) concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

38.3 Service of process

 

  (a) Each Obligor not incorporated in England and Wales irrevocably appoints Eros International Limited of 13 Milner House, Manchester Square, London W1U 3PP, United Kingdom as its agent under the Finance Documents for service of process in any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document.

 

  (b) If any person appointed as process agent under this Clause is unable for any reason to so act, the Borrower (on behalf of all the Obligors) must promptly (and in any event within five Business Days of the event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent. Failing this, the Facility Agent may appoint another process agent for this purpose.

 

  (c) Each Obligor agrees that failure by a process agent to notify it of any process will not invalidate the relevant proceedings.

 

  (d) This Clause does not affect any other method of service allowed by law.

 

38.4 Waiver of trial by jury

EACH PARTY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION IN CONNECTION WITH ANY FINANCE DOCUMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED BY ANY FINANCE DOCUMENT. THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO TRIAL BY THE COURT.

 

38.5 Waiver of immunity

Each Obligor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

  (a) agrees not to claim any immunity from proceedings brought by a Finance Party against it in relation to a Finance Document and to ensure that no such claim is made on its behalf;

 

  (b) consents generally to the giving of any relief or the issue of any process in connection with those proceedings; and

 

  (c) waives all rights of immunity in respect of it or its assets.

 

39. COMPLETE AGREEMENT

The Finance Documents contain the complete agreement between the Parties on the matters to which they relate and supersede all prior commitments, agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, on those matters.

 

40. US PATRIOT ACT

Each Finance Party that is subject to the requirements of the US Patriot Act hereby notifies each Obligor that pursuant to the requirements of the US Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Obligors, which information includes the name and address of the Obligors and other information that will allow such Finance Party to identify the Obligors in accordance with the US Patriot Act. Each Obligor agrees that it will provide each Finance Party with such information as it may request in order for such Finance Party to satisfy the requirements of the US Patriot Act.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.


SCHEDULE 1

ORIGINAL PARTIES

PART 1

 

Original Borrowers    Registered Number

Eros International Plc

   007466V

Eros Worldwide FZ LLC

   N/A

Eros International USA Inc.

   2729666 (Delaware corporation number)

PART 2

 

Original Guarantors    Registered Number

Eros International Plc

   007466V

Eros International Limited

   02382637

Eros Worldwide FZ LLC

   N/A

Eros International USA Inc.

   2729666 (Delaware corporation number)

PART 3

 

Original Lenders    Commitments  

Lloyds TSB Bank plc

   US$ 50,000,000   

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc

   US$ 50,000,000   

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

   US$ 25,000,000   
  

 

 

 

Total Commitments

   US$ 125,000,000   
  

 

 

 


SCHEDULE 2

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS

PART 1

TO BE DELIVERED BEFORE THE FIRST REQUEST

Corporate documentation

 

1. A copy of the constitutional documents of each Original Obligor (including, without limitation, up to date trade licences, commercial registration confirmations and chamber of commerce registration certificates, other than in respect of the Original Obligors incorporated in the United States of America) or, if the Facility Agent already has a copy, a certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Obligor confirming that the copy in the Facility Agent’s possession is still correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

 

2. A copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or other formation documents, including all amendments thereto, of the Original Obligors incorporated in the United States of America, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization, and a certificate as to the good standing of that Original Obligor as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State.

 

3. A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Original Obligor approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement.

 

4. A copy of a resolution of the shareholders of each Obligor (other than the Parent and Eros International USA Inc.) approving the terms of and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

5. A specimen of the signature of each person authorised on behalf of each Original Obligor to enter into or witness the entry into of any Finance Document or to sign or send any document or notice in connection with any Finance Document.

 

6. A certificate of an authorised signatory of each Original Obligor certifying that as at the date of this Agreement:

 

  (a) each copy document specified in this Schedule is correct, complete and in full force and effect;

 

  (b) its entry into, and performance of the transactions contemplated by, any Finance Document to which it is a party will not breach any borrowing limit or guarantee restriction imposed on it under law or otherwise.

Legal opinions

 

1. A legal opinion of Allen & Overy LLP, legal advisers in England and Wales to the Arrangers and the Facility Agent, addressed to the Finance Parties.

 

2. A legal opinion of Allen & Overy LLP, legal advisers in the United Arab Emirates to the Arrangers and the Facility Agent, addressed to the Finance Parties.

 

3. A legal opinion of Clifford Chance US LLP, legal advisers in the United States of America to the Parent, and addressed to and for the benefit of the Finance Parties.


4. A legal opinion of Simcocks Advocates Ltd, legal advisers in the Isle of Man to the Arrangers and the Facility Agent, addressed to the Finance Parties.

 

5. A legal opinion of Clifford Chance LLP, legal advisers in the United Arab Emirates to the Obligors, in respect of the capacity and due authorisation of each Obligor duly incorporated under the laws of the United Arab Emirates.

Other documents and evidence

 

1. A copy of each Fee Letter duly executed.

 

2. A copy of the Relationship Agreement.

 

3. A copy of the:

 

  (a) Original Financial Statements; and

 

  (b) the latest unaudited interim consolidated financial statements for the first half of the current financial year of the Parent and the corresponding Compliance Certificate.

 

4. A copy of the latest structure chart of the Group.

 

5. Evidence that all fees and expenses then due and payable from the Parent under this Agreement have been or will be paid on or by the date of this Agreement.

 

6. Evidence that the Existing Facilities have each been or will be irrevocably and unconditionally repaid and cancelled in full on or before the first Utilisation Date.

 

7. Confirmation from each Finance Party that its “know your customer” requirements are satisfied with respect to each Original Obligor.

 

8. A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent has (with reasonable prior notice) notified the Parent is necessary in connection with the entry into and performance of, and the transactions contemplated by, any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.


PART 2

TO BE DELIVERED BY AN ADDITIONAL OBLIGOR

Corporate documentation

 

1. An Accession Agreement, duly entered into by the Parent and the Additional Guarantor.

 

2. A copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Guarantor (in relation to any Additional Guarantors incorporated in the United States of America, the constitutional documents shall comprise a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or other formation documents, including all amendments thereto, of that Additional Guarantor, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization, and a certificate as to the good standing of that Additional Guarantor as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State).

 

3. A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Guarantor approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Agreement.

 

4. A specimen of the signature of each person authorised on behalf of the Additional Guarantor to enter into or witness the entry into of any Finance Document or to sign or send any document or notice in connection with any Finance Document.

 

5. A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Guarantor certifying that each copy document specified in Part 2 of this Schedule is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Accession Agreement.

 

6. If available, a copy of the latest audited accounts of the Additional Guarantor.

 

7. Evidence that the agent of the Additional Guarantor under the Finance Documents for service of process in England and Wales has accepted its appointment.

Legal opinions

 

8. If the Additional Guarantor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion from its legal advisers in that jurisdiction, addressed to and in a form acceptable to the Finance Parties.

 

9. A legal opinion of Allen & Overy LLP, legal advisers in England and Wales to the Facility Agent, addressed to and in a form acceptable to the Finance Parties.

Other documents and evidence

 

10. Evidence that all expenses due and payable from the Parent under this Agreement in respect of the Accession Agreement have been paid.

 

11. A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent has notified to the Parent as necessary in connection with the entry into and performance of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Agreement or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.


SCHEDULE 3

FORM OF REQUEST

 

To:    LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC as Facility Agent
From:    [ BORROWER ]
Date:    [                    ]

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC - US$125,000,000 Credit Agreement dated [ ] (the Agreement )

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Request.

 

2. We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms:

 

  (a) Borrower: [                            ];

 

  (b) Utilisation Date: [                            ];

 

  (c) Amount/currency: [                            ];

 

  (d) Term: [                            ].

 

3. Our payment instructions are: [                            ].

 

4. We confirm that each condition precedent under the Agreement which must be satisfied on the date of this Request is so satisfied.

 

5. This Request is irrevocable.

By:

[ BORROWER ]


SCHEDULE 4

CALCULATION OF THE MANDATORY COST

 

1. General

 

1.1 The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with:

 

  (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions); or

 

  (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.

 

1.2 On the first day of each Term (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Facility Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the “ Additional Cost Rate ”) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Facility Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.

 

1.3 The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Facility Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Facility Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all Loans made from that Facility Office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that Facility Office.

 

1.4 The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Facility Agent as follows:

 

  (a) in relation to a sterling Loan:

 

LOGO

 

  (b) in relation to a Loan in any currency other than sterling:

 

LOGO

Where:

 

  A is the percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in excess of any stated minimum) which that Lender is from time to time required to maintain as an interest free cash ratio deposit with the Bank of England to comply with cash ratio requirements.

 

  B is the percentage rate of interest (excluding the Margin and the Mandatory Cost and, if the Loan is an Unpaid Sum, the additional rate of interest specified in paragraph (a) of Clause 9.4 (Interest on overdue amounts) payable for the relevant Term on the Loan.


  C is the percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that Lender is required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing Special Deposits with the Bank of England.

 

  D is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to the Facility Agent on interest bearing Special Deposits.

 

  E is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Facility Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Reference Banks to the Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.

 

1.5 For the purposes of this Schedule:

 

  (a) Eligible Liabilities ” and “ Special Deposits ” have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;

 

  (b) Fees Rules ” means the rules on periodic fees contained in the Financial Services Authority Fees Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;

 

  (c) Fee Tariffs ” means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under the activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate); and

 

  (d) Tariff Base ” has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.

 

1.6 In application of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as percentages (i.e. 5 per cent. will be included in the formula as 5 and not as 0.05). A negative result obtained by subtracting D from B shall be taken as zero. The resulting figures shall be rounded to four decimal places.

 

1.7 If requested by the Facility Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Facility Agent, the rate of charge payable by that Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by that Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Reference Bank.

 

1.8 Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Facility Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:

 

  (a) the jurisdiction of its Facility Office; and

 

  (b) any other information that the Facility Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.

Each Lender shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.


1.9 The percentages of each Lender for the purpose of A and C above and the rates of charge of each Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Facility Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Facility Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a Facility Office in the same jurisdiction as its Facility Office.

 

1.10 The Facility Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender or Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above is true and correct in all respects.

 

1.11 The Facility Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender and each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above.

 

1.12 Any determination by the Facility Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

 

1.13 The Facility Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Parent and the Lenders, determine and notify to all Parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.


SCHEDULE 5

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

 

To:    LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC as Facility Agent
From:    [ EXISTING LENDER ] (the Existing Lender) and [ NEW LENDER ] (the New Lender)
Date:    [                    ]

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC - US$125,000,000 Credit Agreement dated [ ] (the Agreement )

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate.

 

1. The Existing Lender transfers by novation to the New Lender the Existing Lender’s rights and obligations referred to in the Schedule below in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

2. The proposed Transfer Date is [                ].

 

3. The administrative details of the New Lender for the purposes of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

 

4. The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations in respect of this Transfer Certificate contained in the Agreement.

 

5. This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Transfer Certificate.

 

6. This Transfer Certificate is governed by English law.


SCHEDULE 6

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To: LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC as Facility Agent

 

From: EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

 

Date: [                    ]

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC - US$125,000,000 Credit Agreement dated [ ] (the Agreement )

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate.

 

2. We confirm that as at [ relevant testing date ]:

 

  (a) The EBITDA was [        ]; and Total Net Borrowings are [        ]; therefore, Total Net Borrowings are [        ] times EBITDA;

 

  (b) Consolidated EBITDA was [        ] and Net Finance Costs were [        ]; therefore, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA to Net Finance Costs was [        ] to 1;

 

  (c) Cashflow was [        ] and [Debt Service was [        ], therefore the ratio of Cashflow to Debt Service for the Adjusted Group was [        ]; and

 

  (d) the EBITDA of the Obligors constitute [    ]% of EBIDTA of the Adjusted Group on a consolidated basis.

 

3. We set out below calculations establishing the figures in paragraph 2 above:

[                    ].

 

4. We confirm that as at [ relevant testing date ] the following companies constitute Material Companies for the purposes of the Agreement:

[                    ].

 

5. We confirm that as at [ relevant testing date ] [no Default is outstanding]/[the following Default[s] [is/are] outstanding and the following steps are being taken to remedy [it/them]:

[                    ].

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

By:


THE SCHEDULE

Rights and obligations to be transferred by novation

[insert relevant details, including applicable Commitment (or part)]

Administrative details of the New Lender

[insert details of Facility Office, address for notices and payment details etc.]

 

[ EXISTING LENDER ]    [ NEW LENDER ]
By:    By:
The Transfer Date is confirmed by the Facility Agent as [                    ].
LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC
By:   

Note: It is the responsibility of each New Lender to ascertain whether any other document or formality is required to perfect the transfer contemplated by this Transfer Certificate or to take the benefit of any interest in any security.


SCHEDULE 7

FORM OF ACCESSION AGREEMENT

 

To:

   LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC as Facility Agent

From:

   EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC and [ Proposed Guarantor/Borrower ]
Date:    [                    ]

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC – US$125,000,000 Credit Agreement dated [ ] (the Agreement )

We refer to the Agreement. This is an Accession Agreement.

Terms defined in the Agreement have, unless otherwise defined, the same meaning in this Accession Agreement.

[ Name of company ] of [ address/registered office ] agrees to become an Additional [Guarantor]/[Borrower] and to be bound by the terms of the Agreement and the other Finance Documents as an Additional [Guarantor]/[Borrower] pursuant to Clause 28 (Changes to the Parties) of the Agreement. [ Name of company ] is a company duly incorporated under the laws of [ name of relevant jurisdiction ] and is a [ form of incorporation ] company with registered number [ ].

This Accession Agreement is intended to take effect as a deed and has been signed on behalf of the Parent and executed as a deed by [ Name of company ] and is delivered on the date stated above.

This Accession Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC

By:

Executed as a deed for and on behalf of [ PROPOSED GUARANTOR/BORROWER ]

By:

[Authorised Signatory

By:

Authorised Signatory]


SCHEDULE 8

FORM OF RESIGNATION REQUEST

 

To:

   LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC as Facility Agent

From:

   EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC and [ relevant Obligor ]

Date:

   [                    ]

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC – US$125,000,000 Credit Agreement dated [ ] (the Agreement )

 

1. We refer to the Agreement. This is a Resignation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Resignation Request unless given a different meaning in this Resignation Request.

 

2. Pursuant to [Clause 28.3 (Resignation of a Borrower)]/[Clause 28.5 (Resignation of a Guarantor)], we request that [ resigning Obligor ] be released from its obligations as a [Guarantor]/[Borrower] under the Agreement and the Finance Documents.

 

3. We confirm that no Default is outstanding or would result from the acceptance of this Resignation Request.

 

4. We confirm that as at the date of this Resignation Request no amount owed by [ resigning Obligor ] under the Agreement or any other Finance Document is outstanding.

 

5. This Resignation Request and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC      [ RELEVANT OBLIGOR ]
By:      By:
The Facility Agent confirms that this resignation takes effect on [    ].
LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC     
By:     


SCHEDULE 9

EXISTING SECURITY

 

Entity

  

Bank

  

Facility

Limit ’000

  

Facility
limit
US$’000

  

Security

Eros

International

Limited

  

Bank of

India

   US$27,500    27,500   

Mortgage over properties situated at Unit 23 Sovereign Park, Coronation Road, London NW10 7PQ

 

Debenture (all monies charge) dated 7 May 2003

 

Deed of charge on deposits dated 27 July 2010

Eros

International

Media

Limited

  

Indian

Overseas

Bank

   Rs.630,494    12,013   

All of the following security is held pari passu with the other lenders to Eros International Media Limited set out below:

 

(a)     first charge on entire Current Assets of Eros International Media Limited both existing and future;

 

(b)     collateral security over a percentage of recoveries from non-LC bills on realization of such bills;

 

(c)     collateral security over deposits amounting to Rs250m replaced by first charge of property and furniture being acquired amounting to Rs.432m;

 

(d)     collateral security over equipment/vehicles having a written down value of Rs88.5m as at 31 March 2009;

 

(e)     lien over existing rights in Hindi films etc. having a nil book value but a realizable market value of approximately between Rs.200m to Rs.250m;

 

(f)      hypothecation of stocks and receivables relating to Indian domestic rights operations;

 

(g)     first charge on DVD/VCD/satellite rights acquired for the Indian domestic market/actionable claims/receivables arising on sale of the rights;

 

(h)     hypothecation of film/film right agreements etc.;

 

(i)      document of title to goods and accepted Hundles.


Eros

International

Media Limited

   Oriental Bank of Commerce    Rs.250,000    4,763    Same security as for Indian Overseas Bank, held pari passu

Eros

International

Media Limited

   Union Bank of India    Rs.407,939    7,773    Same security as for Indian Overseas Bank, held pari passu

Eros

International

Media Limited

   Punjab National Bank    Rs.250,000    4,763    Same security as for Indian Overseas Bank, held pari passu

Eros

International

Films Pvt.

Limited

(formerly

Eros Pictures

Private

Limited)

   Union Bank of India    Rs.50,000    953   

Security/pledge over:

 

(c)     firm orders/letter of credit/agreement of sale of rights;

 

(d)     full set of export documents/bills of exchange/sale of right agreement covering sale of rights of the film exported drawn in conformity with the terms of exporter

 

(e)     a percentage of recoveries from export bills;

 

(f)      term deposits into which the retained percentage of recoveries from export bills have been/are to be deposited.

Eros

International

Films Pvt.

Limited

(formerly

Eros Pictures Private

Limited)

   Indian Overseas Bank    Rs.250,000    4,763   

Security/pledge over:

 

a.       Hypothecation of film/ film rights agreements etc., with first pari-passu charge on current assets with Union Bank of India.

 

b.       Documents of title to goods, accepted hundies with first pari-passu charge on current assets.

Eros

International

Films Pvt.

Limited

(formerly

Eros Pictures

Private

Limited)

   Yes Bank Ltd.    Rs.400,000    7,621   

Security/pledge over:

 

a.       Exclusive charge on the negative of the movies being financed with 2.0x cover through Lab letter agreement with the laboratory, which would be processing the negatives.

 

b.       Exclusive charge on receivables arising out of the movie by way of hypothecation.

 

Second pari-passu charge on receivables.

         70,149   
US$ Facility limit equivalent converted where applicable at the rate of Rs.52.49:US$1


SCHEDULE 10

FORM OF INCREASE CONFIRMATION

 

To: Lloyds TSB Bank plc, as Facility Agent; and

Eros International plc, as Parent, for and on behalf of each Obligor

 

From: [the Increase Lender/Accordion Bank ] (the “[ Increase Lender/Accordion Bank ]”)

 

Dated:

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC – US$125,000,000 Credit Agreement dated [ ] (the Facilities Agreement )

We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This agreement (the “ Agreement ”) shall take effect as an Increase Confirmation for the purpose of the Facilities Agreement. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

 

(a) We refer to Clause [2.2 (Increase – for Defaulting Lender or illegality)/2.3 (Voluntary Increase)] of the Facilities Agreement.

 

(b) The [Increase Lender/Accordion Bank] agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the Commitment specified in the Schedule (the “ Relevant Commitment ”) as if it was an Original Lender under the Facilities Agreement.

 

(c) The proposed date on which the increase in relation to the [Increase Lender/Accordion Bank] and the Relevant Commitment is to take effect (the “ Increase Date ”) is [ ].

 

(d) On the Increase Date, the [Increase Lender/Accordion Bank] becomes party to the relevant Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

(e) The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the [Increase Lender/Accordion Bank] for the purposes of Clause 35 (Notices) are set out in the Schedule.

 

(f) The [Increase Lender/Accordion Bank] confirms, for the benefit of the Facility Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is not a member of the Group or an affiliate of a member of the Group.

 

(g) The [Increase Lender/Accordion Bank] confirms, for the benefit of the Facility Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is [a Qualifying Lender (other than a Treaty Lender)]/[a Treaty Lender]/[not a Qualifying Lender].

 

(h) [The [Increase Lender/Accordion Bank] confirms that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

 

  (i) a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes; or


  (ii) a partnership each member of which is:

 

  (A) a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

  (B) a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

  (iii)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.] 1

 

(i) [The [Increase/Accordion Bank] confirms (for the benefit of the Facility Agent and without liability to any Obligor) that it is a Treaty Lender that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number [ ]) and is tax resident in [ ], so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and notifies the Parent that:

 

  (i) each Borrower which is a Party as a Borrower as at the Increase Date must, to the extent that the Increase Lender becomes a Lender under a Facility which is made available to that Borrower pursuant to clause 2.1 (The Facilities) of the Facilities Agreement, make an application to HM Revenue & Customs under form DTTP2 within 30 days of the Increase Date; and

 

  (ii)

each Additional Borrower which becomes an Additional Borrower after the Increase Date must, to the extent that the Increase Lender is a Lender under a Facility which is made available to that Additional Borrower pursuant to clause 2.1 ( The Facilities ) of the Facilities Agreement, make an application to HM Revenue & Customs under form DTTP2 within 30 days of becoming an Additional Borrower.] 2

 

(j) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

(k) This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

(l) This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

 

1  

Include only if New Lender is a UK non-bank Lender.

2  

This confirmation must be included if the Increase Lender holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme and wishes that scheme to apply to the Facilities Agreement.


THE SCHEDULE

Relevant Commitment/rights and obligations to be assumed by the Increase Lender

[ insert relevant details ]

[ Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments ]

 

[[Increase Lender/Accordion Bank]]
By:

This Agreement is accepted as an Increase Confirmation for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement by the Facility Agent and the Increase Date is confirmed as [ ].

 

Facility Agent
By:


SIGNATORIES

 

Original Borrowers
EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC
By:    /s/    Kishore Lulla
EROS WORLDWIDE FZ LLC

By:    /s/    Andrew Heffernan

                  Authorised Individual

EROS INTERNATIONAL USA INC.
By:    /s/    Kishore Lulla


Original Guarantors
EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC
By: /s/ Kishore Lulla
EROS WORLDWIDE FZ LLC

By: /s/ Andrew Heffernan

Authorised Individual

EROS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

By: /s/ Andrew Heffernan

Director

EROS INTERNATIONAL USA INC.
By: /s/ Kishore Lulla


Arrangers
CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH
By:    /s/  Eric Standing
LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC
By:    /s/  Wayne Robinson
THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC
By:    /s/  Jeremy Fournier


Original Lenders
LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC
By: /s/ Wayne Robinson
THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC
By: /s/ Jeremy Fournier
CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH
By: /s/ Eric Standing


Facility Agent
LLOYDS TSB BANK PLC
By:    /s/  Wayne Robinson

Exhibit 10.10

FORM OF INCREASE CONFIRMATION

 

To:   

Lloyds TSB Bank plc, as Facility Agent; and

Eros International plc, as Parent, for and on behalf of each Obligor

From:    UBS AG, Singapore Branch (the “ Accordion Bank ”)
Dated:    27 January 2012

EROS INTERNATIONAL PLC—US$125,000,000 Credit Agreement

dated 5 January 2012 (the Facilities Agreement)

We refer to the Facilities Agreement. This agreement (the “ Agreement ”) shall take effect as an Increase Confirmation for the purpose of the Facilities Agreement. Terms defined in the Facilities Agreement have the same meaning in this Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Agreement.

 

(a) We refer to Clause 2.3 (Voluntary Increase) of the Facilities Agreement.

 

(b) The Accordion Bank agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the Commitment specified in the Schedule (the “ Relevant Commitment ”) as if it was an Original Lender under the Facilities Agreement.

 

(c) The proposed date on which the increase in relation to the Accordion Bank and the Relevant Commitment is to take effect (the “ Increase Date ”) is 3 February 2012.

 

(d) On the Increase Date, the Accordion Bank becomes party to the relevant Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

(e) The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the Accordion Bank for the purposes of Clause 35 (Notices) are set out in the Schedule.

 

(f) The Accordion Bank confirms, for the benefit of the Facility Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is not a member of the Group or an affiliate of a member of the Group.

 

(g) The Accordion Bank confirms, for the benefit of the Facility Agent and without liability to any Obligor, that it is a Treaty Lender.

 

(h) The Accordion Bank confirms (for the benefit of the Facility Agent and without liability to any Obligor) that it is a Treaty Lender that bolds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme (reference number 06/U/00582/DTTP) and is tax resident in Switzerland, so that interest payable to it by borrowers is generally subject to full exemption from UK withholding tax and notifies the Parent that:


  (i) each Borrower which is a Party as a Borrower as at the Increase Date must, to the extent that the Accordion Bank becomes a Lender under a Facility which is made available to that Borrower pursuant to clause 2.1 (The Facilities) of the Facilities Agreement, make an application to HM Revenue & Customs under form DTTP2 within 30 days of the Increase Date; and

 

  (ii) each Additional Borrower which becomes an Additional Borrower after the Increase Date must, to the extent that the Accordion Bank is a Lender under a Facility which is made available to that Additional Burrower pursuant to clause 2.1 ( The Facilities ) of the Facilities Agreement, make an application to HM Revenue & Customs under form DTTP2 within 30 days of becoming an Additional Borrower.

 

(i) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

 

(j) This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

(k) This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

2


THE SCHEDULE

Relevant Commitment/ rights and obligations to be assumed by the Accordion Bank

 

Commitment:    US$25,000,000
Address:    UBS AG, Singapore Branch, 5 Temasek Boulevard, #18-00 Suntec Tower Five, Singapore 038985
Fax No:    +65 6495 8609
Attention:    Joanna Cheong / Seah Poh Kwang
Tel:    +65 6495 5617 / +65 495 5616
Email Address:    OL-BPS-Singapore@ubs.com
Account Details:   

Nostro Correspondent Bank

SWIFT CODE

For Account of

SWIFT CODE

Account Number

Reference

  

: UBS AG Stamford

: UBSWUS33

: UBS AG Singapore Branch

: UBSWSGSG

: 101-WA-216003-000

: BPS/Eros

 

For and on behalf of UBS AG, Singapore Branch

as Accordion Bank

  

By: /s/ Sunil Be[r]l

   By: /s/ Rahul Kotwal

       Executive Director

          Executive Director

This Agreement is accepted as an Increase Confirmation for the purposes of the Facilities Agreement by the Facility Agent and the Increase Date is confirmed as 3 February 2012.

Facility Agent:

By: /s/ Andrew Moore

Exhibit 16.1

March 30, 2012

U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission

Office of the Chief Acountant

100 F Street, NE

Washington D.C. 20549

 

Re: Eros International Plc

Dear Sir or Madam:

We, Grant Thornton Isle of Man, are the former principal accountant to Eros International Plc.

We have read the disclosures made on page 142 in its F-1 Registration Statement, filed on March 30, 2012, and agree with the statements concerning our Firm contained therein.

Sincerely,

/ S / G RANT T HORNTON I SLE OF M AN

GRANT THORNTON ISLE OF MAN

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF EROS INTERNATIONALPLC

Registrant’s consolidated subsidiaries are shown below together with the percentage of voting securities owned as of the date of this filing, and the state or jurisdiction of organization of each subsidiary. The names have been omitted for subsidiaries which, if considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, do not constitute a significant subsidiary.

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation

or Organization

   Percentage of Outstanding Voting
Securities Owned

Acacia Investments Holdings Limited

   Isle of Man    100%

Ayngaran Anak Media Private Limited

   India    51%

Ayngaran International Limited

   Isle of Man    51%

Ayngaran International UK Limited

   United Kingdom    51%

Ayngaran International Media Private Limited

   India    51%

Belvedere Holdings Pte Limited

   Singapore    100%

Big Screen Entertainment Private Limited

   India    64%

Copsale Limited

   British Virgin Islands    100%

Eros Australia Pty Ltd

   Australia    100%

Eros Digital Private Limited

   India    100%

Eros International Films Private Limited

   India    100%

Eros International Media Limited

   India    77.83%

Eros International Limited

   United Kingdom (England and Wales)    100%

Eros International Pte. Ltd.

   Singapore    100%

Eros International USA Inc.

   United States (Delaware)    100%

Eros Music Publishing Limited

   United Kingdom (England and Wales)    100%

Eros Network Limited

   United Kingdom (England and Wales)    100%

Eros Pacific Limited

   Fiji    100%

Eros World Wide FZ-LLC

   United Arab Emirates (Dubai)    100%

Eyeqube Studios Pvt. Limited

   India    99.99%

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We have issued our report dated October 15, 2011 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Eros International Plc and its subsidiaries contained in the Registration Statement. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus and to the use of our name as it appears under the captions “Experts” and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

/s/ G RANT T HORNTON UK LLP

GRANT THORNTON UK LLP

London, UK

March 30, 2012

Exhibit 23.3

[Letterhead of Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry]

Leena Jaisani

Director & Head - Entertainment

March 22, 2012

Kishore Lulla

Chief Executive Officer

and Executive Chairman

Eros International Plc

13 Manchester Square

London W1U3PP

Re: Consent to use of extracts and reference to FICCI-KPMG Indian Media and Entertainment Industry Reports by Eros International Plc (the “Company”)

Dear Mr. Lulla,

Reference is hereby made to the Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry (“FICCI”)-KPMG Indian Media and Entertainment Industry Report 2012 (“2012 Report”), the FICCI-KPMG Indian Media and Entertainment Industry Report 2011 (“2011 Report”), the FICCI-KPMG Indian Media and Entertainment Industry Report 2010 (“2010 Report”) and the FICCI-KPMG Indian Media and Entertainment Industry Report 2009 (“2009 Report”, and together with 2010 Report, 2011 Report and 2012 Report, the “Reports”).

We hereby consent to the inclusion of our name, extracts of the Reports and reference to, or summaries of, the Reports in any document issued by the Company, including any registration statement or prospectus of the Company for the registration of its ordinary shares filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any other documents that may be filed, submitted or used in connection with such registration.

Yours sincerely,

/s/ Leena Jaisani

Authorized Signatory

Exhibit 23.4

CONSENT TO BE NAMED IN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

I hereby consent to being named in the registration statement on Form F-1(including the prospectus contained therein), and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto (the “Registration Statement”), of Eros International Plc, an Isle of Man company (the “Company”), as an individual to become a director of the Company. I further consent to the use of my biographical information in the Registration Statement.

Dated: March 30, 2012

 

Signature:   /s/ Greg Coote
Name:   Greg Coote